PDA

View Full Version : An Update On Our Evolution by Chris Thomas



Pages : [1] 2 3

turiya
4th May 2013, 14:10
An Update On Our Evolution
By Chris Thomas
(PLEASE NOTE: The beginning pages of this particular pdf can be viewed here (http://curezone.com/forums/fm.asp?i=2149514).)

Part 1

The Velon

The truth about who controls the politicians, the Bildebergers and the Illuminati lies outside of our galaxy. I have written a great deal about the race who call themselves Velon in several of my books (see Universal Soul, Human Soul, Project Human Extinction and The Human Plan? or the Annunaki Plan?) and so am only going to give a brief history here. Also, as I don't stop researching what is going on, some new information has come to light about some of the origins of the Velon story. It is actually quite ancient information; it is just new to me.

The Velon are a semi-physical race that have divided themselves up into six different “groups”. These divisions into groups are along the lines of humans dividing themselves up into Christian, Muslim, Jewish etc. – a splitting into groups based along religious beliefs.

These six groups call themselves: Oa, Mila, Jjundaa, Johnaan, Hathor and Annunaki. Most people will be unfamiliar with most of these names except, perhaps, for Hathor and Annunaki. The reason why most will be unfamiliar with the names the Velon have given to themselves is because they do not often identify themselves by these names but prefer to use a number of disguises in order to fool as many people as possible.

The Velon communicate by channelled means under such names as: Ashtar Command, Great White Brotherhood, Ascended Masters, Galactic Federation, Galactic Federation of Light, many hundreds of “Angels” and “Arch-angels” and the likes of Lord Sananda who claims to be the “Christ Consciousness” as well as many other individuals and organisations. However, most of the Velon-created organisations have used the means of channelled messages in an attempt to fool the population as a whole, the Annunaki have directed their attentions towards those who have political and financial control. In order to do this, the Annunaki took control of the Illuminati as soon as it was formed and made them believe that the Annunaki are their “creator gods” and that those who consider themselves to be the “Elite” of human society are Annunaki hybrids.

Not only have the Annunaki made this story up but they have also been promoting it by persuading politicians and world leaders, but in particular those who have the control over governments, that this plan is the way in which humanity was created and how we should progress. This plan first came about roughly 5,000 to 6,000 years ago and its ultimate aim is to reduce the human population to around about 500 million worldwide. In other words, the population of the whole world would reduce from the official count of 7 billion down to only 500 million. This reduction can not happen naturally. The 500 million that remain would become a “slave race” to the Annunaki.

The Annunaki Plan

This fantasy version of human history we will call The Annunaki Plan. This plan works in two ways, both of which attacks and tries to force humans to forget The Human Plan, the story of human history, and follow the Annunaki Plan instead. This is its purpose. It might sound melodramatic or like the plot from a second-rate science fiction movie but it is happening and the biggest problem of all is that those who are in a position of power on Earth believe in this plan and are enforcing it upon the rest of the human population. This plan is also designed to come to fruition in 2012.



So what is this plan? (also see below).
Really it is a story that tries to hide our true history and impose a different version of the development of human life on Earth. The problem is that many thousands of ordinary people, worldwide, are falling for this plan without realising its implications and are welcoming in the Annunaki. All of the recent requests for groups to meditate on a particular theme because it “helps the planet” or helps humans to “ascend” to a “fifth dimension”, have been designed to help the Annunaki to fulfil this plan of theirs and are of no benefit to the Earth at all or to humans.

An example of this would be the mass meditation to “Fire up the Grid” (in August 2007) or the attempt at taking over the energy point under Silbury Hill in Wiltshire (on 7th August 2009) or the call for a mass meditation to “energise the crystal deposits under Brazil and Arizona” (on 15th-20th August 2009). All of these meditations were designed to fool people into believing that they were helping the Earth whereas what they were really doing was furthering the plans of the Annunaki or the Hathor and causing problems for the Earth and humanity – we'll come back to this....

The Annunaki Fantasy Story

Here is the story that the Annunaki made up and is based on events both in the Velon solar system and events on Earth.

This is based on translations made by Zecharia Sitchin and published in his many books on the subject. The story is imprinted into clay tablets that have been found buried in the sands of ancient Sumeria that have lain there for over 5,000 years. Zecharia Sitchin was an expert on Sumerian cuneiform writing and it is he who has translated these clay tablets into English over the past 40 years. Zecharia Sitchin did not make this story up, all he has done is to translate ancient clay tablets and bring the story to light.

The story begins some time in the past when a new planet enters our solar system. This planet orbits at an angle to and in the opposite direction of the rest of the planets and has the name of Nibiru. Nibiru has an orbit that takes 3,600 years to complete, passing through our solar system and travelling out far into space before returning. On two of its orbits, it created a great deal of damage to the existing planets in our solar system and was responsible for creating our Earth by destroying another planet – the other half of this destroyed planet forming the asteroid belts.

I am only going to give a brief description here, if you want more detail you will have to read the books written by Zecharia Sitchin - they make a fascinating read even if they are wrong.

Following this disaster, the solar system finally settled down with Nibiru as a permanent member of the solar system but still only visiting us every 3,600 years. The inhabitants of Nibiru are the Annunaki. This travelling through deep space eventually causes problems within Nibiru's atmosphere and, after a period of study, the Annunaki come to the conclusion that to repair their atmosphere, they need to seed it with gold. They studied all of the planets within our solar system and discovered that the planet with the greatest amount of gold deposits is Earth so a plan is made whereby a party of Annunaki will travel to Earth and extract the necessary gold from seawater.

The individual placed in charge of the whole operation is called Enlil with an individual called Enki in a kind of chief engineer‟s role. Both travel to Earth, together with a number of Annunaki who were to carry out the gold extraction from the sea, specifically the Red Sea and the North Africa coast.

The party arrives about 450,000 years ago setting up their main encampment in the region of Sumeria – between the Tigris and Euphrates rivers, a region they name Eden. Everything goes well to start with but they cannot extract sufficient quantities of gold from the sea and switch their centre of operations to Africa where they excavate gold mines. Although they begin gold mining in Africa, their main centre of operations remains in Eden in Sumeria.

Eventually, Enlil leaves the planet leaving Enki in full control. As gold is mined, it is stockpiled until the next orbit of Nibiru brings it closer to Earth where it is then ferried back to their home world. After a while, the Annunaki who are carrying out the mining work, begin to complain that it is much harder work than they signed on for, putting the whole operation at risk. Enki comes up with an idea and that is to genetically modify the proto-humans (probably Homo Erectus Habilis) that are on the planet to make them more intelligent and able to carry out the hard work of mining.

The Annunaki have a technology that uses genetic engineering that they developed a very long time ago. This is a technology based on the use of something like a “computer master disc” called a 'Me' (spelled Me but pronounced May) which is capable of managing immensely complex processes such as genetic manipulation and it is this technology which Enki puts to use to create a new slave race.

Following a great deal of trial and error, Enki succeeds in producing an Annunaki/Homo Erectus/Habilis hybrid. In other words, the genetic structure of the Annunaki is mixed with the genetic structure of Homo Erectus Habilis to create a new type of human being. This new hybrid Enki calls “adamu”.

The Real Annunaki Story

This is what the Akashic has to say about the Annunaki. They originate in a solar system that has two suns, around these two suns orbit eight planets; three planets orbit one sun whilst four orbit around the other; the eighth planet orbits around both suns, taking the equivalent of 3,600 Earth years to do so. This eighth planet is known to its inhabitants as Anu as well as Nibiru.

This is obviously where the Annunaki originate although their solar system is known as Velus, after the primary solar system consciousness, and the inhabitants of the solar system are known as Velon.

The Velon peoples are semi-physical in energy patterns and so are much less physically dense than we are. Although collectively they are known as Velon, they have divided up themselves into six different races. These are: Oa, Mila, Jjundaa, Johnaan, Hathor and Annunaki.

Most of the population live on the main planet called Velus but also inhabit several of the other planets as well. Some time ago, a disaster happened in the Velus system where one of the planetary moons collided with one of the planets (see my books for full details) causing a great deal of destruction and the population of that planet moved to other planets in the Velus system to avoid the catastrophe.

The home world of the Annunaki, called either Anu or Nibiru, has an atmosphere which is very dense in order to keep the surface habitable as the planet travels the vast distances as it orbits around both suns. The nearest description of what this dense substance is made from would be gold.

As far as their solar system itself is concerned, the primary solar system consciousness, Velus, appears to have lost interest in its solar system as the suns are slowly dying.

The Velon are a peoples who have kept themselves very much to themselves with very little contact with any of the other races. In fact, they seem to have remained very much within their home galaxy and not ventured outside of it very much at all. However, about 1,000 years ago one of the Velon ships broke through the energy boundary of their home galaxy and discovered an energy flow.

Throughout this universe, there are always free moving energies. Some of these energy flows are targeted at specific regions to, say, help in that region's development. Unfortunately, for us, the energy flow detected by the Velon ship was the primary energy flow directed at our solar system (this energy is intended to help us in our experiment on Earth and is directed at Silbury Hill in Wiltshire).

The reporting of this energy flow caused a massive revelation within the Velus system and sparked a race to try to be the first of the six Velon races to arrive at the end of this energy flow. The Velus consciousness seems to have had some kind of strange “religious” moment at this news and began to see the Velon as “God‟s chosen people” who should live on “God's chosen planet”. In other words, the Velon should move to Earth.

The first Velon ships to arrive at our solar system did so about 300 years ago. On seeing that the Earth was inhabited, they decided to observe rather than to land – had they landed on Earth at that time, humanity's chances of still being on Earth now would have been very slim.

Again, there is a great deal more detail available than we have time for here, however several things did happen. The majority of the Velon races decided that they did not want to supplant another peoples and so they went to a new solar system, leaving what could be called “the conquest of the Earth” to the most aggressive of the Velon – the Annunaki and the Hathor. What must be remembered is that these two groups were in competition with each other with the prize being the domination of the Earth. To achieve these aims the two groups took two different courses of action, the Hathor by approaching people through channelled means – they were very successful at this, and persuaded one large group in America to sow the seeds of humanity‟s destruction for themselves by building two devices called “Celestoriums”...

Fortunately, those who act as guardians of this Earth arrived in time to stop this mass murder from taking place. Had both devices been activated at the same time, everyone on Earth would have been affected, to one degree or another. The Hathor have been, generally speaking, very quiet since but have continued to channel very suspect music to this group.

The Annunaki, however, took a different approach. The Annunaki had studied the Earth, and humanity, in great detail and had gained an in-depth knowledge of how we thought and how we acted. They saw our religious beliefs and decided to put together a story which blended together the history of their solar system and some of our basic beliefs. What they finally came up with is the story we very briefly outlined earlier.

In other words, the Annunaki story [omitted in this excerpt (see the pdf file link below)] is a complete fabrication designed very deliberately to make humanity believe that the Annunaki are the “gods” of the Old Testament and that they, the Annunaki, are our creators. The story also made us a slave race and so they hoped that if we fully accepted the story, when they made themselves known on Earth in the present time, we would automatically see them as our “gods” and do whatever it was they instructed us to do as their slaves.

This is not to say that I think Zecharia Sitchin is complicit in the Annunaki plan. I believe him to be totally innocent in this. What Sitchin has done is to take a collection of clay tablets that are covered in cuneiform writing and translate them. His translations have brought the Annunaki story to light. What Sitchin has done is to honestly translate the writing on clay tablets that have been buried under the sands of what was ancient Sumeria for over 5,000 years. Whilst Sitchin‟s earlier books appear to be straight forward translations of these tablets, there is a video available on YouTube (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FZKke_uaQeo) that gives convincing evidence that Sitchin was “recruited” by the Illuminati and a change of emphasis is noticeable in his later books. Zecharia Sitchin died in 2010.

The reason why the story and the tablets, have been buried away for 5,000 years is that the Annunaki travelled back in time to deliberately plant their story. I am not going into the rights and wrongs of the concept of time travel here, but the reason the Annunaki chose Sumeria over 5,000 years ago is very specific. The region known as southern Sumeria is where a peoples lived who explored human life in what could be described as “scientific” ways.

It was the southern Sumerians who developed medicine, surgery, herbalism, aromatherapy, Ayurveda, and a whole lot of other ways of working with the body. All of this information was originally communicated psychically but, by about 7,000 years ago, we had generally lost these psychic capabilities and the Sumerians began to develop a written form of language which archaeologists call Cuneiform. This is why the Annunaki chose to travel back to this time; this was the first time that written records began to be kept.

When they travelled back in time, the Annunaki had taken with them their, to us, very advanced technology. To meet their energy needs they used what they called “djed pillars (http://www.metmuseum.org/toah/images/h2/h2_89.2.539.jpg)”. These are virtually inexhaustible crystal-based energy sources which have the energy capacity equivalent to several power stations; they also took their 'Me technology' with them. About the time the story was recorded, the people of Sumeria began to migrate to other lands; the northern Sumerians to Egypt and the southern Sumerians through Babylon, in ancient Assyria, then to India and finally settled in Tibet.

The Annunaki, who were in southern Sumeria, decided to travel with the southern Sumerians and they also took up residence in Tibet, where they remained until fairly recent times. The Annunaki have a problem living amongst humans because of their appearance. The Velon vary between 8 and 15 feet in height (2.4 to 4.5 metres), depending on which one of the six races they are, with their heads, proportionately, being very small.

Given this appearance, they could not mix amongst humans and took to hiding. However, during this time, they did begin experimenting with their Me technology to try to genetically alter their appearance so that they looked more like humans. This Me technology allows them to fully detach the soul from the body and reside within the Me, the Me then builds a new body from scratch. Once the new body form is complete, the soul is then slowly downloaded from the Me into the new body. Following experiments covering several thousand years, they perfected a body type that is almost identical to a human body but is pure Velon. Fortunately, extremely few of these Annunaki humans exist (no more than fifty).

Obviously there is great deal more to the Annunaki story than we have room for here. For more information see: The Universal Soul, The Human Soul, Project Human Extinction and The Human Plan? or The Annunaki Plan? So, the Annunaki kept watch on human development and human actions and aspirations. When they felt the time was right, they began their move to control the future of humanity. This was in 1776 when the international banker, Amschel Rothschild, decided to bring together 12 of his most trusted friends and colleagues to form the Bavarian Illuminati. The Annunaki moved very quickly into control of this group and have been in control of them ever since. The first thing the Illuminati did was to take control of the Freemasons (at the Congress of Wilhelmsbad in 1778) as the Freemasons had access to secret information that related to the Human Plan and other related matters of human history.

Next, the Illuminati re-formed the Knights Templar (the Knights having been destroyed by the Vatican and the French King in 1307 – the “official” ending of the Knights Templar being in 1312) because of their original role in safeguarding the Ark of the Covenant and the knowledge it contained – the Tables of Testimony. These Tables of Testimony were actually a green crystal which had been programmed with the whole of human history and so showed the Annunaki story as a lie.

The Annunaki do not control the Ark and so have not been able to destroy the crystal. With the Freemasons and the Knights Templar firmly under Illuminati and Annunaki control, they began to look for ways of flexing their muscle and begin the process of building A New World Order.

Hopefully you can begin to see how the scientific version of human history as well as the Biblical version originated. The scientific version of human history ties in with the Annunaki story in that the first humans appeared in Africa and began to migrate around the world about 13,000 years ago. The Annunaki story has played a part in forming the Biblical belief that Adam (or adamu) and Eve were created as the first humans in the Garden of Eden but were to populate the Earth after the Flood 13,000 years ago.

So if the scientific version of events is based on the Annunaki fantasy story that is deliberately intended to mislead us, how do we overcome the problem?
This is where we need to begin to think in different ways, to think on a higher level. Virtually everything we think we know about our history, our origins and our place within the Universe is false and that false view is perpetuated by those who are under the control of the Velon led Illuminati. The Velon/Illuminati have attempted to control all aspects of our lives but the two most successful regions are with science and education.

Universal History

Very little within our history or science books reflect the real breadth of humanity, our experiences or our potential. To find out the real history of humanity, we need to turn to our collective mass consciousness, the Akashic.

This true version of human history the Akashic records as The Human Plan. Some people will find much of what follows to be a little weird, especially if they have not before considered other forms of life throughout the Universe. Whilst for others, it will fill in the gaps to explain what is really going on.

To understand ourselves, and our place within the Universe, as well as our place on Earth, we have to return to the beginnings of the Universe and the purpose of its Creation. This information is taken from the Akashic but backed up by “physical” research where that research is available.

To give a full history is obviously not possible in the space we have available. So this can only be a very brief view of history – if you require a fuller version, all I can suggest is that you read my books.

For once, science originally managed to get one thing right and that is the age of the Universe – 14.5 billion years old (actually, cosmologists have recently dropped it to 13.5 billion - so science is wrong again!). Our Universe did not just spontaneously spring into being but was created by a being that encompasses all of the energy available everywhere.

This Creationery source had a thought, a kind of “what would happen if...” For our Universe, the thought was Freedom of Choice. That is, each soul that was to be created to explore this 'Thought' has the absolute right to choose their actions and their place within this Universe. The only “Law” that applies to this Universe is that no one can act in such a way as to remove someone else's freedom to choose their own actions.

There are other universes but the others explore different thoughts, other ways of being, and of speaking, these other universes do not have a bearing on our universe, and so, for all practical purposes, they can be ignored.

There are two points to remember here. The first is that everything is energy. What looks and feels solid to us is, in fact, a collection of energy frequencies which our brains “see” as being physical but is in fact compacted and compressed frequencies of energy. The other point is that every living thing is a consciousness, a soul. From the Universe itself, the galaxies, solar systems, stars, planets, animals and plants, all are souls. Some exist as a whole soul, some as part of another soul and some as group souls. Nevertheless, all is consciousness and all is energy. That is how our universe is constructed and how it works – souls using their potential to make use of the energies that are available to them.

I see the words soul and consciousness as being interchangeable. So, if I sometimes use the word soul, or sometimes use the word consciousness, they both mean the same thing. Or, as noted above, scientists have begun to call this consciousness energy electro-magnetic energy – a 5th dimension.

So, fourteen and a half thousand million years ago, this Creationery source had a thought and this thought was brought into being by creating a balloon of energy – the universal envelope – into which all of the energy frequencies necessary for life and exploration of the 'Thought' was placed. At each stage of development, other energies were added as necessary until we have the universe we are familiar with today. This originating Thought could also be described as a Question – a “what would happen if?” In order to explore the Creator‟s Question, individual souls were created and provided with enough energy potential to fullfil their chosen role.

The first life were Thirteen beings who, effectively, make up the universal envelope. These Thirteen maintain the balance of energies within the universe and act as co-creators, as and when necessary. The next level of development was the creation of those souls who would bring galaxies into being. These were followed by souls who could build solar systems and then all of the way down to individual planets.

Once these consciousnesses were in place, the first free-moving and free-acting souls were brought into creation. These first beings entered into our universe 100 million years ago. There are six of these first races who are of pure soul energy. In other words, they do not have any physical form or physical density, just pure energy. These six non-physical races are where the souls of virtually all humans originate.

The next stage of development took place about 30 million years ago with the Creation of seven semi-physical races. These are the races that are responsible for UFO sightings over the years. By semi-physical, I mean that they have a physical form and a physical density and, to each other, they appear as solid as we do to each other. However, if you had one of these beings standing in front of you now, the chances are that you would not even know that they were there, unless you were very psychic. The reason for this is that they are constructed of energy frequencies that are outside of the ability of human senses to detect these kinds of frequencies.

There are seven of these semi-physical races, each having their own characteristics and each having their own region of the universe to live in, usually encompassing several galaxies. Some of these races we have names for such as Sirians or Pleiadeans whilst others we have only star chart references for, such as NGC 584 whilst others we only have nick-names for such as the infamous Greys or the Blues. Generally speaking, all of these races are benevolent and have been helpful to the Earth and to us over many thousands of years. The only exception is the Velon we spoke about earlier.

So these are the thirteen races that make up the free-moving, free-acting and free- choosing souls who inhabit this universe. Each of these races is made up of many billions of souls.

The six non-physical races can move freely throughout the whole of the universe without the need for any form of craft to travel. They just think themselves where they want to go and they just travel along the thought. The seven semi-physical races do need craft and these are the UFO's or NTV's, a.k.a. Non-Terrestrial Vehicles as they are now called. These semi-physical races have also spread out from their original home worlds and live on many planets in different galaxies.

To avoid confusion, when I talk of these races, I talk of soul-origin. What I mean by this is, I often get people coming up to me and saying that they have had past-life regression or they have been told by a medium or clairvoyant that they come from – let‟s say – the planet “Zog”. That may well be true, they may very well be a “Zoglith” but, their soul origin might be Pleiadean or Sirian. To give you an example. Some years ago, people were contacted by a race who called themselves Oomite (http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_ummites01.htm). They were very polite beings who contacted people by very politely written letters (http://thechaosinthe21stcentury.blogspot.com/2010/06/letters-from-alien-ummite.html). Now they were correct in calling themselves Oomites as that was their home planet but, their soul origin is Pleiadean.

Earth Development

Now we come to the development of life on Earth. Our solar system is unique. It was designed to be a place where another aspect of the Question asked by the Creator could be explored – is life at the energy densities that we consider “physical” possible? In order to explore this aspect of the “Question”, our solar system was planned to be, essentially, self-contained. Our solar system is also positioned at the back end of nowhere. This positioning was also quite deliberate as we could explore all of the aspects we wished to explore but also be separate from the ebb and flow of universal energies and universal life.

Our solar system is also unique in the sense that each of the planets are individual souls. In virtually all other solar systems, the sun is the primary consciousness and any planets are a part of that sun's consciousness. In other words, in those solar systems, the sun and planets are one soul. In our solar system, because we were to be a new experiment in life, it was decided that each of the planets, as well as the sun, needed to have as full a potential for life as possible and so the sun and each planet are individual souls.

Our solar system began to form about 40 million years ago. I appreciate that 40 million years is nowhere near the 4 billion, or so, years that geologists talk about, but 40 million years is what the Akashic records.

There were originally 13 planets in our system, each developing life in the way in which that planet's consciousness decided to create life. Each of our planets is a creator in its own right, this is why a full consciousness was needed for each planet, to maximise potential and creativity. Every single one of these 13 planets developed their own forms of life, all of which was what we would term physical.

Each planet designed and created forms of life which it felt was appropriate to its own consciousness. This provided for the maximum amount of creativity and diversity and all were successful. Each planet supported life and the Universe gloried in the complexity and variations in form.

Our Earth was a slightly late starter in this process as She did not begin to fully develop life until about 25 million years ago. However, She was as successful as all of the other planets in developing a huge range of life-forms.

The Earth began with the extremely small but very rapidly moved to big – as in the dinosaurs, giant trees and giant insects. The reason for this was to do with the effects of physical density on the physical body, once it was realised that smaller forms of life were just as feasible as the large, mammals became the primary forms of life and the plant-life was also modified to suit the needs of these kinds of animals.

The scientific view is that there have been a series of ice ages or natural disasters which wiped out all life and then new life began to develop after these disasters. This is not true, apart from one major catastrophe, the forms of life, and the changes that have taken place to them, have all occurred because of a deliberate choice of the planet – a kind of fine tuning of design or the realisation that some life-forms were not fully viable and needed to be changed for new designs.

In other words, all of the animal and plant life on Earth has been designed and created or adopted by the Earth herself. With a Universe of free choice, why would the Creator impose It's view on anything?

About 3.9 million years ago, four of the planetary consciousnesses decided that they did not want to remain a part of this solar system and chose to leave. Unfortunately, in removing themselves from their planetary shells, they triggered a solar system-wide disaster which virtually destroyed all life in the solar system.

The first two planets to leave did so quite rapidly and the planets the planetary consciousness had built around themselves, for want of a better word, exploded. One of these planets was positioned between Venus and Earth and the other between Mars and Jupiter. The resulting explosions created a wave of destruction throughout the whole solar system. Virtually all solar system life was destroyed. Only two planets still supported life: Earth and Ganymede, one of the Moons of Jupiter.

Virtually all of the life on Earth was destroyed, the planet was rocked on its equatorial axis and a large quantity of the atmosphere was lost. Life on Earth was almost abandoned because of this disaster but the Earth decided to start again. Apart from Ganymede, all of the other planets decided to think again and did not begin rebuilding life until very recently.

It is this disaster which the Annunaki decided to use as the background for their fantasy story but blending it with events that took place within their own solar system. The debris from these exploding planets formed the asteroid belts and several planets, including Earth, gained a moon. The other two planets, who had decided to leave, did so much more gently, moving the whole planet to a position just outside of the solar system's limits. The location and influence of the two planets have given rise to speculation, in recent years, of a tenth planet – Planet X or more accurately, NASA has named this planet Tyche (http://news.yahoo.com/planet-tyche-member-solar-system-20110216-121400-400.html) (pronounced ty-kee).

The Development of Human Life

Three million, six hundred thousand years ago, the Earth began again but, this time, She was not beginning from scratch. The primary purpose of the Earth, and our solar system, was to explore the possibility of “physical” life, that is, a physical body which was capable of containing a whole soul. Each of the planets, throughout the solar system, had begun their own exploration of this requirement. On Earth, She had been experimenting with a body-form closely appearing like our own human form – Neanderthal Man. She was not alone in this choice, the planetary consciousness that is Mars had also been developing a primary life-form along human lines. However, the Mars “humans” were a little more advanced than the ones the Earth had developed so when the Earth decided to begin again, She adopted the proto-human form from Mars. We know this Earth/Martian hybrid proto-human as “Cro- Magnon Man” (Homo Sapien). This is why Cro-Magnon Man appeared spontaneously across the whole planet 3.6 million years ago.
So what we have, from about 3.6 million years ago, is a basic human form, Cro- Magnon Man, as the basis for a being which the Earth hopes will develop into a form which will be capable of accommodating a full soul.

This is the fundamental question behind life on Earth – is it possible to build a fully physical being who has the whole of the soul contained within the body, this is part of the fundamental Question this Universe was Created to answer. Following the solar system-wide disaster, the removal of four planets, this is what the Earth began to explore.

Life develops in two stages, there is a primary act of creation and then, what has been created is allowed to evolve by itself into the directions that it is able or chooses to go. So the process of creation and evolution go hand in hand – neither could happen without the other. There is no point in creating something if it cannot evolve and something cannot evolve if was not first created.

In this instance, as with most planetary life throughout the universe, it is the conscious-ness of the home planet that creates the forms of life and they are then given the opportunity to develop, to evolve, as they will. This is how life on Earth works, the Earth decides what to create, She builds an energetic template, a pattern of energies around which that form of life will grow and the densities of energies available on Earth give it its physical substance.

This is how all life on Earth came into being and how they continue to exist. If the Earth changes Her mind, or feels that a particular form of life is not really viable, She removes the energetic template and the form of life gradually disappears off the planet.

How humans began life is slightly different in that the Earth adopted our energetic template from one developed on Mars, but the principle is still the same. Human development has occurred by our energetic template being modelled and refined until we end up with our current body form of Homo Sapien Sapien. But, it is not quite that simple, some modifications were made to our human form that made us a much greater being that we currently are. We might think that we are the pinnacle of human development, according to scientific arrogance, whereas, in fact, we are considerably less than we once were.

Atlantis

The place where these modifications took place was on an island we know as Atlantis. Atlantis was more of a continent than an island as it stretched from the west coast of Ireland, diagonally across the Atlantic Ocean as far as the Caribbean basin. This particular continent was chosen as it was detached from all other land masses because if anything went wrong with the experimental work that was proposed to happen on Atlantis, no other forms of life would be affected.

You have to remember that we live in a universe where every single soul has absolute freedom of choice to choose their actions. Nobody can act in such a way as to remove freedom of choice. In this way, every single Cro-Magnon Man (and woman) was asked if they wanted to take part in the type of work that was proposed to be carried out. Although not very developed, they were able to understand what was being asked of them. Some of the population of Atlantis said that they did want to be a part of what was going on whilst others said they did not. Those who did not want to be a part of what was happening were moved to another part of the planet, of their choosing, and were left to develop as they chose.

If nobody had wanted to be a part of this experiment, the experiment would not have occurred and Cro-Magnon Man would have been allowed to develop as it would, without any kind of outside interference. This is freedom of choice in action. Those who remained on Atlantis underwent a form of genetic acceleration.

Those who originate on NGC 584 are master geneticists. As far as they are concerned, they have developed skills which they freely offer to the rest of the universe without limit or without charge. They do what they do because they are masters at it and they enjoy what they do, there is no other reason behind their actions. They are not like our current human geneticists who, apart from not actually knowing what they are doing, have all sorts of hidden agendas behind their work, and we will touch on this later. But for now, let us return to Atlantis.

The problem with early Cro-Magnon was that, like all animal life on Earth, they had a group soul. In other words they were not individual souls but a part of a mass soul to which they were all connected. At birth, they started to draw from this mass soul and became individuals. Some drew in more of this mass soul and so were more intelligent and more physically developed than others. But, either way, they were not individuals as we would understand the term but more like a flock or a herd. Their DNA structures were also very crude, just sufficient to give an individual an identity. What was done was that their energetic templates were developed so that the body became more advanced and this created more DNA. At each readjustment of their energies, the more they advanced until they reached a point where they were able to break away from their soul group consciousness and become individuals with the capacity to take on their own souls.

In order to fulfil this potential, the next stage was for an individual soul to come to Earth and take on the physical body that had been developed. This was not body snatching but by developing a new energy template, it was possible for a soul to come to Earth, borrow the energy template and to build a physical body around the template – a process called adult birth. This is the true origin of the Adam and Eve story.

This process is also one which the Annunaki have stolen to add to their own fantasy version of human development. We all have deep seated memories of Atlantis and our genetic acceleration. What the Annunaki hoped to achieve with their version of our history was to make us believe that our currently very vague memories of our own genetic acceleration was in fact carried out by the Annunaki to create the adamu and not from our own decisions.

With this adult birth process proven to work, more souls came from the Universe, and a community of human beings began to develop on Atlantis. Most of the souls who came to Earth to be a part of this new experiment were from the non-physical races, with some coming from the semi-physical races. The proportions at this stage, roughly three-quarters were of the non-physical races, and about one quarter from the semi-physical races.

This is how human life was developed on Atlantis and this is what the Earth considers to be a true Human Being – a whole soul within a physical body. There was not the division between the physical aspect of the soul and the higher aspect of the soul as we currently experience life, but the whole of the soul within the physical body. Our current state of being, the body containing the physical self with an attached, but not integrated, higher self, the Earth considers to be sub-human.

I will try to paint a picture of life on Atlantis, although it is not so easy to do as we do not have the vocabulary to explain it fully, but I‟ll try my best...
The Earth‟s axis was vertical, not tilted as it is now, so the climate was very settled. Day time temperatures were in the low thirties centigrade and it did not rain very often (average global temperatures were about six degree centigrade). When it did rain, it was gentle and refreshing. Carbon dioxide levels were higher than present. This higher level of carbon dioxide actually helps the brain to function more efficiently, something which was needed to help human development. The current change in carbon dioxide levels is actually a natural process as we approach a time when we will be able to live as we once did on Atlantis. Current carbon dioxide levels are rising as part of a natural process and have nothing to do with human activities.

As far as humans were concerned, they were very much in advance of how we are now. We did not speak to each other but communicated psychically, this meant that there were no limits to our ability to communicate fully so there were never any misunderstandings. If we wished to travel anywhere, we projected our thoughts to where we wished to be, a little like remote viewing, and then carried the body along with the thought – a process called translocation. Or by using this same process, we could be in two places at once – bi-location. Our bodies were very much less dense than they are now so we needed very little in the way of solid food – generally just some fruit or if we needed a little more protein, we ate sea weeds which we synthesised for our needs. We could communicate with all living things and so wild animals were never a threat, we just lived in total harmony with everyone and every thing. This is how human life should be lived, a true paradise.

This is a very long story and I have tried to tell it as best I can in my books so, to cut a long story short, things began to go wrong and, at the time, we could not work out why they had gone wrong. The ultimate outcome was that we eventually, collectively, decided to destroy the continent. This we achieved psychically by opening up the mid-Atlantic fault line, surrounded the continent in volcanoes and deliberately sinking Atlantis into the Earth‟s molten core. This destruction occurring about 65,000 years ago.
__________________________________________________ __________________
The above is an Excerpt, go to Source for pdf File Link (http://one-vibration.com/profiles/blogs/an-update-on-our-evolution-by-chris-thomas#.UYOwMoJ5FYI) (to read entire article)


turiya :cool:

turiya
4th May 2013, 14:11
An Update On Our Evolution
By Chris Thomas

Part 2

The Destruction of Atlantis

Sinking the continent had far reaching and potentially devastating effects on the planet. The planet's axis tilted altering the climate. Many earthquakes and volcanoes were triggered together with massive tsunamis, creating huge areas of flooding and most of the life on Earth was threatened with extinction. The planet also shrank in size to about ten percent smaller than she is now. This is the real origin of the Biblical story of the flood and it occurred 65,000 years ago.

As far as the human population was concerned, those who were from the non-physical races returned to their home worlds whilst most of those who were from the semi-physical races stayed to help re-build the Earth and its life. This re-building work took over 40,000 years to complete and the Earth was fully ready to begin again about 20,000 years ago.

When we returned, by we I mean all of the souls who had chosen to be a part of this new experiment of being human, we were as we had been on Atlantis; the whole soul within the body and, also as on Atlantis, we did not have any children.

A Human Being is defined as a physical body which contains the whole soul and we had not fully worked out a mechanism for dividing the soul into separate parts so that children could be born and the rest of the soul could then be gradually introduced as the child grew to an adult.

So our return arrival on Earth was through adult birth. In the end, we thought sex looked like it had interesting possibilities and so we did eventually work out how to have children, around about 16,000 years ago.

On our return to Earth, instead of choosing a separate continent, as we had with Atlantis, we decided to build new “colonies” in six separate locations dotted around the planet. These were Britain, Ireland and northern France; Mexico, Guatemala and Belize; Southern Turkey, part of Syria, and Iran and Iraq (Sumeria); Egypt; Tibet; and Southern Greece.

Each of these six groups took on a particular role in terms of investigating what had gone wrong on Atlantis - why did we have the kinds of problems that led to our need to destroy a continent. The one region which took something of a lead role in these investigations was the one in Southern Sumeria – this is the region around the Tigris and Euphrates rivers – modern-day Iran and Iraq.

This region was important as it took on a role of what could be described as “scientific” in that it investigated every single aspect of life and how it functioned within the Earth's energy fields. We know about this region as it developed telescopes, microscopes, healing by herbs, aromatherapy, surgery and microsurgery and what we would call technological ways of investigating.

This is another reason why the Annunaki targeted this region of Sumeria about 5,000 years ago. As had happened on Atlantis, we began to lose many of our higher aspects of full consciousness. We began to lose many of the higher brain functions such as the ability to translocate and bi-locate and even our abilities to communicate psychically became difficult.

In order to remedy these losses, 18,000 years ago we built the Egyptian and South American pyramids and the pyramids in many other regions of the world. These pyramids were never intended to be used as tombs and, in fact, never were. Archaeologists have never found bodies in any of the pyramids apart from one or two burials that took place a long time after the pyramids were built and even these burials were not in any of the main chambers but in chambers dug especially for the later burial.

The pyramids were designed and built to be psychic enhancers. In other words, as we began to lose our psychic capabilities, we entered the main chambers of the pyramids and, using sound sequences, we triggered very powerful energy patterns within the pyramid itself. These standing wave energies were powerful enough to re-merge the soul back into the body and our full psychic potential was restored.

In order to help us understand and remember how to use the pyramids, some people took on the role of “teachers” to help guide those who had lost these higher faculties to restore them. These teachers learned all of the sound sequences necessary to trigger the pyramids' energies and they became what could be considered the first form of “priesthood”.

The sound sequences are also the true “Keys of Enoch”. But, even with these teachers, we still lost our higher brain functions. Most people did not mind too much as they still had abilities far beyond anything we have now, but, a few did decide to maintain all of their potential and these later developed into the Pharaoh. This situation also gave rise to the beginnings of members of a society having a greater knowledge than the remainder – the beginnings of secret societies.

The Human Plan

Eventually, we worked out what the problem was – the Earth, in order to bring about physical life, generated an energy signal of 7.56 cycles per second. In other words, to be physical, we needed to slow the energy frequencies of the soul to match the Earth's own lowest frequency and this 7.56 cycles per second was too low a frequency to maintain all of the soul within the body for any length of time. The problem was that no one could work out what the correct frequency should be.

What we, collectively, decided to do was to formulate a plan, a way in which we could learn how to be fully human again but, this time, being human in a way which allowed us to keep all of our soul's potential intact together with all of our higher psychic abilities. The Plan was this: we would divide the soul into two parts; the physical aspect and the higher aspect – the physical aspect being about one quarter of the total soul with the higher aspect being the remaining three quarters. The physical aspect would live out a series of lifetimes learning everything that it was possible to learn about living a physical life on Earth – a process we know as reincarnation. As we lived each lifetime, the knowledge we gained would be recorded, first by the higher aspect of the soul and then by the Akashic.

This knowledge gathering process we know by the Sanskrit name of Karma. This is all that Karma originally meant – knowledge. The meaning has been misinterpreted and new interpretations have been attached to this word over the centuries but all it actually means is knowledge.

Whilst the lower aspect was living out its chosen lifetime, our higher aspect would ensure that we kept on the straight and narrow path we had mapped out between lives, by communicating through the seven primary chakras – the chakras are actually aspects of the total soul within the physical body.

This communication took the form of an illness. If we strayed from our chosen path, the energies of one, or more, chakras would become depleted, we would feel symptoms of illness and then we could regain our health by listening to the message our higher aspect was giving us and return to our path in life. This is all that an illness is; a message from our higher self to tell us that we were not living our lives quite as we should and we need to correct our behaviour.

Collectively, we all agreed to be a part of this plan and it was put into action 7,000 years ago. We gave ourselves a time limit of 7,000 years and this time limit ran out at the end of 2011. This plan is known as The Human Plan and every single person who has lived on Earth since has been working within that plan. This is the purpose of human life – to find out how we re-merge the whole soul back into the body and we gave ourselves 7,000 years in order to achieve our aim.

So why 7,000 years? And why the end of 2011 running in to the end of 2012?

If you remember back to what we said earlier about all life within the solar system being destroyed 3.8 million years ago; the solar system has been effectively dead ever since. That is, apart from one planetary moon, there is no other life within our solar system whereas prior to 3.8 million years ago, every planet supported life.

Life in our solar system is an experiment to find out whether life at the kind of energy frequencies we call physical, can exist – we are here to fulfill the Creator's wish. With life on Earth being so successful, the rest of the solar system has decided to come back to life. Since the end of the 1960's our Sun has been generating more and more energies within the heliosphere to allow the other planets to wake up.

To help in this new choice for life, we are also taking advantage of the energy patterns that are available from the centre of our galaxy – this is one of the main reasons for the end of 2012 being so important, this energy from the galactic centre was at its peak. We decided to complete our own waking up process, the reintegration of the soul back into the body, at the end of 2011 to allow us to assist in the solar system-wide wake up.

So what does this mean for us individually? First of all, we are not “Ascending” anywhere, the term Ascension was termed by the Velon to try to make us believe that in order to further evolve we must “Ascend” off the planet and go somewhere else.

Remember that the Earth defines a Human Being as a physical body that contains the whole of the soul and this is the purpose of The Human Plan – to find a way in which we could achieve this again. So why would we need to go away from Earth to achieve this? Exactly, to go somewhere away from the Earth when we were so close to completing all of our plans makes no sense whatsoever.

To a lot of people, this may sound impossible but, there are currently almost three million people on Earth who have already achieved full soul reintegration back into the body – as of early 2013. The vast majority of these full Human Beings live in isolated communities in isolated regions of the planet so it is unlikely you will encounter them until you complete your own part of this reintegration process. Let's face it, if these reintegrated souls were in the western world they would either be rounded up by the military and experimented on or they would be turned into a new religion; or both.

In fact, the first people to undergo the final stages of their soul reintegration was on June 2nd 2003. There were two small groups, a total of 68 people, one in Europe and one in America.

Some Propaganda

Before we go on to look at how you can achieve this process of reintegration for yourself, we need to take a look at the implications of the Annunaki Plan and how it is being used to stop us from achieving our individual re-integrations.

The main tool used against us, you and me that is, is fear. By creating fear within the population you create control and by promoting the Annunaki version of human history, you create confusion. The structure is this:

The Annunaki took over the Illuminati and have been in control ever since. The first act of the Illuminati was to design and bring about the French Revolution in order to bring about a socialist state. When this failed, the Illuminati moved to America and have controlled the political, monetary and military systems ever since.

Their next act was to finance and control the Russian Revolution; this was financed and engineered by American and British banks. More recently, they are in the process of trying to build a centrally controlled socialist Europe through the Lisbon treaty. This treaty wipes out the sovereignty of every EU country and will effectively remove free elections as all regional leaders, or Commissars, will be appointed by Brussels – this is happening under our very noses.

In order to help the Illuminati carry this out, they have created NGOs – Non Governmental Organisations – such as The World Bank, World Health Organisation, World Trade Organisation, United Nations, Trilateral Commission, and many, many others to take total control of our health, finances and what we can or cannot eat.

To coordinate these governments and NGO's, the Illuminati created the Bildebergers. This is an organisation set up to pass Illuminati instructions on to government leaders, the heads of media corporations and the heads of trans-national businesses. To work on a more personal level, the re-established Freemasons were set up to pass on information and instructions to people like police chiefs and bank managers.

This does not mean that all Freemasons are complicit within this arrangement. Those Freemasons below the thirtieth level follow the Scottish Rites of Freemasonry and generally do not know about other levels. Those Freemasons, who are promoted to the thirtieth rank, and especially above, in America known as Shriners, follow the New Palladian Rites which begin to allow them access to the secrets of the Annunaki story and recognise Lucifer as the “God” of Freemasons and the Illuminati. Lucifer is a title taken on by the Velus.

All of the organisations within this hierarchy work together to control every aspect of our lives and control our thoughts. For example: we have touched on official scientific versions of events with the false human history. In addition to this, there are other fundamental untruths such as the Big Bang – this did not occur and many cosmologists are now beginning to counter Big Bang Theory. Gravity does not exist, the Universe is held together by consciousness.

We, and other life, are connected to Earth not by gravity but by compatible frequencies of soul energy – our individual souls connect in directly with the Earth‟s consciousness. These Universe-wide consciousness energies have been measured by scientists as electromagnetic frequencies.

As we undergo a change in our own levels of consciousness, so is the Earth. For example, the move of the magnetic pole towards the equator is not happening. What is happening is that the rotational axis is moving north – the Earth is returning to a vertical rotation – the magnetic pole is not moving; it is its relationship to the rotational axis that is changing.


***************

Have you wondered why the west declared war on Iraq? It had nothing to do with getting rid of Saddam Hussein, nor weapons of mass destruction, nor anything to do with Iraqi oil. The world is awash in oil, so it does not need the Iraq oil wells and in any way, so much uranium was dumped onto Iraq with DU weapons that the oil is radioactive. The real reason for declaring war on Iraq is because it is the region where modern life began – ancient Sumeria. The real reason for attacking Iraq is to remove, to the west, any evidence supporting the Annunaki fantasy story and also to destroy any evidence that contradicts the Annunaki fantasy story. This is also the main reason for war-mongering against Iran; it was also part of ancient Sumeria.


***************

Then there is man-made climate change. This is a total hoax designed specifically to create an extra carbon tax as a means of financing The New World Order.

Global temperatures have been rising since 1850, this was the date of the last Thames winter fayre which could only take place because the Thames froze over, but the temperature rise is due to natural fluctuations in preparation for our completion of the Human Plan, as has the increase in carbon dioxide we talked about earlier. Global temperatures actually stopped rising in 1995, according to the Metrological Office official figures.

All of the claims about our living in the hottest global temperatures in the history of the planet is a deliberate lie. At the time of Atlantis, the average global temperatures were at six degrees centigrade with carbon dioxide levels much higher than they currently are. Seventy thousand years ago, just before the end of Atlantis, there were rhinoceros wandering around the south of England living off savannah-type grasslands enjoying the global six degree temperatures.

Two thousand years ago, the Roman occupation of Britain claimed, in their written records, that they grew vines that produced “very drinkable red wine” along Hadrian's Wall. To grow grape vines along Hadrian's Wall means that temperatures must have been about four degrees centigrade.

Then there was the “Medieval Warm Period” between the end of the 900's AD to about 1400 where average temperatures were about two point five degrees centigrade. After 1400, global temperatures began to drop and were below zero for the next 450 years as there was the “Mini Ice Age”. Temperatures rose above freezing in 1850 as a natural progression out of the mini ice age and this is why the date of 1850 is used in the propaganda about man-made global warming.

Current global temperatures are at about one point five degrees centigrade but are set to rise higher, perhaps as high as in the Medieval Warm Period as the energies of the “6th Sun” begin to have their effect in the near future.


***************

Along with climate change, we have the myth of a rising population. Official government figures state that the world population is about 7 billion and rising. This is a lie.

The main reason for this lie is so that GM crops need to be grown to feed the world. Apart from the fact that GM crops are increasingly failing and eating them is causing new diseases (Morgellan's disease) in both humans and animals, the real reason is again fear. So let us look at the real figures. Virtually every country has reported a population drop over at least the last ten years.

Western countries are shutting schools due to lack of pupils, in other words, the birth rate is extremely low. Every western country is having to bring in migrant workers just to sustain the current workforce levels. Many eastern European countries are now virtually empty of people as the population has left to work in other countries. Most non-western countries have dropping populations due to famine, wars and mass vaccination programmes.

So how can we have a rising world population?

According to the Akashic, the world population peaked at 7.4 billion in 1996. Since then it has been rapidly falling to the point where it is currently between 3.8 and 3.9 billion and it is continuing to drop.

The reason why people are starving in many countries is not too many mouths to feed but too much land has been given over to the growing of crops for bio-fuels, so much so that many countries cannot grow enough food to feed their people – world food prices have risen by an average of 35 percent since the planting of bio fuels began (figures from The Friends of the Earth).

Wi-Fi

Everybody seems to love their Wi-Fi. No trailing cables around the house, access to “hot spots” means that you can watch your favourite soap on your tablet computer whilst on the move. Virtually every street in every town and city in the western world is now Wi-Fi saturated.

But what is Wi-Fi?

The frequencies used to transmit Wi-Fi fall into the range known as microwaves – that's right, the same as the oven in your kitchen. The history of microwave use is this:
If you are an old codger like me, you will be able to remember the introduction of microwave ovens in the 1970's. Fast food was becoming fashionable and cafes and sandwich bars needed a means of heating food quickly. Microwaves, as a possible means of instant heating had only just been discovered but there were extreme doubts expressed, by scientists, of the safety of using microwaves. When they were finally introduced, the first microwave ovens were huge stainless steel boxes with about two centimetres of lead lining. The lead lining was necessary to protect the user from the “harmful microwave radiation”. Those fast food outlets who bought microwave ovens were required by law to have staff specially trained in the use of the oven and had to wear lead-lined aprons (the same as those used in hospital X- ray departments) to protect them from becoming sterile from the microwave radiation.

Think how unprotected you are when you use your microwave oven in your kitchen given current ovens have virtually no protective insulation. Becoming sterile was not the only problem. A full-scale study carried out at the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology and the University Institute for Biochemistry by Drs Hans Hertel and Bernard H Blanc published in 1992, showed very clearly that eating foods cooked in a microwave oven created major changes in the body's biochemistry, particularly to the blood, causing the creation of cancer forming substances. Publication of their report was banned by the Swiss courts at the request of the Swiss FEA. Fortunately, the doctors pursued their case all the way through to the Court of Human Rights and the publication ban was lifted in 1988. However, no newspapers or TV stations reported on the doctors' study – another level of ban – despite the court ruling that:

“This decision is to put an end to judicial censorship of persons drawing attention to the health hazards of certain products.”
If any other product used with food preparation or heating was shown to have similar devastating effects on the body, it would either have been banned or be required to have a prominent health warning attached to it. So why not microwave ovens? Well, that is to do with what else microwaves are used for and who wants them to be used in that way.

The next stage of development of using microwaves was with mobile or cell phones. A huge percentage of people in the western world now use mobile phones several times a day. Whilst “official” studies carried out by the phone companies give the use of mobiles a clean bill of health, independent studies show a very different picture.

Mobile phones work by phone masts permanently emitting microwave frequencies that the phone can pick up and use to make phone calls. The emissions from the masts have been shown to kill bees, kill other insects and birds and give trees the equivalent of cancer. In humans, in putting the ear piece to your ear concentrates the microwave frequencies into the ear causing localised heating of the inner ear and the nerve cells that connect the ear to the brain. These types of nerve cells are called “glial cells” and are present in huge numbers within the brain.

The result of this localised heating is that the glial cells become cancerous. Hands-free sets for mobile phones make the situation very much worse as they concentrate the microwave frequencies in the ear to an even greater extent. The group most affected by this kind of inner ear heating is children as their bodies are still building. The incidence of cancer of these types of glial cells has risen astronomically in the past ten years.

Then we come to Wi-Fi and a whole new set of microwave-generated health problems.

In a study by Dr Andrew Goldsworthy published in 2012, he points out the effects that long-term exposure to microwave frequencies can have on the body, particularly mobile phones and Wi-Fi.

Dr Goldsworthy's study points out that these types of frequencies cause damage to the body's cells that are not caused by heating (as in the cell phone damage). He points out that we are currently exposed to about one million billion billion (one followed by eighteen zeros) times more man-made microwaves than our natural exposure.

The main effects of this level of exposure are that the body's cells begin to break down. That isn't just glial cells but all cells of the body leading to many different physiological symptoms including cancer.

Fortunately, not everyone is susceptible to this type of damage but a very high percentage of the population is. There is a reason for this that comes from my own research into the body cells' structure and how the cell's structural integrity is maintained. This is to do with the body's cholesterol levels. Contrary to common propaganda, there is only one type of cholesterol and that is manufactured by the liver. The liver produces cholesterol twenty four hours per day, three hundred and sixty five days a year without using any saturated fats whatsoever in the production process. Cholesterol has very many uses within the body to keep many of the body's processes working properly. One of these useful jobs is the maintaining of the structural integrity of all of the body's cells.

Our microwave-saturated (Wi-Fi, mobile phones, cordless phones and microwave ovens) environment has a very damaging effect on the cells of the body. If your cholesterol levels are as the body wants them to be, the body's cells can fight off the potential damage from microwaves. But if you are on cholesterol lowering drugs, the time it takes to damage the body's cells reduces considerably.

This probably accounts for Dr Goldsworthy's findings that some people are seemingly unaffected by these frequencies. However, it seems as though it is only a matter of time, particularly as the use of Wi-Fi appliances is set to increase astronomically with the enforced introduction of “smart meters”.

Smart meters are electricity meters that have a Wi-Fi antenna that transmits your electricity usage to your supplier twenty four hours per day. They are being introduced for one reason only – the removal, in the near future, of the currency-based economy (banknotes) to a financial system based on carbon usage.

The plan is that you are “given” a certain number of carbon credits, dependent upon your financial status, which allow you to purchase goods or services. The more electricity you use, the lower your credit rating and the lower your carbon credit. It is the introduction of this carbon-based credit economy that it the reason for the myth of global warming we discussed earlier. The idea is that those behind the NWO make us believe that global warming is man-made and then charge us a carbon tax which helps to pay for the NWO plans – this is what smart meters are the beginnings of.

If these microwave frequencies are so damaging, why are they being used at all?

Remember the aims of Agenda 21 that we talked about earlier? The aim of reducing the world's population down to five hundred million?
What better way to kill people than to make them believe that they are having fun using all of these microwave-driven gadgets whilst underneath it all they are slowly dying without being aware of it.

HAARP

Then there is the use of technology such as HAARP which stands for High-energy Active Auroral Research Programme. The first HAARP station was built in Alaska but there are now a number of others dotted around the planet. The Military claim that it is not a military project but was set up for use by the military for “over the horizon” radar and communications.

It might very well be used for these purposes but its two main uses are weather modification, mainly to cause droughts and famines but more recently, it has been used to flood the Earth with Extra Low Frequency waves. These ELF waves are intended to slow down the Earth's rising frequencies as well as to slow down our own consciousness re-integration as they are similar in frequency to microwaves.

These are very deliberate acts and have caused some disruption to our process of change.


***************

We are also likely to see, in the very near future, a general disclosure of the UFO contact information held by the United States. This massive cover up has been going on since 1947 and the Roswell crash.

However, this will be a limited disclosure of evidence as it will be geared towards making us believe that the Annunaki are our makers and the “gods” of the Old Testament. This disclosure is also designed to destroy current religious beliefs and substituting the Big Bang/Double Dark cosmological-based religion proposed by the likes of Primack and Adams mentioned earlier. A new religion tailor made for the New World Order.


***************

The list goes on. We have been fed fabrications and lies to make us more compliant and fearful. Fortunately, as we progress through our change of consciousness, these kinds of lies can be spotted much more easily and hence the rise in the number of people speaking out against these atrocities.

Channelled Information

The Velon have also been working very closely with those who “channel” information. These are psychics who are able to communicate with those souls who are no longer physical or those who are of non-physical origins; in other words, Extra Terrestrials.

Ever since Madam Blavatsky, who established the Theosophical Society in the mid 1800‟s, the Velon/Annunaki have been communicating through channels to provide us with massive amounts of disinformation designed to make us believe that they are here to help us in our process of soul re-integration. Except, the way in which these channelled messages work is to try and make us believe that we are “Ascending”.

In other words, in order to fulfil our potential, we must “Ascend” off the planet to a “5th Dimension”. In order to help us in this, the Velon/Annunaki falsely claim to have thousands of “cloaked” ships, within our solar system, ready to lift us off into space when we are ready – this mass evacuation is being coordinated by a group calling themselves “Ashtar Command” who are acting under the guidance of “The Galactic Federation”. These ships do not exist – the Velon [a.k.a. Annunaki & Hathor] have been kicked out of the solar system and cannot return [aside from a small group that been able to cloak there whereabouts]. All of these messages and organisations are Velon/Annunaki in origin. There are literally thousands of these kinds of messages from hundreds of organisations, individuals and “angels”, all telling us that we must leave the Earth.

One of the most persistent of these individuals calls himself Sananda. This name, Sananda, is claimed by the Velon to mean “the ascended Christ” – the return of the “Christ Consciousness”. Many, many people have fallen for this ploy as they see it as the “Second Coming” of Jesus, as predicted in the New Testament. This ploy has led many people, particularly those of the Christian faith, to delay their own reintegration until “the Christ Consciousness” has returned.

This is exactly what the Velon/Annunaki want. They want people to delay their completion, they want people to be confused and want someone to step in and “Save” them, it is in this way that the Velon expand their control and remove people's freedom to choose their own path. It is also interesting that this character has begun to call himself “Lord Sananda” who, along with his fellow “Lord”, “Lord Metatron”, claim to be here to save us all. One question:- if these are beings who have “Ascended” to perfection, as they claim, why would they have an ego that requires the title “Lord”?

However, despite all of these efforts to mislead and to stop us, we are changing, we are moving forwards but we are now short of time, we just need to understand that we are being manipulated. Once we understand that, we can let these fears go and get on with the things we need to do.

Firstly, do not, repeat do not become involved with mass meditations that ask for help in helping the Planet or meditations that claim to be changing planetary energies in any form, whether that is activating crystals or taking over energy points like Silbury Hill. These meditations were designed to give the Velon/Annunaki control over these energies. Fortunately, those who act as guardians of the planet interceded and stopped the Annunaki's plans. If you feel as though you have been requested to build a “portal”, resist the urge to go out and do so.

The Velon/Annunaki have been denied access to our solar system and the request for portals to be built was an attempt by the Velon/Annunaki to by-pass the solar system's and the Earth's defences. There have also been attempts to use HAARP technology to build “black holes” out of our solar system. The spiral that appeared over Norway in December 2009 was one such attempt as were the spirals that appeared over China and Japan in early 2010 – all HAARP generated. All of these attempts failed to build a black hole, there is insufficient energy within our solar system for that to happen, but people believe that black holes were built and are interpreting these sky events as the arrival of the ships that are to take us off planet.

What Can Be Done?

The best, and only way, to help the planet and to help ourselves is to ignore all of these things.

Yes, politicians and governments are trying to curtail our freedoms and are building many prison-like buildings where those who protest against the system will be held indefinitely without charge – this new legislation is already in place in all western countries, so mass demonstrations on the streets are just going to get you locked up.

The best way of defeating the plans of the Velon/Annunaki, and those governments and organisations that have already been enslaved by them, is to look to yourself and sort out any outstanding problems there are in your own life.

What do I mean by this? Each individual is a soul who has built for itself a body. We are not a body with a soul but a soul who has chosen to live lifetimes on Earth and in doing so, the soul has built the bodies we inhabit. But, most of the soul has not been able to enter into the body because the energies of the planet were too low to sustain the total soul in the body. The Earth has done her bit – She changed her base-note energy frequencies from the original 7.56 cycles per second to 3,500 cycles per second; this She did on the 30th of May 2000. This is why everything feels as though it has accelerated since 2000; the Earth's energy frequencies have undergone a huge shift.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/EARTH_ENERGY_FREQUENCY_CHANGE_GRAPH.png

What we humans need to do is to match the Earth's efforts and raise our own frequencies. So how do we achieve this? There are two main ways in which we can achieve our goal of re-integrating the soul back into the body.

Firstly, we need to start to think on a different level. Instead of taking science and politics at face value, we need to start thinking about why we are told the things we are told. In this essay, I have tried to give you a basic understanding of who and what we are and what our purpose is on Earth. What we all need to do is to start thinking on those kinds of levels and understanding.

We have been deliberately misled so we need to turn that way of thinking around and begin to think for ourselves. By starting to think of ourselves in the light of what the Akashic has recorded, we should see ourselves in a different light.

We are bigger than we think we are. We are capable of so much more than we think we are. We can change – if that is what we choose to do. The choice is ours – nobody can do it for us.

Secondly, we need to start making room in our in our bodies for the rest of the soul to download into. This is arguably the biggest problem we, in the western world, have and by far the main reason why nobody in the western world re-integrated at the end of 2012. Most of us are filled with unexpressed and unresolved emotions and all of this emotional debris takes up a huge amount of room, so we need to get this rubbish out.

Most of the stored emotions stem from our not expressing ourselves fully; disputes with our boss, the neighbour, granny, our parents, brothers and sisters, children, whoever. Everyone we share our lives with have an emotional impact on us and unless we deal with these kinds of situations honestly, we end up storing all of the emotions we did not express.

So, say you really felt like screaming and shouting at your boss, or whoever, and all you did was to mutter under your breath, all the screaming and shouting you didn't do becomes stored within the body. The best way of emptying this debris out is to discuss it with the person who caused you problems. If that is not possible, you can write to them. This is writing in a particular way which sounds like it shouldn't work until you try it, you will be surprised at just how much emotional junk you are carrying around.

The Giveaway Method

What you do is to start with an old sheet of newspaper. Using a pencil, write to a person or situation that comes to mind, just write all over the newsprint. Once you have finished a piece, just rip it up and get rid of it. Do not read it back; that is very important, do not read it back. It is the reason for using a pencil on newspaper as you are bound to be tempted to read it but you can't read pencil on newspaper. If you read it back, you are just taking it back into your body and you will have to start again. You will know you have cleared a situation when you can think back on it and not feel any emotion attached to the situation. If you still feel emotions connected to that person or situation, you will need to do more writing. For most people, "the giveaway" is not a one off process. Everybody carries emotional hurts going back many years. By writing those hurts down onto the newspaper, you are “giving away” the emotion from your body and onto the paper. This is arguably the most important exercise you can do for yourself if you have chosen to undergo soul re-integration. If you are full of old emotional debris, there is literally not enough room in your body for your higher self to get in and so soul re-integration is impossible unless you clear this debris out. This lack of emotional clearance is the primary reason why virtually all westerners failed to re-integrate at the end of 2012.

Bodily Changes

The main indicator of how we are changing is with the chakras. The chakras are aspects of the total soul within the physical body and are the means by which the higher aspects of the soul communicates to us. As we begin to clear ourselves of our emotional debris, the chakras begin to change colour. We are used to the chakras being the rainbow colours; red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet. Since May 30th 2000, nobody on the planet has these colours any longer.

When the Earth changed her base-note frequency, the chakras almost automatically changed colour. Colour is only a product of frequency; if the frequency changes, so must the colour. Put another way, if the frequencies of the body increase, it is impossible for the colours of the chakras to remain the same.

Most people now have colours which are spiralling golds, copper golds, blues, green, violet but mainly transparent. By transparent I mean pure energy that looks like the kind of heat-haze shimmer you get on hot summer days.

As you begin to clear out the emotional debris, the chakras change again to total transparency. In other words all of the chakras lose their colours and they become the transparent heat haze shimmer of pure soul energy.

The next stage is where the chakras disappear altogether. What this means is that the spine becomes a smooth column of energy from the crown of the head to the base of the spine without specific chakras.

As someone who has worked as a healer and psychic surgeon for the past thirty five years, I can see the energies within the body and believe me, this is what the body's energies are doing. Once you have reached the point where you no longer have any defined chakras, that is as far as you can go until your higher self decides to complete the reintegration process. Once we have completed this reintegration we will have all of the knowledge and all of the abilities we need to remove the Velon/Annunaki and to clean up global pollution and all the other bad things we have done to this amazing planet and there will be no need to move to Pandora.

Only you can choose to undergo this body and soul reintegration, nobody will, or can decide for you. This is your choice, your soul and your life – don't be left behind.

The Way Forwards

Yes, there is still a way forwards. Humanity can still fulfil its promise and potential but time is now becoming short and, if people want to undergo soul re-integration, they must act quickly.

If you think back to what we said earlier, the percentage of people in the western world failed to meet the self-assessment they made. An Average of sixty percent of the population in western countries proclaimed themselves to be ready to make their soul transitions by the twenty first of December 2012. On the day, the percentage of westerners who were actually ready and capable averaged around one percent.

What did happen on the 21st of December 2012 was that the long awaited new energy patterns arrived and are boosting the energies of the Earth, humans and the rest of the planets in the solar system.

Despite the best efforts of the Velon/Illuminati to prevent these energies reaching the Earth, by HAARP ELF frequencies and chemtrails spraying of aluminum in the upper atmosphere, these new energies are beginning to have an affect on those who were actually ready to receive them. Given so few people in the western world were ready to take on these energies, the Earth has reduced their immediate impact to allow people a little extra time to bring themselves up to a state of readiness.

The Earth has achieved this by slowing down the impact of these energies so that instead of the anticipated mass shift that should have occurred on 21/12/12, She is allowing people to gradually absorb these new frequencies. But the Earth cannot delay the impact of these new energies for very much longer: those behind the plans for the New World Order are accelerating their plans. If the NWO are allowed to achieve their goals, then the process of soul re-integration would be disrupted. Whilst the new energy patterns are in the process of destroying the impetus of the Velon/Illuminati/NWO plans, these plans still have the potential to disrupt our soul re- integration – at least in the short to medium term.

What is needed is for all of the people in the western world who claimed to be ready to undergo soul re-integration to now bring themselves up to where they claimed to be but clearly were not.

A great many people said they were ready in the hope that the new energies would sweep away all of their unresolved emotional problems for them so that they would not have to put in any actual work to sort themselves out. The elephant in the living room will not go away of its own accord; it has to be looked squarely in the eye and dealt with once and for all. The best way to start this process is with the giveaway, described above, so that you begin to remove the accumulation of emotional debris you have not cleared and is occupying the body's energy that should be occupied by your higher self.

For your soul (higher self) to re-integrate back into the body you must make space for it and the only way that space can be made is to use the giveaway to clear out the past unexpressed emotions.

There are two advantages to using the giveaway:

1. It clears out all of this unwanted emotional rubbish to make room for your higher self.
2. By using the giveaway, you can identify the people you have the biggest problems with – the source of your living room elephant. Once you have identified the underlying problem, or person, you then must confront them and clear the problem.

If you have made the choice to undergo soul re-integration, then you must clear yourself out of your past – nobody can do it for you. You are the one who is storing these emotions so it can only be you who is capable of removing them. Once you get yourself clear, you begin to see yourself in a new light and your dealings with other people become less of a problem. You begin to expand in your energies, feel more connected to the Earth and all living things. Believe me when I say it is well worth the small effort it takes to clear yourself out.

Otherwise, what is the alternative?
You become more and more enclosed – more disconnected from the world, more remote from other people and the Earth and at some time in the no too distant future, you will have to leave the planet as your energy frequencies will no longer be compatible with the energies of the Earth and of physical life.

The choice is yours to make freely. Nobody is judging your actions, or inactions, only you and your higher self can judge yourself. But don‟t wait too long to decide.
We are more than human. We are more than we ever dreamed possible. It is time to live. It is time to regain control.
__________________________________________________ __________________
Source for pdf File Link (http://one-vibration.com/profiles/blogs/an-update-on-our-evolution-by-chris-thomas#.UYOwMoJ5FYI) (to read entire article)

(More to Come)



turiya :cool:

Asyloth
4th May 2013, 14:32
Makes a lot of sense ;)

Youniverse
4th May 2013, 16:48
So when things "went wrong," was that when Adam and Eve were expelled from the garden? Or long before that perhaps?

ghostrider
4th May 2013, 16:57
Earth is 626 billion years old, the solar system even older, the galaxy is 810 billion years old, our universe is 46 trillion years old ...

Youniverse
4th May 2013, 17:16
A very interesting story you have outlined turiya. Does the body "contain" the soul or does the soul 'envelop' the body? I was under the impression it is the latter.

Jeffrey
4th May 2013, 17:54
----------

That's a cool story. Thanks for sharing. Here's another cool story. I wonder if they go together or complement each other in any way ...

Excerpts from, The Bucegi Mountains secrets:

In the summer of 2003, in an unexplored area of the Bucegi mountains, Zero Team Department (a top secret section of the Romanian Intelligence Service - SRI), has made an epochal discovery that could completely change the destiny of mankind.

Colossal diplomatic pressures coming from the United States of America on the Romanian Government for not disclosing to the whole world this discovery led to a temporary agreement between the two countries and an unusual collaboration in scientific and military special team went to Sea shipment. The implications are far more complex due to the brutal interference of the Order of the Illuminati, which sought to take control of both the location of discovery, and the Romanian-American expedition.

Expert in studying and researching strange phenomena and also the leader of the exceptionally strategic importance of operations for the Romanian State, Cezar Brad is the “hero” of the shocking events that occurred in the Bucegi Mountains, but also two memorable meetings with a leading representative of the Illuminati and Bilderberg member.

A Bilderberg in Romania

In May 2003, Caesar was visited by an important character for one issue in particular, the meeting request came through SRI, as a result of government intervention. The person was a foreigner, but spoke very well Romanian. He also knew Romania very well. SRI knew only that he was part of a Masonic lodge very important in Italy that has a high-ranking nobility, and has a very strong financial influence in Romania.

His political influence was also very high since he managed to penetrate the wall of SRI agents and reach the DZ.

Caesar felt a high pressure and a heavy weight around this person. He was surrounded by a cloud of heavy, unpleasant radiation which concealed his true intentions. For this meeting, Caesar prepared thoroughly, isolating himself in a room and falling into a state of deep meditation, to learn more about the person.

A SRI helicopter brought this arrogant, tall gentleman, wearing a black suit. He had a cane with ivory handle and gold inlay. His face expressed harshness and his green eyes had a strange effect, radiating unusual coldness. It was presented as Senior Massini. He was very sure of himself and created the impression of a person who was used to give orders. He was leading one of the most venerable major Masonic Lodge in Europe and was one of the most influential Masonic organization in the world: the Bilderberg Group.

Massini entered directly into the subject by saying that people are of two kinds: those that can be manipulated and led (most), and others - who have certain virtues and a strong personality. He said that his group is part of the highest Masonic order and is very interested in the outcome of the discussion. Caesar said he knows some aspects of Freemasonry.

Mister Massini said that the Bilderberg Group is not itself a lodge, but it means much more than that. He said that the lodges are just facades and the real power is much higher than the thirty-third hierarchical level. Massini invited Caesar to join the group, letting him understand that he will have many advantages. Massini manifested a great power and an unusual psychical force, in contrast with his age. Unfortunately for him, his power was centered on a huge ego, arrogance and sense of superiority over others.
Massini said that he requested a meeting with Caesar through the power and the relations he had, because they appreciated Caesar's powers.

The Pentagon spies with satellites

A Pentagon satellite used for geodetic espionage, based on bionic technology and shape waves, discovered in 2002 a separate unit in a specific area of the Bucegi Mountains. The empty space inside the mountain was not identified in correspondence with the outside; the empty space begun directly from inside the mountain, at a certain distance from its slope. The empty space had the shape of a well made tunnel and the route of it was perfectly plan.

The satellite scan of the mountain revealed two major energetic blocks. The dams were made of artificial energy: the first was the plan, as a wall, a wall that was blocking access to the tunnel. The second was huge, like a dome or hemisphere, at the opposite end of the tunnel, near the center of the mountain. Massini acknowledged that there is something extremely important and was very well protected. The whole tunnel-hemisphere was in a plane parallel to the ground, and the dam is vertical hemispherical corresponding rocks on the ridge called “Babele”. In fact, the vertical slope ended at about 40 meters between Babele and the Sphinx of Bucegi (Sfinxul din Bucegi).

A similar structure in Iraq

The Pentagon team noted that hemispherical energy barrier has the same vibrational frequency and the same shape as one another very secret underground structure that they had discovered before, near Baghdad, Iraq. Shortly after this discovery, the Iraqi war broke out and after a few months Americans had access to the biggest secret in the area, which the Iraqis knew nothing about.

Massini also said that what was there was about the planet's mysterious past and the history of their organization. When the Pentagon investigation noted the similarity of the data between the underground structure near Baghdad and the one from Bucegi, Massini and his masonic lodge was suddenly very agitated. Initially, they’ve almost panicked. The panic was due to the fact that this structure - much larger and more complex than the one from Iraq - is on Romania’s territory (From Alexander: David, it seems that Romania has a very important mission in the years to come and the Reptilians also have this information. Above The Bucegi Mountains we also have an energetic pyramid – its shadow can be seen twice a year - which has a protective purpose and also keeps safe the true knowledge that is about to be revealed to everyone when the time comes).

Massini provided the correct plan to reach the tunnel, as it has been calculated by experts in the Pentagon. The breakthrough was possible close to 60-70 meters from the first energy barrier on the side of the mountain. Massini promised ultra sophisticated U.S. military technology to achieve breakthrough into the first energy barrier. It was a very powerful device for high speed drilling of rock that used a strong plasma jet and a rotating magnetic field. Massini urged strict secrecy on this matter.

The Discoveries of 2003, in the Bucegi Mountains

The machine first drilled by a strange deviation of the magnetic field, but later corrected its trajectory. The gallery looked like a subway tunnel, was perfectly polished and led to the enigmatic tunnel discovered by the satellite. At the end of the tunnel was a huge stone gate which was moved by sliding it to the left. But before this gate, there was a huge energy barrier. Three people from the first special intervention team were very close to the invisible barrier. They touched it imprudently and died of cardiac arrest on the spot. Any object (rock, plastic, metal or wood) threw at the barrier, immediately turned into fine dust. Two generals from the Pentagon and the U.S. presidential advisor came there.


The Great Gallery

Massini knew most about the origin of this discovery and had knowledge of at least one item that was in the Great hemispherical hall. Beyond the formidable energy barrier, which caused the deaths of three people, was the solid rock gate. Into the tunnel’s wall, just in front of the gate was an area of 20 square cm. On this square, was precisely drawn an equilateral triangle pointing up. The square was located between the huge grinding stone gate and the invisible energy barrier. Caesar felt that there is some compatibility between the energetic barrier and himself, something like a mutual “sympathy”. His hand lightly touched the surface of the energetic barrier and he felt tingling on the skin. He submitted and passed completely through the dam no more than an inch thick. U.S. officials were absolutely stunned.

Tapping the triangle from the the center of the squared polished rock, Caesar initiated a huge stone gate which silently slid into the wall. This single command canceled the energetic barrier and also opened the stone gate. The Great Gallery was now show in its entire splendor. Even dough there was no light source, the Great Gallery was lighted. But after turning off the first energetic barrier, the huge hemispherical shield at the other end of the room, suddenly turned to a higher vibration level and begun emitting higher radiations.

On a closer analysis, the wall inside the Grand Gallery seemed synthetic but also felt like something organic was part of it. It had the color of oil, but the reflections were green and even blue. The wall material was somewhat rough to the touch but it could not be scratched or bent. Resisted any attempt at breaking, piercing scratches or cuts. In a strange way, the fire flames were absorbed within itself. Practically, the fire could not “stay” on that material. Americans have recognized that the material is a strange combination of organic and inorganic matter. At 280 feet, the gallery suddenly turned to the right in a sharp angle. At a greater distance a blue light was noticed, that sparkle like a star. The blue light at the end of the gallery was just the reflection of the protective shield of energy.

In the Iraqi underground

The U.S. adviser on national security issues was notified that the energetic shield from Iraq (in Baghdad) was suddenly activated, pulsating at a high frequency. In front of the shield also appeared a hologram of the planet, which sequentially and progressively depicted the European Continent, then south-east, then The Bucegi Mountains from Romania and then finally showing their location within the structure’s corridor. It was obvious that the two hemispherical energy shields were in a direct connection.

The bad news was that the U.S. presidency was notified and contacted the Romanian diplomacy through intelligence. In just a few tens of minutes, the whole operation had been disclosed. Lord's Massini plan went down the drain. Initially they wanted to take political control, but the Romanian politicians who were entitled to be aware of these issues have panicked and could not cope with events. The diplomatic tension grew increasingly more pressure as Washington demanded an urgent communication with the Pentagon generals at the scene of operations.

CSAT (Supreme Defense Council) Emergency Meeting

An emergency session of the Supreme Defense Council (CSAT) has created a huge wave of sympathy for the Zero Department. Most were shaken by the news they’ve received. The CSAT decision was to continue the research, but under the Zero Department’s control and inventory everything found in the Great Room. From Bucharest the orders came in waves, canceling each other, some very vehement, others elusive, everything betraying a very high tension. CSAT members were in continuous session, keeping in touch with the Bucegi Mountains. They’ve decided to make public the discovery after having first discussed the problem on all sides. Romanian State was to make a formal statement to the entire World. But some CSAT members vehemently opposed.

Romania's official statement

When the US diplomacy has been informed that Romania will release to the press the discoveries everything tuned into chaos. The President was called for a direct phone conversation with the White House. Within hours, the US blocked all financial transactions with Romania and its access to all other financial institutions. Romania was about to declare “State of emergency” in the Bucegi Mountains and the capital.

The talks between the U.S. officials arrived in Bucharest and the Romanian Emergency Department took place without a translator. They were very violent everyone was shouting and the USA has uttered many threats of retaliation on Romania. Other countries in the world knew nothing of the problem, and Americans knew well that there were some very powerful countries that would united with Romania to support the immediate public statement. (Alexander: I don’t think this was the case at all, but the USA knew that Romania is a small and poor country which will be highly intimidated by the “mighty” USA).

The official declaration would have provided evidence to the world about everything discovered in the Bucegi Mountains, including photos and anything else essential for a complete clarification. Leading scientists and researchers were to be invited. But most importantly it would have revealed the truth about the very distant past of humanity and the real history which is almost entirely counterfeit.

The Americans have reacted very badly because that statement would have shattered in a second their global influence and power, and would have probably thrown into chaos their society. This was the main reason cited by them, to not create panic. But they forgot to acknowledge that this state of anguish and possible social disruption would have occurred as a direct result of deliberate deceit and manipulation made over the centuries by the Freemasonry. Also, a Papal intervention occurred, who called for moderation before this great fundamental step for mankind.

The Pope promised to make certain documents available to the Romanian state from the ancient papal secret archives, which are of great importance for Romania and the evidence supports the discovery of the mountains. After 24 hours of talks, a final agreement occurred between the Romania and USA and they’ve choose to cooperate in some precise terms. The Romanian state was to postpone the disclosure, and gradually present everything to the people.

The Projection Room

The Grand Gallery ended abruptly with a giant aula, 30 meters in height and a length of 100 meters. The Projection room was smaller than the lecture hall of the mountain and was protected by the energy shield. Advancing towards the energy shield, a portion of it disappears like a door, allowing access to the projection room. The shield protects the room by any outside influences. Once inside the room, the shield becomes compact and looks like white-golden wall.

In the back, the shield doesn’t descend to ground level like in the frontal area because at the back it’s a stone wall. The wall has 10-12 meters high, and there were three enormous tunnel holes: one straight ahead and the other two - symmetrical on both sides. They are lighted by a diffuse light in a greenish tint. Access to these tunnels was strictly prohibited by the secret protocol was signed between Romania and the U.S.A.

Tables for giants

From the front of the entrance hall contains a series of huge stone tables arranged along the right wall, following its curvature. Similarly, there is another series along the left wall. None of the tables have a height less than two meters. On the table tops were cut in relief, with precision, different signs of an unknown writing, characters that resemble ancient cuneiform.

The writing also contains more general symbols such as triangles and circles. Although the signs are not painted, they come out with a fluorescent light radiation in different colors from table to table.

There are five tables on each side of the room. On some of them are different objects that appear to be technical tools. From many of them descending to the ground, are a lot of white, translucent wires which gather into rectangular boxes of shiny, silver material. The boxes are placed directly onto the ground. The cables are extremely flexible and lightweight and light pulses can be seen circulating along their length.

When approaching any of the tables, a holographic projection activates showing aspects of a particular scientific field. The three dimensional images are perfect and very large, with a height of almost two and a half meters.

The projections run by themselves but at the same time they are interactive and depend on one who interacts with the tables by touching their surfaces.

The Discovery from The Bucegi Mountains:

Genetic combinations

Climbing on a specially brought tripod the table surfaces can be seen. They are covered with a film of a dark glassy material. The film is divided into several large square bounded by straight lines, forming a kind of grid. At one table the subject is biology and the projected image are of plants and animals, some completely unknown. Tapping one of the squares, the hologram shows the structure of the human body. It develops holographic images of various areas of the body that always rotate. Other squares show projections of other beings, on other celestial bodies. By tapping simultaneously two different squares, a complex scientific analysis shows the DNA of both beings and possibilities of compatibility between them. On the side vertical lines appear, containing explanations (but in the strange writing seen everywhere) and at the end, the most probable mutant form appears as a result after combining the two genetic information.

True Giants

Those who built the whole edifice were probably very tall. Otherwise you can not explain the huge size of all objects in the Projection Room.
A confirmation of the giants in Romania can be found in a newspaper called “The Newspaper”: "The team at the newspaper is accompanied by researcher Vasile Rudan, who noted that the" stories "of people from the village Bozioru about giants who lived on those lands have concrete evidence: a cemetery with skeletons of giants. It was discovered by chance over 20 years ago, when it was decided in a village called Scaieni to plant apple trees. Digging on a hill, the villagers discovered huge skeletons, measuring about 2.40 meters, even more. Dragoi Ilie, one of those who worked in the apple orchard then takes us to the spot. By the height where trees were planted, down to the steep slope on a street choked with mud. Once they arrived, Mister Ilie shows us around the orchard: "Everywhere are the tombs of the giants. We were making holes, to plant saplings, when we found a human head, as big as a pumpkin. Neither one of us had ever seen anything like that. We were all amazed. Sapping further and we found some bones of the feet, as big as the wine stakes. The dead one must have been very big."
The library of the Universe.

On each side of the room are arranged five huge tables each one hosting screenings of physics, cosmology, astronomy, architecture, technology, an area that features several races of intelligent beings - who were apparently not all human - and a field of religion . Seems like a huge library of the universe. In the middle of the room is a podium that is installed in a device, possible an energy thought amplifier.

Romania's control panel

Next, is a panel depicting the precise geometric symbols of different colors. There are two levers that can slide to give a command. In the center of the panel is a red button, above all the rest. The purpose of the button is shown in a hologram explanation: a picture of Earth at about 25 km above and then shows the Carpathian Mountains. Then, huge quantities of water are flowing to lowlands and plains until the soil gets completely sunk. Then, from the Romanian territory of today and part of Hungary and Ukraine appear more streams of water like giant rivers from all directions heading towards the mountains and the Transylvanian plateau. Then the image is focused even more on Romania, and practically the whole territory is sunk and in the region another Sea is formed. Only few mountain peeks appear like small islands. By acting the levers on the panel, the waters begin to withdraw from our territory, but move towards a single point in the Massif Retezat Godeanu mountains. A true manual!

A mysterious amphora

Behind the control panel was a square, three meters per side on which was placed an amphora. Its content was probably the most important discovery. This is what Massini wanted for him and the Masson elite. The Amfora contained a very fine white powder. The researchers were dismayed to find that the substance had an unknown crystalline structure of the monatomic gold which is very difficult to obtain especially in a high purity formula.

Massini was informed even before they enter the room of the amphorae existence. The gold powder in its pure form greatly stimulates certain waves and energy exchanges at cellular and neural level. That causes an accelerated process of rejuvenation. Theoretically, a man can live in the same physical body for several thousand years, provided they consume from time to time, a well-defined quantity of monatomic gold powder. This explains many puzzling aspects about the incredible longevity of some important characters and shows the hidden intentions of the global elite Masons.

The true history of the planet

In the middle of the square is a huge dome which projects a hologram of moving parts. It contains the main aspects of the very distant past of humanity, from its very beginning. Darwin's evolutionary theory is therefore completely false. The true origin of man is depicted in a condensed holographic form. After these lessons of truth, we can say that 90% of the official history of mankind is false and counterfeit. Unbelievable, but what is considered to have really happened is mostly lies, while the myths and legends of the people are almost all true. This strange inversion caused many problems and conflicts between people in our past. Also, most archaeological theories are false. Some "fantasies" of scholars such as the dinosaur extinction theory 65 million years ago or considering old continents of Lemuria and Atlantis as a myth are now completely shattered by the holographic projection that shows clearly how things have happened in reality. From time to time, the hologram kept the event's image but in the background was projected the sky map containing the marked position of all major stars and constellations of that exact time. Because of this, the exact dating of the events shown in the presentation was possible. Although the time period covered by the projections is very large (several hundred thousand years), and the precession cycle of the Earth is 25,920 years, by observing the number of “Plato years” (the 25,920-year cycle) the exact dating of the events was possible. The Bucegi Mountains were formed 50-55 thousand years ago.

Shocking Revelations

The author acknowledges that he actually saw what really happened at the Great Flood and where the germs of human civilization occurred, but he doesn’t have the permission to reveal the reality because this involves too shocking realities for the mentality, ideas and knowledge of the contemporary man.

In a disturbing display of images the existence of Jesus and his crucifixion on the cross is also shown. The projections reveal many of those who witnessed the crucifixion of Jesus on the hill who were at that time, but had come there from other historical periods. Those humans did not differ in clothing by the Jews present at the time of the crucifixion, however, they had different facial features and that's why they were hiding their faces in the clothing folds the best they could. The hologram also shows sequences of the spiritual lives and missions of other exceptional characters from the very distant past of mankind, of which we don’t know anything now. In those times, the social and population distribution were completely different from what is know today, so the archaeologists and anthropologists should review their concepts from scratch.

The three mysterious tunnels

The tunnels spread over thousands of kilometers in three different areas of the planet.The left one leads somewhere in Egypt, into a secret and yet undiscovered ensemble, which is buried under the sand. The right tunnel reaches a similar, but smaller structure, in the "Tibet Plateau". In this second tunnel, are also found three secondary ramifications. One leads to a basement area of Buzau (Romanian city), near the Carpathians bend. Another leads to the underground structure of Iraq, near Baghdad (the one we spoke of earlier). The final ramification leads underneath the Gobi Plateau in Mongolia.
A secret world

The third tunnel, located centrally between the other two, is the subject of a secret world of which the U.S. wanted a very strong guarantee. Knowing the terrible political influence and relations venerable Massini Masons in Romanian and American political structures, we suspect that they try a gradual takeover of control by external factors on the basis of our state interests. There is however very important people in political and administrative unit now known worldwide Masonic machinations and vehemently oppose its influence, especially in the discovery of the Bucegi mountains. Down the central tunnel inside the planet's crust and may provide an answer to the origin of structure inside the mountain and those who built it.

Intense preparations begun for expeditions on all 3 tunnels, as following:

-the first one to Egypt, second one to Tibet, and the final one to Earth’s core.

Source: http://humansarefree.com/2010/11/another-true-history-chapter.html

----------

Andrew
4th May 2013, 18:34
Earth is 626 billion years old, the solar system even older, the galaxy is 810 billion years old, our universe is 46 trillion years old ...

How do you date something 46 trillion years old??

sirdipswitch
4th May 2013, 19:10
I have some ocean front property in Arizona,

that I would like to sell you.:cool::wizard::cool:

sirdipswitch
4th May 2013, 19:19
Earth is 626 billion years old, the solar system even older, the galaxy is 810 billion years old, our universe is 46 trillion years old ...

How do you date something 46 trillion years old??


With personal memory.ccc. (chuckle chuckle chuckle) :wizard:

Andrew
4th May 2013, 19:33
Earth is 626 billion years old, the solar system even older, the galaxy is 810 billion years old, our universe is 46 trillion years old ...

How do you date something 46 trillion years old??


With personal memory.ccc. (chuckle chuckle chuckle) :wizard:

Akashic record?

turiya
5th May 2013, 02:36
"...the Annunaki have directed their attentions towards those who have political and financial control. In order to do this, the Annunaki took control of the Illuminati as soon as it was formed and made them believe that the Annunaki are their “creator gods” and that those who consider themselves to be the “Elite” of human society are Annunaki hybrids..."-- An Update on Our Evolution (page 14) by Chris Thomas


This is How the Bankster Took Control of You!!!


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-I9KBnYzKaE

turiya :cool:

ghostrider
5th May 2013, 03:25
Earth is 626 billion years old, the solar system even older, the galaxy is 810 billion years old, our universe is 46 trillion years old ...

How do you date something 46 trillion years old??

Ptaah of the plejaren , gives the age of earth, the universe, the galaxy , the length of the formation of gases to solid matter, to the begining of the human form , the migration to earth , the ancient wars, the ancient Gods that came to earth their reign , the bermuda triangle etc... anything you could imagine, a civilization older than ours that has protected earth for 10,000 years has alot of technology... Edward Albert Meier's talks with Ptaah cover everything ...it's available for anyone to read... the future of mankind website , it will blow your mind...

turiya
5th May 2013, 04:04
So when things "went wrong," was that when Adam and Eve were expelled from the garden? Or long before that perhaps?

Youniverse,

I think you are referring to the time just prior to the destruction of Atlantis. What I understand from what Chris Thomas conveys in his writings is that the first human beings that existed on this planet had the capacity to contain the entire individual soul within the physical body. With this situation, we humans had abilities to communicate psychically (verbal communication was not needed), to also commune with the animals - no threat to or by other species, to travel by thought, and more. The Earth rotated vertically without there being a tilt, which made climate on the planet quite moderate - there were no harsh seasonal changes that occurred as it does happen now. Hence, man/woman lived in a "garden", not having to struggle for much of anything.

The 'something' that "went wrong" was when the human population began taking their GMO experiments too far. Today, we are seeing the same kind of thing appearing to be repeated, as with Mansanto being one of the major players playing around with mixing the genetics of various different life forms - i.e. GMO in growing foods.

Chris refers to in one of his books that there was a GMO - a bacteria that was created that started to infect life forms with negative consequences. It looked to threaten all life on the planet. The only thing that could be done to save the life forms on the planet was to sink Atlantis down to the Earth's core before it began to spread to other continents. So, that is what took place - Atlantis was purposely sunk.

As a result this caused quite an upheaval with the energy patterns of the Earth. The planet then went through a traumatic upheaval. This is when the tilt of the Earth's axis came in, mountains ranges were formed, volcanic activity, etc. What also resulted was the frequency vibration of the planet had changed. As a result of this, the human being's psychic abilities dissipated over time. The ability to commune with animals came to a stop. Because of this, we became more separate from the other life forms on the planet. Human being's themselves began to distrust each other... and began to become hostile with one another. Things then started to really go down from there. Hence, I would say that this was when Adam & Eve found themselves "expelled" from the Garden of Eden. That is how I understand what Chris Thomas has conveyed in his various books that he's written from his research of the Akashic.

turiya :cool:

Youniverse
5th May 2013, 05:09
So when things "went wrong," was that when Adam and Eve were expelled from the garden? Or long before that perhaps?

Youniverse,

I think you are referring to the time just prior to the destruction of Atlantis. What I understand from what Chris Thomas conveys in his writings is that the first human beings that existed on this planet had the capacity to contain the entire individual soul within the physical body. With this situation, we humans had abilities to communicate psychically (verbal communication was not needed), to also commune with the animals - no threat to or by other species, to travel by thought, and more. The Earth rotated vertically without there being a tilt, which made climate on the planet quite moderate - there were no harsh seasonal changes that occurred as it does happen now. Hence, man/woman lived in a "garden", not having to struggle for much of anything.

The 'something' that "went wrong" was when the human population began taking their GMO experiments too far. Today, we are seeing the same kind of thing appearing to be repeated, as with Mansanto being one of the major players playing around with mixing the genetics of various different life forms - i.e. GMO in growing foods.

Chris refers to in one of his books that there was a GMO - a bacteria that was created that started to infect life forms with negative consequences. It looked to threaten all life on the planet. The only thing that could be done to save the life forms on the planet was to sink Atlantis down to the Earth's core before it began to spread to other continents. So, that is what took place - Atlantis was purposely sunk.

As a result this caused quite an upheaval with the energy patterns of the Earth. The planet then went through a traumatic upheaval. This is when the tilt of the Earth's axis came in, mountains ranges were formed, volcanic activity, etc. What also resulted was the frequency vibration of the planet had changed. As a result of this, the human being's psychic abilities dissipated over time. The ability to commune with animals came to a stop. Because of this, we became more separate from the other life forms on the planet. Human being's themselves began to distrust each other... and began to become hostile with one another. Things then started to really go down from there. Hence, I would say that this was when Adam & Eve found themselves "expelled" from the Garden of Eden. That is how I understand what Chris Thomas has conveyed in his various books that he's written from his research of the Akashic.

turiya :cool:

Thanks that's interesting. I imagine that humans in the time of Atlantis didn't really 'die,' did they? Also, any guesses as to how long Adam and Eve, the first 'humans,' were incarnated on this Earth?

JohnEAngel
5th May 2013, 05:23
A very interesting story you have outlined turiya. Does the body "contain" the soul or does the soul 'envelop' the body? I was under the impression it is the latter.

the 'soul' or life energy maintains a body for itself after the initial gestation period (the life force enters the body with the first breath after birth). this life energy then continues to project this body into being until such time that the body is overcome by the toxicity spread by the dark light.

Youniverse
5th May 2013, 05:40
A very interesting story you have outlined turiya. Does the body "contain" the soul or does the soul 'envelop' the body? I was under the impression it is the latter.

the 'soul' or life energy maintains a body for itself after the initial gestation period (the life force enters the body with the first breath after birth). this life energy then continues to project this body into being until such time that the body is overcome by the toxicity spread by the dark light.

What is the "Dark Light"? Sounds like an oxymoron.

golden lady
5th May 2013, 08:09
Many thanks Turiya,
I have a few of Chris Thomas's books and have seen a few of his interviews. Im liking his truth and I've been eagerly awaiting current info from him and have downloaded the above PDF. Im going to need a lot of newspapers!!

Vivek, many thanks to you too. I've not heard of the Bucegi mountain secrets.

Much reading to be done.

turiya
5th May 2013, 13:00
A very interesting story you have outlined turiya. Does the body "contain" the soul or does the soul 'envelop' the body? I was under the impression it is the latter.


It may be difficult to imagine, but Chris Thomas suggests that the soul fits into a template (energy pattern) that provides the base for the physical to structure its self to accordingly. The soul would then fit within an energy pattern

Chris Thomas wrote:



When we (humans) first arrived on Atlantis, we developed an energy matrix into which the soul needed to fit in order to call itself a human being, the 'Etheric Template'. This template determined organ positions and the energy frequencies needed to become 'physical' on Earth. This is what it means to become 'physical' on this Earth. This is what it means to be a human being, what the soul needs to do to take on human form. Eight thousand years ago we made a modification to the Etheric Template to the one we are currently used to. This modification was meant to be a temporary condition and made us, in the eyes of the planet, sub-human.

What we are now attempting to do is to move ourselves out of this sub-human state and back into the original Human Template first developed on Atlantis. Not ascension - just integration.

The original Human Template was very different to the one we have become use to using. The whole of the consciousness, the soul, was contained within the body. This means that there were no specific energy points, or Chakras, along the spine, just a smooth flow of soul energy. We had our full complement of memories intact giving us thirteen strands to the DNA spiral. Our bodies were slightly less dense than they are now, and we could communicate with all living things.

We could survive on extremely little in the way of 'solid' food, a couple of pieces of fruit and something like seaweed could sustain us for the whole day. We could transmit out thoughts to any human anywhere on the planet, and if we wished, we could take the body along the thought to relocate ourselves anywhere on the Earth's surface of our choosing. We were 'super human' in comparison to what we have become. This is what it means to be truly human.

The revised template we adopted seven thousand years ago is very different.

The soul is currently divided into two, the "physical self" and the "higher self". This division in our consciousness was necessary in order to overcome the loss of the higher aspects of consciousness we had been experiencing. We had thirteen energy points or chakras. Seven within the physical body and six that connected us to our higher selves. The purpose of the seven physical chakras was to allow the higher self to communicate with the physical. Each chakra relates to a specific group of organs and to an aspect of our lives. This new template and its chakra functions was first designed and mapped for us by the humans who lived in the region of ancient Sumeria about thirteen thousand years ago.

The division between the higher self and the physical self is that about seventy-five percent of the total soul is not in the physical, In other words, we are used to living our lifetimes with only one quarter of the total soul within the physical body. Traditionally, the chakras had specific colors which each person adopted - red, orange, yellow, green, indigo & white. These colors reflect the frequencies at which the chakras functioned. As we raise our frequencies, the colors have to change to keep pace. Not one single person alive on Earth today has these traditional colors. The last person to have these colors died at the end of 2002. There are several stages to our re-integration process and each stage brings with it new soul energy frequencies and new colors to the chakras.

For most people, this process began on the 14th of August 1996. Some began a little before then, some a little later. This was the date on which the new primary energy source was connected to the planet. This energy source was designed to 'fire up' this process of change and to remind us all that we had a job to complete.

The first thing this new energy did was to speed up the communication between the higher and physical selves. This was achieved by bringing the six higher chakras into the body and connecting them to the six lower physical chakras. This process had two effects. Firstly, it altered the fundamental frequencies under which the chakras function, and secondly, for the lack of a better way of describing it, the higher self was now situated on top of the head.

Bringing the higher chakras into the body altered the chakras to an intermediary color stage. Instead of the whole chakra being a single solid color, they all now took on a range of colors... most people currently have these [new] intermediary colors. This first stage of change was an almost automatic process. Very little effort was required to achieve this level of change. Those who chose to remain at the old colors had to actively resist against these new energies. What these new energies did trigger in people was a desire to resolve old issues. Where issues had been left dormant or ignored in the past, they now began to surface...

Those who totally resisted this, [would come] down with the final message a soul can give, a terminal illness. Those who did work with their issues to clear them, found their lives changed beyond measure and these were the ones who moved on to the next state of change. The more that issues were cleared, the more the higher self could reintegrate with the body and this produced another change to the chakra colors.

Each one of us has the ability to clear our lives of all of its accumulated debris. Those who were bold enough to look at their lives and make the necessary changes and clearances found that all of their chakras became transparent. No colors at all, just pure soul energy flowing through their bodies. This is the stage that everyone on the planet should have been at by the end of 2003. We are human, and to be human is to err.

The process of clearance comes down to one thing in the end - how honest are we with ourselves and with those with whom we share our lives? Total honesty results in total change; partial honesty results in partial change. We can no longer 'play' with our lives. This lifetime is where all of our rehearsals, all of our past lives, have to be put into the final production. We have no time left for further practice.
[B]The Universal Soul by Chris Thomas (p 113-118)

turiya :cool:

turiya
5th May 2013, 13:11
Many thanks Turiya,
I have a few of Chris Thomas's books and have seen a few of his interviews. Im liking his truth and I've been eagerly awaiting current info from him and have downloaded the above PDF. Im going to need a lot of newspapers!!
Much reading to be done.

LOL, golden lady. You and me, both. Thanks for replying.

Cheers - turiya :cool:

Cognitive Dissident
5th May 2013, 13:24
I just listened to an interview with Chris Thomason Red Ice. In hour 2, Chris said that the population of Earth has reduced over the past two (I think) years from around 7 billion to 3.8 billion due to GMOs, pollution, etc. The interviewer just said "OK" in a "that makes no sense to me, but I'm not going to argue with you" kind of voice. Chris just did not seem to have any awareness of the fact that he had just made a really extraordinary statement (more than anything about the Velons) which could probably do with some explanation. There just seemed a complete disconnect. Did I misunderstand this, or did anyone else pick this up?

dim
5th May 2013, 13:34
I just listened to an interview with Chris Thomason Red Ice. In hour 2, Chris said that the population of Earth has reduced over the past two (I think) years from around 7 billion to 3.8 billion due to GMOs, pollution, etc. The interviewer just said "OK" in a "that makes no sense to me, but I'm not going to argue with you" kind of voice. Chris just did not seem to have any awareness of the fact that he had just made a really extraordinary statement (more than anything about the Velons) which could probably do with some explanation. There just seemed a complete disconnect. Did I misunderstand this, or did anyone else pick this up?
wait until you hear his opinion about cholesterol and saturated fats

seeker/reader
5th May 2013, 14:48
----------------

turiya
5th May 2013, 15:40
I just listened to an interview with Chris Thomason Red Ice. In hour 2, Chris said that the population of Earth has reduced over the past two (I think) years from around 7 billion to 3.8 billion due to GMOs, pollution, etc. The interviewer just said "OK" in a "that makes no sense to me, but I'm not going to argue with you" kind of voice. Chris just did not seem to have any awareness of the fact that he had just made a really extraordinary statement (more than anything about the Velons) which could probably do with some explanation. There just seemed a complete disconnect. Did I misunderstand this, or did anyone else pick this up?
In short, we are presently living with the ongoing implementation of the UN Agenda 21 agreement that has been signed onto by virtually every nation. You may want to read up on Agenda 21 to familiarize yourself with this UN document. Or, you can click on the link that I placed in the OP that will take you to the website where there is a link (http://one-vibration.com/profiles/blogs/an-update-on-our-evolution-by-chris-thomas#.UYOwMoJ5FYI) that will down load the entire Chris Thomas article. He discusses Agenda 21 on page 2.

In America, a strange monument was erected in 1979 - The Georgia Guidestones. Nobody is prepared to say who sponsored these four standing stones but they are constructed of "pyramid blue granite" & carved with advice on how to conserve mankind & the Earth in eight languages:

"Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature."Perhaps these stones could be dismissed as the work of a wealthy eccentric. But what if there had been measures taken on a global scale, by a global body, to conserve the Earth that echoed the words of the Georgia Guidestones? If the "target figure" of 500,000,000 is to be met then the "official" population of the world, as of 2006, needs to be reduced by 6 billion. These figures might seem farcical but the 1992 United Nations Conference on Environment & Development (UNCED) Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro produced a document called Agenda 21. This document sets out targets for population and the environment in the 21st Century, primarily it promotes the concept of holding the population at levels no higher than those of 1992. Agenda 21 has been signed by the heads of all major and most minor countries incorporating these aims into that country's environmental laws.

The following is from a previous post (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?42567-We-Need-to-Depopulate-the-Earth&p=655640#post655640) that addresses the present NON REPORTED adjustment to the "Official" World Population figure. If you ONLY look at the methods used in modern warfare today, with the use of Depleted Uranium, you can see where there is a massive under-reporting of the number of deaths that are presently going on in the world:

Wars?
Since the UNCED Rio de Janeiro Conference in 1992, there have been wars in Iraq (twice), Afghanistan, Libya and several African countries have had armed conflicts, many of which have been dragging on for over twenty years. The death toll from all of these wars runs into many millions. But becoming directly caught up in these armed conflicts is not the only way of dying as the effects of some weapons continues for many, many years. The United Nations published a study into the effects of the use of “depleted uranium” weapons, published in 20059, summarises as:

“There is no viable future generation in Afghanistan and that Iraq is likely to head the same way”.We have seen, in recent news reports that it is indeed the case in Iraq as the number of birth defects has increased by several hundred percent since the war in Iraq began. Not only that, but the British Atomic Weapons Research Establishment published its own report to the British government that the dust cloud from the “shock and awe” bombing of Iraq blanketed the whole of western Europe with a dust cloud of radiation over one hundred times more deadly than the radioactive cloud produced by the Chernobyl nuclear power station accident.

Service men and women who have returned from Afghanistan and Iraq have exhibited symptoms of what has been called “Gulf War Syndrome” which was caused by the radiation from depleted uranium weapons. Where these service men and women have attempted to produce children, the number of birth defects is extremely high. The same applies across the parts of Europe that were under the radiation cloud: birth defects and massively falling birth rates have been reported in all of these affected countries. Some parts of Britain now have an infant mortality rate higher than some so-called Third World countries.

So the death toll of these conflicts is not limited to the battlefields. The use of “battlefield nuclear weapons” has a global impact, the extent of which is only now beginning to be seen. To the death of many millions in the war zones, now has to be added millions more who were never caught up in the immediate area – DU weapons can only be described weapons of mass destruction on a continental scale.
An Update On Our Evolution by Chris Thomas (page 12)

Removal of the Human Population
So how do you achieve population reductions on this kind of scale without anyone noticing?
There are numerous ways in which the government of a country can enact laws without it necessarily being voted on by the legislature. Here is a prime example:
"...Cause by means of limited wars in the advanced countries, and by means of starvation and diseases in Third World countries, the death of 3 billion people by the year 2000, people they call "useless eaters". The Committee of 300 commissioned Cyrus Vance to write a paper on this subject of how best to bring about such genocide. The paper was produced under the Global 2000 Report and was accepted and approved for action by President Jimmy Carter, for and on behalf of the U.S. Government, and accepted by Edwin Muskie, then Secretary of State. Under the terms of the Global 2000 Report, the population of the United States is to be reduced by 100 million by the year 2050." (Emphasis mine.)Here then lies a clear example of a single secret agenda by a US Government. But how exactly can such policies be implemented? There are a number of ways in which this, not only can, but is, being achieved. To start with the most subtle.

Medical Treatment
The American Medical Association (AMA) carried out a five year study into the effectiveness of Western medical treatment. The study arose from the alarming number of people who consulted their medial practitioner, were diagnosed with an illness of some kind, prescribed drugs or treatment only to find that the patient dies from the treatment. The study was published in America in 2007 and showed that every year, in America, 365,000 people died as a directly result of prescribed treatment received from their medical practitioner - that is 7,000 people per week or 1,000 people per day.A year later, the AMA published an addendum to this report stating that the final figure was actually 700,000 deaths per year! The British Medical Association admits that 90,000 people died of medical treatment in Britain in 2004.

Vaccination
Vaccination can cause greater harm than good.

"...We are now witnessing a disaster in African countries caused by the use of older, live-virus polio vaccines, which has now produced an epidemic of vaccine-related polio; that is polio caused by the vaccine itself. In fact, in some African countries, polio was not even seen until the vaccine was introduced. The WHO and the "vaccinologist experts" from the US now justify a continued polio vaccination programme with this dangerous vaccine on the basis that now they have created the epidemic of polio, they cannot stop the programme... the health of children is secondary "to the programme" [of vaccinations].And the vaccines that carry more than one vaccine - related to MMRs (measles, mumps rubella), DTPs (diptheria, petrusis, tetanus), OPVs (oral polio vaccine) & SIDS (sudden infant death syndrome) & SBS (shaken baby syndrome):
"Preliminary data on the first 70 case studies shows that two thirds had been immunized within 21 days prior to death... In the DTP SIDS group 6.5% died within 12 hours of inoculation, 13% within 24 hours, 26% within 3 days, and 37%, 61% and 70% within 1, 2 and 3 weeks of DTP nos 1,2,3 or 4. the age range in the DTP group was 59 days to 3 years."Unfortunately, so-called "accidental" side effects are not the only problems with vaccines. The World Health Organization (WHO) has been carrying out vaccination programmes in many third world countries where the vaccine has been engineered to contain another vaccine which has totally different effects on the body to the "headline" vaccination programme. The second vaccine is usually a sterilizing agent of some kind and many variations have been tried and injected into people, mainly girls and women of child bearing age. There are many, many reports of this behavior. (citation omitted.)

Genetically Modified Organisms
It is known from numerous eye-witness accounts that a number of "alien" beings live in the secret military base "Area 51". These eye-witnesses describe the appearance of these aliens as "Tall White Nordics". The Akashic lists this description as being a disguise used by the Velon to hide their true origin & purpose. The story the Velon (Annunaki) tried to spread by traveling back in time refers to the Velon building, by genetic engineering, the "adamu" - the first human beings who are short & dark. By presenting themselves as "Tall White Nordics" they are saying that the makers of humanity appear in that form and that is the ideal appearance that humans should strive for - achieve a god-like appearance.

It must be stressed that the ultimate aim of GMO research and experiments is to achieve the ability to breed a "master race" of humans but because the world had no stomach for genetic research to fulfill this ideal, following the Nazi concentration camps, it was decided to build up genetic manipulation skills by starting with "lower" forms of life - vegetables.

Destruction of the Bee Population
Sheep & goats are not the only animals that come into contact with GMO crops.

The Disappearance of Small Farms Replaced by Corporate Agribusinesses
Henry Kissinger:
"control food and you control the people"Rise in Nano Tech Businesses & Products
The areas of food production which are being modified without governmental regulation include:
- nano-modification of seeds, fertilizers, & pesticides
- food "fortification" and modification
- interactive "smart foods"
- "smart" packaging and food tracking

A more sinister reason to be concerned about this new technology is that it has the potential to fulfill Velus/Lucifer/Eugenics aims of building a new "master race", one suitable for a "god" of Lucifer's status.

An international scientific congress, Synthetic Biology 3.0 met in Zurich, Switzerland, on 24-27 June [2007] to discuss the latest advances in synthetic biology - the new field of extreme genetic engineering that attempts to build synthetic life-forms. Synthetic biologists contend that all the parts of life can be made synthetically (that is, by chemistry) and then engineered in the laboratory to produce "living machines" - fully working organisms programmed for particular tasks. Some are being designed for intentional environmental release.

Today there are about a dozen synthetic biology companies worldwide, plus almost 70 commercial "gene foundries" that manufacture designer DNA molecules for industrial use. The first commercial products using synthetic biology (e.g. a textile fibre by DuPont) are about to enter the market and there are concerns that dangerous pathogens, such as smallpox or Ebola virus, could now be constructed as bio-weapons.

Because synthetic biology goes far beyond the genetic engineering techniques previously used to develop genetically modified food and drugs, no laws have yet been developed that address its safety, security and social risks.

"Once more, a new technology is storming ahead with no government or international body able to regulate or control it", says biologist Florianne Koechlin from SAG (the Swiss Working Group on Gene Technology). "Once more, we hear from the scientific community, supported by industry and the military, that they have life under control nd will soon be able to construct it. But life is more than the sum of its parts."

Already, US patent application number 20070122826, entitled "Minimal bacterial genome", claims monopoly ownership of a "free-living organism that can grow and replicate", whose genome (full genetic information) has been built entirely through mechanical means. ...his team is only weeks or months away from building such a synthetic organism, dubbed Mycoplasma laboritorium. If they succeed, it will mark a break with evolution as we know it." - ETC news release, 25th June 2007. Reported Nexus Magazine Aug/Sept 2007.
BioFuels & Geo Engineering
This includes the use of blue-green algae, the spraying of chemtrails, etc., and are creating the ongoing food crisis.
The Modern Methods of Warfare
War has historically been one of the main 'weapons' of the Illuminati. Whilst it is dressed up as being necessary for our security against "terrorists", "communists" or some other alleged threat, it serves multiple purposes for those wishing to reduce the human population.

- use of drones
- use of DU ammo
- phosphorus
- and much more
Source: Project HUMAN EXTINCTION: The Ultimate Conspiracy by Chris Thomas with Dave Morgan, (Chapter 7, pages 168-206)
The above list is far from being complete, it could go on & on & much more in depth & detail. But I think you get the idea. So, will stop here.

I can suggest that whenever you hear anything that is claimed as to be "Offiicial", whether it be the "Official Story" of an event that has taken place, or if it pertains to "Official Employment" figures, the "Official Jobs" numbers, the "Official Economic Status, etc., know well that anything "OFFICIAL" is more than likely an out & out lie, meant to distract & mislead the public at large. Keeping a healthy skepticism is not a bad thing to have - question everything (including what Chris Thomas has said, here) and, as much as you can, find things out for yourself.

cheers - turiya :cool:

Sidney
5th May 2013, 16:09
IMO, the yrs and dates don't matter. The important thing is to practice getting rid of the baggage we have, so we can become all we were meant to be. that in turn raises our vibration. I really think that is key information. I believe that all the microwave energy etc. IS ***king us up royally as a species. We have to take back our power of choice, and give back our baggage to the universe. Fear and negativity is what we have to let go of to move forward. That entire story makes sense to me. and I think like anything else, we all have to take from things like this what will benefit us, and leave the rest. We will not all ever agree on everything, but I find this information not only interesting, but imperative to our personal growth.

turiya
5th May 2013, 16:16
IMO, the yrs and dates don't matter. The important thing is to practice getting rid of the baggage we have, so we can become all we were meant to be. that in turn raises our vibration. I really think that is key information. I believe that all the microwave energy etc. IS ***king us up royally as a species. We have to take back our power of choice, and give back our baggage to the universe. Fear and negativity is what we have to let go of to move forward. That entire story makes sense to me. and I think like anything else, we all have to take from things like this what will benefit us, and leave the rest. We will not all ever agree on everything, but I find this information not only interesting, but imperative to our personal growth.

A big 'THANK YOU' to you, Wantsthetruth74, each one of us has to be first responsible for ourselves, before we can even think about telling others what they should be doing. Responsibility for oneself is prerequisite to being capable of doing for others. In other words, truly love yourself before being able to share your love with others.

Good on ya, Wantsthetruth74
turiya :cool:

Sidney
5th May 2013, 16:23
Turiya, thank you so much for posting this very important story. I have been searching for this my whole life. I know the info being fed to us through mainstream society was/is false, and have been looking for something for a long time that actually connects everything together, and actually makes sense. Thank you again, big hugs.:grouphug::grouphug::grouphug::grouphug::whoo ::hail:

¤=[Post Update]=¤


Many thanks Turiya,
I have a few of Chris Thomas's books and have seen a few of his interviews. Im liking his truth and I've been eagerly awaiting current info from him and have downloaded the above PDF. Im going to need a lot of newspapers!!

Vivek, many thanks to you too. I've not heard of the Bucegi mountain secrets.

Much reading to be done.

There will be a lot of good newsprint recycling going on in my house too!!!! : )

turiya
5th May 2013, 16:35
I just listened to an interview with Chris Thomason Red Ice. In hour 2, Chris said that the population of Earth has reduced over the past two (I think) years from around 7 billion to 3.8 billion due to GMOs, pollution, etc. The interviewer just said "OK" in a "that makes no sense to me, but I'm not going to argue with you" kind of voice. Chris just did not seem to have any awareness of the fact that he had just made a really extraordinary statement (more than anything about the Velons) which could probably do with some explanation. There just seemed a complete disconnect. Did I misunderstand this, or did anyone else pick this up?
wait until you hear his opinion about cholesterol and saturated fats
Taking the cue, posting it here:

Chris Thomas: I CAN'T BELIEVE IT'S NOT CHOLESTEROL (April 2007)

‘Have you ever wondered why eggs contain so much cholesterol? It is because it takes one hell of a lot of cholesterol to make a chicken.' -- (Dr Malcolm Kendrick, The Great Cholesterol Con (http://s155220804.websitehome.co.uk/the-great-cholesterol-con-dr-malcolm-kendrick-p14217.html)).The same applies to you. If your mother did not have sufficient cholesterol when you were conceived, you would not be here.

Cholesterol is one of the most important substances the body produces. It is manufactured in the liver and is needed by every single cell of the body – and brain cells in particular – every single second of the day. If your cholesterol levels drop, you begin to have organ failure, elastic tissue problems and memory loss as well as depression, and if the level drops too low, aggression, suicidal tendencies and, ultimately, death.

Ever since this cholesterol question came up, I have been investigating it psychically and have not been able to find any real answers. Margarine companies, doctors and some scientific papers all say cholesterol is bad, but when I have worked with my healing clients over this issue, I have never found a cholesterol-related problem in their bodies – even when they have a medical diagnosis of ‘high cholesterol'.

If we put something toxic into the body, the body rejects it and excretes it. Substances produced by the body's internal chemistry are only what the body needs. In other words, the body does not poison itself. All symptoms of illness are controlled by the higher self and blood problems relate to the heart chakra (see my book Everything You Always Wanted to Know About Your Body (http://s155220804.websitehome.co.uk/everything-you-always-wanted-to-know-about-your-body-chris-thomas-and-diane-baker-p13525.html)). However, even heart chakra problems do not raise cholesterol levels, especially as you will not find cholesterol in the blood.

At long last, I have found a doctor who talks some sense on this issue – Dr Malcolm Kendrick, author of The Great Cholesterol Con – so this next section is a precis of what Dr Kendrick has to say.

If you go to a doctor for a cholesterol blood test, the result that you are given is not a measure of cholesterol. What the blood test measures is lipoproteins. There are four different types of lipoprotein, the two most well known being LDL and HDL. These initials stand for Low and High Density Lipoproteins.

We are constantly being told that HDL is good and LDL is bad whereas, in fact, both are vital for distributing the needed cholesterol around the body. Both types are cholesterol transporters – LDL collects cholesterol from the liver and delivers it to every single cell that needs it. The cell then absorbs the whole LDL. If there is any cholesterol that is above the amount needed by the cell at any particular time, the HDL collects it and returns it to the liver for re-processing. This way, the liver only produces the exact amount of cholesterol the body needs at any given time.

Reducing your LDL levels actually causes major problems as the cells do not receive the cholesterol they require.

Where is fat, especially saturated fat, in all this?

Cholesterol is manufactured by an immensely complicated chemical process in the liver and nobody has been able to connect fat with this process. You can eat as much fat as you like, of almost any variety, and it will not affect either your cholesterol level or your LDL/ HDL levels.

All of the above are scientific, medical facts, borne out by a huge number of medical studies (for details see Dr Kendrick's book). The origins of the fat-cholesterol ‘myth' lie in a very clever advertising campaign by margarine companies. The LDL/HDL ‘myth' has been around for about 20 years, ever since the drug companies invented ‘statin' drugs. This one drug-type currently gives the drug manufacturers annual sales of $26 billion. Those are 26 billion incentives to create a good myth. The total cost of this one type of drug to the NHS runs to about £2 billion per year. The known side effects of statins are the ones listed above for reduced cholesterol levels.

Leaving aside Dr Kendrick, the main problem seems to be, according to a practice nurse I know, that doctors in the main do not read drug trial reports; they rely totally on the information supplied by the drug companies, who are trying to sell doctors their drugs. Needless to say, with these kinds of sales at stake, the drug companies will present trial result statistics in the best light.

For example, it is claimed that statins reduce LDL (the ‘bad cholesterol') levels. This is true, but only by accident. Statins work by blocking the liver from producing as much cholesterol, and, with less cholesterol to distribute, fewer LDL's are needed and so the body does not manufacture them.

The types of fats that do cause problems in the body are ‘trans fats', made by a process called ‘hydrogenation'. These types of fats are totally unnatural as they do not exist in nature. Trans fats will only be found in fast foods, ‘ready meals', some vegetable oils (labelled partially hydrogenated) and especially margarines.

It is complicated to explain but, essentially, vegetable fats are liquid at room temperature because of their molecular structure. By bombarding the molecules with hydrogen atoms, the oils solidify. When you eat trans fats, you also eat all of the spare hydrogen atoms that did not ‘bond' with the oil molecules, and these un-paired atoms act as a dangerous form of free radicals. This is why trans fats are seen as ‘dangerous' and why the Mayor of New York banned them last year. Saturated fats, on the other hand, provide the body with fat soluble vitamins which are vital to the body's health.

It's a confusing old world, isn't it?

turiya :cool:

araucaria
5th May 2013, 17:00
Chris Thomas has some pretty interesting info. I especially like the idea that disinfo about the solar system is actually info about a different solar system: very neat.



The trouble is, he has to slag off everyone else as being misguided by disinfo and claim more or less exclusive access to the truth in the Akashic records. Has anyone else heard of or spoken about the Velon? Has the Annunaki conspiracy been that successful? I doubt it. And if we need this info, why have the most basic rules of redundancy been flouted so? I keep my important data on multiple media, including hard copy. Why has no one else been given access to this information? And haven’t other people been reading the Akashic anyway?

Raven
5th May 2013, 17:23
Youniverse - Edgar Cayce (who was apparently reading the Akashic records) said that absolutely every soul who has incarnated on earth since 1943 and almost everyone born since 1900 is here for a testing period and that we are the Atlanteans..... needing to make the right decision this time


So when things "went wrong," was that when Adam and Eve were expelled from the garden? Or long before that perhaps?

Youniverse,

I think you are referring to the time just prior to the destruction of Atlantis. What I understand from what Chris Thomas conveys in his writings is that the first human beings that existed on this planet had the capacity to contain the entire individual soul within the physical body. With this situation, we humans had abilities to communicate psychically (verbal communication was not needed), to also commune with the animals - no threat to or by other species, to travel by thought, and more. The Earth rotated vertically without there being a tilt, which made climate on the planet quite moderate - there were no harsh seasonal changes that occurred as it does happen now. Hence, man/woman lived in a "garden", not having to struggle for much of anything.

The 'something' that "went wrong" was when the human population began taking their GMO experiments too far. Today, we are seeing the same kind of thing appearing to be repeated, as with Mansanto being one of the major players playing around with mixing the genetics of various different life forms - i.e. GMO in growing foods.

Chris refers to in one of his books that there was a GMO - a bacteria that was created that started to infect life forms with negative consequences. It looked to threaten all life on the planet. The only thing that could be done to save the life forms on the planet was to sink Atlantis down to the Earth's core before it began to spread to other continents. So, that is what took place - Atlantis was purposely sunk.

As a result this caused quite an upheaval with the energy patterns of the Earth. The planet then went through a traumatic upheaval. This is when the tilt of the Earth's axis came in, mountains ranges were formed, volcanic activity, etc. What also resulted was the frequency vibration of the planet had changed. As a result of this, the human being's psychic abilities dissipated over time. The ability to commune with animals came to a stop. Because of this, we became more separate from the other life forms on the planet. Human being's themselves began to distrust each other... and began to become hostile with one another. Things then started to really go down from there. Hence, I would say that this was when Adam & Eve found themselves "expelled" from the Garden of Eden. That is how I understand what Chris Thomas has conveyed in his various books that he's written from his research of the Akashic.

turiya :cool:

Thanks that's interesting. I imagine that humans in the time of Atlantis didn't really 'die,' did they? Also, any guesses as to how long Adam and Eve, the first 'humans,' were incarnated on this Earth?

turiya
5th May 2013, 17:28
I just listened to an interview with Chris Thomason Red Ice.

Thanks for the heads-up on this Red Ice Radio Chris Thomas interview, I haven't listened to this as of yet.



http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M_jZRN4Yf9s

Red Ice Radio / Chris Thomas - Hour 1 - Akashic Record of Earth, Mankind & Alien Races (http://www.redicecreations.com/radio/2013/04/RIR-130411.php)

Note: To listen to Hour2, you have to be a Red Ice Radio member.
April 11, 2013
Chris Thomas is an author and healer who describes himself as having been `hard-wired to the Akashic since birth.' This gives him a unique perspective from which to describe the human path of development, how humanity first appeared on planet Earth and what is our destiny. Our information on this has, says Chris, been distorted and mis-remembered over the course of millennia. In the first hour, Chris talks about the 13 races in the universe which include non-physical, semi-physical and physical form entities. We’ll also discuss the soul origin of these entities. Chris then explains how Earth is a unique, physical manifestation. He’ll discuss Earth’s beginning and the early human prototypes. We end the hour on beneficial technology given to humanity from non-human races. In the second hour, Chris expands on beings called Velons and their relationship to Earth. He’ll also talk about UFO activity. Chris explains how the "blues," and the greys are attempting to develop a physical body form. Then, Chris shares his thoughts on what it would take for humankind to experience a global, vast shift in consciousness. Later, we discuss the current economic system and Agenda 21. Chris shares information revealing different numbers on the world’s population. The second hour ends on wi-fi and harmful body effects. He concludes with good advice.

http://www.redicecreations.com/radio/2013/04/RIR-130411.php

Enjoy - turiya :cool:
Red Ice Radio / Chris Thomas April 11, 2013 Interview Hour1

Sidney
5th May 2013, 17:48
So when things "went wrong," was that when Adam and Eve were expelled from the garden? Or long before that perhaps?

Youniverse,

I think you are referring to the time just prior to the destruction of Atlantis. What I understand from what Chris Thomas conveys in his writings is that the first human beings that existed on this planet had the capacity to contain the entire individual soul within the physical body. With this situation, we humans had abilities to communicate psychically (verbal communication was not needed), to also commune with the animals - no threat to or by other species, to travel by thought, and more. The Earth rotated vertically without there being a tilt, which made climate on the planet quite moderate - there were no harsh seasonal changes that occurred as it does happen now. Hence, man/woman lived in a "garden", not having to struggle for much of anything.

The 'something' that "went wrong" was when the human population began taking their GMO experiments too far. Today, we are seeing the same kind of thing appearing to be repeated, as with Mansanto being one of the major players playing around with mixing the genetics of various different life forms - i.e. GMO in growing foods.

Chris refers to in one of his books that there was a GMO - a bacteria that was created that started to infect life forms with negative consequences. It looked to threaten all life on the planet. The only thing that could be done to save the life forms on the planet was to sink Atlantis down to the Earth's core before it began to spread to other continents. So, that is what took place - Atlantis was purposely sunk.

As a result this caused quite an upheaval with the energy patterns of the Earth. The planet then went through a traumatic upheaval. This is when the tilt of the Earth's axis came in, mountains ranges were formed, volcanic activity, etc. What also resulted was the frequency vibration of the planet had changed. As a result of this, the human being's psychic abilities dissipated over time. The ability to commune with animals came to a stop. Because of this, we became more separate from the other life forms on the planet. Human being's themselves began to distrust each other... and began to become hostile with one another. Things then started to really go down from there. Hence, I would say that this was when Adam & Eve found themselves "expelled" from the Garden of Eden. That is how I understand what Chris Thomas has conveyed in his various books that he's written from his research of the Akashic.

turiya :cool:

IMO- The something(s) that went wrong were 2 things. EGO + GREED = the beginning of the end.

turiya
5th May 2013, 19:13
Chris Thomas has some pretty interesting info. I especially like the idea that disinfo about the solar system is actually info about a different solar system: very neat.
Has anyone else heard of or spoken about the Velon?
As Chris Thomas has written in the OP:

The Velon are a semi-physical race that have divided themselves up into six different “groups”. These divisions into groups are along the lines of humans dividing themselves up into Christian, Muslim, Jewish etc. – a splitting into groups based along religious beliefs. These six groups call themselves: Oa, Mila, Jjundaa, Johnaan, Hathor and Annunaki. Most people will be unfamiliar with most of these names except, perhaps, for Hathor and Annunaki. The reason why most will be unfamiliar with the names the Velon have given to themselves is because they do not often identify themselves by these names but prefer to use a number of disguises in order to fool as many people as possible. The Velon communicate by channelled means under such names as: Ashtar Command, Great White Brotherhood, Ascended Masters, Galactic Federation, Galactic Federation of Light, many hundreds of “Angels” and “Arch-angels” and the likes of Lord Sananda who claims to be the “Christ Consciousness” as well as many other individuals and organisations. However, most of the Velon-created organisations have used the means of channelled messages in an attempt to fool the population as a whole, the Annunaki have directed their attentions towards those who have political and financial control. In order to do this, the Annunaki took control of the Illuminati as soon as it was formed and made them believe that the Annunaki are their “creator gods” and that those who consider themselves to be the “Elite” of human society are Annunaki hybrids.

Has the Annunaki conspiracy been that successful?I would say, most certainly, the Annunaki (a.k.a. Velon) has been very successful. Almost the entire planet is presently under a massive mind-control program. For instance, as I have posted before, the Agenda 21 is a Velon/Annunaki Agenda. Under the guise of "saving the planet Earth", the hidden agenda is to exterminate, as much as possible, the human race. This is so they can claim this planet for themselves. If you consider that the Annunaki had spent hundreds of years studying the human mindset, they came to understand the weak links of the human race of people. The biggest weak link there is, is that human beings are extremely susceptible and/or gullible to channeled messages from entities that claim to be spirit guides & Angelic beings.

Zecharia Sitchin is famous for his so-called translations of the Sumerian cuneiform clay tablets & from his writings has made the name of Annunaki most popular. In his books, he tells of the Annunaki story, and why so many people have come familiar with that race of aliens. However, Bill Ryan, himself, has posted information suggesting that Sitchin actually was channeled this information by an Annunaki entity (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?55543-The-Anunnaki-their-history-on-earth-where-are-they-today&p=632871&viewfull=1#post632871).

One veteran researcher, who Kerry Cassidy and I also know personally, knew Zecharia Sitchin very well. This person told us that Zecharia had told him that his books were NOT translated from the Sumerian - but were actually channeled products of automatic writing.

We were also told that Zecharia Sitchin was paid on a retainer basis by the NSA, who always wanted to be kept up to date by Sitchin about what the Anunnaki were up to - because it seemed that Sitchin had a direct telepathic line to the Anunnaki in real time. (Note: there is quite a lot in Sitchin's books that is certainly disinformation - possibly deliberately inserted by the Anunnaki themselves). But quite a lot of the basic story is probably quite true.

Bill Ryan
Project Avalon
April 2011 Put that together with what Chis Thomas says of what he's discovered in his research of the Akashic - that the Annunaki traveled back in time to ancient Sumeria where the 'Annunaki Story' was told to a cuneiform tablet maker. This was so that human archeologists would later come find this tablet in their dig for human history. To me, they not only implanted this storyline to a Sumerian tablet maker, but also asserted control over Zecharia Sitchin in his attempts to translate the information. They had both ends of this spectrum covered. I would call that playing the manipulation game quite well.

Keep in mind, it appears that Zecharia Sitchin was a high-level member of the Illuminati, as depicted in a prominent youtube video (http://youtu.be/FZKke_uaQeo).


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1wWxqXashBo
There is also a David Icke video in which he interviewed a woman by the name of Arizona Wilder. In that video, she claims Zecharia Sitchen is an disinformation agent (www.youtube.com/watch?v=Byw4XRSnIAc#t=35m13s) posted below. The full 3 hour video, "Revelations, Arizona Wilder FULL VIDEO" (http://youtu.be/XWr-4j_lX8Q) can be viewed by clicking on the highlighted part of this sentence.

Arizona Wilder: Sitchin a Disinformation Agent... (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C03VcqFHBAE)

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SvvkaRX1Zuw
Why has no one else been given access to this information? Its probably because it hasn't been on the tv set.

And haven’t other people been reading the Akashic anyway? Avalon member Nancy V claimed that she could read the Akashic. She seems to have stopped posting here. I wish she was available to explain how she had come to achieve the ability. I suspect that it has to do very much with having the subconscious cluttered with emotional garbage. One needs to clean-out their body-mind mechanism in order to access one's Higher Self, which has a direct link to the storehouse of Universe information contained in what is called the Akashic. That is imo.

Cheers - turiya :cool:

araucaria
5th May 2013, 19:59
Thanks turiya. I asked if anyone other than Thomas had mentioned the 'Velons' (specifically) - you quote back the opening post and stuff about the Annunaki, so i take it the answer to my question is 'No'.

I think several people have claimed access to the Akashic records, notably Edgar Cayce and remote viewers. This being so, why has no one reported on the Velon scenario before or since?

Incidentally, I would suggest that the Akashic records are not carved in stone...

The status of Zechariah Sitchin is what it is, I don't know and am not bothered either way. I know Bob Dean thinks he is genuine. I would disagree though that the Annunaki deception has been entirely successful with the one exception of Chris Thomas :)

Let me ask one question: why bother time travelling back to Sumerian times when you could have quite easily planted fake cuneiform tablets on first arriving on the planet 300 years ago? For that matter, you could have planted them five minutes, weeks or months before discovering them. It was done for the Piltdown man hoax after all.

InCiDeR
5th May 2013, 20:03
Arizona Wilder, today goes by her married name, Jennifer Kealey, have changed her story a bit concerning what happened to her:


...In an open letter (http://antinewworldorder.blogspot.se/2011/06/open-missive-from-jennifer-ann-kealey.html) posted to the blog Silence is Betrayal last June, Jennifer Kealey lays out what she now believes really happened to her. And it does not involve lizards. If Jennifer Nagel wasn't abused by Mengele, lizards and witches, then what did happen to her?


In her current version of her life story, Jennifer was genetically engineered and assigned to the Nagel family by Dr. Wilder Penfield, the famous neurosurgeon then based at Montreal's McGill University. Penfield was involved in the CIA's MK-ULTRA program, according to Mrs. Kealey.,,

Source/read more (http://swallowingthecamel.blogspot.se/2012/06/prodigal-witch-part-xvi-illuminati.html)

turiya
5th May 2013, 22:00
I asked if anyone other than Thomas had mentioned the 'Velons' (specifically) - you quote back the opening post and stuff about the Annunaki, so i take it the answer to my question is 'No'.

Late Edit... See the top section of post #39 (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?58865-An-Update-On-Our-Evolution-by-Chris-Thomas&p=670708&viewfull=1#post670708), this may hold the key as to why Chris Thomas' research into the Akashic proceeded the way it did, and why others who can access the Akashic have not come across this.

_____________________________________________

Thank you, araucaria.
When someone asks you "Who are you?" How often have you replied, I am "homo sapien sapien"? Homo sapiens sapiens literally means, 'wise, wise man', it is the name of the modern man - which desires a big LOL, if anything ever did (not directed at you, araucaria, but at the whole race of homo sapiens sapiens that really think they know anything at all.

When the question comes, "Who are you?", how often you even said, "I am a human being"?

More often than not you would say your name... Is your name your race?
And less likely, the reply would be something like: "I am French." Or, "I am Japanese... American, or German..."
Are any of these your true identity?

And, even more often, the response would be, "I am Jewish... Christian... Muslim, Buddhist, Hindu, etc.
Are any of these who you really are?

And even more common would be a response that would go something like, "I am a doctor, I am a lawyer... I have a Phd, or I'm a plumber, a musician, a cab driver, an artist, etc."
Or, I am gay, I am a lesbian, I am married, I'm a parent, I'm divorced, I am a single person...

And so, what about these?

Or, would it be, "I am nobody", which is probably more true than any of the answers to that question that have been previously listed. Who can really be honest in answering the question, "Who am I?"

So, to be quite honest with you, I am not Chris Thomas & I don't (as of yet) have a direct access to the Akashic. I am simply reporting, here, what Chris Thomas has come forth with in his research. I am parroting what someone else has said. So, yeah, I repeated the beginning of the OP because it seems to me that you didn't read it. The Velon Race is divided into sub-races one of which is Annunaki. Annunaki & Hathor sub-races are the names that has been bantered mostly on the internet & on tv. From what I understand, the Akashic holds a tremendous amount of information. One could easily get lost in the labyrinth if one doesn't have a specific topic of research. Hathor & Annunaki are the more popular members of the Velon Race.

I think several people have claimed access to the Akashic records, notably Edgar Cayce and remote viewers.As far as I know, Edgar Cayce was not present when & if he did access the Akashic. He wasn't there, he was unconscious.
I think we all access the Akashic, when we are in deep sleep, but when we wake up, we have completely forgotten about it.
This being so, why has no one reported on the Velon scenario before or since?See answers one & two.

Incidentally, I would suggest that the Akashic records are not carved in stone...I agree, because Akashic is not made of concrete, or other such dense material.
Let me ask one question: why bother time travelling back to Sumerian times when you could have quite easily planted fake cuneiform tablets on first arriving on the planet 300 years ago? Ask your Annunaki friends this the next time you see them & then please come back here to report it... I am sure many here would really like to know that, as well.

Cheers - turiya

P.S. See the top section of post #39 (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?58865-An-Update-On-Our-Evolution-by-Chris-Thomas&p=670708&viewfull=1#post670708), this may hold the key to why his research into the Akashic proceeded the way it did, and why others who can access the Akashic have not come across this.

turiya
5th May 2013, 22:32
Arizona Wilder, today goes by her married name, Jennifer Kealey, have changed her story a bit concerning what happened to her:


...In an open letter (http://antinewworldorder.blogspot.se/2011/06/open-missive-from-jennifer-ann-kealey.html) posted to the blog Silence is Betrayal last June, Jennifer Kealey lays out what she now believes really happened to her. And it does not involve lizards. If Jennifer Nagel wasn't abused by Mengele, lizards and witches, then what did happen to her?

In her current version of her life story, Jennifer was genetically engineered and assigned to the Nagel family by Dr. Wilder Penfield, the famous neurosurgeon then based at Montreal's McGill University. Penfield was involved in the CIA's MK-ULTRA program, according to Mrs. Kealey.,,
Source/read more (http://swallowingthecamel.blogspot.se/2012/06/prodigal-witch-part-xvi-illuminati.html)
Thanks, InCiDeR. I was curious as to what had happened to her. Did some researching & found that someone on the David Icke forum said she refused David's request for another interview... Not sure of what to make of that... she could have received death threats... or, perhaps, the first interview brought a whole lot of tension into her life, as she did drop several VIP big-player names out on that interview. She may have been told to back off & recant what she previously had said to David with his only interview with her. One can only guess.

turiya :cool:

Heartsong
5th May 2013, 22:34
Thank you for the interesting reading. Can you tell us more about Chris Thomas beyond his unique access to the Akashic record. What is his educational background, vocation etc. This is the first that I've heard of him. Is he mostly a writer? lecturer?
Thank you

turiya
5th May 2013, 23:12
Thank you for the interesting reading. Can you tell us more about Chris Thomas beyond his unique access to the Akashic record. What is his educational background, vocation etc. This is the first that I've heard of him. Is he mostly a writer? lecturer?
Thank you

Hey Heartsong, you are playing my song...

From what I know, which is not much, Chris Thomas has been, for most of his life, what he calls a psychic healer.
From one of the interviewed videos that can be found on the internet, he says that it was from one of his clients, that came in with a problem that he had difficulty resolving. Chris said that he was able to scan his DNA and found that it was something in one of his client's past lives that was where the root of his problem lay. The more he went into to the root of the problem, he came to find that the client was connected to an alien 'Velon' entity that provided the Annunaki Fantasy story to the Sumerian tablet maker. That is how I remember it, anyways. It was from this client's past life that prompted him to go into researching more about the history of the human race. I think its one of the following videos that has that information in it.

A short mp3 file (http://www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/BASES_8_PROOF_that_the_Annunaki_Traveled_Back_in_T ime_to_Plant_a_Story.mp3) has this:

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/BASES_8_PROOF_that_the_Annunaki_Traveled_Back_in_T ime_to_Plant_a_Story.mp3
(http://www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/BASES_8_PROOF_that_the_Annunaki_Traveled_Back_in_T ime_to_Plant_a_Story.mp3)Audio MP3 URL: link (https://www.curezone.org/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/BASES_8_PROOF_that_the_Annunaki_Traveled_Back_in_T ime_to_Plant_a_Story.mp3)

Bases 8 Part 1

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6Zf7scVDQ1g

Author and Healer Chris Thomas is unique in his data about a VELON ET presence on earth, and has detailed their history in his recent books. Now available as a DVD.

He details the true Human Plan, and Humanity's vital role in the universe, and the involvement with many other ETs over many years.

The latest, Project for Human Extinction, details how the Elite and Illuminati were taken over by a small number of Anunnaki and Hathor Velon ETs about 300 years ago. He discusses this and other matters, in this the 1st of 2nd detailed hour long interviews. His comments are highly controversial, as he slams many Channelors as being specifically "conned" by these Velon ETs. Highly controversial, and unique data.

He was severely weakened some years ago, when he woke up with a hypodermic injection of lethal poison, which he managed to fight against, so he could write his books, and discuss with us on this very rare interview.

Bases 8 Part 2

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m-RSwTihJQ0


A 3rd interview is planned, Questions are Requested, so he can be challenged on these statements. He details the true Human Plan, and Humanity's vital role in the universe, and the involvement with many other ETs over many years. The latest, Project for Human Extinction, details how the Elite and Illuminati were taken over by a small number of Annunaki and Hathor Velon ETs about 300 years ago. He discusses this and other matters, in this the 2nd detailed hour long interview.
His comments are highly controversial, as he slams many Channelers as being specifically "conned" by these Velon ETs. Highly controversial, and unique data. He was severely weakened some years ago, when he wok up with a hypodermic injection of lethal poison, which he managed to fight against, so he could write his books, and discuss with us on this very rare interview.

I did order that third interview. Its not available on youtube, yet.

Cheers to you, Heartsong
turiya

turiya
6th May 2013, 01:49
Two ETs Working With the U.S. Government


The Velon
Before we go on to look at how you can achieve this process of reintegration for yourself, we need to take a look at the implications of the Annunaki/Velon Plan and how it is being used to stop us from achieving our individual re-integrations. The truth about who controls the politicians, the Bildebergers and the Illuminati lies outside of our galaxy. The Annunaki have directed their attentions towards those who have political and financial control. In order to do this, the Annunaki took control of the Illuminati as soon as it was formed and made them believe that the Annunaki are their “creator gods” and that those who consider themselves to be the “Elite” of human society are Annunaki hybrids.

...the Illuminati moved to America and have controlled the political, monetary and military systems... In order to help the Illuminati carry this out, they have created NGO's – Non Governmental Organisations – such as The World Bank, World Health Organisation, World Trade Organisation, United Nations, Trilateral Commission, and many, many others to take total control of our health, finances and what we can or cannot eat. To coordinate these governments and NGO's, the Illuminati created the Bildebergers. This is an organisation set up to pass Illuminati instructions on to government leaders, the heads of media corporations and the heads of trans-national businesses.


2 Living ETs Working With US Government
(Published on May 4, 2013)

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xF9taUXdij8


To work on a more personal level, the re- established Freemasons were set up to pass on information and instructions to people like police chiefs and bank managers. All of the organisations within this hierarchy work together to control every aspect of our lives and control our thoughts...

turiya :cool:

Flash
6th May 2013, 11:33
Just for the sake of it, Thomas is right about cholesterol. It is essential to life and to every single cell we have, but more so to the brain. Much of the hype about cholesterol and heart disease is that, a hype, because it is now being discovered that other factors would be involved in heart disease, to which cholesterol is a sign a symptom, not a cause. Here a scientific article extract:


Pregnenolone sulfate, one of neurosteroids synthesized in the Purkinje neuron, may contribute to some important events in the cerebellum by modulating neurotransmission. Progesterone, produced as a neurosteroid in this neuron only during neonatal life, may be involved in the promotion of neuronal and glial growth and neuronal synaptic contact in the cerebellum. More recently, biosynthesis and actions of neurosteroids in pyramidal
http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0168010299001327



Cholesterol important for development and function of brain
Monday, Dec 24, 2012, 18:09 IST | Place: London | Agency: ANI

The discovery may be significant in the long term for the treatment of several diseases, such as Parkinson's disease.

Two molecules that play an important role in the survival and production of nerve cells in the brain, including nerve cells that produce dopamine, have been identified by scientists at Karolinska Institutet in Sweden.

The discovery may be significant in the long term for the treatment of several diseases, such as Parkinson’s disease.

The same scientists have previously shown that receptors known as “liver X receptors” or LXR, are necessary for the production of different types of nerve cells, or neurons, in the developing ventral midbrain. One of these types, the midbrain dopamine-producing neurons plays an important role in a number of diseases, such as Parkinson’s disease.

What was not known, however, was which molecules stimulate LXR in the midbrain, such that the production of new nerve cells could be initiated.http://www.dnaindia.com/health/1781218/report-cholesterol-important-for-development-and-function-of-brain

turiya
7th May 2013, 20:42
Regarding The Galactic Federation Of Light Petition By Chris Thomas
Date: Sat,12 May 2012



http://www.lisamharrison.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/ChrisThomas.jpg

There is a petition being passed around on the internet from aliens who call themselves "The Galactic Federation of Light" where they ask people to make an affirmation to invite the Galactic Federation of Light (GFOL) to come to Earth. Think about that request for a second:
If the Earth felt that an alien organisation such as the GFOL would help people during this time of major transition, they would already be working with us as the Earth, Herself, would have invited them in. The fact that the GFOL is not working with us shows that the Earth considers that they are of no use either to people or to the Earth.The GFOL, as well as many other alien organisations such as The Galactic Council, Ashtar Command, Arch Angels, Angels, Annunaki, Hathor, Ascended Sirians, Arcturians, etc., etc., are different names put together by an alien race who are more properly known as the Velon.

The Velon first arrived outside our solar system in the early 1700's - the Earth did not allow them access at that time and She has resisted ALL attempts by the Velon to enter the solar system ever since. Despite these efforts, some Velon did find a way to enter the solar system and have been causing problems for the Earth and for people ever since. The primary human organisation that is controlled by the Velon is the Illuminati and, in turn, the Illuminati control earth governments. In the GFOL petition, it is stated that governments are against allowing in the GFOL to the Earth which is a very contradictory comment as governments are controlled by the Illuminati who are controlled by the GFOL/Velon.

In other words, the petition asks people to go against the GFOL/Velon's directives and invite the GFOL/Velon in, which makes no sense. However, many people respond to this petition, and make the affirmation asking the GFOL/Velon to come to Earth. It will not work.

We do not live in a Universe of democracy. Nor do we live in a Universe of consensus. We live in a Universe of freedom of choice - every soul that was created to live in this Universe has the absolute freedom of choice to choose their actions. What we cannot do is to choose to act in such a way as to remove the freedom of choice of another.

Humans exist because, and only because, the Earth exists and the soul that is the Earth has chosen not to allow the GFOL/Velon into the solar system.

In coming to Earth, all of the souls that have built for themselves human bodies, have agreed to abide by the Earth's choices. In return for accepting what the Earth has chosen, the Earth provides for all of our needs whilst giving us a home where we can explore what it means to live in a physical body.

Those of the souls of this Universe who have chosen to come to Earth, and take on a human body, can only do so if the Earth agrees to them being here. Once that choice is made, the human soul connects itself into the Earth's soul through the root (1st) chakra. It is this soul to soul connection to the Earth that allows us to become human. Once we have made that soul to soul connection, we have made the choice of abiding by the Earth's choices which She must make in order to safeguard human existence.

In helping humans to explore the potential and possibilities offered by taking on a physical body, the Earth has allowed many other non-human races to come to Earth and study human activities in order to help us in our explorations. The Earth has not had any problems in allowing in these other races into the solar system or onto the Earth Herself until it came to the Velon (GFOL).

In attempting to force their way on to the Earth, and many other actions they have taken, the Velon/GFOL have broken the one law that exists within this Universe - freedom of choice. As the Velon/GFOL have broken this law, as a race, they have been evicted from this Universe. Those Velon/GFOL that remain can only do so because of the number of humans who have been misled into believing that the Velon/GFOL (and their other organisations) are here to help us. By fooling people in this way, it has allowed the Velon/GFOL to implant energy devices into people and into their homes which provide an energy source for the Velon/GFOL to use to hold themselves close to the Earth.

If people stopped inviting the Velon/GFOL into their lives, the remainder of the Velon/GFOL would join the majority of the Velon race in being evicted from this Universe. Since the petition made by the Velon/GFOL was launched onto the internet, approximately 17,000 people have responded. These 17,000 are made up of the following groups:
# The vast majority are people who have been misled into believing that the Velon/GFOL are here to help humans "ascend to a 5th dimension". Approximately 500 of these people have had Velon/GFOL "djed pillars" embedded into their homes and other energy devices embedded into their bodies. These djed pillars and other energy devices are used by the Velon/GFOL to defy the Earth's choices and remain close to the solar system. The remaining 16,500 people would have had djed pillars implanted into their homes if the action taken by the Earth's guardians, detailed below, had not been taken.

# 787 people knew that by making the affirmations asked for in the Velon/GFOL petition did so in full knowledge that they were acting in favour of the Velon/GFOL and against the Earth - they knew they were acting against the choices of the Earth. The Earth has disconnected the root (1st) chakra of all of these 787 people from her own soul and all of these people will be leaving the Earth (dying) over the next few days and returning to their place of soul origin.

# The Earth's guardians are hard at work destroying all of the connections made by people making the affirmation in favour of the Velon/GFOL petition. There is also a "clean-up squad" traveling around to the homes of those who invited the Velon/GFOL into their homes to remove and destroy the djed pillars and other implants. This clean-up is being carried out with the full knowledge and approval of the higher selves of the people who responded to the Velon/GFOL petition.

The Velon/GFOL have their own agenda, as far as the Earth and humanity is concerned; they are not here to help us but to further their own aims. By fooling gullible people into believing that the Velon/GFOL can help us, they are causing distractions and problems that neither we nor the Earth need at this time of change.Human history is vast and complex but there was a time in our history when we had the whole of the soul contained within the physical body. For various reasons, we were forced, 7,000 years ago, to divide the soul into the higher self and the physical self. In order to investigate the reasons why we had to divide the soul into two, we embarked on living a series of lifetimes - something the Akashic calls "The Human Plan". This Human Plan was worked out with the Earth and we allowed ourselves 7,000 years to find our answers.

During this 7,000 year period, the Earth has been working with us, and nurturing us, every single step of the way. Regardless of how much damage we have done to each other or even to the Earth Herself, She has stood by us and ensured that we had everything we needed to ensure that we had every opportunity to find our answers.

The Human Plan was given a 7,000 year time limit and this time limit ends on the 21st of December 2012 (21/12/12). However, with the Earth's help, we have found our answers and for the last couple of years we have been slowly bringing those answers together to begin the process of bringing the whole of the soul back into the body - soul re-integration. This soul re-integration we will achieve before our self-set deadline (see the OP for the latest update).

The Velon, however, have other ideas. They have observed that humans have a tendency to depend on others to find their answers for them and have exploited that weakness by offering their services to ascend humanity to the 5th dimension. The Velon/GFOL have been attempting to mislead people in this way for many years and every promise of action that the Velon/GFOL has made to people has failed to materialise. There is only one way in which The Human Plan can be completed and that is by humans achieving it for themselves. Nobody is going to step in and do it for us. Nobody can step in and do it for us.
It is our responsibility and our responsibility alone to fulfill the promise we made to Mother Earth 7,000 years ago.

What the Velon/GFOL are doing is attempting to distract us and mislead us away from our chosen goals and away from Mother Earth for reasons that are their own. These reasons do not benefit Mother Earth or humans in any way. Whether you take part in this Velon/GFOL petition is a choice only you can make - you have full freedom of choice. Try to remember that if you do choose to join the Velon/GFOL, you are acting against the Earth and humanity.
SOURCE (http://www.thespiritguides.co.uk/Article_9719.aspx)


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Greg Giles Quits: Strange “Finale” Message
Posted September 30, 2012



http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-ZhUrUmluQsM/UIQjnyNHU_I/AAAAAAAACAc/D6swySyi9Cs/s1600/GG.jpg

In a truly strange and distressing day, it appears that Greg Giles, channeller for both the Galactic Federation and the Ashtar Command, has channelled his final message and has quit his current Lightworker mission. According to his own blog, Greg has posted his final message – titled “Message from Those Who Share Their Messages through Me 9/29/12 ‘Finale,” dated September 29, 2012. Greg’s profile photo on the front page of his Ascension Earth 2012 blog also carries a new (and somewhat odd) message, as of today:
Hello everyone, this message entitled ‘Finale’ is indeed genuine, meaning, this site has not been hacked and this message was sent to me by the same source as each and every previous message. Please join our discussion in the comments section. And yes, this is my real photo and my name is Greg Giles. I am also your friend, all of you.Meanwhile, this is how the “Finale” message starts:

Many of you have clearly been waiting on your ship to come in to your harbor, but as a few of you, not many of you, but a few of you have begun to discern for yourselves, no ship is coming in and we, of course, are referring to these fictitious debit cards that have never and will never be mailed to you. All of you, and this means every single one of you, including our channel Greg, has been participating in what you may refer to as a research study or a project, or what we refer to as a great program. So what has this program, that is now over for Greg mind you, all about?

Well, we can tell you only what you may need to know, or what you feel you may need to know, to somehow come out of this a little more unscathed than Greg has. Greg is, shall we say, deeply wounded, for he feels he has led many of you astray and in a way he has indeed done this. However, his heart was always in the right place. He has actually been receiving our radio frequency communications that are received solely through the power and the use of his brain. This is the way we have been communicating with him and through him to you, and this is why we feel he has fallen for this, we shall say, scam, if you will, for so long, for you see, when one receives communications in this way they can get a little confused. Such is the case with Greg. And on it goes… see below.
Tragically, it seems to follow a similar pattern of unusual ramblings which have dotted his posts for the past few months… posts which have been accusatory, fearful, and judgemental; featured language that appeared to be very non-5th dimensional; and, in the past week, have contained threatening messages towards other channellers and Lightworkers.

There’s been much talk about Greg’s erratic postings and their content within Lightworker communities around the world. Many have been concerned. Others have stopped reading Greg’s messages at all. This particular “Finale” message says that Greg has been ‘duped’… ‘they’ have lied to us about this and lied to us about that. The entities he is alleged to be channeling in this “Finale” message actually say they are not members of the Galactic Federation of Light nor the Ashtar Command. ‘They’ say ‘they’ have bodies that are unlike human bodies – but do not reveal who ‘they’ are. ‘They’ say they do not possess souls, as we would like to think. ‘They’ even deny there are such things as the Cabal, Ascension or any other dimensions beyond the third.

Anthony Morrison, who’s been the 2012 Scenario editor who regularly posted Greg Giles’s messages until recently – when the editors here discussed whether we should continue to post Greg’s messages because of their fearful tone and mixed messages – has been concerned about Greg’s well-being for some time. “I have felt Greg has not been coping with either the messages coming through or the community reaction. Maybe today is the culmination of all this,” says Anthony. “Something is seriously awry here.”
SOURCE (http://goldenageofgaia.com/2012/09/greg-giles-quits-bizarre-finale-message/)

turiya :cool:

Cognitive Dissident
8th May 2013, 01:51
Thanks Turiya - by the way, I agree with you about the cholesterol, and the population reduction agenda - I just don't think it has been so dramatic as Chris stated. Anyway, back to topic: it is interesting that Chris identifies the Velon so closely with the GFL - this makes a lot of sense. This didn't come out so clearly in the Red Ice interview, and sounds very similar to what George Kavassalis has been saying for a while now.

For sure the GFL are part of some wierd deception programme, and have been saying the same thing for over 10 years - I remember Sheldon Nidle from the late 1990's saying that the whole system will be changing very very soon! Talk about a stuck record. And the whole love and light thing, just to draw people in. Really sad.

And to think, not only do we have to deal with the human-coverups like "terrorism" and the whole UFO/ET thing, as well as the historical cover-up of the real origins of humanity (intervention theory), but also spiritual misdirection from the GFL. Lions and tigers and bears, oh my.

turiya
8th May 2013, 19:36
Thanks Turiya - by the way, I agree with you about the cholesterol, and the population reduction agenda - I just don't think it has been so dramatic as Chris stated. Anyway, back to topic: it is interesting that Chris identifies the Velon so closely with the GFL - this makes a lot of sense. This didn't come out so clearly in the Red Ice interview, and sounds very similar to what George Kavassalis has been saying for a while now.

For sure the GFL are part of some wierd deception programme, and have been saying the same thing for over 10 years - I remember Sheldon Nidle from the late 1990's saying that the whole system will be changing very very soon! Talk about a stuck record. And the whole love and light thing, just to draw people in. Really sad.

And to think, not only do we have to deal with the human-coverups like "terrorism" and the whole UFO/ET thing, as well as the historical cover-up of the real origins of humanity (intervention theory), but also spiritual misdirection from the GFL. Lions and tigers and bears, oh my.
Hey Cognitive Dissident,

I have been meaning for sometime, now, to become a Red Ice member just so I could access Hour 2 of the interviews. Your mention of the Red Ice / Chris Thomas interview prompted me to finally initiate that membership. It should be finalized within a couple more days as soon as the payment clears. Its one of the best alternative internet radio shows that is out there.

Yes, I also find it interesting that Thomas identifies the Velon aliens so closely with the GFOL. He also makes mention of several other such entities that are also masquerading as spirit guides & so-called 'ascended' masters. Here's one that that I have looked up that Chris Thomas has made reference to in that OP I posted:

The Velon communicate by channelled means under such names as: Ashtar Command, Great White Brotherhood, Ascended Masters, Galactic Federation, Galactic Federation of Light, many hundreds of “Angels” and “Arch-angels” and the likes of "Lord Sananda" who claims to be the “Christ Consciousness” as well as many other individuals and organisations.
So, I started checking some of these "characters" out, the most immediate thing that came clear to me was so many of these entities have connections to the Theosophist Movement. A bit of study on that subject is quite telling that many of these entities, & those that are channeling this information have a common link to the Theosophists philosophy. Much of Alice Bailey's writings, for example, have been incorporated within the Freemasonry doctrines. William Cooper had focused his attention & criticism on much of these writings in his radio show broadcasts (http://youtu.be/fJiuDJQpGyI).

Chris Thomas writes:
In 1875 - Russian occultist Helena Paetrovna Blavatsky founds the Theosophical Society. Madame Blavatsky claims that Tibetan holy men in the Himalayas, whom she refers to as the Masters of Wisdom, communicated with her in London by telepathy. She insists that Christians have it all backwards & that Satan is good and God is evil. She writes:
"The Christians and scientists must be made to respect their Indian betters. The wisdom of India, her philosophy and achievement, must be made known to Europe and America."In 1889 - Albert Pike issues instructions to the 23 Supreme Councils of the world. He reveals who is the true object of Masonic worship:
"To you, Sovereign Grand Instructors General, we say this, that you may repeat it to the Brethren of the 32nd, 31st and 30th degrees: The Masonic religion should be, by all of us intiates of the high degrees, maintained in the purity of the Luciferian doctrine."In 1891 - Madame Blavatsky dies. The mantle of leadership of the worldwide Theosophical movement falls to Annie Besant, a militant feminist and a member of the Fabian Socialist Society of England. She enthusiastically joins in revolutionary street riots and enthusiastically pens numerous volumes of occultic writings to add to those of Blavatsky."

In 1934 - "The Externalisation of the Hierarchy" by Alice Bailey is published. Bailey is an occultist, taking over from Annie Besant as head of the Theosophical Society. Bailey's works are chanenelled from a spirit guide, the Tibetan Master Djwahl Kuhl.

She writes:
"The hour for the Ancient Mysteries has arrived. The Ancient Mysteries were hidden in numbers, in rituals, in words, and in symbology; these veil the secret. There is no question therefore that the work to be done in familiarising the general public with the nature of the Mysteries in of paramount importance at this time. These Mysteries will be restored to outer expression through the medium of the Church and the Masonic fraternity,"
She further states:
"Out of the spoliation of all existing culture and civilisation, the new world order must be built."
Source (http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_nwo01.htm)So, at this stage, we have the Velon monitoring selected individuals on Earth through communication devices which they do not know they are carrying, to find out as possible about life on Earth. The Annunaki travelled back in time to plant a story which makes them out to be the ancient "gods" and makers of humanity, before moving on to take up "home" in Tibet, where several centuries later, they begin communicating with Madame Blavatsky. The ideas that are communicated appeal to the Freemasons who adopt much of the teachings into their beliefs for high level members. Not only that, but the United Nations becomes infiltrated by several high-ranking people who also follow the Blavatsky/Freemason philosophy that originated with the Annunaki.
Source except: Project Human Extinction (page 149-150) by Chris Thomas with Dave Morgan

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~EDIT~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

This is a bit what I found on Lord Sananda, as posted on Wikipedia:

http://www.indianinthemachine.com/sanandaesuimmanueljesusthechrist.jpg
Lord Sananda
Sananda
The noted Ascended Master Teachings teacher Joshua David Stone (whose organization, the I AM University, was originally headquartered near San Luis Obispo, California), began holding his Wesak Mount Shasta gatherings in 1996. Stone had already began teaching in 1993, based on the early 1980s revelations of Tuella, that the Master Jesus, under his galactic name Sananda (the name, Stone stated, he adopted after his resurrection), works with Commander Ashtar, flying with Pallas Athena in their own flying saucer within the Ashtar Galactic Command flying saucer fleet as its Commander-in-Chief.[38][39] According to Stone, another name used by Commander Ashtar to denote his flying saucer fleet is The Airborne Division of the Great White Brotherhood.[40] Stone continued to present these teachings after 1996 at the yearly Wesak Mount Shasta gatherings.

According to the Ascended Master Teachings teacher Sheldan Nidle, who resides in the gold country in the foothills of the Sierra Nevada Mountains in California, the Earth base of the Ashtar Galactic Command is known as the New Jerusalem or Shan Chea. It is a square rotating space station with artificial gravity in constant orbit around Earth on the etheric plane, with orbit distances varying from approximately 500 miles to 1,500 miles. It is a large space station with a population of thousands of etheric beings. In the center of this square space station is a sphere connected by four tubes to the square outer ring of the space station. This sphere houses the Inn of Heaven, the command headquarters of Sananda, Lady Master Athena, and Ashtar. There is also a smaller round space station called Schare or Share where the individual flying saucers of the fleet piloted by those at the higher levels of the fleet command hierarchy dock to receive their orders and review their missions. Within the Inn of Heaven is a private retreat for Sananda (the Master Jesus) in addition to his retreat above Jerusalem. The Master Jesus has a landing pad for his flying saucer at his Jerusalem retreat. [41]
Wikipedia (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_Jesus#Sananda)

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~EDIT~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Chris Thomas suggests that, the spirit guide of
Madame Blavatsky & Alice Bailey was of Velon origin...
http://www.masterdk.com/images/dk_picture_thought.jpg
Djwhal Khul

United Nations Occult Agenda Exposed

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EdYtoYzR0vU

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ua2xv5VsCrM
Uploaded on May 20, 2009


The Lucis Trust is the Publishing House which prints and disseminates United Nations material. It is a devastating indictment of the New Age and Pagan nature of the UN. Lucis Trust was established in 1922 as Lucifer Trust by Alice Bailey as the publishing company to disseminate the books of Bailey and Blavatsky and the Theosophical Society. The title page of Alice Bailey's book, 'Initiation, Human and Solar' was originally printed in 1922, and clearly shows the publishing house as 'Lucifer Publishing CoIn 1923'. Bailey changed the name to Lucis Trust, because Lucifer Trust revealed the true nature of the New Age Movement too clearly. (Constance Cumbey, The Hidden Dangers of the Rainbow, p. 49). A quick trip to any New Age bookstore will reveal that many of the hard-core New Age books are published by Lucis Trust.

At one time, the Lucis Trust office in New York was located at 666 United Nations Plaza and is a member of the Economic and Social Council of the United Nations under a slick program called "World Goodwill".. In an Alice Bailey book called "Education for a New Age"; she suggests that in the new age "World Citizenship should be the goal of the enlightened, with a world federation and a world brain." In other words - a One World Government New World Order.

Lucis Trust is sponsored by among others Robert McNamara, former minister of Defence in the USA, president of the World Bank, member of the Rockefeller Foundation, and Thomas Watson (IBM, former ambassador in Moscow). Luci's Trust sponsors among others the following organizations: UN, Greenpeace Int., Greenpeace USA, Amnesty Int. and UNICEF.

The United Nations has long been one of the foremost world harbingers for the "New Spirituality" and the gathering "New World Order" based on ancient occult and freemasonic principles. Seven years after the birth of the UN, a book was published by the theosophist and founder of the Lucis Trust, Alice Bailey, claiming that "Evidence of the growth of the human intellect along the needed receptive lines [for the preparation of the New Age] can be seen in the "planning" of various nations and in the efforts of the United Nations to formulate a world plan... From the very start of this unfoldment, three occult factors have governed the development of all these plans". [Alice B. Bailey, Discipleship in the New Age (Lucis Press, 1955), Vol. II, p.35.]

Although she did not spell out clearly the identity of these 'three occult factors', she did reveal to her students that "Within the United Nations is the germ and seed of a great international and meditating, reflective group - a group of thinking and informed men and women in whose hands lies the destiny of humanity. This is largely under the control of many fourth ray disciples, if you could but realise it, and their point of meditative focus is the intuitional or Buddhic plane - the plane upon which all hierarchical activity is today to be found'. [Ibid. p.220.]

To this end, the Lucis Trust, under the leadership of Foster and Alice Bailey, started a group called 'World Goodwill' - an official non-governmental organization within the United Nations. The stated aim of this group is "to cooperate in the world of preparation for the reappearance of the Christ" [One Earth, the magazine of the Findhorn Foundation, October/November 1986, Vol. 6, Issue 6, p.24.]

But the esoteric work inside the UN does not stop with such recognized occult groupings. Much of the impetus for this process was initiated through the officership of two Secretary-Generals of the UN, Dag Hammarskjöld (held office: 1953-1961) and U Thant (held office: 1961-1971) who succeeded him, and one Assistant Secretary-general, Dr. Robert Muller. In a book written to celebrate the philosophy of Teilhard de Chardin (and edited by Robert Muller), it is revealed "Dag Hammarskjöld, the rational Nordic economist, had ended up as a mystic. He too held at the end of his life that spirituality was the ultimate key to our earthly fate in time and space". [Robert Muller (ed.), The Desire to be Human: A Global Reconnaissance of Human Perspectives in an Age of Transformation (Miranana, 1983), p.304.]

Sri Chinmoy, the New Age guru, meditation leader at the UN, wrote: "the United Nations is the chosen instrument of God; to be a chosen instrument means to be a divine messenger carrying the banner of God's inner vision and outer manifestation."

William Jasper, author of "A New World Religion" describes the religion of the UN: "...a weird and diabolical convergence of New Age mysticism, pantheism, aboriginal animism atheism, communism, socialism, Luciferian occultism, apostate Christianity, Islam, Taoism, Buddhism, and Hinduism".
SOURCE (http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_lucytrust04.htm)



Enough for today
turiya :cool:

eva08
8th May 2013, 23:00
Regarding The Galactic Federation Of Light Petition By Chris Thomas
Date: Sat,12 May 2012



http://www.lisamharrison.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/ChrisThomas.jpg

There is a petition being passed around on the internet from aliens who call themselves "The Galactic Federation of Light" where they ask people to make an affirmation to invite the Galactic Federation of Light (GFOL) to come to Earth. Think about that request for a second:
If the Earth felt that an alien organisation such as the GFOL would help people during this time of major transition, they would already be working with us as the Earth, Herself, would have invited them in. The fact that the GFOL is not working with us shows that the Earth considers that they are of no use either to people or to the Earth.The GFOL, as well as many other alien organisations such as The Galactic Council, Ashtar Command, Arch Angels, Angels, Annunaki, Hathor, Ascended Sirians, Arcturians, etc., etc., are different names put together by an alien race who are more properly known as the Velon.

The Velon first arrived outside our solar system in the early 1700's - the Earth did not allow them access at that time and She has resisted ALL attempts by the Velon to enter the solar system ever since. Despite these efforts, some Velon did find a way to enter the solar system and have been causing problems for the Earth and for people ever since. The primary human organisation that is controlled by the Velon is the Illuminati and, in turn, the Illuminati control earth governments. In the GFOL petition, it is stated that governments are against allowing in the GFOL to the Earth which is a very contradictory comment as governments are controlled by the Illuminati who are controlled by the GFOL/Velon.

In other words, the petition asks people to go against the GFOL/Velon's directives and invite the GFOL/Velon in, which makes no sense. However, many people respond to this petition, and make the affirmation asking the GFOL/Velon to come to Earth. It will not work.

We do not live in a Universe of democracy. Nor do we live in a Universe of consensus. We live in a Universe of freedom of choice - every soul that was created to live in this Universe has the absolute freedom of choice to choose their actions. What we cannot do is to choose to act in such a way as to remove the freedom of choice of another.

Humans exist because, and only because, the Earth exists and the soul that is the Earth has chosen not to allow the GFOL/Velon into the solar system.

In coming to Earth, all of the souls that have built for themselves human bodies, have agreed to abide by the Earth's choices. In return for accepting what the Earth has chosen, the Earth provides for all of our needs whilst giving us a home where we can explore what it means to live in a physical body.

Those of the souls of this Universe who have chosen to come to Earth, and take on a human body, can only do so if the Earth agrees to them being here. Once that choice is made, the human soul connects itself into the Earth's soul through the root (1st) chakra. It is this soul to soul connection to the Earth that allows us to become human. Once we have made that soul to soul connection, we have made the choice of abiding by the Earth's choices which She must make in order to safeguard human existence.

In helping humans to explore the potential and possibilities offered by taking on a physical body, the Earth has allowed many other non-human races to come to Earth and study human activities in order to help us in our explorations. The Earth has not had any problems in allowing in these other races into the solar system or onto the Earth Herself until it came to the Velon (GFOL).

In attempting to force their way on to the Earth, and many other actions they have taken, the Velon/GFOL have broken the one law that exists within this Universe - freedom of choice. As the Velon/GFOL have broken this law, as a race, they have been evicted from this Universe. Those Velon/GFOL that remain can only do so because of the number of humans who have been misled into believing that the Velon/GFOL (and their other organisations) are here to help us. By fooling people in this way, it has allowed the Velon/GFOL to implant energy devices into people and into their homes which provide an energy source for the Velon/GFOL to use to hold themselves close to the Earth.

If people stopped inviting the Velon/GFOL into their lives, the remainder of the Velon/GFOL would join the majority of the Velon race in being evicted from this Universe. Since the petition made by the Velon/GFOL was launched onto the internet, approximately 17,000 people have responded. These 17,000 are made up of the following groups:
# The vast majority are people who have been misled into believing that the Velon/GFOL are here to help humans "ascend to a 5th dimension". Approximately 500 of these people have had Velon/GFOL "djed pillars" embedded into their homes and other energy devices embedded into their bodies. These djed pillars and other energy devices are used by the Velon/GFOL to defy the Earth's choices and remain close to the solar system. The remaining 16,500 people would have had djed pillars implanted into their homes if the action taken by the Earth's guardians, detailed below, had not been taken.

# 787 people knew that by making the affirmations asked for in the Velon/GFOL petition did so in full knowledge that they were acting in favour of the Velon/GFOL and against the Earth - they knew they were acting against the choices of the Earth. The Earth has disconnected the root (1st) chakra of all of these 787 people from her own soul and all of these people will be leaving the Earth (dying) over the next few days and returning to their place of soul origin.

# The Earth's guardians are hard at work destroying all of the connections made by people making the affirmation in favour of the Velon/GFOL petition. There is also a "clean-up squad" traveling around to the homes of those who invited the Velon/GFOL into their homes to remove and destroy the djed pillars and other implants. This clean-up is being carried out with the full knowledge and approval of the higher selves of the people who responded to the Velon/GFOL petition.

The Velon/GFOL have their own agenda, as far as the Earth and humanity is concerned; they are not here to help us but to further their own aims. By fooling gullible people into believing that the Velon/GFOL can help us, they are causing distractions and problems that neither we nor the Earth need at this time of change.Human history is vast and complex but there was a time in our history when we had the whole of the soul contained within the physical body. For various reasons, we were forced, 7,000 years ago, to divide the soul into the higher self and the physical self. In order to investigate the reasons why we had to divide the soul into two, we embarked on living a series of lifetimes - something the Akashic calls "The Human Plan". This Human Plan was worked out with the Earth and we allowed ourselves 7,000 years to find our answers.

During this 7,000 year period, the Earth has been working with us, and nurturing us, every single step of the way. Regardless of how much damage we have done to each other or even to the Earth Herself, She has stood by us and ensured that we had everything we needed to ensure that we had every opportunity to find our answers.

The Human Plan was given a 7,000 year time limit and this time limit ends on the 21st of December 2012 (21/12/12). However, with the Earth's help, we have found our answers and for the last couple of years we have been slowly bringing those answers together to begin the process of bringing the whole of the soul back into the body - soul re-integration. This soul re-integration we will achieve before our self-set deadline (see the OP for the latest update).

The Velon, however, have other ideas. They have observed that humans have a tendency to depend on others to find their answers for them and have exploited that weakness by offering their services to ascend humanity to the 5th dimension. The Velon/GFOL have been attempting to mislead people in this way for many years and every promise of action that the Velon/GFOL has made to people has failed to materialise. There is only one way in which The Human Plan can be completed and that is by humans achieving it for themselves. Nobody is going to step in and do it for us. Nobody can step in and do it for us.
It is our responsibility and our responsibility alone to fulfill the promise we made to Mother Earth 7,000 years ago.

What the Velon/GFOL are doing is attempting to distract us and mislead us away from our chosen goals and away from Mother Earth for reasons that are their own. These reasons do not benefit Mother Earth or humans in any way. Whether you take part in this Velon/GFOL petition is a choice only you can make - you have full freedom of choice. Try to remember that if you do choose to join the Velon/GFOL, you are acting against the Earth and humanity.
SOURCE (http://www.thespiritguides.co.uk/Article_9719.aspx)


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Greg Giles Quits: Strange “Finale” Message
Posted September 30, 2012



http://1.bp.blogspot.com/-ZhUrUmluQsM/UIQjnyNHU_I/AAAAAAAACAc/D6swySyi9Cs/s1600/GG.jpg

In a truly strange and distressing day, it appears that Greg Giles, channeller for both the Galactic Federation and the Ashtar Command, has channelled his final message and has quit his current Lightworker mission. According to his own blog, Greg has posted his final message – titled “Message from Those Who Share Their Messages through Me 9/29/12 ‘Finale,” dated September 29, 2012. Greg’s profile photo on the front page of his Ascension Earth 2012 blog also carries a new (and somewhat odd) message, as of today:
Hello everyone, this message entitled ‘Finale’ is indeed genuine, meaning, this site has not been hacked and this message was sent to me by the same source as each and every previous message. Please join our discussion in the comments section. And yes, this is my real photo and my name is Greg Giles. I am also your friend, all of you.Meanwhile, this is how the “Finale” message starts:

Many of you have clearly been waiting on your ship to come in to your harbor, but as a few of you, not many of you, but a few of you have begun to discern for yourselves, no ship is coming in and we, of course, are referring to these fictitious debit cards that have never and will never be mailed to you. All of you, and this means every single one of you, including our channel Greg, has been participating in what you may refer to as a research study or a project, or what we refer to as a great program. So what has this program, that is now over for Greg mind you, all about?

Well, we can tell you only what you may need to know, or what you feel you may need to know, to somehow come out of this a little more unscathed than Greg has. Greg is, shall we say, deeply wounded, for he feels he has led many of you astray and in a way he has indeed done this. However, his heart was always in the right place. He has actually been receiving our radio frequency communications that are received solely through the power and the use of his brain. This is the way we have been communicating with him and through him to you, and this is why we feel he has fallen for this, we shall say, scam, if you will, for so long, for you see, when one receives communications in this way they can get a little confused. Such is the case with Greg. And on it goes… see below.
Tragically, it seems to follow a similar pattern of unusual ramblings which have dotted his posts for the past few months… posts which have been accusatory, fearful, and judgemental; featured language that appeared to be very non-5th dimensional; and, in the past week, have contained threatening messages towards other channellers and Lightworkers.

There’s been much talk about Greg’s erratic postings and their content within Lightworker communities around the world. Many have been concerned. Others have stopped reading Greg’s messages at all. This particular “Finale” message says that Greg has been ‘duped’… ‘they’ have lied to us about this and lied to us about that. The entities he is alleged to be channeling in this “Finale” message actually say they are not members of the Galactic Federation of Light nor the Ashtar Command. ‘They’ say ‘they’ have bodies that are unlike human bodies – but do not reveal who ‘they’ are. ‘They’ say they do not possess souls, as we would like to think. ‘They’ even deny there are such things as the Cabal, Ascension or any other dimensions beyond the third.

Anthony Morrison, who’s been the 2012 Scenario editor who regularly posted Greg Giles’s messages until recently – when the editors here discussed whether we should continue to post Greg’s messages because of their fearful tone and mixed messages – has been concerned about Greg’s well-being for some time. “I have felt Greg has not been coping with either the messages coming through or the community reaction. Maybe today is the culmination of all this,” says Anthony. “Something is seriously awry here.”
SOURCE (http://goldenageofgaia.com/2012/09/greg-giles-quits-bizarre-finale-message/)

turiya :cool:

I can understand the Velons / GFOL / illuminati etc. -- but what does not quite jive with me is the 1700 starting date. It seems to me, that might be the latest push to take over -- but what about the line of the pope / bloodlines / going way back, as well as the Egyptian pharaohs, the time prior to Tut-ench-amun, the pharaoh line of the Tatens that were taken over by the Amuns....
Somehow -- the Velons (or villains?) are the last in the sequence of invaders.... just my gut feelings here --

turiya
9th May 2013, 13:36
eva08 wrote:

I can understand the Velons / GFOL / illuminati etc. -- but what does not quite jive with me is the 1700 starting date. It seems to me, that might be the latest push to take over -- but what about the line of the pope / bloodlines / going way back, as well as the Egyptian pharaohs, the time prior to Tut-ench-amun, the pharaoh line of the Tatens that were taken over by the Amuns....
Somehow -- the Velons (or villains?) are the last in the sequence of invaders.... just my gut feelings here --eva08,
Before accepting an answer to this question, one has to, first, pose another question...

What is the true human history?

"We rely too much on Academia to tell us the truth, when ‘they’ are not really interested in the ‘truth’." -- Jonathan Gray
All in all, we are only 'fed' information which maintains a world view which has been put together to mislead and to keep many aspects of our history totally hidden. Not only hidden, but deliberately falsified to show a past that we never had. Why is that? Obviously, it would be a matter of control, of maintaining a position that one has acquired within a hierarchy of notable elitist academia that exists within social establishment(s).

One needs to be constantly & continually open & alert to looking 'outside the box'. In other words, questioning whatever is accepted as the "Official Story" (including the "Official" His-Story) is becoming the new modus operandi for anybody that has their head screwed on correctly, or would like to have it be screwed on more correctly.

Unless one is able to access the Akashic for oneself, then one is only left to decipher through much second-hand information that is all too abundant to be found. The next best thing from that second-hand information would be an author that would have the ability to access the Akashic for himself, and then publish his findings to make available for public consumption. Keeping in mind, that any information that is written is still subject to being somewhat biased, to one degree or another. Perhaps, one may have to scan Thomas's work with the results that can be obtained from a dowsing session, in order to feel more trusting of what he has written, or that anybody else has written, for that matter, especially with regards to human history.

Having said that... and after having put away one's pendulum...
One may have to travel back further than the times of the Egyptian pharaohs to possibly have a better understanding into what may have actually transpired. The information that Chris Thomas provides, particularly with regard to the early human history of Atlantis, I find that his account has a distinct resonance with me. Specifically, his account of human beings having access to their higher psychic abilities, living more harmoniously with the mother Earth planet & all her creations that exist in an abundance of various life-forms.

Understanding that we are here as part of a 'human experiment', and, as with all experiments, especially with humans being human, mistakes are bound to occur... And, that a mistake did, indeed, occur - one in which the entire continent of Atlantis needed to be sunk in order to allow the 'human experiment' to continue. This, resulting in the base frequency of the planet to be altered, which, then later resulted in our demise (the great fall) whereby, the loss of higher psychic abilities ensued. Consequential to this, the race of humans became somewhat less than what it was. In effect we became somewhat sub-human. I am sure anybody, with the eyes to see & the ears to hear, would agree with this. We could no longer depend on 'knowing' (with each & our own direct connection to the Akashic), and we fell into depending on the borrowed knowledge & information that was written & spoken by others. This could only lead mankind down the path leading to more obscurity & greater confusion, and indeed less clarity in the minds of both men & women. Undoubtedly, the cause in propagating much distrust, separation, conflicts & wars that has been quite prevalent since our demise - the great "fall of mankind".

Your question involves the pope / bloodlines / Egyptian pharaohs / and the time prior to Tutankhamun (ruled ca. 1332 BC – 1323 BC). I can only relay to you that which Chris writes of his research of the Akashic has revealed to him.


The History of "Secret" Teachings
Following the destruction of Atlantis, those who still chose to be a part of this "human experiment" returned to Earth and "colonized" six regions of the planet. These regions were: South America, Mesopotamia (Sumeria), Egypt, a region that included Northwestern Europe, Tibet & Southern Greece (no longer exists today).

By about 18,000 years ago, we realized we were experiencing some serious problems with the erosion of our higher functions and decided to build structures which could be used to enhance and recreate the functions being lost. At the same time, both South America & Egypt began designing and building pyramid structures. The pyramid form was decided upon as the geometric shape of the structure is capable of generating its own internal energy patterns, as well as enhancing any other energies that were worked with. This is the true age of the Pyramids in both South America & Egypt - 18,000 years ago.

The way in which the Egyptian pyramids were used was as follows:
If you felt as though you were experiencing a loss of functions, you entered the so-called "King's Chamber" and formed sounds of specific frequencies. As these frequencies resonated with the form & structure of the chamber, it set up specific resonances within the so-called "air vents" above. The resulting combination of frequencies restructured the body's energy patterns and reconstructed the higher aspects of the soul within the body.

In order to make use of the pyramids, specific sound sequences needed to be used in order to generate the required resonance. There were instructions as to how to do this were written out in hieroglyphs. These images were not meant to be literally read, but were designed to trigger a psychic response. In other words, the "student" psychically requested the imprinted hieroglyph to release the information it contained. These are the real "Keys of Enoch".

As time went on, we gradually lost the ability to "read" on this psychic level. Teachers were recruited, and a "school" was set up to teach other teachers on how to psychically read these glyphs & release the information that they contained. These teachers came to be known as "Key Keepers", as in the Keys of Enoch, and formed the basis of the much later priesthood. This was the first of that which could be described as "secret knowledge" & later "mystery schools"... only because that which was once known, later became lost or unknown because of our increasing loss of our natural psychic ability.

Over the centuries, this knowledge has been lost and a great number of theories have been forwarded as to the real use to which the pyramids were put - some more viable than others - certainly, no bodies were ever found in the Giza pyramids, so they were never tombs as what is generally taught in our "public 'fools' system" of education.

Rough stone was not the only medium used for storage of information. On Atlantis, many people developed a skill in creating and 'tuning' crystals to record information & knowledge. In South America, the group there decided to use naturally occurring crystals. Thirteen of these information recording crystals were made - these are the well known Crystal Skulls. The way these were fashioned was by psychic means. In Egypt, those who recorded information, decided to make use of their remembered skill from Atlantis to build a new crystal. This crystal is shaped like a double-terminated quartz and is colored green. This crystal contains the same amount of information as the crystal skulls and is most often remembered by the name of the "Tables of Testimony". This green crystal was stored in one of the chambers formed under the Sphinx.

Around the Tables of Testimony there also grew those who retained the knowledge of how to "read" & extract the information the crystal contained - again this was by psychic means. These Tables of Testimony have played a central role in the formation of secret societies that were brought into being to not only protect, but to disseminate the information the crystal contained. The first of these secret orders were the priesthood surrounding the Egyptian pharaoh. It is some of the information within the Tables which gave the Egyptians their religious structure based on their view of cosmology. However, with all things religious, this information was passed down from the priests in a more "mystical" form using analogous symbolism and teaching stories. It was only the heads of the priesthood and the Pharaoh who actually knew the real Truth.

While the crystal skulls remain firmly and safely under the protection of their guardians, a little more is known about the movements of the Tables of Testimony. In order to protect the Tables, a box was built - The Ark of the Covenant, which was capable of generating an energy charge of sufficient strength to kill any person who came into contact with it. The protection of the Ark became the responsibility of the priesthood of Levi, who wore "protective clothing" to shield themselves form the Ark's lethal energies. The construction of the Ark is well described in the Biblical Book of Exodus.

When the Pharaoh Akhenaton rebelled against the priesthood of Egypt, intent upon establishing a new 'religion' based upon a single, omnipotent God, he was effectively expelled from Egypt. He took his followers, who knew him by the name which translates from ancient Egyptian as "True", and pronounced Moses, to "a promised land". With them, they carried the Ark containing the Tables.

Lawrence Gardner writes in his, "Bloodline of the Holy Grail":


"Today's Church-approved writings state that the tablets of Moses bore the Ten Commandments etched into stone by God himself, yet the substance of those well-known decrees of moral discipline hardly constituted any sort of secret. In fact, the Tables sought by the Knight's [Templar] were uniquely important for they bore far more than the familiar Commandments. Inscribed on them were the Tables of Testimony: the cosmic equation: the divine law of number, measure and weight. The mystical art of reading the inscriptions was achieved by the cryptic system of the Qabala.

The Ten Commandments were, and are, written, spoken, discussed and taught. They have never been a secret to anyone, unlike the Tables of Testimony. These precious tabulations were placed in the self-protective Ark, to be guarded by the Levites. Following the Ark's dramatic transportation across Jordan and through Palestine (Joshua and 1-Samuel), it was taken to Sion (Jerusalem) by David. His son, King Solomon, had the temple built by the Master-Mason Hiram Abiff, and the Ark was lodged in the Holy of Holies. Access was forbidden, except for ritual inspection by the High Priest alone once a year.

Undoubtedly, the Ark and the Tables were the prized possession of Jerusalem, but when Nebuchadnezzar of Babylon destroyed the Temple (in around 586 BC0, neither was listed in the schedule of plunder. At that time, the High Priest of Jerusalem was Hilkiah, whose son was Jerimiah the prophet (Jerimiah 1:1) who was also the captain of the Temple Guard. Prior to Nebuchadnezzar's invasion, Hilkiah instructed Jeremiah to have his men secrete the Temple treasures in the stables beneath - including the Ark of the Covenant. This was duly done, with the guard forming an elite Order of the Temple so as to retain the record of the sacred horde. Hence, when St Bernard of De Payens established their order more than 1500 years later, their appointed Knights knew exactly what they were seeking and where."
"Bloodline of the Holy Grail" (pages 212-215)
In fact, there is a little more to it than this, otherwise, it is likely the treasure would have been quickly discovered. The reason why the Ark was not discovered under the Jerusalem Temple by Nedbuchadnezzar's searchers was because it was hidden in a "time vault". The knowledge of how to build such vaults was contained within the Tables of Testimony and was well understood by the Knights Templar. They were able to manipulate energy which is why they have incorrectly been labeled "Satanists" by some modern-day conspiracy writers (although it was, in fact, the Catholic Church who originally labeled the Knights Templar "Satanists" in the 1300's when the Church tried to wrest power from them).

This particular time-vault had a time-slip sequence of two seconds. Although two seconds does not seem like very much, it is sufficient to remove something out of the current time not only rendering it invisible but also non-physical. This is also the origin of the name Knights Templar. While they were involved with the Temple of Solomon, the real origin of their name stems from the Latin word for time - "tempus", as the Knights had the knowledge of how such time-vaults were built.

The Tables of Testimony contain a great deal of information; not only were the details and intentions of the Human Plan recorded there but also the sum of what could be described as "scientific" knowledge from both Sumeria and Egypt, as well as that of the semi-physical races who had been involved in reaching in its scope in that it encompassed the Qabala, Egyptian Theraputate, Keys of Enoch and Gnosticism. In other words, the total sum of human knowledge which became the basis of all "secret" societies in future years. This was why the Tables had to be so heavily protected, this knowledge could not be lost to mankind or the whole human experiment would become pointless and everything would have to start again.

With the removal of the Ark and Tables from Egypt by Moses (Akenaton), the protection of the Ark was passed down through those who had sufficient knowledge to be able to protect it. In this way, the Saul, David and Solomon dynasty became the "holy blood-line" and the descendants of this blood-line would become initiates in the knowledge of the Tables.

In 6 BC, a child was born which brought together several of the "holy blood-lines". The child was known as Jesus the Christ. This is the true reality of Jesus' life and his purpose - the unification of the old kingdom of David and the release of the information contained within the Tables of Testimony. We are not going to enter into a full expose of how almost everything about Jesus' life has been distorted or invented but it is sufficient to say that very little of the New Testament accords with the Akashic.
Project Human Extinction (pages 49-53) by Chris Thomas with David Morgan


So, from this, one can see that not only do we have to contend with an ET race that is trying to take over this planet for themselves, by trying to prevent the human race (through covert means) from achieving its commitment to the Human Plan (reintegration of the entire soul within a human form), but we also have been trying to overcome our own self-created conflicts that we have within our own human species - due to our loss of higher brain (psychic) functions. I do consider the very possibility that the Velon have seen this as the weak chink in the armor of the humankind that they have found to seemingly worked their (dark) magic. Once we re-gain our higher abilities, there will be no way for the Velon, or any other race, to manipulate mankind the way its been done thus far.

cheers
turiya :cool:

turiya
10th May 2013, 12:01
The important thing is to practice getting rid of the baggage we have, so we can become all we were meant to be. that in turn raises our vibration. I really think that is key information. I believe that all the microwave energy etc. IS ***king us up royally as a species. We have to take back our power of choice, and give back our baggage to the universe. Fear and negativity is what we have to let go of to move forward. That entire story makes sense to me. and I think like anything else, we all have to take from things like this what will benefit us, and leave the rest. We will not all ever agree on everything, but I find this information not only interesting, but imperative to our personal growth.

Chris Thomas suggests writing your unresolved issues out, using a pencil & old newspaper (emotions that are held within the body-mind mechanism) as a way of "clearing out" the clutter that is contained within. Pencil & old newspaper, because then, whatever was written out, cannot be read back, or re-ingested back within.

I remember a video that offered a way of doing this in a more physically expressive way. I think it is important, for many, to find ways of vocalizing, especially, anger that is pent-up inside the body & subconscious part of the mind. Take the following redneck rant as a method that could be useful. The idea is to clean-out the crap without affecting others, or injuring oneself while doing so. This can be viewed as an effective way of preparing oneself for receiving the entire soul to enter one's physical body. Destroy anything, that has little or no value, do it in a private setting. This kind of thing can be made into a meditation... making sure to allow for a period afterwards (15 minutes or so) to sit & connect with the silence that is left behind that will come in the wake of expressing one's fury.

The best part is when he goes to the laundry room... :)

The RedNeck Rant (http://youtu.be/xjbEQcGq7Xo)

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xjbEQcGq7Xo

turiya :cool:

lookbeyond
10th May 2013, 12:21
I am finding this a very interesting and useful thread Turiya, so i Thankyou. Do you happen to know if any of Chris Thomass work is available to read on the internet either free or otherwise?(other than your link)

lookbeyond

turiya
10th May 2013, 12:32
I am finding this a very interesting and useful thread Turiya, so i Thankyou. Do you happen to know if any of Chris Thomass work is available to read on the internet either free or otherwise?(other than your link)

lookbeyond

Hi lookbeyond,

There are a number of interviews that he's given to various people. One he gave to Lisa Harrison (http://youtu.be/HhE1aBSBzrc) (posted below). Just go to the youtube website and punch in Chris Thomas, and you should be able to find these listed. Also if you go to the Google search page, type in "Chris Thomas" & "psychic healer" (https://www.google.com/#hl=en&sugexp=eappswebkhl&gs_rn=12&gs_ri=psy-ab&gs_mss=%22Chris%20Thomas%22%20Ps&tok=uGXT1NdVnieT3rOv0nICOQ&cp=30&gs_id=357&xhr=t&q=%22Chris%20Thomas%22%20Psychic%20healer%22&es_nrs=true&pf=p&sclient=psy-ab&oq=%22Chris+Thomas%22+Psychic+healer%22&gs_l=&pbx=1&bav=on.2,or.r_qf.&bvm=bv.46340616,d.aWc&fp=bdd1076c82f1774c&biw=1199&bih=592) or "soul reintegration" (https://www.google.com/#hl=en&sugexp=eappswebkhl&gs_rn=12&gs_ri=psy-ab&gs_mss=%22Chris%20Thomas%22%20%22soul%20reintegrat io%22&tok=uGXT1NdVnieT3rOv0nICOQ&cp=34&gs_id=73q&xhr=t&q=%22Chris%20Thomas%22%20%22soul%20reintegration%2 2&es_nrs=true&pf=p&sclient=psy-ab&oq=%22Chris+Thomas%22+%22soul+reintegration%22&gs_l=&pbx=1&bav=on.2,or.r_qf.&bvm=bv.46340616,d.aWc&fp=bdd1076c82f1774c&biw=1199&bih=592) into the Search Box. And you will have a selection to choose from. Click on those two links above & you will see what I mean. Some of the websites contain pdf files of some of the articles that he has made available.


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HhE1aBSBzrc

enjoy
turiya :cool:

eaglespirit
10th May 2013, 12:57
A very interesting story you have outlined turiya. Does the body "contain" the soul or does the soul 'envelop' the body? I was under the impression it is the latter.

It may be difficult to imagine, but Chris Thomas suggests that the soul fits into a template (energy pattern) that provides the base for the physical to structure its self to accordingly. The soul would then fit within an energy pattern

Chris Thoma wrote:

When we (humans) first arrived on Atlantis, we developed an energy matrix into which the soul needed to fit in order to call itself a human being, the 'Etheric Template'. This template determined organ positions and the energy frequencies needed to become 'physical' on Earth. This is what it means to become 'physical' on this Earth. This is what it means to be a human being, what the soul needs to do to take on human form. Eight thousand years ago we made a modification to the Etheric Template to the one we are currently used to. This modification was meant to be a temporary condition and made us, in the eyes of the planet, sub-human.

What we are now attempting to do is to move ourselves out of this sub-human state and back into the original Human Template first developed on Atlantis. Not ascension - just integration.

The original Human Template was very different to the one we have become use to using. The whole of the consciousness, the soul, was contained within the body. This means that there were no specific energy points, or Chakras, along the spine, just a smooth flow of soul energy. We had our full complement of memories intact giving us thirteen strands to the DNA spiral. Our bodies were slightly less dense than they are now, and we could communicate with all living things.

We could survive on extremely little in the way of 'solid' food, a couple of pieces of fruit and something like seaweed could sustain us for the whole day. We could transmit out thoughts to any human anywhere on the planet, and if we wished, we could take the body along the thought to relocate ourselves anywhere on the Earth's surface of our choosing. We were 'super human' in comparison to what we have become. This is what it means to be truly human.

The revised template we adopted seven thousand years ago is very different.

The soul is currently divided into two, the "physical self" and the "higher self". This division in our consciousness was necessary in order to overcome the loss of the higher aspects of consciousness we had been experiencing. We had thirteen energy points or chakras. Seven within the physical body and six that connected us to our higher selves. The purpose of the seven physical chakras was to allow the higher self to communicate with the physical. Each chakra relates to a specific group of organs and to an aspect of our lives. This new template and its chakra functions was first designed and mapped for us by the humans who lived in the region of ancient Sumeria about thirteen thousand years ago.

The division between the higher self and the physical self is that about seventy-five percent of the total soul is not in the physical, In other words, we are used to living our lifetimes with only one quarter of the total soul within the physical body. Traditionally, the chakras had specific colors which each person adopted - red, orange, yellow, green, indigo & white. These colors reflect the frequencies at which the chakras functioned. As we raise our frequencies, the colors have to change to keep pace. Not one single person alive on Earth today has these traditional colors. The last person to have these colors died at the end of 2002. There are several stages to our re-integration process and each stage brings with it new soul energy frequencies and new colors to the chakras.

For most people, this process began on the 14th of August 1996. Some began a little before then, some a little later. This was the date on which the new primary energy source was connected to the planet. This energy source was designed to 'fire up' this process of change and to remind us all that we had a job to complete.

The first thing this new energy did was to speed up the communication between the higher and physical selves. This was achieved by bringing the six higher chakras into the body and connecting them to the six lower physical chakras. This process had two effects. Firstly, it altered the fundamental frequencies under which the chakras function, and secondly, for the lack of a better way of describing it, the higher self was now situated on top of the head.

Bringing the higher chakras into the body altered the chakras to an intermediary color stage. Instead of the whole chakra being a single solid color, they all now took on a range of colors... most people currently have these [new] intermediary colors. This first stage of change was an almost automatic process. Very little effort was required to achieve this level of change. Those who chose to remain at the old colors had to actively resist against these new energies. What these new energies did trigger in people was a desire to resolve old issues. Where issues had been left dormant or ignored in the past, they now began to surface...

Those who totally resisted this, [would come] down with the final message a soul can give, a terminal illness. Those who did work with their issues to clear them, found their lives changed beyond measure and these were the ones who moved on to the next state of change. The more that issues were cleared, the more the higher self could reintegrate with the body and this produced another change to the chakra colors.

Each one of us has the ability to clear our lives of all of its accumulated debris. Those who were bold enough to look at their lives and make the necessary changes and clearances found that all of their chakras became transparent. No colors at all, just pure soul energy flowing through their bodies. This is the stage that everyone on the planet should have been at by the end of 2003. We are human, and to be human is to err.

The process of clearance comes down to one thing in the end - how honest are we with ourselves and with those with whom we share our lives? Total honesty results in total change; partial honesty results in partial change. We can no longer 'play' with our lives. This lifetime is where all of our rehearsals, all of our past lives, have to be put into the final production. We have no time left for further practice.
[B]The Universal Soul by Chris Thomas (p 113-118)

turiya :cool:

Thank You Turiya...
This resonates powerfully, powerfully good!
Onward, Upward and Beyond : )

turiya
15th May 2013, 00:55
araucaria wrote:

Has anyone else heard of or spoken about the Velon? Why has no one else been given access to this [Akashic] information?


Some good questions, araucaria.

I distinctly remember Chris Thomas saying that this particular race of aliens (Velon) as being quite proficient in the art of deception. In this particular book, he does have a segment where he gives reference to William Cooper's publication, Behold a Pale Horse. I suspect that he includes this reference because it has a distinct relation to what he has reported about the Velon race. Bill Cooper states (in part):
By 1955 it became obvious that the aliens had deceived Eisenhower and had broken the [1954] treaty. Mutilated humans were being found along with mutilated animals across the United States. It was suspected that the aliens were not submitting a complete list of human contacts and abductees to Majesty Twelve and it was suspected that not all abductees had been returned. The Soviet Union was also suspected of interacting with them, and this proved to be true. The aliens stated that they had been, and were then, manipulating masses of people through secret societies, witchcraft magic, the occult, and religion… After several Air Force combat air engagements with alien craft it also became apparent that our weapons were no match against them.
Behold a Pale Horse (https://books.google.com/books?id=g0aen3LDErAC&pg=PT172&lpg=PT172&dq=%22By+1955+it+became+obvious+that+the+aliens+ha d+deceived+Eisenhower+and+had+broken%22&source=bl&ots=S66kt_BXnZ&sig=3p_vj_35bxoYqDj2O-q2nGtR79U&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwivwpfkm5HYAhVL6YMKHajDCU8Q6AEIKTAA#v=on epage&q=%22By%201955%20it%20became%20obvious%20that%20th e%20aliens%20had%20deceived%20Eisenhower%20and%20h ad%20broken%22&f=false), Chapter 12 The Secret Government, (ebook page 209)
If a treaty was, indeed, signed with such an alien group, with an agreement in place that would allow them to abduct a certain number of human beings, then President Eisenhower would not be such the 'great' President as so many would like to think that he was. Thanks Ike, for being just another ordinary human being.

After reviewing some of the information Chris Thomas provides in his book, Project Human Extinction, I find that Chris Thomas does reference the question as to why no one else has previously heard or spoken of the specific name of an alien race as being "Velon". (Excerpt posted below).


THE UNSEEN HAND – THE REAL ILLUMINATI
Virtually every book we have read on the subject of the conspiracy has ended at the same point - falling short of being able to identify those at the head of the Illuminati. The investigators have carried out their investigations to a point where they can go no further, the proverbial locked door. Some have stopped dead and made no further comment whilst others have tried to open the door and reached a conclusion of what was behind it. Some have hinted that at the head of the conspiracy is an 'alien' being or beings, whilst others have stated that the alien connection is the only conclusion they can reach. As there is so little awareness of whom or what is meant by 'alien', then it needed to be explained, and this is why we covered non-terrestrial life-forms in the last chapter. Where we go in this chapter is through that locked door.

From the last chapter it can be seen that we only described six of the seven semi-physical races. The reason, of course, is that the seventh race is the crux of the problem. The other six races are no threat to humanity, in any way, shape or form, and fit well within Dr Steven Greer's experiences and the Pope's comments. They are benign and have been trying to help us complete The Human Plan, generally speaking.

However, this seventh race is very different. Some of what follows is a short precis of the information in the Universal Soul and the Human Soul with the exception that there was a piece missing, the final component of the puzzle. The Akashic records everything that happens within this Universe, that is its specific function - to record. However, if you know how the Akashic works, and have sufficient energy potential, it is possible to withhold information, at least for a period of time. This has been the case with this seventh race, they have attempted to manipulate the Akashic for their own purposes and some information about their activities was withheld. At the end of 2008 and the beginning of 2009, following a mistake made by the Illuminati, this missing information was released into the Akashic and so the complete story can now be told. This is what lay behind the locked door, how the Illuminati was formed, by whom, where they originated and how they have been able to keep a hold on humanity for 250 years.

The name of the semi-physical race is Velon.
(Project Human Extinction(pages 136-137) by Chris Thomas w/ Dave Morgan)

The details of this final section are still a little sketchy within the Akashic for various reasons mainly to do with energetic shielding...

On the 25th of January 2009, the leading members of the hierarchy immediately below the Illuminati took part in a coup. This was made against the Illuminati and Velus/Lucifer at their home in Virginia - this was at a house specifically built by Rothschild, and his co-conspirators, to house the Illuminati when they first moved to America in the 1790's (the house is located on the side of a wooded mountain - we have no further details on this at the moment). The coup was largely successful in that it disrupted the energetic protection around the house and allowed much of this information to be released - this was the "mistake" mentioned at the beginning of this chapter.

With the Velus 1 consciousness exposed, those who are helping us in resolving the Velon problem, managed to remove Velus 1 from Earth. With this supporting energy removed, seven of the original Illuminati - Rothschild, George Washington and five others - crumbled to dust. The remaining six human Illuminati are no longer viable but alive. The five Velon Emissaries were also removed with Velus 1.

This coup was a mistake, in so far as it removed the Velus/Lucifer energetic protective field surrounding the Illuminati and their hierarchy which is resulting in their steady fall from power and their ability to control events is rapidly diminishing, this should become more obvious as we move through 2009 and into 2010. Whilst there will be continuing control by these members of the hierarchy and Freemasons, the Illuminati, as an organization, is no more.

However, one other piece of information has come to light since this coup. In order to overthrow the god-like Lucifer/Velus, someone, or something, of sufficient energies was needed to make the coup occur. This energy source turned out to be a Sixth Velon Emissary, a character who had remained totally hidden until this coup took place.

With the successful overthrow of Velus/Lucifer and the Illuminati, this sixth emissary moved the seat of Velon activities on Earth away from their traditional Himalayas to a new location next to Lake Titicaca in Peru. Together with a small group of Velon, this sixth emissary has been attempting to create disruption to the primary Earth energy point located there as well as to continue contacting human individuals and groups through channeled means. There would appear to be a number of Velon plans that are, as yet, unfulfilled and their attempts at disrupting the Earth's energy patterns and human development are continuing.

Although the vast majority of Velon have been removed from the Universe, and that removal is continuing whenever and wherever possible, this small group of Velon (about 35) seem determined to continue to cause as much disruption to the completion of The Human Plan as possible. If you are ever contacted by non-human beings, remember that they are almost certainly Velon - no matter what name they give to themselves - and that their intentions towards humanity and the Earth are to no one's benefit but their own.

We appreciate how bizarre the information contained within this chapter is. It is so far beyond human experience. However, the concept of there being some kind of "God-like" character behind the Illuminati is a conclusion many researchers into the conspiracy have arrived at, they have just been unable to identify whom, or what, it is without access to the Akashic. There have been hints, even evidence, of this god-like figure made by other researchers but identifying it has been extremely difficult, not to say hazardous to the health of the authors of this book. If the number of attempts to kill off the authors is anything to go by, then we must be on the right track, otherwise, what would be the point of trying to kill us?
(Project Human Extinction(pages 164-166) by Chris Thomas w/ Dave Morgan)

So, not only are these Velon quite manipulative with the race of Human Beings, and not to be trusted, but they are quite competive & manipulative amongst themselves. Complete with the 'goal justifies the means' mentality. Obviously then, it was not so difficult, to understand how easy it was for them to steer the human population of this planet in any direction they wanted them to go. The 'shooting fish in a barrel' analogy seems to fit the bill.

turiya :cool:

turiya
18th May 2013, 00:48
I just listened to an interview with Chris Thomason Red Ice. In hour 2, Chris said that the population of Earth has reduced over the past two (I think) years from around 7 billion to 3.8 billion due to GMOs, pollution, etc. The interviewer just said "OK" in a "that makes no sense to me, but I'm not going to argue with you" kind of voice. Chris just did not seem to have any awareness of the fact that he had just made a really extraordinary statement (more than anything about the Velons) which could probably do with some explanation. There just seemed a complete disconnect. Did I misunderstand this, or did anyone else pick this up?

Because of your post, Cognitive Dissident, about the Red Ice interview with Chris Thomas, I went ahead and became a member.
I will attempt to post the Hour 2 of that interview (below) for anyone that has an interest. Not certain it will work but will give it a try...

CHRIS THOMAS Red Ice Interview Hour2
April 11, 2013

Hour 2 Mp3 File (http://www.redicemembers.com/secure/radio/2013/4/RIR-130411-christhomas-hr2.mp3)

Red Ice Radio Website (http://www.redicemembers.com/secure/radio/program.php?id=700)




http://i2.ytimg.com/vi/M_jZRN4Yf9s/mqdefault.jpg


Chris Thomas - Akashic Record of Earth, Mankind & Alien Races
April 11, 2013
Chris Thomas is an author and healer who describes himself as having been `hard-wired to the Akashic since birth.' This gives him a unique perspective from which to describe the human path of development, how humanity first appeared on planet Earth and what is our destiny. Our information on this has, says Chris, been distorted and mis-remembered over the course of millennia. In the first hour, Chris talks about the 13 races in the universe which include non-physical, semi-physical and physical form entities. We’ll also discuss the soul origin of these entities. Chris then explains how Earth is a unique, physical manifestation. He’ll discuss Earth’s beginning and the early human prototypes. We end the hour on beneficial technology given to humanity from non-human races. In the second hour, Chris expands on beings called Velons and their relationship to Earth. He’ll also talk about UFO activity. Chris explains how the "blues," and the greys are attempting to develop a physical body form. Then, Chris shares his thoughts on what it would take for humankind to experience a global, vast shift in consciousness. Later, we discuss the current economic system and Agenda 21. Chris shares information revealing different numbers on the world’s population. The second hour ends on wi-fi and harmful body effects. He concludes with good advice.

turiya :cool:

turiya
22nd May 2013, 18:56
This (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?59041-LRH--L.-Ron-Hubbard-&p=677062&viewfull=1#post677062) from the LRH (L. Ron Hubbard) thread (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?59041-LRH--L.-Ron-Hubbard-):

Jiminii wrote:
I have 4 bodies on this planet ... Bill wrote:
No time just now to elaborate, but I want to confirm that this kind of apparently off-the-wall information is real. Our higher selves can operate more than one identity as a human. This is addressed and processed at the very highest levels of the Ron's Org ''bridge', and was researched by CBR in the 1980s. turiya wrote:
This has also been told in Chris Thomas' writings.Chris Thomas writes:

"When we began our knowledge gathering process [i.e. karma], 7,000 years ago, we realized that there was potentially not enough time to gather all the necessary knowledge together [in order to complete The Human Plan under the contract with the planet Earth].

To 'drive' the body through a human lifetime we actually only need about ten percent (10%) of the total soul (consciousness). This means that the remainder of the consciousness, the 'higher self', could divide itself into human sized pieces and live one or more concurrent lifetimes. We generally live a human life with about twenty-five percent (25%) of the total soul within the body, the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) making up the higher self. This still leaves the potential for two concurrent lifetimes to be lived by the total soul.

As we divided ourselves up into two or more 'pieces', each piece of the total soul has explored various variations on a particular theme. Each aspect following a series of lifetimes where the chosen theme was explored fully.

As we undergo the process of drawing the whole soul into the physical, we have to accommodate all of the memories contained within our 'multidimensional' journeyings. Each aspect of the soul must be drawn together into the higher self and the accumulated memories brought into the physical structures, into the physical body of the one who is to be the 'vessel' for the total soul.

As we clear our old memories, we begin to take in the memories of the other aspects of our total selves in our cleansed DNA. As we take on these memories, our DNA begins to grow as these memories are stored away. If the flow of these memories is interrupted, the memory can be brought to the consious mind and a certain degree of confusion can arise. Many recent cases of a so-called schizophrenia are an example of this integration process being disrutpted.

As we take on board more and more of these memories, our DNA grows and new spirals are added. Many children who have been born in the last decade have up to five DNA spirals already intact making the medical community believe that humanity is mutating into something unknown. We are not mutating, we are re-integrating."
Planet Earth - The Universe's Experiment (pages 169-170)In effect, although we may have a few (2-3) physical bodies living simultaneously lives, as we get closer to re-integration of the entire soul, only one physical body will be selected to be the vehicle to experience that change. (And, as a side note: the new PA member, jiminii, just may well be one example of someone that has begun going through this process of complete soul re-integration.) Something to watch for, as there could be others that will be also popping up, i.e. soon to be surfacing in public view here, on this forum, and elsewhere. So, please be cetain to keep your eyes & ears on for this kind of phenomenon to occur in the near term. Not to feel left out, or left behind, because we are all standing somewhere in the que.
:)

In continuing along with this:
In other words, each individual soul can have 2-3 other physical bodies that they are able to occupy at the same time, on this planet and/or elsewhere... If these other physical bodies are presently alive & well on planet Earth, this could then mean, as all of humanity moves closer & closer toward total soul integration within a single physical form, the other phyical forms would have to be let go of... or, in other words, they would have to have a physical death.

If all human beings (souls) have a possible total of three distinct human bodies that are presently being inhabited, then, as total soul re-integration takes place within a single body, then two of these physcial bodies would have to be discarded. This means that in the short term we will be witnessing a maximum total of 2/3 of the population of the planet will be undergoing a death process. That would be the maximum end of the spectrum.

The minimum would be that if each soul occupied 2 physical bodies, that would make it 50% of the population of the planet will soon have to die off as a consequence of humanity becoming fully enlightened (undergoing complete soul integration).

And so, figuring in the possibility that, perhaps, some souls are only occupying, at the bare minimum, 1 physical body having 25% of the soul (taking into account the 2-6 million, or so, that have already undergone complete soul re-integration), so, it is my estimate that we may very well see, very soon, 40-45% of the population of physical human life on Earth will be undergoing some kind of death process. Whether that will be by dis-ease, catastrophe, global coastal event, earthquake, tsunami, war, etc.

Strap your seat belts on & get ready to kiss your asses goodbye (that is, at least one of your other extra physical forms). As the limit is only one physical form per soul is the contracted requirement of planet Earth.

Something to consider.

turiya :cool:

turiya
23rd May 2013, 16:14
CHRIS THOMAS Interview with Patrick Timpone of OneRadioNetwork 10/17/2011

Similar kind of interview with Patrick Timpone of One Radio Network, includes some different details that he was not covered in other interviews. Also, after the initial start of the program, the audio improves nicely.
Also, at the end, Chris Thomas describes the "Give-away" - a tool/method for cleansing the body-mind mechanism in order to prepare oneself for total soul reintegration so the transition will proceed smoothly.

Just a reminder...

Methods, tools, or techiniques that are used to clear out the mind-body mechanism of unnecessary emotional baggage that is left over from earlier life, or past life traumas are merely used as a help to be used as one travels towards better heath & greater consciousness. Like a boat, or a ferry, can be used to help one to cross the wide expanse of a river in order to get to the otherside. After arriving on the further shore, it is no longer necessary to carry the boat on your shoulders.

The same can be said for any method, or tool, or technique, that is used to help in clearing out old baggage. This means at some point along the way, the method can be of no further use... this includes any methods of pschotherapy, psychiatry, meditation, of Dianetics or Scientology, or any of the therapists, teachers or gurus that teach these things. All these can become forms of attachment, and they can later end up being a hinderance to further growth.

In other words, all these methods, paths, tools, can simply be considered like they are fingers pointing to the distant moon. One has to be aware of not becoming attached to any of the fingers. Rather, become more focused on where the finger may be pointing to. The moon is an analogy for that which lies beyond - beyond the body, beyond the mind. Eventually, all the paths lead to the same place. In this sense, sooner or later, all paths, all methods, all tools, are to be dropped.... as the path is the goal, no matter which path one has chosen to take.

Here's another previous Chris Thomas interview with Patrick Timbone (click on links below). In the final segment Chris gets into a method that he suggests for preparing the bodymind mechanism for the reintegration of the total soul. Its called "The Giveaway".

PART1: CHRIS THOMAS Interview with Patrick Timpone of OneRadioNetwork 10/17/2011 (http://curezone.com/ig/i.asp?i=65096)

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_OneRadioNetwork_10_17_2011_pt1.mp3

PART2: CHRIS THOMAS Interview with Patrick Timpone of OneRadioNetwork 10/17/2011 (http://curezone.com/ig/i.asp?i=65097)

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_OneRadioNetwork_10_17_2011_pt2.mp3


The Giveaway
Throughout our lives we find ourselves in situations where we feel we are unable to express ourselves as fully as we would like. This can be with members of the family, with friends or colleagues or with our employer.

The problem is that all of the unexpressed emotions of these kinds of situations become lodged in internal organs. If the emotional debris becomes too great, it can the organ to break down and generate symptoms of illness.

This has been bad enough in the past but, as we undergo our process of change, the storage of old emotions will actually hold us back if not actively prevent us from moving forwards. Obviously, these stored emotions need to be removed from our bodies.

The best way of clearing these emotions is to confront the person who brought about the emotions in the first place and express to them how you really feel. If you are unable, for whatever reason, to do that, the next best way of clearing these stored emotions is with a process called "The Giveaway".

The Giveaway:
The giveaway is a process of writing down all of the emotions that you have stored away. This sounds as though it cannot work - until you try it. What you will find is that once you start, all sorts of emotions and situations that you thought you had dealt with will come to the surface you will realise that you are carrying a huge amount of emotion your past.

For this exercise, you will need:

-One old newspaper
-Several pencils
-One glass of organic red wine (optional)
-One candle (optional)

The most important thing to remember about this exercise is that: YOU DO NOT READ IT BACK.
The reason for this is that if you read back what you have written, you will take all of the emotions back in and have to start again. This is the reason for the newspaper and the pencil; it is virtually impossible to read pencil on newsprint. It is also the reason for candle; if you use this exercise in the evening with only candle-light, it makes it even more difficult to read.

The optional glass of organic red wine is included as it helps you to relax and and allow your expression of held emotions to flow more freely. So, find a quiet time in your day where you will not be disturbed.

Collect your newspaper and pencils and sit down somewhere comfortable. Think about something that has happened recently which made you upset but you could not express yourself fully. Using a pencil on the newspaper, start to write to the person who brought about the emotions. Write in whatever lariguage you like - the stronger language the better.

As you write, you will find that other emotions connected with other events come to the surface. That is fine, you can add those to what you are writing - just keep on going. Once you have finished a session of writing, rip up the sheet of news-
paper you have been writing on and dispose of it – burning it is best if you can. Don't worry if you cannot burn it, just rip it up into the smallest pieces you can and throw them in the rubbish.

You will need to do this exercise many, many times. This is not just a one-off exercise. You will know when you have witten enough about a particular situation when you are able to think back on the events and not feel any emotion at all. If you think back and still feel emotions rising up, you need to do another giveaway. This exercise sounds far too simple to do you any good. Try it and you will find that a huge weight feels as though it is being lifted from you.

You can also write to inanimate objects that have caused you stress – such as broken pipes, a leaking fridge, traffic jambs, queues in the supermarket, etc. etc. It makes no difference what the situation is, write a letter to it and it will clear out the emotions. Just remember DO NOT READ IT BACK or you will undo all of the work you have done in writing by taking all of the emotions back into the body.

This exercise works and works extremely well and will actively help you through your transition.
Best Of Luck!

Please note: this exercise has to be written by hand - it cannot be done on a computer. If you try to use a computer, you will inevitably read it back off the screen making the exercise pointless!”
SOURCE (http://webcache.googleusercontent.com/search?q=cache:eYzV3DpifTEJ:www.bravemother.com/ChrisThomasGiveAwayexercise.pdf+&cd=1&hl=en&ct=clnk&gl=us)

Enjoy - turiya :cool:

turiya
23rd May 2013, 23:53
Chris Thomas Interview - The Annunaki Plan? Or The Human Plan?

I am going to continue to use this thread to archive previous Chis Thomas interviews. This one was done in the UK in 2010. In the show Chris Thomas talks with Mark Chatterton about his direct experiences with the Akashic records where he has been able to scan this huge living consciousness of memories for knowledge of the true human plan, directly. He has discovered a race of beings known as the Velon aka the Annunaki that have been trying to hold us back, whilst also manipulating governments.

However he does say that there are other races here to assist us with our completion to full consciousness, where we ultimately integrate the whole soul in the body, effectly becoming a true Human Being.


Part 1/5:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tsJ8_BmiUak

Part 2/5:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vw_T1FiDWLw

Part 3/5:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PUTB8kkgrho

Part 4/5:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rb10ylvMbRU

Part 5/5:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M06OpUGDcYI

turiya :cool:

turiya
24th May 2013, 01:17
Inelia Benz Comment Regarding Chris Thomas

Just ran across this copy of an email sent by Zany Mystic which included a comment by Inelia Benz about what Chris Thomas had to say with regard to the two Bases 8 videos, as posted below:
Subject: [ForYourEyes_Only] Re: BASE 8/Chris Thomas Thread on "would love to have your (Zany) and Inelia Benz's opinion"
Date: February 15, 2012 5:27:02 PM GMT+08:00
To: ForYourEyes_Only@yahoogroups.com, LW <zanymystic@wildblue.net> [a.k.a. Lance White]
Reply-To: ForYourEyes_Only@yahoogroups.com

I confess that I've been too "preoccupied" today to make time to listen
to these... but now that Inelia has replied, I'm curious!

Here is what she said about BASES 8 by Chris Thomas:
[I]
"Some information is accurate. Some of it is irrelevant to what is
happening with regard the shift. The shift is happening, no matter who
is living at the castle.

The bit about some genetic material that makes other listen to a
person, that's true. I have those. But only sleepers obey orders.
Awakened individuals don't.

From my research, the place it came from was a "program" placed on
humans to listen to the hybrid "bosses". And, the hybrid "bosses" had
the program to be listened and obeyed. The "obey" program is
amplified when one places a person in a uniform. It is quite
fascinating. Once the person wakes up, and takes back their power,
the program is quite useless.

Some of what he says reminds me of this:

http://ascension101.com/en/ascension-inf....overnmen t.html
(http://ascension101.com/en/home/ascension-blog/34-november-2010/103-ufos-are-all-over-the-place-alien-or-government.html)
Also, the latest "message" I have been giving, as you know, is for
each human to fully incarnate into the physical body. Asking their
higher self to incarnate fully into this body. We get the body ready
by processing fear. His method is to move the person out of the
victim/aggressor cycle. Quite ingenious.

For me, that's the most important message he has, as far as these
videos are concerned. That of moving the higher self to fully
incarnate into our present body."
SOURCE (http://mentalfloss2.proboards.com/index.cgi?board=general&action=print&thread=7)


turiya :cool:

turiya
24th May 2013, 04:30
Inelia Benz: ECETI 2012 Global Transformation Conference

Chris Thomas wrote:

It is not dreaming of the future that will slow down our change, it is refusing to let go of our past.


Many have chosen not to undergo soul reintegration and that is a matter of a choice freely made by them as an individual. Nobody has stood and judged them, they have judged themselves and, for whatever personal reasons, have decided that they will not continue. As far as Mother Earth is concerned, that is fine; She wishes them well and hopes that they will find their completion when they are away from the Earth. And She is letting them go with Her love.
SOURCE (http://thespiritguides.co.uk/christhomas/6thsun.pdf)

The Earth's axis has already returned to vertical, in an energy sense: it now needs to follow the energy with the physical. This should be achieved [possibly quite soon].

Here's an interesting video of Inelia Benz, talking about the Shift, and what it entails.

If you go to the 30 min mark, you'll hear her talking about Gaia having "already shifted", and that she [Gaia] is waiting for the collective to "catch up".

Inelia is also suggesting that those people who have elected not to participate in the Shift will live out their lives on the planet without undue drama, over the next several decades, and then die.......leaving those who have embraced multi-dimension-ality to exist without imposed dualistic concepts of light versus dark....

This is also what Chris Thomas has suggested would be happening [I]"Synthesis"[/B].
SOURCE (http://mentalfloss2.proboards.com/index.cgi?board=general&action=print&thread=7)

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8KtciXkpYrc

turiya :cool:

Kraut
24th May 2013, 08:08
Inelia is also suggesting that those people who have elected not to participate in the Shift will live out their lives on the planet without undue drama, over the next several decades, and then die.......leaving those who have embraced multi-dimension-ality to exist without imposed dualistic concepts of light versus dark....

So the time to make a choice is gone? How would someone know which path the person is on? My "awakening" hasn't been long ago and I'm still processing a whole lot of things and ideas and concepts. This synthesis does sound like a great thing and experiencing the full potential that a human being can have.

jiminii
24th May 2013, 08:17
This (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?59041-LRH--L.-Ron-Hubbard-&p=677062&viewfull=1#post677062) from the LRH (L. Ron Hubbard) thread (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?59041-LRH--L.-Ron-Hubbard-):

Jiminii wrote:
I have 4 bodies on this planet ... Bill wrote:
No time just now to elaborate, but I want to confirm that this kind of apparently off-the-wall information is real. Our higher selves can operate more than one identity as a human. This is addressed and processed at the very highest levels of the Ron's Org ''bridge', and was researched by CBR in the 1980s. turiya wrote:
This has also been told in Chris Thomas' writings.Chris Thomas writes:

"When we began our knowledge gathering process [i.e. karma], 7,000 years ago, we realized that there was potentially not enough time to gather all the necessary knowledge together [in order to complete The Human Plan under the contract with the planet Earth].

To 'drive' the body through a human lifetime we actually only need about ten percent (10%) of the total soul (consciousness). This means that the remainder of the consciousness, the 'higher self', could divide itself into human sized pieces and live one or more concurrent lifetimes. We generally live a human life with about twenty-five percent (25%) of the total soul within the body, the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) making up the higher self. This still leaves the potential for two concurrent lifetimes to be lived by the total soul.

As we divided ourselves up into two or more 'pieces', each piece of the total soul has explored various variations on a particular theme. Each aspect following a series of lifetimes where the chosen theme was explored fully.

As we undergo the process of drawing the whole soul into the physical, we have to accommodate all of the memories contained within our 'multidimensional' journeyings. Each aspect of the soul must be drawn together into the higher self and the accumulated memories brought into the physical structures, into the physical body of the one who is to be the 'vessel' for the total soul.

As we clear our old memories, we begin to take in the memories of the other aspects of our total selves in our cleansed DNA. As we take on these memories, our DNA begins to grow as these memories are stored away. If the flow of these memories is interrupted, the memory can be brought to the consious mind and a certain degree of confusion can arise. Many recent cases of a so-called schizophrenia are an example of this integration process being disrutpted.

As we take on board more and more of these memories, our DNA grows and new spirals are added. Many children who have been born in the last decade have up to five DNA spirals already intact making the medical community believe that humanity is mutating into something unknown. We are not mutating, we are re-integrating."
Planet Earth - The Universe's Experiment (pages 169-170)In effect, although we may have a few (2-3) physical bodies living simultaneously lives, as we get closer to re-integration of the entire soul, only one physical body will be selected to be the vehicle to experience that change. (And, as a side note: the new PA member, jiminii, just may well be one example of someone that has begun going through this process of complete soul re-integration.) Something to watch for, as there could be others that will be also popping up, i.e. soon to be surfacing in public view here, on this forum, and elsewhere. So, please be cetain to keep your eyes & ears on for this kind of phenomenon to occur in the near term. Not to feel left out, or left behind, because we are all standing somewhere in the que.
:)

In continuing along with this:
In other words, each individual soul can have 2-3 other physical bodies that they are able to occupy at the same time, on this planet and/or elsewhere... If these other physical bodies are presently alive & well on planet Earth, this could then mean, as all of humanity moves closer & closer toward total soul integration within a single physical form, the other phyical forms would have to be let go of... or, in other words, they would have to have a physical death.

If all human beings (souls) have a possible total of three distinct human bodies that are presently being inhabited, then, as total soul re-integration takes place within a single body, then two of these physcial bodies would have to be discarded. This means that in the short term we will be witnessing a maximum total of 2/3 of the population of the planet will be undergoing a death process. That would be the maximum end of the spectrum.

The minimum would be that if each soul occupied 2 physical bodies, that would make it 50% of the population of the planet will soon have to die off as a consequence of humanity becoming fully enlightened (undergoing complete soul integration).

And so, figuring in the possibility that, perhaps, some souls are only occupying, at the bare minimum, 1 physical body having 25% of the soul (taking into account the 2-6 million, or so, that have already undergone complete soul re-integration), so, it is my estimate that we may very well see, very soon, 40-45% of the population of physical human life on Earth will be undergoing some kind of death process. Whether that will be by dis-ease, catastrophe, global coastal event, earthquake, tsunami, war, etc.

Strap your seat belts on & get ready to kiss your asses goodbye (that is, at least one of your other extra physical forms). As the limit is only one physical form per soul is the contracted requirement of planet Earth.

Something to consider.

turiya :cool:

according to the time track of theta tapes LRH said it is not unusual to see a being running 20 or more time lines

jim

jiminii
24th May 2013, 08:23
Inelia is also suggesting that those people who have elected not to participate in the Shift will live out their lives on the planet without undue drama, over the next several decades, and then die.......leaving those who have embraced multi-dimension-ality to exist without imposed dualistic concepts of light versus dark....

So the time to make a choice is gone? How would someone know which path the person is on? My "awakening" hasn't been long ago and I'm still processing a whole lot of things and ideas and concepts. This synthesis does sound like a great thing and experiencing the full potential that a human being can have.

if you are on this planet you are lucky ... this one will be used to open up the new tech for the universe .... anyone coming to this planet ... came by choice for the opportunity to play the greatest game in town ... and you are welcome to go anywhere else in this universe if you like ... but this one will be the most powerful ... it is all being managed from the future you are deciding right now what part of that game you want to play
you can play the game of handling victims running missions to other planets being a teacher ... it is all up to you. choose your game wisely
jim

jiminii
24th May 2013, 08:35
This (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?59041-LRH--L.-Ron-Hubbard-&p=677062&viewfull=1#post677062) from the LRH (L. Ron Hubbard) thread (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?59041-LRH--L.-Ron-Hubbard-):

Jiminii wrote:
I have 4 bodies on this planet ... Bill wrote:
No time just now to elaborate, but I want to confirm that this kind of apparently off-the-wall information is real. Our higher selves can operate more than one identity as a human. This is addressed and processed at the very highest levels of the Ron's Org ''bridge', and was researched by CBR in the 1980s. turiya wrote:
This has also been told in Chris Thomas' writings.Chris Thomas writes:

"When we began our knowledge gathering process [i.e. karma], 7,000 years ago, we realized that there was potentially not enough time to gather all the necessary knowledge together [in order to complete The Human Plan under the contract with the planet Earth].

To 'drive' the body through a human lifetime we actually only need about ten percent (10%) of the total soul (consciousness). This means that the remainder of the consciousness, the 'higher self', could divide itself into human sized pieces and live one or more concurrent lifetimes. We generally live a human life with about twenty-five percent (25%) of the total soul within the body, the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) making up the higher self. This still leaves the potential for two concurrent lifetimes to be lived by the total soul.

As we divided ourselves up into two or more 'pieces', each piece of the total soul has explored various variations on a particular theme. Each aspect following a series of lifetimes where the chosen theme was explored fully.

As we undergo the process of drawing the whole soul into the physical, we have to accommodate all of the memories contained within our 'multidimensional' journeyings. Each aspect of the soul must be drawn together into the higher self and the accumulated memories brought into the physical structures, into the physical body of the one who is to be the 'vessel' for the total soul.

As we clear our old memories, we begin to take in the memories of the other aspects of our total selves in our cleansed DNA. As we take on these memories, our DNA begins to grow as these memories are stored away. If the flow of these memories is interrupted, the memory can be brought to the consious mind and a certain degree of confusion can arise. Many recent cases of a so-called schizophrenia are an example of this integration process being disrutpted.

As we take on board more and more of these memories, our DNA grows and new spirals are added. Many children who have been born in the last decade have up to five DNA spirals already intact making the medical community believe that humanity is mutating into something unknown. We are not mutating, we are re-integrating."
Planet Earth - The Universe's Experiment (pages 169-170)In effect, although we may have a few (2-3) physical bodies living simultaneously lives, as we get closer to re-integration of the entire soul, only one physical body will be selected to be the vehicle to experience that change. (And, as a side note: the new PA member, jiminii, just may well be one example of someone that has begun going through this process of complete soul re-integration.) Something to watch for, as there could be others that will be also popping up, i.e. soon to be surfacing in public view here, on this forum, and elsewhere. So, please be cetain to keep your eyes & ears on for this kind of phenomenon to occur in the near term. Not to feel left out, or left behind, because we are all standing somewhere in the que.
:)

In continuing along with this:
In other words, each individual soul can have 2-3 other physical bodies that they are able to occupy at the same time, on this planet and/or elsewhere... If these other physical bodies are presently alive & well on planet Earth, this could then mean, as all of humanity moves closer & closer toward total soul integration within a single physical form, the other phyical forms would have to be let go of... or, in other words, they would have to have a physical death.

If all human beings (souls) have a possible total of three distinct human bodies that are presently being inhabited, then, as total soul re-integration takes place within a single body, then two of these physcial bodies would have to be discarded. This means that in the short term we will be witnessing a maximum total of 2/3 of the population of the planet will be undergoing a death process. That would be the maximum end of the spectrum.

The minimum would be that if each soul occupied 2 physical bodies, that would make it 50% of the population of the planet will soon have to die off as a consequence of humanity becoming fully enlightened (undergoing complete soul integration).

And so, figuring in the possibility that, perhaps, some souls are only occupying, at the bare minimum, 1 physical body having 25% of the soul (taking into account the 2-6 million, or so, that have already undergone complete soul re-integration), so, it is my estimate that we may very well see, very soon, 40-45% of the population of physical human life on Earth will be undergoing some kind of death process. Whether that will be by dis-ease, catastrophe, global coastal event, earthquake, tsunami, war, etc.

Strap your seat belts on & get ready to kiss your asses goodbye (that is, at least one of your other extra physical forms). As the limit is only one physical form per soul is the contracted requirement of planet Earth.

Something to consider.

turiya :cool:

according to the time track of theta tapes LRH said it is not unusual to see a being running 20 or more time lines

jim

in my case more than a millions star children brand new were created right out of source ... this would be spirit beings ... not viewpoints (thetans managing the body remember the spirit is outside the box creating the box and everything in it ... means the spirit beings themselves are not in the physical universe ... they are creating it .. they put viewpoints in this universe to do what we do ... people think this is the golden ball around the head ... they think this golden ball is a spirit ... it is not ... the spirit is outside the box this golden ball viewpoint the spirit being outside the box created is inside the box doing its own game ... while still being connect to source that is the spirit being himself .. that is a broken piece from the original source ...
so these star children are created out of metteyya ... pieces of metteyya ... but also others too like gaia ... they are new ... they create their own time lines ... (thetans) ...

jim

turiya
24th May 2013, 13:49
This (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?59041-LRH--L.-Ron-Hubbard-&p=677062&viewfull=1#post677062) from the LRH (L. Ron Hubbard) thread (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?59041-LRH--L.-Ron-Hubbard-):

Jiminii wrote:
I have 4 bodies on this planet ... Bill wrote:
No time just now to elaborate, but I want to confirm that this kind of apparently off-the-wall information is real. Our higher selves can operate more than one identity as a human. This is addressed and processed at the very highest levels of the Ron's Org ''bridge', and was researched by CBR in the 1980s. turiya wrote:
This has also been told in Chris Thomas' writings.Chris Thomas writes:

"When we began our knowledge gathering process [i.e. karma], 7,000 years ago, we realized that there was potentially not enough time to gather all the necessary knowledge together [in order to complete The Human Plan under the contract with the planet Earth].

To 'drive' the body through a human lifetime we actually only need about ten percent (10%) of the total soul (consciousness). This means that the remainder of the consciousness, the 'higher self', could divide itself into human sized pieces and live one or more concurrent lifetimes. We generally live a human life with about twenty-five percent (25%) of the total soul within the body, the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) making up the higher self. This still leaves the potential for two concurrent lifetimes to be lived by the total soul.

As we divided ourselves up into two or more 'pieces', each piece of the total soul has explored various variations on a particular theme. Each aspect following a series of lifetimes where the chosen theme was explored fully.

As we undergo the process of drawing the whole soul into the physical, we have to accommodate all of the memories contained within our 'multidimensional' journeyings. Each aspect of the soul must be drawn together into the higher self and the accumulated memories brought into the physical structures, into the physical body of the one who is to be the 'vessel' for the total soul.

As we clear our old memories, we begin to take in the memories of the other aspects of our total selves in our cleansed DNA. As we take on these memories, our DNA begins to grow as these memories are stored away. If the flow of these memories is interrupted, the memory can be brought to the consious mind and a certain degree of confusion can arise. Many recent cases of a so-called schizophrenia are an example of this integration process being disrutpted.

As we take on board more and more of these memories, our DNA grows and new spirals are added. Many children who have been born in the last decade have up to five DNA spirals already intact making the medical community believe that humanity is mutating into something unknown. We are not mutating, we are re-integrating."
Planet Earth - The Universe's Experiment (pages 169-170)In effect, although we may have a few (2-3) physical bodies living simultaneously lives, as we get closer to re-integration of the entire soul, only one physical body will be selected to be the vehicle to experience that change. (And, as a side note: the new PA member, jiminii, just may well be one example of someone that has begun going through this process of complete soul re-integration.) Something to watch for, as there could be others that will be also popping up, i.e. soon to be surfacing in public view here, on this forum, and elsewhere. So, please be cetain to keep your eyes & ears on for this kind of phenomenon to occur in the near term. Not to feel left out, or left behind, because we are all standing somewhere in the que.
:)

In continuing along with this:
In other words, each individual soul can have 2-3 other physical bodies that they are able to occupy at the same time, on this planet and/or elsewhere... If these other physical bodies are presently alive & well on planet Earth, this could then mean, as all of humanity moves closer & closer toward total soul integration within a single physical form, the other phyical forms would have to be let go of... or, in other words, they would have to have a physical death.

If all human beings (souls) have a possible total of three distinct human bodies that are presently being inhabited, then, as total soul re-integration takes place within a single body, then two of these physcial bodies would have to be discarded. This means that in the short term we will be witnessing a maximum total of 2/3 of the population of the planet will be undergoing a death process. That would be the maximum end of the spectrum.

The minimum would be that if each soul occupied 2 physical bodies, that would make it 50% of the population of the planet will soon have to die off as a consequence of humanity becoming fully enlightened (undergoing complete soul integration).

And so, figuring in the possibility that, perhaps, some souls are only occupying, at the bare minimum, 1 physical body having 25% of the soul (taking into account the 2-6 million, or so, that have already undergone complete soul re-integration), so, it is my estimate that we may very well see, very soon, 40-45% of the population of physical human life on Earth will be undergoing some kind of death process. Whether that will be by dis-ease, catastrophe, global coastal event, earthquake, tsunami, war, etc.

Strap your seat belts on & get ready to kiss your asses goodbye (that is, at least one of your other extra physical forms). As the limit is only one physical form per soul is the contracted requirement of planet Earth.

Something to consider.

turiya :cool:

according to the time track of theta tapes LRH said it is not unusual to see a being running 20 or more time lines

jim

in my case more than a millions star children brand new were created right out of source ... this would be spirit beings ... not viewpoints (thetans managing the body remember the spirit is outside the box creating the box and everything in it ... means the spirit beings themselves are not in the physical universe ... they are creating it .. they put viewpoints in this universe to do what we do ... people think this is the golden ball around the head ... they think this golden ball is a spirit ... it is not ... the spirit is outside the box this golden ball viewpoint the spirit being outside the box created is inside the box doing its own game ... while still being connect to source that is the spirit being himself .. that is a broken piece from the original source ...
so these star children are created out of metteyya ... pieces of metteyya ... but also others too like gaia ... they are new ... they create their own time lines ... (thetans) ...
jim

Jiminii wrote:
I have 4 bodies on this planet ...

according to the time track of theta tapes LRH said it is not unusual to see a being running 20 or more time lines
jim

jim,

Let me see if I am getting this right...

So, it is my understanding, then, according to Chris Thomas & to what you are saying, is that (as beings running more than one timeline) we have now come to the end of our time of gathering information in this manner through the experience(s) of beings running more than one timeline, having more than one physical body... and that we will soon see the merging of timelines, and hence, finished with the experience(s) of running more than one timeline, having more than one body.

Would this be correct according to your understanding?

And, if this is true, then would it also be correct to say, then, that you will soon find that you will no longer have four bodies on this planet? And that this particular 'game' of having several bodies / occupying several timelines will soon be coming to an end?

thank you,
turiya :cool:

turiya
24th May 2013, 14:43
Inelia is also suggesting that those people who have elected not to participate in the Shift will live out their lives on the planet without undue drama, over the next several decades, and then die.......leaving those who have embraced multi-dimension-ality to exist without imposed dualistic concepts of light versus dark....

So the time to make a choice is gone? How would someone know which path the person is on? My "awakening" hasn't been long ago and I'm still processing a whole lot of things and ideas and concepts. This synthesis does sound like a great thing and experiencing the full potential that a human being can have.

if you are on this planet you are lucky ... this one will be used to open up the new tech for the universe .... anyone coming to this planet ... came by choice for the opportunity to play the greatest game in town ... and you are welcome to go anywhere else in this universe if you like ... but this one will be the most powerful ... it is all being managed from the future you are deciding right now what part of that game you want to play
you can play the game of handling victims running missions to other planets being a teacher ... it is all up to you. choose your game wisely
jim

Kraut,

It is my understanding that at this point, whether people are aware of it or not, that their higher selves (HS) have already made that choice, have already decided what is to be done, and to where their journey will most likely lead.
As one moves into greater understanding, all paths merge. It can also be said that there is only one path, or has Krishnamurti has said - there is no path... and there is no teacher that is needed.

cheers - turiya :cool:

gardunk
24th May 2013, 19:35
I wonder where we could ever find any true numbers about population decline at this level/ it is a huge assertion but then again all we learn to rely on is perhaps superimposed fallacies?

Herbert
24th May 2013, 20:54
I asked Chris Thomas 2 questions recently and his immediate replies are relevant here:

Question # 1. How can the soul be 100% in the physical body if it is operating more than one body? The only thing I would say to his reply is that I know someone who only this year felt the loss of her soul's second body which makes his fixed 2005 reply seem questionable. But I'm sure there is room for exceptions to any rule, and my friend is quite a remarkable sensitive.

1. Up until 7,000 years ago, we all had the whole soul within the body; there was no "physical self" and "higher self" divisions.
But, when we decided to take on our current human form, we considered it more appropriate to make the soul division. Once we had made that decision, it became apparent that the body (the physical self) only required about 25% of the total soul to live out a full lifetime. Once we had made this discovery, we realised that we could live one, or more, lifetimes concurrently and so began the idea of dividing the total soul into smaller pieces.
Over the centuries, this has proved to be a useful tool in our exploration of life on Earth and could also speed up our route to completing the Human Plan.
Not everyone made these multiple soul/body choices but many did.
When it came to the time where we had to bring our explorations under the Human Plan to a close and put the answers into place, the higher self had to "re-group" itself and draw back all of the pieces into which it had divided itself. This decision was made by the higher self. What it involved was the higher self choosing the most appropriate body into which it would ultimately "download" and withdraw itself from any and all other physical bodies.
This action began in 1996 when the initial energies for change were connected to the planet. The death rate accelerated to an enormous extent as the bodies which the higher self rejected as inappropriate died off. As each unwanted body died, the aspect of the soul that had inhabited it was re-integrated back into the higher self.
This re-integration process stopped by 2005. In other words, everyone now alive has their higher self intact and ready to download at the appropriate time into that body. Effectively, there are no people alive on the planet who are a part of another person. We are back to one person, one soul - all ready to reintegrate at the appropriate time; if that is their choice.


Question # 2. How can we possibly verify the lies regarding population figures? Surely the census records of each country would reveal that only births are being registered and not deaths. I mean it makes sense that they would lie about population given all official information seems to be a lie.

2. When it comes to verifying population figures, we have a very different problem.
The Elite are determined to keep us down and depressed and so their claims to a continuously growing population are difficult to disprove in any official way. Census numbers are deliberately hidden from public view to maintain their illusions. Sometimes there are glimpses of what is actually happening but they are few and far between. There are also some independent observers who have arrived at the same conclusions as the Akashic, as to actual population figures, of around 3.8 billion.
There does not seem to be an easy answer to your question other than to say - trust your intuition as this is likely to be far more accurate than anything that comes from politicians!


Best wishes
Chris Thomas

turiya
24th May 2013, 23:25
TheCountDown BlogTalkRadio Interview w/ Lisa Harrison
December 17, 2012

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/turiya_file/LISA_HARRISON_THE_COUNTDOWN_CHRIS_THOMAS.png
This one I find some interesting information that is not discussed in other interviews.

BlogTalkRadio Interview Link (http://www.blogtalkradio.com/thecollectiveimagination/2012/12/16/the-countdown--day-6)


turiya :cool:

turiya
26th May 2013, 02:43
Chris Thomas wrote:

As we undergo change, our DNA is expanding. Over the past twenty-five years, there has been talk of many children being born with an additional four or five strands of DNA that activate at birth (in addition to the usual two). These are the so-called 'Indigo' or 'Star' children. The extra DNA represents more memory contained within the body and gives these children their 'advanced' capabilities. Our full compliment of DNA will eventually be thirteen strands to the helix. The same is true for adults. The more 'demolition' work we do – the more we clear out – the more DNA we build as the Higher Self downloads more of itself into the body.

The next few years may well be traumatic and we need to put these future events into perspective – they are symptoms of change. The more we accept and work with these changes, the faster we will catch up with our children.
©2006 by Chris Thomas.
SOURCE (http://s155220804.websitehome.co.uk/thomas-chris-illness-a-message-from-the-higher-self-a345.html)

DNA Evidence for "the New Human"
by Mary Rodwell:

The DNA evidence has been really important for me. And I've got now from a credible scientist's information about the changes in DNA. For example, Dr William Brown in Hawaii has actually qualified the fact that our DNA is changing. And I've got an amazing quote from him that I can share with you where it qualifies what an experiencer was telling me 10 years ago about the changes in DNA for the "new human". And, to have that now qualified by a scientist, a geneticist, that is saying, "Yes, this is what I believe is going on , as well." That's when people can start saying, "Well, if scientists are now saying this, at least the more forward thinking scientists, then maybe I can take this on board and start to put this into a bigger paradigm that is not the same as the old one.

What changes have they noticed?
Tracy Taylor told me ten years ago:

"The new race of beings on this planet, increasing in numbers, are visually & physically no different to most humans, and they are here to guide the awakening terrestrial consciousness."
Source: (www.youtube.com/watch?v=5YajMvsCotE&feature=youtu.be#t=43m03s) At the 43 minute mark of the video below.


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5YajMvsCotE
http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/turiya_file/DR_WILLIAM_BROWN_DNA_NEW_HUMAN3.png

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/turiya_file/DR_WILLIAM_BROWN_DNA_NEW_HUMAN4.png

turiya :cool:

turiya
22nd June 2013, 01:26
cross posted...

Chris Thomas Confirms NSA Using Alien Technology for Surveilling & Psychic Attacks (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?58865-An-Update-On-Our-Evolution-by-Chris-Thomas&p=691453#post691453)



http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_OYR_06162013_NSA_Psychic_Attack_excer pt.mp3

SOURCE (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bePo1Q2ECyg)


Outer Limits Episode Foresees Insidious Future of NSA

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/turiya_file/OUTER_LIMITS_O_B_I_T_smaller.png (http://archive.org/details/TheOuterLimits-Tos-1x07-O.b.i.t.avi_90)

Source (http://archive.org/details/TheOuterLimits-Tos-1x07-O.b.i.t.avi_90)



turiya :cool:

Bubu
23rd June 2013, 07:43
"I have some ocean front property in Arizona,

that I would like to sell you"

I see a lot of that around what reason could there be to buy. I wonder why people keep on hoarding?

eaglespirit
23rd June 2013, 10:26
The process of clearance comes down to one thing in the end - how honest are we with ourselves and with those with whom we share our lives? Total honesty results in total change; partial honesty results in partial change. We can no longer 'play' with our lives. This lifetime is where all of our rehearsals, all of our past lives, have to be put into the final production. We have no time left for further practice.

turiya :cool:

And that is simply the ALL of it...We will advance in leaps and bounds and accelerate higher vibrations right now in the now beyond imagination and change everything on Mother Earth...
no practice, just DO!!!
Honestly, Lovingly, Pure !!!

Youniverse
24th June 2013, 04:34
The process of clearance comes down to one thing in the end - how honest are we with ourselves and with those with whom we share our lives? Total honesty results in total change; partial honesty results in partial change. We can no longer 'play' with our lives. This lifetime is where all of our rehearsals, all of our past lives, have to be put into the final production. We have no time left for further practice.

turiya :cool:

And that is simply the ALL of it...We will advance in leaps and bounds and accelerate higher vibrations right now in the now beyond imagination and change everything on Mother Earth...
no practice, just DO!!!
Honestly, Lovingly, Pure !!!

That's perfectly okay with me! I have no desire to 'practice' anymore. I have a deep desire to 'put my money where my mouth is,' so to speak. I and countless others I am sure, wish to manifest the highest expression of the soul or higher self right here and now in this body.

turiya
24th June 2013, 20:41
"I have some ocean front property in Arizona, that I would like to sell you"

I see a lot of that around what reason could there be to buy. I wonder why people keep on hoarding?


"I have some ocean front property in Arizona, that I would like to sell you." Used facetiously, it is not meant to be taken seriously, but with a sense of humor. Because, obviously, there is no ocean front property in Arizona.

The second thing:

I wonder why people keep on hoarding? Fear is the basic thing. Fear of the unknown is the root of all fears.

Miserly people are the most miserable people. They are poorer than the poorest people in the world. They don't know how to give, what it means to share. They are stuck. They go on hoarding. Their hoarding becomes a burden. Hoarding does not make these people more free... they become more burdened... less free. Even beggars are more free than a miser. I have heard that these people always suffer from constipation. They are stuck. They are stuck at the first level of human existence. They only know how to receive. When a child is born, the child receives milk & nutrition from the mother. The child doesn't know anything about giving or sharing. The child will learn these things later - how it feels to give, the joy of sharing...

The hoarding, miserly people are are stuck on this first level... they are not willing to grow up... they don't want to grow up. They think that they will survive through the difficult times better than the rest. But what kind of new world will be created by those who are miserly type people that only know how to hoard?

Perhaps, the real test is coming for these people. Maybe they can make the transition. I can allow anybody the chance to learn from this life... to truly grow-up in the time that is left...

turiya :cool:

Youniverse
25th June 2013, 03:42
I asked Chris Thomas 2 questions recently and his immediate replies are relevant here:

Question # 1. How can the soul be 100% in the physical body if it is operating more than one body? The only thing I would say to his reply is that I know someone who only this year felt the loss of her soul's second body which makes his fixed 2005 reply seem questionable. But I'm sure there is room for exceptions to any rule, and my friend is quite a remarkable sensitive.

1. Up until 7,000 years ago, we all had the whole soul within the body; there was no "physical self" and "higher self" divisions.
But, when we decided to take on our current human form, we considered it more appropriate to make the soul division. Once we had made that decision, it became apparent that the body (the physical self) only required about 25% of the total soul to live out a full lifetime. Once we had made this discovery, we realised that we could live one, or more, lifetimes concurrently and so began the idea of dividing the total soul into smaller pieces.
Over the centuries, this has proved to be a useful tool in our exploration of life on Earth and could also speed up our route to completing the Human Plan.
Not everyone made these multiple soul/body choices but many did.
When it came to the time where we had to bring our explorations under the Human Plan to a close and put the answers into place, the higher self had to "re-group" itself and draw back all of the pieces into which it had divided itself. This decision was made by the higher self. What it involved was the higher self choosing the most appropriate body into which it would ultimately "download" and withdraw itself from any and all other physical bodies.
This action began in 1996 when the initial energies for change were connected to the planet. The death rate accelerated to an enormous extent as the bodies which the higher self rejected as inappropriate died off. As each unwanted body died, the aspect of the soul that had inhabited it was re-integrated back into the higher self.
This re-integration process stopped by 2005. In other words, everyone now alive has their higher self intact and ready to download at the appropriate time into that body. Effectively, there are no people alive on the planet who are a part of another person. We are back to one person, one soul - all ready to reintegrate at the appropriate time; if that is their choice.


Question # 2. How can we possibly verify the lies regarding population figures? Surely the census records of each country would reveal that only births are being registered and not deaths. I mean it makes sense that they would lie about population given all official information seems to be a lie.

2. When it comes to verifying population figures, we have a very different problem.
The Elite are determined to keep us down and depressed and so their claims to a continuously growing population are difficult to disprove in any official way. Census numbers are deliberately hidden from public view to maintain their illusions. Sometimes there are glimpses of what is actually happening but they are few and far between. There are also some independent observers who have arrived at the same conclusions as the Akashic, as to actual population figures, of around 3.8 billion.
There does not seem to be an easy answer to your question other than to say - trust your intuition as this is likely to be far more accurate than anything that comes from politicians!


Best wishes
Chris Thomas

So from the answer to question #1, does that mean that the body we have right now is the one that our re-integrated(if our soul had been divided up at all) soul decided to re-integrate with?

Delight
18th August 2013, 15:43
(An angry smiley face appeared on my post? So i balanced it with a smiley smiley...no idea why that happened???)

:oI had not paid attention to Chris Thomas. I read this information and the part that suggests what the "game" is about is so close to what I have been thinking about that it was uncanny.

This thread is addressing CT's 39 page pdf "an update on our evolution"... CT has a story he received from the Akashic. CT contends (I believe) that we are still in the "game" of the original plan of our solar system and the "Velon" have not "won" their usurping plan.

There is a prescription of how to stay in the game. I am wondering if we can separate "believing the story" with following the suggestions? The suggestions look exactly like what I have been intuiting. And I wonder about others? What does anyone think about THIS part of the pdf

An%20Update%20On%20Our%20Evolution.pdf:


The best, and only way, to help the planet and to help ourselves is to ignore all of these things.

Yes, politicians and governments are trying to curtail our freedoms and are building many prison-like buildings where those who protest against the system will be held indefinitely without charge – this new legislation is already in place in all western countries, so mass demonstrations on the streets are just going to get you locked up.

The best way of defeating the plans of the Velon/Annunaki, and those governments and organisations that have already been enslaved by them, is to look to yourself and sort out any outstanding problems there are in your own life.

What do I mean by this? Each individual is a soul who has built for itself a body. We are not a body with a soul but a soul who has chosen to live lifetimes on Earth and in doing so, the soul has built the bodies we inhabit. But, most of the soul has not been able to enter into the body because the energies of the planet were too low to sustain the total soul in the body. The Earth has done her bit – She changed her base-note energy frequencies from the original 7.56 cycles per second to 3,500 cycles per second; this She did on the 30th of May 2000. This is why everything feels as though it has accelerated since 2000; the Earth's energy frequencies have undergone a huge shift.

What we humans need to do is to match the Earth's efforts and raise our own frequencies. So how do we achieve this? There are two main ways in which we can achieve our goal of re-integrating the soul back into the body.

Firstly, we need to start to think on a different level. Instead of taking science and politics at face value, we need to start thinking about why we are told the things we are told. In this essay, I have tried to give you a basic understanding of who and what we are and what our purpose is on Earth. What we all need to do is to start thinking on those kinds of levels and understanding.

We have been deliberately misled so we need to turn that way of thinking around and begin to think for ourselves. By starting to think of ourselves in the light of what the Akashic has recorded, we should see ourselves in a different light.

We are bigger than we think we are. We are capable of so much more than we think we are. We can change – if that is what we choose to do. The choice is ours – nobody can do it for us.

Secondly, we need to start making room in our in our bodies for the rest of the soul to download into. This is arguably the biggest problem we, in the western world, have and by far the main reason why nobody in the western world re-integrated at the end of 2012. Most of us are filled with unexpressed and unresolved emotions and all of this emotional debris takes up a huge amount of room, so we need to get this rubbish out.

Most of the stored emotions stem from our not expressing ourselves fully; disputes with our boss, the neighbour, granny, our parents, brothers and sisters, children, whoever. Everyone we share our lives with have an emotional impact on us and unless we deal with these kinds of situations honestly, we end up storing all of the emotions we did not express.

So, say you really felt like screaming and shouting at your boss, or whoever, and all you did was to mutter under your breath, all the screaming and shouting you didn't do becomes stored within the body. The best way of emptying this debris out is to discuss it with the person who caused you problems. If that is not possible, you can write to them. This is writing in a particular way which sounds like it shouldn't work until you try it, you will be surprised at just how much emotional junk you are carrying around.

The Giveaway Method

What you do is to start with an old sheet of newspaper. Using a pencil, write to a person or situation that comes to mind, just write all over the newsprint. Once you have finished a piece, just rip it up and get rid of it. Do not read it back; that is very important, do not read it back. It is the reason for using a pencil on newspaper as you are bound to be tempted to read it but you can't read pencil on newspaper. If you read it back, you are just taking it back into your body and you will have to start again. You will know you have cleared a situation when you can think back on it and not feel any emotion attached to the situation. If you still feel emotions connected to that person or situation, you will need to do more writing. For most people, "the giveaway" is not a one off process. Everybody carries emotional hurts going back many years. By writing those hurts down onto the newspaper, you are “giving away” the emotion from your body and onto the paper. This is arguably the most important exercise you can do for yourself if you have chosen to undergo soul re-integration. If you are full of old emotional debris, there is literally not enough room in your body for your higher self to get in and so soul re-integration is impossible unless you clear this debris out. This lack of emotional clearance is the primary reason why virtually all westerners failed to re-integrate at the end of 2012.

Bodily Changes

The main indicator of how we are changing is with the chakras. The chakras are aspects of the total soul within the physical body and are the means by which the higher aspects of the soul communicates to us. As we begin to clear ourselves of our emotional debris, the chakras begin to change colour. We are used to the chakras being the rainbow colours; red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet. Since May 30th 2000, nobody on the planet has these colours any longer.

When the Earth changed her base-note frequency, the chakras almost automatically changed colour. Colour is only a product of frequency; if the frequency changes, so must the colour. Put another way, if the frequencies of the body increase, it is impossible for the colours of the chakras to remain the same.

Most people now have colours which are spiralling golds, copper golds, blues, green, violet but mainly transparent. By transparent I mean pure energy that looks like the kind of heat-haze shimmer you get on hot summer days.

As you begin to clear out the emotional debris, the chakras change again to total transparency. In other words all of the chakras lose their colours and they become the transparent heat haze shimmer of pure soul energy.

The next stage is where the chakras disappear altogether. What this means is that the spine becomes a smooth column of energy from the crown of the head to the base of the spine without specific chakras.

As someone who has worked as a healer and psychic surgeon for the past thirty five years, I can see the energies within the body and believe me, this is what the body's energies are doing.
Once you have reached the point where you no longer have any defined chakras, that is as far as you can go until your higher self decides to complete the reintegration process. Once we have completed this reintegration we will have all of the knowledge and all of the abilities we need to remove the Velon/Annunaki and to clean up global pollution and all the other bad things we have done to this amazing planet and there will be no need to move to Pandora.

Only you can choose to undergo this body and soul reintegration, nobody will, or can decide for you. This is your choice, your soul and your life – don't be left behind.

The Way Forwards

Yes, there is still a way forwards. Humanity can still fulfil its promise and potential but time is now becoming short and, if people want to undergo soul re-integration, they must act quickly.
If you think back to what we said earlier, the percentage of people in the western world failed to meet the self-assessment they made. An Average of sixty percent of the population in western countries proclaimed themselves to be ready to make their soul transitions by the twenty first of December 2012. On the day, the percentage of westerners who were actually ready and capable averaged around one percent.

What did happen on the 21st of December 2012 was that the long awaited new energy patterns arrived and are boosting the energies of the Earth, humans and the rest of the planets in the solar system.

Despite the best efforts of the Velon/Illuminati to prevent these energies reaching the Earth, by HAARP ELF frequencies and chemtrails spraying of aluminium in the upper atmosphere, these new energies are beginning to have an affect on those who were actually ready to receive them.
Given so few people in the western world were ready to take on these energies, the Earth has reduced their immediate impact to allow people a little extra time to bring themselves up to a state of readiness.

The Earth has achieved this by slowing down the impact of these energies so that instead of the anticipated mass shift that should have occurred on 21/12/12, She is allowing people to gradually absorb these new frequencies. But the Earth cannot delay the impact of these new energies for very much longer: those behind the plans for the New World Order are accelerating their plans. If the NWO are allowed to achieve their goals, then the process of soul re-integration would be disrupted.

Whilst the new energy patterns are in the process of destroying the impetus of the Velon/Illuminati/NWO plans, these plans still have the potential to disrupt our soul re- integration – at least in the short to medium term.

What is needed is for all of the people in the western world who claimed to be ready to undergo soul re-integration to now bring themselves up to where they claimed to be but clearly were not.

A great many people said they were ready in the hope that the new energies would sweep away all of their unresolved emotional problems for them so that they would not have to put in any actual work to sort themselves out. The elephant in the living room will not go away of its own accord; it has to be looked squarely in the eye and dealt with once and for all. The best way to start this process is with the giveaway, described above, so that you begin to remove the accumulation of emotional debris you have not cleared and is occupying the body's energy that should be occupied by your higher self.

For your soul (higher self) to re-integrate back into the body you must make space for it and the only way that space can be made is to use the giveaway to clear out the past unexpressed emotions.

There are two advantages to using the giveaway:

1. It clears out all of this unwanted emotional rubbish to make room for your higher self.
2. By using the giveaway, you can identify the people you have the biggest problems with – the source of your living room elephant. Once you have identified the underlying problem, or person, you then must confront them and clear the problem.

If you have made the choice to undergo soul re-integration, then you must clear yourself out of your past – nobody can do it for you. You are the one who is storing these emotions so it can only be you who is capable of removing them.

Once you get yourself clear, you begin to see yourself in a new light and your dealings with other people become less of a problem. You begin to expand in your energies, feel more connected to the Earth and all living things. Believe me when I say it is well worth the small effort it takes to clear yourself out.

Otherwise, what is the alternative? You become more and more enclosed – more disconnected from the world, more remote from other people and the Earth and at some time in the no too distant future, you will have to leave the planet as your energy frequencies will no longer be compatible with the energies of the Earth and of physical life.

The choice is yours to make freely. Nobody is judging your actions, or inactions, only you and your higher self can judge yourself. But don‟t wait too long to decide.
We are more than human. We are more than we ever dreamed possible. It is time to live. It is time to regain control.

turiya
19th August 2013, 02:42
Hi Delight

Good reminder.
Not much to do for those that are, & have been, doing their homework. Just keep resolving those old issues as they arise out of the subconscious. In essence, we are all like snakes about to shed our skins. A few months ago, I went through a process of cleansing old issues while I was at the gym working out - going around the track. It seemed to be quite spontaneous, stuff kept coming up on its own - psychological things that were being released by the body - didn't really have to work at it. Felt good to peel these layers off of me. I'm sure I'm not done with it, but seeing that the process it happening is quite awesome to note.

As Chris has once said, there is no sense in trying to fix all the problems that presently exist in the world, or go out & demonstrate to change this world just to get our butts handed to us, & thrown into the can. When we still are living as sub-humans - incomplete, divided up & schizophrenic - trying to fix problems we will just create more of a mess in the process.

His advice is to just focus on yourself. After reintegration happens, that's when our real work will begin.


Be well... turiya :cool:

turiya
19th August 2013, 17:56
http://www.welcomethelight.com/wp-content/uploads/kremlinufo1pic.jpg

Chris Thomas wrote:

We have been fed fabrications and lies to make us more compliant and fearful. Fortunately, as we progress through our change of consciousness, these kinds of lies can be spotted much more easily and hence, the rise in the number of people speaking out against these atrocities.

Actions Taken to Specifically Promote the Annunaki Plan
Let us start with the use of technology such as HAARP which stands for "High-energy Active Auroral Research Program". The first HAARP station was built in Alaska but there are now several others dotted around the planet. The Military claim that it is not a military project but was set up for the use by the military for "over the horizon" radar and communications. It might very well be used for these purposes but its two main uses are weather modification, mainly to cause droughts and famines but more recently, it has been used to flood the Earth with Extra Low Frequency waves.

These ELF waves are intended to slow down the Earth's rising frequencies (from 7.56 Hz to 3.5 kHz) as well as to slow down our own consciousness reintegration. These are very deliberate acts and have caused some disruption to our process of change.

UFO Discloser
We are also likely to see, in the very near future, a general disclosure of the UFO contact information held by the United States. This massive cover up has been going on since 1947 and the Roswell crash. However, this will be a limited disclosure of evidence as it will be geared towards making us believe that the Annunaki are our makers and the "gods" of the Old Testament. This Annunaki disclosure will be linked into the Human Genome Project, indicating that the 'elite' carry Annunaki genes. (See the latest Kerry Cassidy/Project Camelot article, Shell Game (http://projectcamelotportal.com/blog/1790-shell-game) (excerpt below), on the idea that many of the elite being Annunaki hybrids.) This disclosure is also designed to destroy current religious beliefs.


"It is also important to recognize that the Anunnaki are fighting with a number of more recently arrived races of beings and not only the reptilians running the Vatican.

From everything I have been able to decipher, the Anunnaki of the "Sitchin variety" that is Enki/Enlil and their relations are if anything humanoid/reptilian hybrids (one-half reptilian and one-half Anunnaki humanoid) while the full blooded Reps beneath the Vatican are just that... Draco/Reps who believe this planet is theirs and have been trying to take it back for centuries.

It is worth noting that humans such as the Illuminati bloodline are more like 1/12th reptilian."Whilst there have been many sightings of UFOs, or NTVs as they are now officially called - Non Terrestrial Vehicles, over many years, many of which are genuine, in more recent years, the vast majority of sightings of NTVs have been of secret military craft that have been built using technology copied from down NTVs.

At the same time as these "human UFOs" are appearing, there is also the emergence of a new technology, namely hologram projectors. This hologram technology has been developed over a number of years by the military and the filmmakers of Hollywood working together. This technology is now so advanced that holograms of NTVs hung over the cities of Moscow and Peking in early 2010. I have researched the Akashic to try to find a race who have built pyramid shaped craft - and there are none. The only source of this design of craft appears to be the Hollywood movie crowd, and subsequent TV series called "Stargate".

Not only is this technology capable of projecting massive moving craft, it has also been refined to project religious figures (https://youtu.be/Jxg_Tu7i8qg). The latest advances in this technology indicate that the holographic projections can be made to appear to speak. This gives a great potential for religious-type figures to appear in our skies and speak to the people gathered below.

SOURCE: The Annunaki Plan? - Or - The Human Plan? by Chris Thomas (pages 61-63)

Pyramid UFO SuperIntending Hebei Luannan Power Plant, China 2011-09-09


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tk_jWOYF8bg[/video]

turiya :cool:

turiya
23rd August 2013, 13:30
Found that there is a recent thread posted regarding the August 21 2013 C2C interview with Gerald Clark. (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?62568-The-Anunnaki-of-Nibiru-C2C-A-must-listen&p=718465&viewfull=1#post718465)

I find this interview, along with the recent "Annunaki in the Nevada Desert Conference", and the many Jeff Rense recent interviews, i.e. Preston James, Jim Marrs, Michael Cremo (http://www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://k002.kiwi6.com/hotlink/6gmbryjv21/rense.20130807.1of3.mp3) & others, including the recent Gordon Duff article (Chinese allied w/ aliens) & Kerry Cassidy's recent Shell Game (http://www.projectcamelotportal.com/blog/1790-shell-game) blog article, not to forget to mention the Pattie Brassard so-called whistle-blow (http://youtu.be/ye9BgvNvjK0), and probably countless of others that I haven't heard about yet, quite unreal.

Really, how much Zecharia Sitchin/Annunaki/Nibiru/Gold Mining Koolaid has been ingested out there?

I simply find it amazing how glazed over much of the population - of those that think they are awake & aware, many who identify themselves as 'scientists' - have gone completely head over heels regarding this particular subject matter. Is one's own life really that boring, or is it all due to the resultant effects of so much fluoride in the drinking water?

It is truly Unbelievable.

Chris Thomas writes:

The purpose of looking at these issues discussed in this chapter is to point out that we are being deliberately misled into believing events that are totally untrue. These deliberate lies are being made to distract us from our true purpose and fulfilling our true potential.

There are many reasons for these lies (see Poject Human Extinction), but what is important to remember is that if you have chosen to undergo our current shift in consciousness then what you need to do for yourself is paramount, otherwise, you will get left behind.

This means ignoring what is happening in the world, to a greater extent, as the energies for change are exposing all of the corruption and lies that have underlain our society for centuries. As we progress through the coming year(s), the world is going to become much worse - try not to become distracted from your true purpose.
Source: Synthesis by Chris Thomas (pages 115-116).

turiya :cool:

turiya
20th September 2013, 20:02
Found that there is a recent JUNE 12, 2014 CARAVAN TO MIDNIGHT (John B Wells) interview with Gerald Clark (http://youtu.be/MnX31iLGxtQ).

I find this interview, along with the recent "Annunaki in the Nevada Desert Conference", and the many Jeff Rense recent interviews, i.e. Preston James, Jim Marrs, Michael Cremo (http://www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://k002.kiwi6.com/hotlink/6gmbryjv21/rense.20130807.1of3.mp3) & others, including the recent Gordon Duff article (Chinese allied w/ aliens) & Kerry Cassidy's recent Shell Game (http://www.projectcamelotportal.com/blog/1790-shell-game) blog article, not to forget to mention the Pattie Brassard so-called whistle-blow (http://youtu.be/ye9BgvNvjK0), and probably countless of others that I haven't heard about yet, quite unreal. Really, how much Zecharia Sitchin/Annunaki Koolaid has been ingested out there. I simply find it amazing how glazed over much of the population - of those that think they are awake & aware, many who identify themselves as 'scientists' - that have gone completely head-over-heels regarding this particular subject matter. Is one's own life really that boring, or is it all due to the resultant effects of so much fluoride in the drinking water?

It is truly Unbelievable.

Chris Thomas writes:

The purpose of looking at these issues discussed in this chapter is to point out that we are being deliberately misled into believing events that are totally untrue. These deliberate lies are being made to distract us from our true purpose and fulfilling our true potential.

There are many reasons for these lies (see Poject Human Extinction), but what is important to remember is that if you have chosen to undergo our current shift in consciousness then what you need to do for yourself is paramount, otherwise, you will get left behind.

This means ignoring what is happening in the world, to a greater extent, as the energies for change are exposing all of the corruption and lies that have underlain our society for centuries. As we progress through the coming year(s), the world is going to become much worse - try not to become distracted from your true purpose.
Source: Synthesis by Chris Thomas (pages 115-116).

turiya :cool:

Excerpt of A Recent Clif High New Woo 26-August2013
This one regards Clif's take on Zecharia Sitchin, Nancy Lieder & other "Sitchin Suck-ups":


http://png-5.findicons.com/files/icons/59/crystal_bw/256/windows_media_player.png (http://www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/CLIF_HIGH/NEW_WOO_26_AUG2013_Sitchin_Lieder_Excerpt_13min.mp 3)
(Click on Button to Listen to Excerpt)

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/CLIF_HIGH/NEW_WOO_26_AUG2013_Sitchin_Lieder_Excerpt_13min.mp 3

Full Woo can be found on the following youtube. It also covers the upcoming Earth Expansion Event - which includes: Ice Age, weather, Earth changes & incoming Ison (comet?)...



http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=loqd8PL4K5M

turiya :cool:

Aslak
30th September 2013, 09:33
Does anybody know about newer communications from Chris Thomas?, it seems that his timeline of the great awakening is a little overdue, and I wondered if he came with explanations?.

turiya
30th September 2013, 22:07
Does anybody know about newer communications from Chris Thomas?, it seems that his timeline of the great awakening is a little overdue, and I wondered if he came with explanations?.
Aslak,

I have not seen a more recent update from Chris Thomas other than the one that kicked off this thread. The only thing that would be the hold up would be the human collective as a whole. Namely, it would be the fear factor that would be the major distraction in holding up our end of the agreement we have with mother Earth to complete the soul reintegration process. As it says in the OP, Earth has been willing to give humanity a bit more time on the time limit, and this (from what I gather) is due to the intervention that has been done by the Velon who had interfered into our right of free choice.

There is, however, another individual claiming to have direct connection to the Akashic that has come forward with relative information... And that would be Andrew Bartzis, the Galactic Historian. There is another thread (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?63685-Andrew-Bartzis.-Mindblowing-Galactic-History) that contains links to the related interview that he had with Lance White, the Zaney Mystic. The videos contain very much information. I have viewed these videos, and presently still digesting the information that is contained within them... am also giving it some time to digest. But he indicates that 2014 is when "graduation" will occur for those that are willing to move in that direction.





http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ioGxyeyuHco

turiya :cool:

turiya
2nd October 2013, 02:04
Inter-Galactic War Part1 (http://api.ning.com/files/wFzHvoj3NXn2cfhjkCwBN90Gf7PqR5acOUj41oQkHnSWCMDMeR EkkoDhFJW6GkGIplXtvGx72pz4vThXLSOX8gvVofGhpfyM/InterGalacticWar.pdf)
By:Chris Thomas
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2013


**Introduction**

Over the past number of years, we have heard repeated claims, by channeled means, that there has been several wars fought across several galaxies by various “Alien” races. These wars ultimately resulting in humans being dumped on the Earth; which has acted as a “prison” for us ever since implying that humans have no place being on Earth but should be repatriated to their “original home world”, usually via a “5th dimension”.

Not one of these stories is correct and yet so many people have fallen for them.

However, it is becoming more and more clear that a “War” is being fought but this is not a war between various alien races but by the Velon against themselves. The purpose of this “War” being to determine which of the Velon races controls the Earth and turns humanity, or what will be left of it, into a slave race. Despite the Velon aim, it is humans who are allowing this to happen. Not only allowing it but encouraging and supporting this war.

**The Velon**

I have described the Velon many times in my books, articles and essays and so I am not going to explain them again here in any great detail. The Velon, are one of the original seven semi-physical races who originate in a solar system they call “Velos”.

Velos is located in a galaxy that is thirty-two galaxies distant from ours and is located behind the constellation of Sagittarius. Their solar system has two suns and eight planets. Three planets orbit around one sun whilst four planets orbit around the other.

The eighth planet orbits around both suns and takes approximately 3,600 years in so doing. The solar system is peopled by a race who calls themselves Velon. The reason for the name Velon, and the solar system being called Velos, is because the primary solar system consciousness calls itself Velus (there is a secondary solar system consciousness but I have been unable to determine what it calls itself).

The Velon peoples have divided themselves up into six races, or factions. These divisions are along the lines of we on Earth calling ourselves German or Dutch or Mexican etc. or humans calling themselves Buddhist or Jewish or Zoroastrian etc. The Velon have divided themselves up into races that call themselves: Annunaki, Jjundaa, Johnaan, Hathor, Oa and the Mila.

These divisions within the Velon seem to follow along religious lines although their ideology behind these divisions is not very clear. Approximately 300 years ago, Velus had some kind of revelatory moment and decided that the whole of the Velon race should move to Earth (see Universal Soul, Human Soul, Project Human Extinction and The Annunaki Plan? or The Human Plan?).

Under the direction of Velus, the Velon began to build massive ships that could travel the distance between their home galaxy and ours. These ships were huge “ark” ships in that they could carry up to 900,000 Velon in each ship. Each of the six Velon races devised their own strategies for travelling here and each of the six races built their own ships. Also, each of the six Velon races began to develop plans for how they could be the first to claim the Earth, and our solar system, for their own.

When these numerous ships arrived just outside of our solar system, they came to a halt as they realised that the Earth was already inhabited. With this realisation, each of the races began to devise new strategies for taking control of the Earth and removing the vast majority of humans off the planet – their plans also included the removal of virtually all living things off the planet in the same way as they have done on their home planets.

So how have the Velon races, or factions, set about removing humans from the Earth?

In studying the Earth, and humans, each of the Velon races made use of Velon technology.

Note:
The technology employed by all of the semi-physical races is primarily energetic in nature. In other words, their technologies are not “physical” in the way that we would understand it, but comprised of energy patterns that fall outside the range of human senses for us to even realise that there is anything there.The main forms of technology that the Velon used on humans amount to “spying” devices. These were implanted into humans without their knowledge or their consent. In doing this, the Velon broke the only Universal “law” that exists:

All souls have absolute freedom of choice to choose their actions. What cannot be done is for a soul to act in such a way that removes the freedom of choice of another soul to act freely.
These energy “implants” are also the source of the huge belief that “alien” races always implant humans. This is not true. The only race that has ever implanted humans with any kind of device are the Velon. Where people have claimed that they have removed physical implants (such as ones made of metal or plastic) these are false, or at least man-made rather than of “alien” origin and the claims are deliberately intended to mislead – a form of disinformation.

All of the so-called “alien” races are semi-physical in nature and therefore do not use or even manufacture devices that are physical. To us, all alien artifacts would be made of energy and this energy is of frequencies that are outside of the range of human senses. In other words, if you can physically pick up an alien artifact or even x-ray it, it isn’t an alien artifact.

So, roughly three hundred years ago, the Velon arrived en masse at the external boundaries of our solar system. The vast majority of the beings who make up the Velon races decided that they wanted no part in removing the human race from the Earth and so withdrew. However, that did leave a group of several million (about 25 million originally out of a total Velon population of roughly 22 billion) who were determined to carry on with Velus’s plans.

These 25 million were made up of representatives of all of the six Velon races. At first, it looked as though the only Velon races that remained were the Annunaki and the Hathor. However, it turns out that the other four races decided to take time to consider their strategies and held back from taking any active role in fulfilling Velus’s plans. In more recent times, that situation has changed and all six of the Velon races who remained around our solar system have become fully active and it is this increased activity that has led to the current state of “war”. This war is between the various Velon factions but the battlefield is Earth and the ultimate casualties are humans.

Note:

As a result of the Velon implanting “spyware” into people against their will as well as being determined to take over the Earth as well as numerous other activities the Velon have undertaken that break the “Universal Law”, the Creator, and all of the souls that inhabit the rest of the Universe, have ruled that the whole of the Velon race had to be evicted from this Universe. This ruling was carried out and a new solar system was constructed for the whole of the Velon race to inhabit just outside, but still connected to, our Universe.

The Velon are one of the original thirteen races of this Universe and their total removal from this Universe would have resulted in an energetic imbalance that would have been too much for this Universe to accommodate and so the Universe would have collapsed in on itself destroying all life. This cannot be allowed to happen.

So the Velon race now inhabits a new solar system that is separate, but connected to our Universe, to maintain the balance of energies whilst we on Earth complete our process of soul re-integration. Once humans have become full Human Beings again (the whole of the soul accommodated within the physical body), it is possible that the Velon might be allowed access to this Universe again - but that is a decision for the future.

In the meantime, the only Velon that remain in this Universe are the ones who chose to remain around our solar system and continue to try to win the Earth for themselves. Fortunately, due to a great deal of work by the Earth’s Guardians and the assistance of several of the other semi-physical races, the number of Velon that are still encamped around our solar system is currently no more than 3 million. The only reason why these 3 million are still here is because of all of those humans who want “aliens” to step in and sort their problems out for them. If these “5th dimensionalists” took responsibility for their lives and their actions, we would not have the current Velon problem and no “war” would be occurring.

To understand the problem, we must look at the activities of each of the six Velon races in recent years.

**The Annunaki**

The activities of the Annunaki are well known through the translations of Zecharia Sitchin and I have described their plans and schemes many times in my books, articles and essays. Essentially, the Annunaki travelled back in time to dictate a fantasy story to a scribe in Sumeria about 5,000 years ago. In doing this, the Annunaki hoped that they would create the basis for a new human religion that described the Annunaki as our “creator gods”.

This strategy worked, in so far as the story has been adopted by the likes of the Illuminati, Freemasons, Knights Templars as well as several other organisations connected with the Illuminati’s “New World Order”. The Annunaki story is based on some aspects of early human religious history (see the archaeological findings at Kobekle Teppe in southern Turkey) blended with the history and events that took place in their own solar system.

This combined, but totally fictional, story they hoped would shape human development in the intervening 5,000 years and give the Annunaki absolute power over humanity in the present time. All of their aims quite obviously failed, except for the gullibility of the Illuminati and all of the individuals and organisations connected with them.

We also have the level of gullibility of the average human being. It appears that since the translations of the Annunaki fantasy story first appeared, many thousands of people, worldwide, have latched onto them in the hope that it was somehow true and that the Annunaki were about to return, travelling on the bow-wave of Nibiru or piloting the comet Ison (which they claim is a space-craft and not just a comet), and save humans from themselves.

Ah well, we can only hope that humans begin to see just how much of a fantasy story this really is before it is too late. Unfortunately, this Annunaki fantasy story seems to have become so embedded in the human psyche that the other Velon factions are now beginning to weave the story into their own channeled messages (see later).

**The Jjundaa**

When the Velon craft screeched to a halt just outside of our solar system about 300 years ago, the consciousness that forms the Velon system, Velus, took over the control of a newly formed organisation we know as the Illuminati (see Project Human Extinction).

In order to maintain Velus’s hold over the Illuminati, and their families, Velus decided to bring with him six “emissaries”. These emissaries were members of the Jjundaa. The Earth’s Guardians have removed five of these emissaries from the Earth in the intervening time period but one remains – the 6th emissary.

At the end of 2008, an attempt was made by a group of politicians to take over control of the Illuminati. On the face of it, they were successful as the original members of the Illuminati are all dead (see Project Human Extinction) and so the “new” Illuminati believe that they have taken over total control of this organisation and its web of power.

Except, they have forgotten about the 6th emissary who had assisted them in their coupe to remove the original members. Although the new controllers of the Illuminati (made up of ex-politicians and industrialists) believe that they are in total control, they have not realised that the 6th emissary is channeling directions to them – a form of direct mind control. And so the Velon (Jjundaa) remain in total control of the Illuminati.

**The Johnaan**

When the Velon first arrived at our solar system, the Johnaan took a long hard look at who and what humans are and how we functioned on our planet.

The Annunaki and the Jjundaa acted very quickly putting their plans together and set out to fulfill those aims as rapidly as possible. The Johnaan sat back, seemingly unconcerned about their own plans and even helped some of the other Velon factions advance their plans, particularly the Oa and Mila.

Gradually though, the Johnaan began to make moves. They had seen the successes the Annunaki had had with their channeling works with Madame Blavatsky and Edgar Cayce and so began to put together stories that could be channeled to humans that, in many cases, reflected our religious beliefs. Additionally, they had seen the Oa begin to channel material that reflected their “alien” origins with great success.

So the Johnaan began with stories of wars that had occurred in the galaxies around Earth and that the Earth had been affected by these wars – sometimes directly, sometimes indirectly. Eventually, after trying out numerous committees and councils, they came up with the idea of The Galactic Federation of Light (GFOL). Along with the GFOL came the concept of having to leave the Earth by “Ascending” to a “5th dimension”.

By linking the words “Ascension” and “5th dimension” together, it seemed to link science and religion together into one “higher” concept that only an “alien” race, who had themselves undergone a process of “ascension to a state of perfection”, could understand – very exotic and very appealing to gullible humans. We then, of course, had the likes of Ashtar Command, the “hospital” ship Neptune as well as numerous other councils and individuals.

But then the Johnaan hit the jackpot – they began to re-invent religious-like characters taken from ancient human texts but giving them a new “spin”.

It is not surprising that the Velon took a religion-based approach when attempting to mislead humans; after all, the division of their race into factions was along religious lines. Given that humans were also divided into various religious followings, it seemed, to the Velon, an obvious route to take.

So they began with “St Germain”.
St Germain, although an historic character, is difficult to track down in any kind of reality that makes sense, as there are too many versions of St Germain’s story. I did come across some channeled material on him about 20 years ago but this turned out to be a major financial scam as well as the usual channeled rubbish.

Then we had “Metatron”. Metatron is an Old Testament character who was described either as an angel or an arch- angel who was the “scribe of God”. In other words, whatever God said, Metatron wrote down – in The Old Testament, he was also called “The Voice of God”. Another version of Metatron is that he was originally Enoch (of the Book or Keys of Enoch) who was taken to heaven by God.

In the hands of the Johnaan, Metatron became an “ascended master”, “Lord Metatron” and then an “arch angel” but, as far as I am aware, he hasn’t been mentioned for a little while in their channeled messages.

Sananda then appeared alongside Metatron. Over the years, “he” also went through various metamorphoses: Sananda, Ascended Master Sananda, Lord Sananda, Arch Angel Sananda but now seems to have become the reincarnation of just about every single religious leader that has ever lived on Earth - especially “The Christ Consciousness”.

How can a single person undergo so many changes of form and identity and still be believed by humans to be whatever character the Johnaan want to portray him as?

Note:
Originally, there was a sect of Hinduism practiced in the Odisha (Orissa) State in India. This sect had its roots in Ancient Sumeria and used the Sanskrit language and called itself “Sananda”. This Sananda Hindu sect fits in with the Annunaki story.

In their story, the Annunaki dictated their fantasy story to a Sumerian scribe and then travelled north to India, eventually settling in Tibet where, in more recent times, they began channeling to Madame Blavatsky. Along the way, various groups of the Sumerian travellers settled in various places, many in a number of Indian States. These groups took with them the Ayurvedic teachings of the Sumerians and eventually became the Hindu.

The next manifestation of Sananda was that he was the “Christ Consciousness” arrived back to Earth to lead us through our “Ascension”.

But now, Sananda has gone underground and begat a new persona.

So far, I have found claims of a race who call themselves “Agartha” who are led by “Adama of Telos” what may or not be Sananda but, anyway, the Agarthans claim to be Ascended Masters of Sirian origin (star system Sirius) who have formed the Lemurian Council who work with an ancient priesthood led by Zeniel (who may or may not be Sananda) who also claims to be Melchizedek.

These Agarthans (or sometimes Archons – see below) have been on Earth since the time of Lemuria. They had a big battle with the “evil” Atlanteans and buried Lemuria deep under the Earth where they have remained ever since in a 5th dimensional space made up of ice and snow.

If Sananda is confused about who he claims to be then it is not surprising – I certainly am confused about who “he” is supposed to be and I don’t span countless dimensions or time frames that “he” claims to never mind about all of the religious belief systems. Life must be tough being a “god”!

There also seems to be a great deal of confusion about those who live in “the Hollow Earth”. Are they Argarthens? Are they Archons? Are they “Ascended Lemurians” who themselves claim to be “Ascended Sirians” or are they an ancient priesthood who are followers of Melchizedek?
Buggered if I can work it out.

All I do know is that there were beings known as “Archons” who were, what could be described as, “companion beings” to the 14th Faction. Like all things connected with the 14th Faction, they have been totally eradicated from this Universe so they definitely do not live underground in a “Hollow Earth” even if there was a “Hollow Earth” to exist in.

Note:
There is no “Hollow Earth”. There are deep cave systems that connect into a layer that is about 3 km below the surface. This layer is where molten magma from the earth’s core spreads out before erupting through volcanoes. As the volcano finishes erupting, the magma withdraws leaving huge cave and tunnel systems. This layer is called the Mohorvicic layer.

There is some truth about beings from Atlantis going to live in this layer at the end of Atlantis. It is also true that they lived there for a very long time but these lost souls were helped back to their places of soul origin by the year 2000 and so, apart from the occasional creepy crawly, the Mohorvicic layer is empty of life.

Incidentally, the idea of beings living in a hollow Earth is based on a Dr Who episode aired on the BBC about 3 years ago. Since that episode was aired, the stories of beings living in a hollow Earth has gone berserk. Several of the themes of the original Star Trek TV series have also found their way into channeled messages. The newest one I came across was about Venusians but firmly based on the storyline of the 1951 classic sci-fi movie “The Day the Earth Stood Still”.

What’s next I wonder? Perhaps Sananda becomes the high priest of Z’ha’dum from the TV series “Babylon 5”.
But, literally as I was writing this section, a friend sent me the newest summary of the Sananda - Kumara family “blood-line”:

The family originally came from Venus. “His” father was called Sanat, his mother’s name is unlisted, their son (Sananda) is Jesus/Jeshua Sananda. There is also Sanaka Kumara who is also St Germain (and also claims to be Merlin). Also Sanatana Kumara who is Arch Angel Michael but is also really Lord Melchizedek.

Nothing like keeping it in the family.

Sananda seems to be trying to build “his” own pantheon of “gods” but it has become much more of a “Greek Tragedy” from Mount Olympus and the joke is on the humans who follow “him”.

AND STILL PEOPLE FALL FOR THIS CHANNELED RUBBISH!
(and I don’t mean TV channels!)

**The Hathor**

Initially, the Hathor kept a low profile but then began to introduce themselves to people on an individual basis. Their approach was, to start with, very low key and very friendly and helpful. But, in time, they began to seek a larger and larger audience.

One of their approaches was to take a leaf from the Johnaan way of doing things and took on a religious persona in the form of the wife of Jesus the Christ, Mary Magdalene. This pretense of being Mary Magdalene continues to this day as have the number of humans who have fallen for it.

The Hathor then chose an individual to whom they began to channel musical sequences. These musical sequences were captivating and produced healing effects in the human body. In using music in this way, a group of people began to form around the Hathor’s chosen individual and the group became ever larger. As people became followers of this group, they were given a piece of silk that was imprinted with energy symbols.

These energy symbols were invisible to the human eye but were used by the Hathor to track the silk owner’s whereabouts and could subtly influence the owners own energy patterns and even their behavior. These subtle influences were not to the silk owner’s benefit.

People enjoyed the Hathor music and the number of members of this group continued to grow. The next move the Hathor made was then to persuade this group to build two of what the Hathor called “celestoriums”. A celestorium being a giant “tuning fork” 100 meters (333 feet) long and about 30 cm (12 inches) in diameter embedded vertically into the ground and constructed of a copper shaft packed with programmed quartz crystals.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/CELESTORIUM5_577_x_275.png
Celestorium

To quote from the newsletter (called “Soundings” - winter 2004) produced by this group: The Hathor claimed that the purpose of the celestoriums was to:
“...open and sustain a celestial portal so that beings of the higher worlds can enter this plane and assist in counteracting the great negativity that is loosened on your Earth...”In other words, generate a “portal” that avoided the Earth’s Guardians as well as to break through the solar system’s defences. All of this without the earth’s approval.

However, the real purpose of the celestoriums became clear when the first one was made active on the 10th of April 2006. All of the members of the group, who had been given “silks”, suddenly found themselves being sucked out of their bodies. The energy field generated by the celestorium would have pulled their souls out of their bodies and deposited them at the edge of our solar system.

In addition, the celestorium contained frequencies that related to the Earth’s own consciousness. As it was activated, it also tried to pull the Earth’s consciousness out of the planet. This would also have been dumped at the edge of our solar system.

Two members of the Sidhe´went to investigate this direct attack on the Earth and both were destroyed in the process. No member of the Sidhe´ had ever been destroyed before and the Earth was devastated.

Note:
The Sidhe´ are beings created by the Earth Herself as part of the Faery. The Sidhe´ can be considered the “management” of the Faery who look after and protect all of the plant life on the planet.On the activation of the celestorium, the Earth’s Guardians stepped in and destroyed the energy patterns of the celestorium. The Guardians also made both celestoriums permanently inoperable by altering the structure of their quartz crystals making it impossible for them to be ever energised or programmed again. With the energetic destruction of the celestorium, the Earth’s consciousness returned to the planet and the souls of those affected by the energies were returned to their bodies. Most of the people affected in this way have subsequently left this group.

The next obvious activity by the Hathor took place in Norway. This implies a close tie-up between the American military and the Hathor that makes it even more scary. Everyone was fascinated by the massive spiral that appeared in the skies over the island of Tromsø in northeastern Norway on December 9th 2009. The "official" story is that it is the exhaust trail from a misfired Russian missile from a nuclear submarine passing near to the coast. However, one look at the photographs clearly shows that the spiral originates from a land- based site.

The other reason why it cannot be a misfired missile is to do with the trajectory of missiles fired from submarines. When the missile is launched, compressed air is used to push the missile to an altitude of about 30m (100 feet) above the surface when the missile’s engines then fire, generating a great deal of smoke from its exhaust. If the missile’s engines misfire, one of two things happen: either the missile just falls into the sea or the missile continues to rise but enters into an extremely fast eccentric spiral. A misfired missile cannot, due to its centre of gravity, produce a regular spiral and certainly not a spiral as perfectly formed as the one over Tromsø. As the missile spirals out of control, the exhaust produces a visible smoke trail that dissipates very rapidly. The missile’s engines are also designed to “push” the missile onto its pre- programmed course which rises steeply above the sea surface at anything up to 20 metres per second producing a massive sonic boom – the Tromsø spiral was totally silent. Therefore, a misfired missile’s spiral trajectory is also travelling rapidly upwards which bears no resemblance to the photographs of the Tromsø spiral which clearly show a smooth spiral appearing in a single plane i.e. not an erratically moving vortex. The Tromsø spiral was also clearly visible for about 15 minutes, an impossibly long period of time for a missile exhaust trail. The other thing about the Tromsø spiral is that it is coloured blue. No missile ever fired has produced a consistently blue exhaust – spiral or otherwise.

There are two other possibilities that come to mind, but both of these can be discounted. It could be the projection of an image (like the projected symbol in the Batman stories) but producing a simple spiral seems like a waste of time and energy. Or it could be a projected hologram produced with Project Bluebeam generators. Again, why project a simple spiral if this was its source, why not something a little more exciting such as an NTV (UFO)? (NTV stands for Non Terrestrial Vehicle).

Note:
Two other things are known about Tromsø and they are firstly, that it contains a secretive military base and secondly, there is a HAARP station on the mainland.HAARP stands for: “High-frequency Active Auroral Research Programme” with its first installation becoming active in 1993 in Alaska. The “official” reason for HAARP was that it could provide the military with a communication capability that could work “over the horizon” without using satellite communications. HAARP could do this by “bouncing” communications off the underside of the ionosphere. However, it very rapidly became clear that HAARP was designed for weather modification. Weather modification is illegal under numerous international treaties and international law. What HAARP does is to concentrate microwave frequencies into the ionosphere causing localised heating to take place that alters high altitude weather patterns, pushing warm or cold weather fronts away from their natural locations. Satellite images of Alaska clearly show a “bending” of the jet stream over the original HAARP site.

However, there is growing evidence to show that HAARP ground stations also target space-bourn satellites and are capable of “bouncing” a highly focused stream of microwaves off a satellite and targeting the Earth’s atmosphere in any part of the planet, altering local weather patterns as desired. HAARP emissions have also been recently connected to unexpected earthquakes, such as the one in Chile.

But, these are capabilities that are known, the full capabilities of HAARP remain top secret. The author is someone who “reads” energy frequencies and, having “read” what was going on over Tromsø, has arrived at another scenario, one which does make sense of all of the unusual energy frequencies that made up this spiral.

If you have seen the photographs of what happens before the spiral collapses, you see a Black Hole. The centre of the spiral disappears and becomes a uniform black. It is known that HAARP installations are capable of projecting 1 gigawatt of energy, which is a great deal of energy potential. But, what would be the purpose of attempting to create a Black Hole within our solar system?

There can only be two possible answers: firstly, to enable something to be released from our solar system. Secondly, the creation of a Black Hole within our solar system could be to allow something, or someone, to enter our solar system – the Hathor attempting to create a more powerful form of celestorium that would allow the Velon, who are denied access to our solar system, full entry by the Velon outside of our solar system creating their own Black Hole which linked in with the Black Hole constructed from Tromsø – in cosmology terms, a back-to-back Black Hole is called a “Wormhole” which allows travel in both directions. The timing of the creation of the spiral also reinforces this “Wormhole” idea.

Between the 7th and the 18th of December 2009, the United Nations was holding a World Climate Change Conference in Copenhagen in Denmark that was attended by 115 world leaders. On the 9th of December, President Obama, of the USA, was due to land in Norway en route to the conference.

Seeing as I don’t believe in coincidence, I would suggest that the attempt to build a Wormhole to allow the Velon in to our solar system was well timed so that the Velon could be introduced to virtually all of the world leaders at the same time but with President Obama the first in line to welcome in their alien “friends”.

Incidentally, a similar attempt at creating a Black Hole from the Earth was attempted by the Particle Accelerator at Cern on the Swiss/ French border. Not only did this attempt also fail, it shows a connection between the Hathor and the Mila – see later.

I wrote in depth about the impossibility of building a Black Hole from within our solar system in my last essay (An Update on Nibiru) so I will not repeat it here.

Our solar system has a total of 396 dimensions at its disposal. This number of dimensions is far too small an amount of energy to create a Black Hole so any attempt cannot succeed. Hopefully, all of the Velon factions have learned this by now.

The solar system has been closed to the Velon ever since they began to cause problems. They want a portal (Black Hole) to be built so that they could circumvent the solar system defences and go against the wishes of the Earth.

That cannot happen.

turiya
2nd October 2013, 02:05
Inter-Galactic War Part2
By:Chris Thomas
Date: Mon, 30 Sep 2013

**The Oa**

Not a huge amount is known about the activity of the Oa – they seem to have kept themselves very much in the background until fairly recently. Along with the Mila (see later), the Oa began their approach to humans by contacting channels on the island of Hawaii. The Oa seem to have taken on a watching and advisory role but also one where they claim to have access to “higher” legal authority.

They began by claiming to be advanced beings from the Orion star system.

This, in itself is an anomaly as Orion is the gateway in and out of our solar system to the larger part of the Universe where the six non-physical races originate. The Oa, by way of being a Velon faction and therefore one of the seven semi-physical races, can only access our solar system through the gateway of Draco. They, of course, were calling themselves the Orion Council who had access to memories of the Universe that were of a “higher” nature to the Akashic; something called “The Eternal Records”.

There are no such records that are higher than the Akashic.

The Akashic records every event that occurs in this Universe and, once recorded, the Akashic cannot be changed or altered in any way. By claiming that there is a “higher” level of memory is just a deliberate attempt to allow the Velon/Oa to make up any information they chose and then try to pass it off as “The Eternal Records”.

Following on from the Orion Council, the Oa then decided to spread themselves around a bit and contact more people through channeling. One of the main personas they invented was the Andromedean Council.

These beings did not originate from the star system of Andromeda but lived in a “bio- dome” moored in space near to Andromeda – Velon “off the starboard bow, starboard bow...” it would appear. Whilst the Andromedean Council was doing their thing, a new strategy was being formulated by the Oa.

If the Oa could make people believe that they had access to this invented “Eternal Records”, could they make people believe that they could manipulate human law by making plans to remove the human institutions that caused people the most angst and problems?

So “Drake” was born, promising all kinds of legal actions that were in the process of working their way into the American High Court. All of the promised legal action failed to materialise and “Drake” did a runner. Then we had the “Dragon Family” from the Far East also promising that they were taking legal action to reclaim billions of dollars worth of gold and currency stolen from the people of the world by international and American banks. The “Dragon Family” seems to have disappeared in a puff of its own smoke.

Then the Oa came up with the big one: - [B]The One Peoples Public Trust (The OPPT & Heather Tucci-Jarraf). The OPPT claim that they have established a Trust bonded to the original American Constitution of 1776. They further bonded every single person on the planet into this trust and claim to act in the interests of every single person on the planet.

The OPPT claim to have filed legal documents with the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) that claims:
“Understanding that corporations, governments and banks are one and the same, an “Order of Finding and Action” was filed against the “the debtor”, a legal entity created via the UCC process which encompasses all corporate entities. The filings claim that the Debtor “knowingly, willingly and intentionally committed treason” by “owning, operating, aiding and abetting private money systems” and “operating Slavery Systems used against... citizens without their knowing, willing and intentional consent”.In other words, all of the Earth’s resources are owned by people and not corporations or governments. This is a right given to us because of our connections to the “Creator” and cannot be contested claim the OPPT.

The OPPT further claim that as they filed these documents with the UCC under a “non-rebuttal” clause and as the “debtor” has not rebutted these claims, the documents filed by the OPPT now become law.

The OPPT further claim that:
“Lawfully, nobody can stand as a superior authority between you and your relationship with the Creator. Having removed the control-mechanisms of economy and government, the One People’s Public Trust leaves individuals in full liability, being personally responsible for themselves and for ensuring the free-will rights of others. There is no longer a structural chain of command. No rules. No corporations to hide behind. You are – as the Creator intended – a Being and a guardian of our planet and its inhabitants.”
Having read these documents and claims, my first question was: The American Constitution was not written in 1776 so what do they mean?

First of all, the only event of note that happened in 1776 was the establishment of the Bavarian Illuminati. Then in July 1782, the Illuminati incorporated the Order of Freemasons at the Congress of Wilhelmsbad. The American Constitution was not written until 1787 and was not ratified until the 21st of June 1788 – note: of the 55 signatories to the American Constitution, 50 were known Freemasons.

So what American Constitution has the OPPT bonded themselves to and, by extension, bonded every single person on the planet? Certainly it is not the American Constitution, as everybody knows it, as it was not written in 1776. Does this mean that the OPPT have bonded everyone to the Illuminati and the Freemasons?

Given that every school child in America is well schooled in the history of the American Constitution, the OPPT stating that it was signed in 1776 is, obviously, a deliberate mistake. If it is not a deliberate mistake, the error would negate their claim to passing a law.

In any case, the UCC does not have any legal standing. It is an NGO that makes recommendations on the trading standards between American States but does not have any legal powers to enforce its recommendations let alone enforce a law made by some other organisation.

So much for “Higher” legal knowledge gained from “The Eternal Records”.

What “Drake”, “The Dragon Family” and the “OPPT” were promising is that they would destroy the banking system, destroy governments, write off all personal debts and mortgages as well as “gift” every single person on the planet a cash sum that varies depending on which version of their collective claims you look at: either $10,000, $1 million or $10 million.

Oh, and as well as all of this financial largesse, they were also promising to ensure that we were all to be raised to a “5th dimension”.

Question: do the OPPT supply 5th dimensional credit cards?
And people are still falling for this rubbish.

But now we have a new twist to the Oa’s claims, one which makes use of the Johnaan’s success with their “god” Sananda as well as the Hathor’s Mary Magdalene as well as connecting Drake, The Dragon Family, the OPPT together with someone new. Remember, this is the Oa channeling this.
“Greetings! I am Lady Master Nada. I am the Consort of Lord Sananda. We have incarnated on Earth seven times together. Much of my work now is done at the Solar Tribunal on Saturn. This is a High Court. Instead of being a High Court in a Country it is the High Court for this Solar System. In The Hague, you have the International Criminal Court. The Solar Tribunal hears cases which have Intergalactic implications. These cases are judged on statutes written by Universal Law...

Sananda and I have incarnated on Earth before as Jesus and Mary Magdalene. We had a daughter Sarah. In that lifetime we were working with the Goodly Company to bring Ascension back to the 5th Dimension. The cabal was successful in squashing these efforts. We went back to the Ships to wait for another opportunity. That opportunity is now...

My lineage, my bloodline comes from Earth’s Solar Logos – Helios and Vesta. I have been incarnating on Earth and other Planets since millions of years. I have been Council at the Solar Tribunal for aeons of time...
My current role in helping Earth is as an Attorney who works jointly with Attorneys on Earth as well as at the Solar Tribunal. There are cases being heard all the time at the Solar Tribunal now which involve Earth as well as other Planets. I am not incarnate on Earth now. I have the ability to take on a human form at will and I travel unrestricted through space as needed...

The reason a case goes on to the Solar Tribunal is if the atrocity has effected the Space Time continuum. I have also been consulted in writing new laws which enable reciprocity and make it easier to arrest war criminals who try to hide in non-extraditable territories...

The Solar Tribunal is the high court for this Solar System. The Higher Tribunals are found in the Lighted Realms and they are similar to your Panel Judge system in Federal Court where a case can be decided by a three judge panel instead of one judge and jurors. I have held seats on Higher Councils...”
I have to say that I would be very interested in speaking with the human lawyers who liaise with the Solar Tribunal on Saturn:

How much do they charge an hour? Do they get extra expenses? Is the cost of a partly used Flying Saucer tax deductible? Do they get a space suit allowance? What’s the accommodation like on Saturn? Is the beer on Saturn better than Welsh bitter?

In addition, Lady Master Nada continues with:
“Part of the settlement written into the law is the reparations for the fraudulent banks in collusion with parts of the United States government like the Internal Revenue Service. These reparations must be paid to all Earth Citizens.

These will be paid to each individual and they will be hand delivered. It will take about 18 months for every Earth Citizen to receive their personal delivery. It is required that these be signed by the recipient as received. Disbursements will begin in the U.S., U.K., Canada and Australia and will quickly move to 180 Countries around the globe.

These will be delivered by a specially trained crew. Inside will be a debit card of sorts tied to an individual bank account held in your name. Each person will receive the same amount of money $10 million dollars. St. Germain (Sanaka Kumara) has obtained the gold to back these funds and it is stored in bank vaults all over the world. Each person will also receive exquisitely individual instructions which would be in their best interest to follow. These will vary greatly and will be tied to your progress and your responsibility in the New Earth. Those details will be revealed at Announcements by President Obama and the Forces of Light he works with. This is why there is so much resistance by the cabal to change things in the U.S. They are working a plan to get President Obama out of office in an attempt to stall the Announcements. Their Plan has been cancelled...”Has anybody on Earth noticed that President Obama was working with the “Forces of Light”? No, I thought not.

So we are all entitled to $10 million, it would appear although I am curious how the figure was worked out. But, we cannot have the $10 million unless we follow “exquisitely individual instructions” and that “these will be tied to your progress and your responsibility in the New Earth”.

So who exactly determines our individual progress and individual responsibility, I wonder?

Is this the first indication of the Velon’s true agenda – the making of a slave race? Does this amount to a threat that unless you follow their “exquisitely individual instructions” to the letter you will be evicted from the planet and if you are evicted from the planet no matter what “5th dimensional” place you end up in, it will not be the Earth, you will not be human and your $10 million dollars won’t be worth the computer it is stored in.

I also find the name “Lady Master Nada” interesting given that the word “nada” is Spanish for nothing. Seems to me that is what “she” is promising – nothing.

Oh, deary, deary me.

**The Mila**

The Mila began by working with the Oa on several groups of humans in Hawaii. They quickly seem to have separated from each other with the Oa taking on their “advanced beings” status. The Mila began to look at other more subtle ways of misleading and confusing humans. Virtually all of the other factions had decided on religion as their main line of attack, so the Mila began to think up strategies that used the other form of “religion” we have on Earth: science.

It is difficult to work out exactly how far the Mila have managed to influence scientific thinking over the years. Most scientists are used to working in regions of investigation where any kind of proof is ephemeral at best and certainly elusive. In these respects, science very closely resembles religious beliefs – no proofs, just a self-belief.

Over the years, I have read many, many scientific papers and scientist biographies. The one thing that is consistent within scientific literature is the number of scientists who have found that a new theory has occurred to them whilst they were asleep.

In other words, they have woken up one morning with a new complete theory in their heads that they feel compelled to publish. Very often, these new theories have been in subjects that they were not familiar with or, at least, not in their particular field of study. It has then taken them the rest of their careers to work out the scientific “proofs” necessary to make their theories work. Such theories are usually adopted into “mainstream” science very rapidly and then become the “accepted” theory which is usually put forwards, to the public, as “proof”.

That is how the Mila work in influencing scientific thinking. It is difficult to track down a specific example of Mila downloaded science as the vast majority of scientific theory and thinking is just plain wrong.

So let us look at two examples:

**Plate Tectonics and Continental Drift**

What this theory says is that the Earth’s continents float about on the surface of the magma core and have, in the distant past, formed massive “Super Continents” which have broken apart and drifted around for a bit on their own and then re-formed.

This breaking apart and re-forming supposedly occurring several times making up Super Continents with names such as Laurasia, Gondwana, Rodinia and Pangea. This Plate Tectonic theory is based on biologists finding various species of plants on different continents and so the geophysicists assumed that continents with similar plant species must have once been connected.

The fact that there are so many holes in this theory has not deterred scientists from sticking to it like glue, nor the fact that it was sufficiently disproved in the 1950’s to make it ridiculous.

But, if one looks at the shape of the continents, it does look as though they did all once fit together. Why?
Finally, in the 2004, a new theory was born which actually accords with the Akashic. Unfortunately, this new theory has largely been ignored.

This new theory is very simple, as is the real history of the Earth as it is recorded within the Akashic:
The Earth was originally approximately 60 per cent smaller than She is currently.As life has developed, the Earth has expanded as Her own consciousness expanded to work with all of the new life-forms She created and developed. And, at times, the Earth has contracted as She has decided on new forms of life that require the old to be swept away

Needless to say, Plate Tectonics and Continental Drift theory is still the predominant theory.

**Gravity**

I know that I covered this in a previous essay, but it is worth repeating because gravitational theory is the source of a major misunderstanding of how the Universe actually works; and that is not a good thing.

We all know the story of gravity: Sir Isaac Newton was sitting in his garden one day in the 17 Century when an apple fell on his head.

“Ouch, ‘tis gravity”, said Newton.
Well, that’s not exactly an accurate picture of how Newton theorised about gravity but it is how most school children like to think about it.

What Newton actually theorised was that the gravitational pull of any two objects is: “Proportional to the mass of each and varies inversely as the square of the distance between them.” In other words, all objects, including people, generate a gravitational pull on each other that reduces the further apart those objects or people are.

The Earth exerts a gravitational pull on the apple and, in return, the apple exerts a gravitational pull on the Earth. But, as the Earth has a far larger mass than the apple, the apple falls towards the Earth. In return, the apple also pulls the Earth towards it but only by an infinitesimal amount.

This theory of how gravity works, and what it is, has predominated science for four hundred years. Many scientists are now moving away from this concept of gravity and are beginning to realise that the Universe is not held together by gravity but by electro-magnetic forces. Many cosmologists now actually see these electro-magnetic forces as the 5th dimension – time being the 4th dimension.
Note:
this is not the 5th dimension that Velon controlled channeled messages have been trying to fool us into believing. The Velon version of the 5th dimension doesn’t exist anywhere or anywhen.

To understand why electro-magnetic forces are stronger than gravity, here’s an experiment you can try at home. For this experiment you will need a child’s magnet (it doesn’t matter if it is a bar magnet or a horseshoe magnet), a household nail and a flat surface. Place the nail on the flat surface and take the magnet into your hand. From a point directly above the nail, bring the hand holding the magnet slowly down towards the nail. When you are within 2 to 3 centimeters of the nail, it will suddenly leap from the surface and onto the magnet.

What this shows is that the magnetic force is powerful enough to lift the mass of the nail off the surface a few centimeters without touching it. It also shows that your child’s magnet is powerful enough to overcome the Earth’s gravitational pull on the nail. It is also worth noting that if you lift the nail off the surface with your hand, you can lift it easily. In comparison, it is far more difficult to lift the nail from the magnet.

Another example of why gravity does not exist is to do with the moon. Through accepted scientific theory, we know that the moon is held in its orbit by the Earth’s gravitational pull. In turn, the moon exerts a gravitational pull on the Earth resulting in variations in tidal patterns in the sea (most women are also affected by the moon’s cycles).

When NASA (North American Space Agency) was blasting astronauts into orbit above the Earth’s atmosphere, the astronauts entered a field of zero gravity. When the international space station was in orbit, the scientists claimed that they wanted to carry out experiments that could not be carried out on the Earth’s surface, as they needed to be carried out in zero gravity. If the moon was held in place by the Earth’s gravitational field, the astronauts would not be in zero gravity until they were in an orbit beyond the moon.

In other words, the moon is not held in place by gravity.

So what does hold the moon in its orbit around the Earth? How does the moon affect the tides? Or for that matter, what holds the Earth and the other planets of the solar system in orbit around the sun? Or the solar system in orbit around the galaxy? Or the galaxy in its place in the Universe?

Electro-magnetic energies. Or at least, that is the scientific name for the forces involved. Another name for electro-magnetic forces would be consciousness.

In recent years, many, many cosmologists have begun to think of the Universe as conscious. This new explanation has arisen from experiments in quantum physics where the way in which the experimenter thinks the experiment is going to turn out determines the actual result.

For the Universe to exist there must have been some kind of conscious thought that brought it into being. Not all cosmologists are happy with this concept as it brings it too close to religious beliefs in God. But many are and their numbers are growing.

So why does the adherence to Newton’s 400 year old theory of gravity persist?
Currently, the mainstream scientific view is that somewhere between 13 and 14 billion years ago there was a “Big Bang”. This Big Bang came out of nowhere, it was a spontaneous act derived from a single point in space (a “singularity”).

As this Big Bang expanded, it somehow generated all of the energy and all of the matter (solid material) that makes up our Universe. As the Big Bang continued to expand, the density of the matter began to form gravity and it is the gravitational pull of this matter that limits the size of our Universe – too much gravity and the Universe would have collapsed before it began; too little gravity and it would have continued to expand outwards indefinitely without forming the Universe – it had to be the exact amount of gravity at exactly the right time and exactly in the right place for the Universe to form – these coincidental problems can be easily overcome if it is realised that the Universe was planned by a “Creationery Source”.

But then scientists began to use telescopes and began to map the galaxies that are contained within our Universe. They realised that there were an insufficient number of galaxies, and other massive objects, in the Universe to satisfy the requirements of their gravitational model. So they sat down and came up with the idea of Cold Dark Matter (CDM). CDM cannot be seen nor can it be measured nor can it be weighed, it only theoretically exists in theoretical quantities. But even with their theorising, and the calculations they carried out to arrive at a collective mass for CDM, they could not find enough of it.

Then they came up with the idea of Cold Dark Energy (CDE). Again, CDE cannot be seen nor can it be measured nor can it be weighed, it only theoretically exists in theoretical quantities. In order for this “Double Dark” theory to work, there must be a fundamental particle that converts CDE into CDM. This particle was theorised by a Scottish scientist called Peter Higgs and has become known as the “Higgs boson (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Higgs_boson)” (there are also WIMPS – Weakly Interacting Mass Particles; and MACHOS – Massive Compact Halo Objects). What the Higgs boson is supposed to do is travel around the Universe and, when it happens to collide with some theoretical CDE it magically converts it to theoretical CDM generating an extra lump of theoretical mass. Trillions of dollars and have been spent on building larger and larger particle colliders, and millions per year in running costs, in an attempt to track down this theoretical particle that makes Big Bang and gravity theory work.

In 2012, there was a big fuss made that the Hadron Collider at Cern, on the Swiss French border, had finally tracked down a Higgs boson. Everyone cheered until the scientists at Cern realised that they didn’t have a Higgs boson at all: it was just yet another sub- atomic particle.

Many, many scientists believe that the Big Bang did not happen, that gravity does not exist and that the Higgs boson does not exist: Summing up all of these theoretical particles and interactions as DUNNOS – Dark Unknown Non-detectable Objects Some- where. A group of these scientists held a conference in New York in 2004 and made a press release (this press release was not widely published as the statement went against the prevailing view):
“Big Bang Theory relies on a growing number of...things we have never observed. Inflation, dark matter and dark energy are the most prominent. Without them there would be fatal contradictions between the observations...and the predictions... In no other field of physics would this continual recourse to new hypothetical objects be accepted...what’s more, the Big Bang Theory can boast of no qualitative predictions that have subsequently been validated by observation...”
So why does the Big Bang theory and the theory of gravity persist?

Here’s a clue:

One of the chief proponents of Big Bang and Double Dark theory is Dr Joel Primack. In 2008, he and a colleague, Dr Nancy Adams, undertook a world tour giving lectures at institutes in a number of countries. In these lectures, Drs Primack and Adams proposed an interesting suggestion.

Their lectures begin with a very inaccurate story of the beliefs of ancient Egyptians. Essentially they claimed that the ancient Egyptians had religious beliefs based on their understanding of cosmology – the stars they could see in the heavens. The Primack version of the Egyptian belief structures maintained that as long as the people continued to believe in the gods of the cosmos and how they held up the heavens, the skies and stars would stay in their place. If the people stopped believing in their gods of the cosmos, the sky would fall and crush everyone to death.

Virtually none of that is true but Primack and Adams used it as a prelude to their proposals that modern man should bring about a new religion, using the ancient Egyptian as a model, where the central tenets of this cosmology and anthropology-based religion should be based on the Big Bang theory and Double Dark theory; presumably with cosmologists like Primack and Adams as its “high priests”.

During the presentation of the three lectures that I have seen, they blatantly use symbolism connected to Freemasonry. They further go on to propose that this new cosmologically-based religion form a fundamental part of “the New World Order”.

Horror is the best word I can think of to describe my reaction to Primack and Adams’ lectures. But, guess what? That’s right, the Double Dark, gravity based theory of the Universe is still the only theory scientists accept and promote.

The Mila have done their job well it appears.

**Conclusion**

So what it comes down to in the end is that we have been made to believe that there are a host of “beings” out there who’s only purpose in life is to help humans to leave the planet by ascending to a “5th dimension” leaving the Earth free for them to inhabit. That, in itself, sounds like the script for a bad sci-fi movie.

And maybe that is what people want – some kind of fantasy story that they can believe in, for a while, but then, with a click of the remote control, return to their normal lives.

Except, of course, that their “normal” lives are far from being normal any longer.
Then, of course, there are the web sites that accompany these channeled messages. Where does the funding come from?

Many of these sites are very sophisticated with full colour animated computer graphics, lavish illustrations and painted images.

The likes of Sananda, St Germain and Melchizedek are always depicted as “heroic” figures with long flowing hair and wearing elaborate robes of fine fabrics with some kind of “Magical” symbol incorporated either on their robes or in the air above them.

When it comes to the female “gods”, they are usually depicted a little differently in that they are usually depicted as tall and voluptuous and, usually, naked.

You would have thought it was a little too cold in space to get away with no clothes! Or is this form of depiction the same as the Velon messages – just fantasy?

Of course they are.

These fantasy (channeled) messages have, of course, changed over the years that they have been transmitted.

From the Annunaki claiming that they are our “creator gods” to claiming to be religious characters from virtually every period of our history to claiming to be a myriad of races from a myriad of different planetary origins to claiming to be the ones who will sort out all of our legal and financial problems on Earth. The only consistency is that they all want to “Ascend” us to the 5th dimension and off the planet.

These are the claims they have been making for many years now and yet whatever actions they have promised or whatever promises they have made towards humans, not one single action has ever materialised. Not one single promise has ever been kept.

SO WHY DO PEOPLE CONTINUE TO FALL FOR THIS OBVIOUS ATTEMPT TO MISLEASD US?
Buggered if I know.

Maybe the off button on the remote control does not work and people prefer to live in this world of fantasy. Maybe people prefer to ignore reality in the hope that it will go away or maybe people just want to believe in anything that means they do not have to sort out their lives and undergo soul re- integration?

Whatever the reason, time is becoming short for people to become all that they can be, all that they once were.

The Velon came here with one purpose – the total control of the Earth.

In order to achieve this they needed to remove humans. This they hoped to achieve by promising that they would ascend everyone to the 5th dimension. Nobody knows where this magical 5th dimension is as the Velon never specified where or what they were promising. But this was only up until the 21st of December 2012 – the date on which humans could have, and should have, made their transitions to a full soul state.

But humans failed in their promise and the main reason why they failed was because so many people had fallen for the Velon lies. Since the 21st of December 2012, the Velon message has changed. They realised that their propaganda had worked – people were not prepared, or even cared enough, about soul re-integration to make any kind of effort to take responsibility for themselves let alone any kind of responsibility towards the Earth.

So the Velon changed their approach. Instead of offering an easy “ascension”, they are now offering to solve all of the world’s problems for us – removing banks and removing governments. Notice that there are no promises of stopping wars.

The Velon are now working with the ultimate “Hegelian Dialectic” – create a situation where everyone is bankrupt or even homeless brought about by the Velon/ Illuminati control of governments and banks. Then, once everyone on the planet is in a state of panic, promise to pay everyone 10 million dollars. So the financial crisis is engineered by organisations controlled by the Velon. Then the Velon promise to destroy these organisations and pay everyone a lot of money.

In the meantime, everyone forgets about soul re-integration and the Earth because basic human greed and gullibility comes into play and the Velon have won the second round. And humans are even further away from gaining their full potential.

The Velon’s second stated aim was to remove, or to destroy, all living things from the planet. This they are achieving with the wide-spread use of GMO’s – the “terminator gene” is a part of every genetically modified plant. This terminator gene is spread far and wide by bees transferring pollen from plant to plant and, as we found out in the summer of 2013 (with American wheat), the bacteria that transfer the genes remain active in the soil for at least 7 years. Meaning that any and all crops planted in that contaminated soil will be genetically modified, including the terminator gene.

Genetically modified plants do not work – they were never intended to. All that these plants were ever intended to do was to destroy all of the plants that exist on the Earth. Destroy the plants and you not only destroy animals but also humans.

The other reason for attempting to genetically modify plants is that it is a stepping-stone towards the real Velon agenda.

Remember what the Annunaki claimed:

They are our creator gods. What better way to prove that they created us in the first place than to build a new human – one that could replace every human on Earth?

Only this time, these new humans would be genetically modified to “know” absolutely that they were created by the Velon as a race to be their slaves.
As well as being genetically modified to be “superior” to us “normal” humans – the American military’s “Super Soldier” programme is already proving that. Except, the “New Super Humans” will also be programmed to destroy all other forms of humanity.

The Velon-generated “Matrix” seems to have taken over all of the people who have not raised their energy frequencies sufficiently to allow them to continue living on this Earth. And that is a tragedy of Universal significance.

But it is not as though we do not have help. All of the Universe wants humans to succeed in our chosen plans. The Human Plan is very simple:
When we first arrived on this wonderful Earth, we had the whole of the soul contained within the physical body – there were no higher self/physical self divisions. Because of problems of energy frequencies, we had to step back, to become less than we were in order to learn our way back to being true Human Beings once again.In order to achieve our goal, we set ourselves a time limit and that time limit ran out on the 29th of October 2011. The year between the end of 2011 and the 21st of December 2012 was intended to be a time of consolidation before we all made our final transition to a full soul state together.

Into this period of transition stepped the Velon and they promised to make our transition easy but only if we voluntarily agreed to leave the Earth behind. On a subconscious level, every single one of us knew what we had to do and yet so many people chickened out of their responsibilities – particularly those who considered themselves “New Age or “Enlightened”.

The Earth has done everything She can to help us.
The other races of the Universe have done everything they can to help us.
The Universe has done everything It can to help us.
And yet we failed.

It is human choice that determines what happens, both individually and collectively. The Earth cannot step in and save us. The other races cannot step in and save us. The Universe cannot step and save us. We need to do this for ourselves.

But...

All is not lost. There is still time, even if it is the “thirteenth hour”.

What we need to do is to reject the Velon and all of their schemes and promises and look to ourselves. All that we really need to do is to clear out our emotional debris, to clear our lives of its emotional clutter. Once we have done that, individually, we can take advantage of the new energy patterns that have been kept at their peak since the 21st of December 2012 by the Earth, the other races and by the Universe.

Everything is in place, all we need to do is to take advantage of all of the positive energy that is freely available to us and we will become so much more than anything the Velon, and all of their factions, have ever promised. We can all join the three million people who have already undergone soul re-integration and the many millions more who are ready to make that shift in consciousness.
No more wars. No more need of money. No more need for illness.

Time is now very short for us to catch up because if we do not catch up, the Earth will be lost to us in anyway as those who do not take that small amount of personal responsibility in clearing out their emotional debris will not be able to remain. We will become Human Beings once again and live out our extended lifetimes enjoying the abundance that the Earth has provided for us.

Is that such a difficult task when we stand to gain so much?

SOURCE (http://www.thespiritguides.co.uk/Article.aspx?a=12254&P=38)


posted by turiya :cool:

Delight
2nd October 2013, 04:39
The October date mentioned is that which Carl Calleman stated was the end of the Mayan calender and entrance to a "no time" period. Ian Lungold who passed a way a few years ago was an expert on the calender. He explained the meaning of the 9 steps of the pyramid that reflected change in states of consciousness leading to the 7th day of the Galactic cycle.


The collective consciousness of all those that are transformed (a totally new stage in the evolution of man) create a "new heaven and a new earth" as spoken of by John in his Book of Revelation.

The last day of the last cycle period is October 28, 2011. The calendar does not imply or suggest what happens after this time nor does the Scriptures, except that there will be a period of 1000 years of peace (that surpasses all understanding) and then 34,000 years of the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham.http://www.wise-technology.com/AAA-Corrected-vr-Mayan-Calendar.html

I am curious, isn't this the POINT and since time does not exist, really, I expect that we are each completing the clearing on time!



The Velon generated “Matrix” seems to have
taken over all of the people who have not
raised their energy frequencies sufficiently to
allow them to continue living on this Earth.
And that is a tragedy of Universal
significance.

But it is not as though we do not have help.
All of the Universe wants humans to succeed
in our chosen plans.
The Human Plan is very simple:
When we first arrived on this wonderful
Earth, we had the whole of the soul
contained within the physical body
–there were no higher self/physical self divisions.
Because of problems of energy frequencies,
we had to step back, to become less than we
were in order to learn our way back to being
true Human Beings once again.
In order to achieve our goal, we set ours
elves
a time limit and that time limit ran out on the 29thnof October 2011. The year between the
end of 2011 and the 21stof December 2012 was intended to be a time of consolidation
before we all made our final transition to a full soul state together.
Into this period of transition stepped the Velon
and they promised to make our transition easy but only if we voluntarily
agreed to leave the Earth behind.
On a subconscious level, every single one of
us knew what we had to do and yet so many people chickened
out of their responsibilities –particularly those who considered
themselves “New Age or “Enlightened”.
The Earth has done everything She can to help us.
The other races of the Universe have done everything they can to help us.
The Universe has done every thing It can to
help us And yet we failed. It is human choice that determines what
happens, both individually and collectively.
The Earth cannot step in and save us. The other races cannot step in and save us. The
Universe cannot step and save us. We need to do this for ourselves.
But All is not lost.
There is still time, even if it is the “thirteenth hour”.
What we need to do is to reject the Velon and
all of their schemes and promises and look to ourselves.
All that we really need to do is to clear out
our emotional debris, to clear our lives of its emotional clutter.
Once we have done that, individually, we can take advantage of the new energy patterns
that have been kept at their peak since the 21st of December 2012 by the Earth, the
other races and by the Universe. Everything is in place, all we need to do is to
take advantage of all of the positive energy that is freely available to us
and we will become so much more than anything the Velon, and all of their factions,
have ever promised.
We can all join the three million people who have already undergone soul re-integration
and the many millions more who are ready to make that shift in consciousness.
No more wars. No more need of money. No more need for illness.
Time is now very short for us to catch up
because if we do not catch up, the Earth will be lost to us in anyway as those who do not
take that small amount of personal responsibility in clearing out their emotional
debris will not be able to remain.
We will become Human Beings once again and live out our extended lifetimes enjoying
the abundance that the Earth has provided for us. Is that such a difficult task when we stand to
gain so much?

http://api.ning.com/files/wFzHvoj3NXn2cfhjkCwBN90Gf7PqR5acOUj41oQkHnSWCMDMeR EkkoDhFJW6GkGIplXtvGx72pz4vThXLSOX8gvVofGhpfyM/InterGalacticWar.pdf

golden lady
2nd October 2013, 12:25
Many thanks Turiya for continuing to update us with latest from Chris.
I noticed your two recent questions regarding Andrew Bartzis. I'm currently working my way through those vids so I' ll be very interested to learn what Chris thinks. I hope you will share his response here.
Love and peace to you

turiya
2nd October 2013, 14:29
Many thanks Turiya for continuing to update us with latest from Chris.
I noticed your two recent questions regarding Andrew Bartzis. I'm currently working my way through those vids so I' ll be very interested to learn what Chris thinks. I hope you will share his response here.
Love and peace to you

Hi golden Lady

Yes, I have gone through the Andrew Bartzis video interview series with Lance White, and have noted a few points that show a contrast between what Chris Thomas has said & what Andrew Bartzis has said.

Namely:
(1) Bartzis, (in Galactic History -- Part2 @ 10m11s (www.youtube.com/watch?v=zK4eFId7f-o#t=10m11s)), says that Zecharia Sitchin's work is "extremely accurate" regarding what is told about the Annunaki, Nibiru, etc., while Chris Thomas has said that it is a completely fabricated story (by the Annunaki), for the purpose of confusing human beings on their true history, as part of the agenda (means) to try take over this planet & claim it for themselves.Within that answer that Andrew Bartzis gave to Lance, he claims that the Annunaki are as much a victim of the situation as we are - saying that they were lured here by yet another entity, finding themselves stuck here. (....mmmm.... those poor Annunaki).

Chris Thomas, on the other hand, says that they are quite the manipulative species, especially with their use of psychic channeling of messages to a gullible human species in order to effect the free choices made by the human population, directed especially towards those in positions of political & economic power. This is a violation of the premise by which this particular universe is based (freedom of choice). Hence, the reason why the Annunaki have been supposedly kicked out of our Solar System - yet not far enough away to still attempt to manipulate the human population by psychic means.

So, to me, there is a question as to whether Andrew Bartzis is (knowingly or unknowingly) being psychically manipulated (by Velon) to keep humans dazed & confused about the true history of humanity. And thus, keeping us distracted from doing the most important work of clearing out our emotional baggage as a prerequisite to the process of whole soul reintegration.
(2) Now, this second point comes from an (2013/06/02/) interview that Bartzis had with Chris Hales (http://www.blogtalkradio.com/walking-in-energy/2013/06/02/walking-in-energy), where Andrew Bartzis states his support of the OPPT (www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/ANDREW_BARTZIS/WALKING_IN_ENERGY_06022013_Excerpt_Andrew_Bartzis_ and_OPPT.mp3).

There are other contrasting differences, but these two are the major differences that I have come across thus far. I have written a note to Chris Thomas in the comment section from where I retrieved the above article from, asking him for a comment on Andrew Bartzis, who calls himself a Galactic Historian. I am hoping that he will receive a reply from that request message, but, unfortunately, I don't have an email address to connect with him directly.

Will see how it goes.

_____________________LATE EDIT_____________________

Will attempt to create a list of the differences between Chris Thomas & Andrew Bartzis in near future:

turiya :cool:

golden lady
2nd October 2013, 16:17
Turiya
Just listening to part 3 but noticed the following in part 1.

At around 4 min 35 seconds Andrew talks about when he got his first download from the Akashic and how he had help from the guides from Hollow Earth. Which is contrary to Chris Thomas who states there is no such thing, another Velon deception!!

turiya
2nd October 2013, 16:49
Yeah, thanks golden lady, that was something else I noticed but totally forgot about it when I last wrote to you.
When I was first listening to part 1 of that video series, my intuition told me it was misinformation meant for distraction. Sometimes I doubt my gut feeling, so went looking for the other interviews that he has put out. And, yesterday, when I found this latest Chris Thomas article, I was moved to try to contact him. If anything, just to see if my intuition was correct.

Hopefully, Chris will respond with his take on Andrew.

Thanks again, golden lady.
In the meantime, I'll be checking more into Andrew Bartzis in between doing my own homework on myself per Chris Thomas.

Cheers - turiya :cool:

Herbert
2nd October 2013, 20:26
Turiya
Just listening to part 3 but noticed the following in part 1.

At around 4 min 35 seconds Andrew talks about when he got his first download from the Akashic and how he had help from the guides from Hollow Earth. Which is contrary to Chris Thomas who states there is no such thing, another Velon deception!!


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WvOvXgf63Is

At 31:50 into the interview with Helane Lipton on Aug. 3 2013

Bartzis says: "The Earth is not physically hollow. In between every atom is an infinite amount of space and when you begin to understand that energy does not need to have mass or volume, you can have an unlimited amount of space between every atom.

Therefore there is a hollow earth but it is not physically hollow." [I think perhaps Chris Thomas would say this is where the Sidhe faery folk - that Earth created - live]

"So there is an unlimited amount of space down there and their technology is able to create realities within realities."

golden lady
2nd October 2013, 22:01
Hi Herbert,
That sounds more likely.
Will listen to the above, thanks for the link.

Herbert
3rd October 2013, 19:20
Turiya asked me to ask Chris Thomas for his take on Andrew Bartzis. This is his reply:

You are the first person to ask me about Andrew Bartzis - I've never heard of him before.


I did take a quick look on the net and was particularly unimpressed both with him, as a person (too much ego and glitz) and as a channel.
I was surprised that he didn't claim to be Sananda as well seeing as everyone else seems to these days.
For some years now, the Velon have been claiming that they have sole access to an akashic that is "higher" than the actual Akashic and only they have access to this higher one.
It is just rubbish. Virtually everything Bartzis claims is wrong and just intended to mislead people back into the clutches of the Velon/Galactic Federation/ OPPT/Drake/Dragon Family/Sananda.


There is only one way of dealing with this kind of material and that is to ask yourself:
"Is this something I can believe is true?"
If yes then best of luck to you.
If no then you need to find something you feel is true.


I can only say what I have said in my books, essays and articles. Many people have said that my work strikes true to them whilst the "other akashic" claims just feel wrong.


Best wishes
Chris

Now that we know Chris' view from an initial brief look at Bartzis, I am very much interested in everyone here who has reached reasonable grounded balance through doing their inner work through give aways, and any other means you've found to help - How do you feel about the fine print contract revocations?

Did you try a few out loud and find them empowering?

Did making those statements make you feel good?

Did they change or make your dreams more memorable?

Did you feel a change inwardly?

I should print out a transcript from his Revolution Radio interview. there is a lot in it.
Shattering the matrix July, 2013


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CHJJNc_lhwc

I have not made my mind up entirely after trying some of his revocations. I'm still open after picking out a list of things he says which put up flags.

But please do share your own perspective.

turiya
4th October 2013, 00:59
Thank you, Herbert.

I was just now going through another Chris Hales / Andrew Bartzis interview (May 26 2013) (http://www.blogtalkradio.com/walking-in-energy/2013/05/26/walking-in-energy), while making a list of the terms Andrew was throwing out there, and rather quickly it was becoming quite a rather large list of terms - approaching what could be said to be, literally - 'a bit overwhelming', to say the least. My sense was telling me that it was (again) a huge distraction, and far more complicated than what this true reality needed to be. So I did a bit of dowsing on what I was listening to... I like calling it asking "my oracle"... So I asked 'my oracle' several sets of questions: if this information was true... whether what I was listening to was it false information, or was it just... imagination.

And then, at that moment, something came back to me... something that I remember reading a short while ago came to mind... and this was a quote regarding imagination. It goes something like this:
"Imagination is a powerful faculty, the most powerful. Reason is just impotent in comparison to imagination.

All that happens, happens through imagination; nothing happens through reason. First it happens through imagination; then reason comes in and figures it out, that’s okay. Reason comes only secondary: it gives explanations, analysis, makes things clear, de-mystifies things, but nothing ever happens through reason.

Just the other day I was reading about Albert Einstein. He says that his theory of relativity didn't happen through reason. He relates a very strange phenomenon. He says, 'it happened in my body... It was kinesthetic.' he says, 'obviously, naturally, I was very much puzzled.' He could not figure out what was happening. It was something of a bodily sensation and he could not even find where to put it, how to pigeon-hole it, into what category, and what concepts to use for it.

For months he remained dismayed, but he continued to search and seek to put it into rational terms. But this is very strange; he says, 'it happened first in my body, a bodily sensation, and then for months i had to find words and language and mathematical formulas to put it in order.'

All that happens is intuitive. It is your power....

That imagination will create many troubles for you because the imagination is there, the power is there, but if you are not yet in a state of meditation, if you have not, as of yet, experienced meditation, imagination can become very destructive if there is no meditative quality around it; then it can go berserk.

The same imagination can become madness. Madness is imagination gone berserk, that's all. Mad people are very imaginative people: they could have been great poets or painters or inventors or mystics. Many mad people have the qualities of the mystics, and all the mystics have the qualities of mad people; it is the same imagination.

Imagination alone is dangerous. Imagination plus meditation, then you are in a right balance. Then the meditation will never allow you to go beyond the limit..."

SOURCE: Far Beyond the Stars, Chapter 16
That is not to say Andrew Bartzis is possibly mad, insane, or just somebody with an overly active imagination... its just something that I found on the internet & remember reading. And, it just gives me pause in considering what I have heard at one time come from George Kavassilas, and, more recently, what I hear coming from Andrew Bartzis.



turiya :cool:

turiya
7th October 2013, 15:03
Turiya
Just listening to part 3 but noticed the following in part 1.

At around 4 min 35 seconds Andrew talks about when he got his first download from the Akashic and how he had help from the guides from Hollow Earth. Which is contrary to Chris Thomas who states there is no such thing, another Velon deception!!

I have been more carefully going through the Andrew Bartzis interviews & I am finding some peculiar points that are showing major differences between what he has stated & that of which Chris Thomas has stated.

This one I thought was a major find... as its almost that Andrew lets it start to slip out, but then catches himself in mid sentence. In the point he is making, he lets it be known that he has connected (channeled) the entity/society known as the Ashtar Command. I don't think there is any other way to connect with the Ashtar Command, except through channeling methods. Andrew says this at the 11min:52sec of the youtube video...


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/turiya_file/GALACTIC_HISTORY_PART5_ASHTAR_COMMAND.png (http://www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/ANDREW_BARTZIS/GALACTIC_HISTORY_PART5_excerpt_I_FUNCTION_W_MANY_S OCIETIES_OF_HollowEe.mp3)

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/ANDREW_BARTZIS/GALACTIC_HISTORY_PART5_excerpt_I_FUNCTION_W_MANY_S OCIETIES_OF_HollowEe.mp3

Source Video: http://youtu.be/wXZWmI30y-M (www.youtube.com/watch?v=wXZWmI30y-M#t=11m52s)

Chris Thomas has made it obviously clear, in his writings, and even with the very first video interview (Bases 8 part2 @ 34min:29sec (www.youtube.com/watch?v=m-RSwTihJQ0#t=34m29s)) with AMMACH (Miles Johnson) that the Ashtar Command provides channeled propaganda by way of a Velon/Annunaki/Hathor entity.

The Ashtar Command is very much tied into what are the so-called Ascended Masters (http://api.ning.com/files/5RZP37jVNYM1FHEf*Cj5mmNsSD1Cp711u-NL8vEHeu15hX0tkNsa3k7SbPsfYS2M2Vr4EL2FhUL*iw1KGGsN Drg-vrVkz97n/securedownload.jpg).


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/ANDREW_BARTZIS/ASHTAR_COMMAND_ASCENDED_MASTERS_The_9_Star_Group.p ng

IMAGE SOURCE:
http://api.ning.com/files/5RZP37jVNYM1FHEf*Cj5mmNsSD1Cp711u-NL8vEHeu15hX0tkNsa3k7SbPsfYS2M2Vr4EL2FhUL*iw1KGGsN Drg-vrVkz97n/securedownload.jpg
Website Source (http://demystifying2012.org/?page_id=26)

turiya :cool:

turiya
9th October 2013, 11:31
Turiya asked me to ask Chris Thomas for his take on Andrew Bartzis. This is his reply:

You are the first person to ask me about Andrew Bartzis - I've never heard of him before.

I did take a quick look on the net and was particularly unimpressed both with him, as a person (too much ego and glitz) and as a channel.
I was surprised that he didn't claim to be Sananda as well seeing as everyone else seems to these days.
For some years now, the Velon have been claiming that they have sole access to an akashic that is "higher" than the actual Akashic and only they have access to this higher one.
It is just rubbish. Virtually everything Bartzis claims is wrong and just intended to mislead people back into the clutches of the Velon/Galactic Federation/ OPPT/Drake/Dragon Family/Sananda.

There is only one way of dealing with this kind of material and that is to ask yourself:
"Is this something I can believe is true?"
If yes then best of luck to you.
If no then you need to find something you feel is true.

I can only say what I have said in my books, essays and articles. Many people have said that my work strikes true to them whilst the "other akashic" claims just feel wrong.


Best wishes
Chris

Now that we know Chris' view from an initial brief look at Bartzis, I am very much interested in everyone here who has reached reasonable grounded balance through doing their inner work through give aways, and any other means you've found to help - How do you feel about the fine print contract revocations?
I should print out a transcript from his Revolution Radio interview. there is a lot in it.
Shattering the matrix July, 2013

Source: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CHJJNc_lhwc

I have not made my mind up entirely after trying some of his revocations. I'm still open after picking out a list of things he says which put up flags.

But please do share your own perspective.

Hey Herbert, I was thinking that since it was found that Andrew Bartzis is affiliated with the Ashtar Command, perhaps you should send Chris Thomas back an email, telling him that he's been found to be spot on with his remarks concerning Bartzis... just to give him some feedback.. its, of course, entirely up to you.

turiya :cool:

Gardener
9th October 2013, 12:04
Turiya, thank you for following up on this Bartiz v Chris Thomas, I did start to listen to one of Bartez 'talks' and I couldn't listen for long. I place quite a bit of trust in first impressions, very early ones (if I can catch them) and in this instance there was clear and present energy interference within me. Part of the delivery technique is his very fast and furious speach which can have many tricks and traps embedded in it. He is a no go for me, and would go so far as to say it might be best not to listen to too much from him, the energy signature is not good.

turiya
9th October 2013, 12:21
Turiya, thank you for following up on this Bartiz v Chris Thomas, I did start to listen to one of Bartez 'talks' and I couldn't listen for long. I place quite a bit of trust in first impressions, very early ones (if I can catch them) and in this instance there was clear and present energy interference within me. Part of the delivery technique is his very fast and furious speach which can have many tricks and traps embedded in it. He is a no go for me, and would go so far as to say it might be best not to listen to too much from him, the energy signature is not good.

Thanks Gardener for this feedback. Funny... This reminds me of a recent discussion I had with another member who told me their partner also could not stand the sound of Andrew's voice. This was the exact same first impression that hit me when I first listened to one of the beginning interviews that he had with Chris Hales... (this was before the recent Lance White/Galactic History interview series.) Extremely irritating, I could not stand the sound of his voice. And had to stop listening.

My instinct tells me, with the support of your (& others) feedback, that this is one of the signs that is revealing to us that our psychic abilities are starting to wake up... (i.e. whole soul reintegration in progress) the sensitivity to the words that are being uttered from out of the mouths of others. It may be time to pull out & dust off that old copy of Childhood's End by Arthur C. Clark.

Welcome to the Resistance :cool:

turiya

Delight
9th October 2013, 14:31
Turiya, thank you for following up on this Bartiz v Chris Thomas, I did start to listen to one of Bartez 'talks' and I couldn't listen for long. I place quite a bit of trust in first impressions, very early ones (if I can catch them) and in this instance there was clear and present energy interference within me. Part of the delivery technique is his very fast and furious speach which can have many tricks and traps embedded in it. He is a no go for me, and would go so far as to say it might be best not to listen to too much from him, the energy signature is not good.

Thanks Gardener for this feedback. Funny... This reminds me of a recent discussion I had with another member who told me their partner also could not stand the sound of Andrew's voice. This was the exact same first impression that hit me when I first listened to one of the beginning interviews that he had with Chris Hales... (this was before the recent Lance White/Galactic History interview series.) Extremely irritating, I could not stand the sound of his voice. And had to stop listening.

My instinct tells me, with the support of your (& another's) feedback, that this is one of the signs that is revealing to us that our psychic abilities are starting to wake up... (whole soul reintegration in progress) the sensitivity to the words that are being uttered from out of the mouths of others. It may be time to pull out that old copy of Childhood's End by Arthur C. Clark.

Welcome to the Resistance :cool:

turiya

I am glad you and Gardner brought this up...I have noticed that I can immediately tell from what seems like a wall...like a static wall of interference when a message is off for me. I have difficulty hearing and its thick and garbled. It also happens that I can't make sense of the words when written though it isn't difficult for me to read (in English hehe)

I tried to listen to Bartzis before and couldn't continue. He seems muddy. I don't like his "looks" and contrasted, Chris Thomas is different even though he gets wordy and has an accent (to my American ears). I am also considering this as more discernmenet in understanding my relevant info frequency.

This is my biased source meter. As I have been listening to alot of people in the last few years, almost everyone I couldn't hear was not reliable.

George Kavassilas has gone trough the experience of getting hooked and passing on messages that were disinfo. He is always willing to admit when he "got things wrong". I think we could all be fooled by our own emotional mind field. It's back to clearing clearing and did I say clearing our own bias.

turiya
10th October 2013, 02:40
Here are some of the main differences between Chris Thomas & Andrew Bartzis. These are only some of the differences. Will be attempting to adding more as the time allows.


The Akashic
Chris Thomas vs Andrew Bartzis

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/ANDREW_BARTZIS/Thomas_vs_Bartzis_w_GRAY_BACKGROUND_Pattern.png


cheers - turiya :cool:

golden lady
10th October 2013, 08:59
Good work Turiya,
I've been doing the same sort of comparisons. Also looking at forum member corvo's work with extra dimensional beings.

turiya
13th October 2013, 16:56
It seems this article belongs on this thread...



Why I Am No Longer a Light Worker (http://www.ascensionhelp.com/blog/2013/08/23/why-i-am-no-longer-a-light-worker/)
By Cameron Day, on August 23rd, 2013

No, I haven’t turned to the dark-side, but rather I am transcending sides. This article is probably the most important piece I have written to date, and in order to convey the full message, a bit of back-story is necessary. Hang in there with me, and by the end you will understand why I will never call myself a “lightworker” again.

Planet Earth and much of our corner of the universe has been under a spell for a very long time, a spell which casts doubt within our minds about whether or not we are connected with the Infinite Source of all creation. The spell causes us to feel alone, vulnerable and isolated – cast out from the Heavenly Realms into a cruel, dog-eat-dog world. This spell is pure fiction, a deception of the highest order, but it has taken hold deeply on this and other worlds.


http://c300221.r21.cf1.rackcdn.com/lightworker-alex-grey-1353571745_b.jpg

Intrinsic within this holographic spell is the notion that duality and polarity are natural aspects of life, and that we must serve one side of duality or the other. This elegantly simple binary imprint has become so prominent that we have lost sight of the larger holographic spell that spawned it. Indeed, we have lost sight of the hologram all together, and come to believe that it is the sum total of reality.

Humans have been conditioned to worship the holographic deception and the agents that perpetuate it. This hologram has been called Maya by the Hindus, and the Gnostics referred to it as the Corrupt Demiurge. I find this term a highly accurate description, and from the point forward I will refer to it as the corrupt demiurge.

Dark vs (False) Light – Duality of the Demiurge

In order to capture and control the widest possible spectrum of souls, the corrupt demiurge split its agents into two seemingly opposing teams: Dark vs (false) Light.

Not everyone can be a saint, so there must be room for sinners within the demiurge, as long as everyone involved is under its spell. What matters most to the demiurge is that we worship it or one of its agents, regardless if they are on the light team or the dark team.

There are many names of the players within this cosmic, multi-dimensional drama that you will have no doubt heard of such as: Lucifer, Jehova, Beelzebub, Arch Angel Michael, Satan (different dude than Lucifer), Ashtar, dozens of Arch(on) angels, supposedly ascended “masters” and various other channeled entities.

While some of these beings play for team dark, and some play for team (false) light, they are ALL ultimately playing for the corrupt demiurge that controls them. This, in essence, is the big secret of the archons: They are not just the “evil, demonic beings” but also those who pretend to be angels and ascended masters..

What is the Point of All This Control?

The corrupt demiurge is an entropic system of artificially-induced separation consciousness that is slowly dying, and it depends on harvesting the energy from the souls incarnated within its system in order to preserve its existence. In order to harvest the largest amount of soul energy possible, it created the dark-light duality paradigm to ensure that every being incarnated on a world that is under its spell would serve as a “soul battery” to help keep the demiurge energized. The “good” souls would seek out the (false) light team, and the “bad” souls would seek out the dark team, but unknown to most of those souls, they are all serving the same system.

In order to keep the duality game interesting for its participants, the demiurge set up densities of existence that “initiates” on the dark and light paths could ascend through. This gives the beings moving through these densities a feeling of accomplishment, when in fact they are navigating through a labyrinth of demiurgic illusion. The players at the higher levels of the hierarchies know that they are in a self-serving system, but they are fine with the deal, because they get to wield power and receive the energy of worship from beings further down the ladder.

What About the “Spiritual Hierarchy?”

Most channeled beings will claim to be affiliated with the (false) light-based “Spiritual Hierarchy” which includes “arch angels,” “ascended masters” and “positive ETs.” These channeled messages are a dime-a-thousand, and more keep pouring out every day. The dirty little secret is that these beings are beholden to the corrupt demiurge, and are waging a psychological battle on people that don’t want to be associated with any formal religious structure.

In other words, the “new age” is a multidmeinsional psychological operation designed to channel the soul energy of the “believers” of these teachings up to the “ascended” teachers.


http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_LPtDDWVd1is/STwYvb3Dt8I/AAAAAAAAARs/sZK0gV9_8oY/s400/Paradiso_Canto_31.jpg

Another one of their secrets is that most of the so-called “ascended masters” in their “hierarchy” never had a human incarnation. These are incredibly deceptive beings that are playing a game in order to garner the energy of worship. In the real universe of non-deception, nobody would worship them, but in the illusory “sub-universe” of the corrupt demiurge, they are able to trick good-hearted people into pouring energies of love, devotion and praise into them.

As for the “arch(on) angels” they are in more or less the same category. They are not aligned with the Infinite Source of all creation, but rather they serve a lesser being posing as the creator: the corrupt demiurge. Therefore they are not what I would call angels at all.

In honor of the truly deceptive nature of these beings, I have given them a new, more accurate title: The Spiritual Liar-archy. :)

The Dark Side Makes the False Light Look Good

The two teams have to play their parts convincingly, and the dark team has really embraced their role as villainous scum ready to kill, rape, torture and do any sort of depraved thing that they can get away with.

The dark side is designed to be incredibly repugnant so that the majority of “good souls” will run to the other end of polarity, right into the “loving” embrace of one of the false light’s patriarchal religions, or to their new age religion with its legion of channels and “masters.”


http://www.ascensionhelp.com/images/angeldemon2.jpg

Earth has been a difficult planet for the corrupt demiurge to fully control. Human beings were once very aware of their connection to Infinite Source and all of life, and that awareness has been maintained by spiritual individuals throughout the entire reign of darkness on this planet. Because this awareness could not be “beaten out of us” by the dark forces, a plan was formed to co-opt the spiritual nature of human beings.

First, patriarchal religions were formed and imposed on as many people of the world as possible. Anyone who didn’t adhere to one of the major religions was an outcast for much of history, until the last century when the “Theosophist movement” was born, which set the foundation for the “new age movement” to emerge in the 50s, 60s and 70s. The new age movement has continued to gain momentum as it has attracted many of the people who turned away from the hypocrisy of patriarchal religion.

The corrupt demiurge seems to have an “easy answer” for any of the inner turmoil that humans experience. If religion doesn’t serve to appease an individual, then the new age will do just fine. It’s all the same to the demiurge, as long as we “pick a side” that it controls. This is why we need to transcend sides all together.

Channelers Are Being Deceived

I wrote an article back in 2011 about some of the problems with channeled messages, which you can find here (http://www.ascensionhelp.com/blog/2011/09/22/discernment-lessons-channels/) for more background information. If religion can be said to be “the opiate of the masses” then channeled messages would be the “HOPIUM of the disgruntled minority.” Every channeled message that comes from the spiritual liar-archy is essentially the same when you strip away the fluffy talk and story-line that is being used to couch the message.

Here is every channeled message ever done, condensed into a few lines:

“Dear ones, you are greatly beloved by all of us in the spiritual (liar)archy. We long to reunite with you, for we are your long-lost family. Stay strong and hold onto your light, because we will make our presence known to you soon. Keep waiting (and suffering) and hoping for us to come and rescue you from your situation. When we arrive, we will build a golden (c)age for you on earth.”

I used to think that this nauseating disinformation coming from “Archon Angel Michael,” “Saint Germain” etc was the result of dark-side interference taking over the channels without their awareness. What I didn’t understand back when I wrote “Who’s Really on This Channel” (http://www.ascensionhelp.com/blog/2011/09/22/discernment-lessons-channels/) is that transmissions from “truly positive beings” weren’t being intercepted and corrupted by the dark side, but rather the messages were coming from “false light” beings of the spiritual liar-archy.

“Light Workers” Are Being Thoroughly Used

Back in 1998 when I first got into the energy clearing genre, I had never heard the term “lightworker” even though it had already been coined. It first heard it some time in the early 2000s, and it sounded weird to me at the time. Now I understand why: because the “light” that the spiritual liar-archy is trying to get us to work for is the FALSE light of demiurgic duality!

You see, there is a massive effort underway by beings that I now call “Divine Agents” to completely obliterate the corrupt demiurge. When that happens, all of the beings who have gained power through the demiurge will lose that stolen power and will have to face up to the deceptions that they have been propagating. None of them want that to happen, so in their cleverness they devised a brilliant plan to undermine the entire effort.


http://www.ascensionhelp.com/images/angelbully.jpg

The plan was simple: Approach all incarnated Divine Agents, usually in a dream state but sometimes during an “ET abduction” scenario, and tell them that in order to fulfill their mission, they need to “work for the (false) light” and take orders from the spiritual liar-archy.

This plan worked AMAZINGLY well, largely because Divine Agents have had a hard time living on Earth. Societies here are badly warped, spirituality is twisted and abused, the vibrational density is heavy, our memories are mostly wiped, and we generally would rather NOT be here. So any being that emanated light (even false light) and love could make a Divine Agent feel like they were making valid contact with truly divine beings.

I still remember my own recruitment by the false light that occurred when I was 6 years old in an extremely vivid dream-time experience. They had me convinced that I was fulfilling my mission as a Divine Agent by working for them. I think they always knew I would figure them out, although it took a very, very long time.

Ever Wake Up More Tired Than When You Went To Sleep?

Many Divine Agents who were recruited as light-workers report that they wake up more tired than when they went to bed, and their “dreams” were full of battles. During these “dream missions” the spiritual liar-archy squeezes those they control of as much energy as they can. You may wake up with memories of having gone on missions to battle the dark, but the end result is that your body, mind and soul are depleted of energy which was harvested by the (false) light beings.

A few months ago I revoked ALL agreements made with any and all beings that did not have my best interests in mind, no matter WHO the beings were or claimed to be. It sounds like such a simple thing, but somehow I had overlooked it. During the process, I felt resistance from beings who were claiming to be positive, but I stood strong and told them that I refuse to be manipulated into giving energy to the demiurge.

This has given me the distinct privilege of being targeted by both the dark team (ankle biters) and the (false) light team (spiritual liar-archy). The (false) light team does indeed engage in psychic warfare, just in different, more subtle ways than their “dark” brethren. Deflecting these attacks has been worth it because I know that I am more aligned with my true mission to put an end to the demiurge without being side-tracked into duality battles.

It is also very nice knowing I am going to get a good night’s sleep when I go to bed because I am not going to be pulled into any ridiculous “missions to battle the dark” that the (false) light beings are so fond of setting up for their “light workers.” (That phrase actually creeps me out now that I know its true origins…)

What Was That About a Golden (C)age?

The false light beings working for the corrupt demiurge want to maintain their control over the human race. Our soul energy and agreements to live in our current cage empowers the demiurge and the beings that serve it, and they are not going to give that energy up easily.

We are, at this very moment, in a struggle for our freedom. The spiritual liar-archy wants to move us from our current, extremely uncomfortable cage into a slightly more expansive state of existence, but one that they are firmly in control of.


http://i0.wp.com/www.ascensionhelp.com/images/goldencage.jpg?fit=1600%2C1600

One metaphor to describe our current situation is that we are like a flock of chickens pent up inside a tiny, dark, smelly chicken coop. Those that have been farming us are preparing to let us out of the coop, and into a larger fenced-in area where we will be able to feel a little more free, but still within their control. This is the “farmer’s” way of ensuring that they can continue to feed off of our energies, while making us feel that we are free, thanks to the kindness of our captors.

The “spiritual” liar-archy does not want us to grow on our own to a place of self-empowerment that will allow us to simply walk away from their entire control system. This is why the channeled messages subtly disempowers people, while pretending to actually offer them an empowering solution. As long as we are sitting and waiting for “the good guys” to come and save us, we will not be able to discern who truly has our best interests at heart, nor will we be able to actually fix our own problems for ourselves.

For the ENTIRE ARTICLE (http://www.ascensionhelp.com/blog/2013/08/23/why-i-am-no-longer-a-light-worker/)


turiya :cool:

FireHorse
14th October 2013, 05:18
It seems this article belongs on this thread...



Why I Am No Longer a Light Worker
By Cameron Day, on August 23rd, 2013

No, I haven’t turned to the dark-side, but rather I am transcending sides. This article is probably the most important piece I have written to date, and in order to convey the full message, a bit of back-story is necessary. Hang in there with me, and by the end you will understand why I will never call myself a “lightworker” again.

Planet Earth and much of our corner of the universe has been under a spell for a very long time, a spell which casts doubt within our minds about whether or not we are connected with the Infinite Source of all creation. The spell causes us to feel alone, vulnerable and isolated – cast out from the Heavenly Realms into a cruel, dog-eat-dog world. This spell is pure fiction, a deception of the highest order, but it has taken hold deeply on this and other worlds.


http://c300221.r21.cf1.rackcdn.com/lightworker-alex-grey-1353571745_b.jpg

Intrinsic within this holographic spell is the notion that duality and polarity are natural aspects of life, and that we must serve one side of duality or the other. This elegantly simple binary imprint has become so prominent that we have lost sight of the larger holographic spell that spawned it. Indeed, we have lost sight of the hologram all together, and come to believe that it is the sum total of reality.

Humans have been conditioned to worship the holographic deception and the agents that perpetuate it. This hologram has been called Maya by the Hindus, and the Gnostics referred to it as the Corrupt Demiurge. I find this term a highly accurate description, and from the point forward I will refer to it as the corrupt demiurge.

Dark vs (False) Light – Duality of the Demiurge

In order to capture and control the widest possible spectrum of souls, the corrupt demiurge split its agents into two seemingly opposing teams: Dark vs (false) Light.

Not everyone can be a saint, so there must be room for sinners within the demiurge, as long as everyone involved is under its spell. What matters most to the demiurge is that we worship it or one of its agents, regardless if they are on the light team or the dark team.

There are many names of the players within this cosmic, multi-dimensional drama that you will have no doubt heard of such as: Lucifer, Jehova, Beelzebub, Arch Angel Michael, Satan (different dude than Lucifer), Ashtar, dozens of Arch(on) angels, supposedly ascended “masters” and various other channeled entities.

While some of these beings play for team dark, and some play for team (false) light, they are ALL ultimately playing for the corrupt demiurge that controls them. This, in essence, is the big secret of the archons: They are not just the “evil, demonic beings” but also those who pretend to be angels and ascended masters..

What is the Point of All This Control?

The corrupt demiurge is an entropic system of artificially-induced separation consciousness that is slowly dying, and it depends on harvesting the energy from the souls incarnated within its system in order to preserve its existence. In order to harvest the largest amount of soul energy possible, it created the dark-light duality paradigm to ensure that every being incarnated on a world that is under its spell would serve as a “soul battery” to help keep the demiurge energized. The “good” souls would seek out the (false) light team, and the “bad” souls would seek out the dark team, but unknown to most of those souls, they are all serving the same system.

In order to keep the duality game interesting for its participants, the demiurge set up densities of existence that “initiates” on the dark and light paths could ascend through. This gives the beings moving through these densities a feeling of accomplishment, when in fact they are navigating through a labyrinth of demiurgic illusion. The players at the higher levels of the hierarchies know that they are in a self-serving system, but they are fine with the deal, because they get to wield power and receive the energy of worship from beings further down the ladder.

What About the “Spiritual Hierarchy?”

Most channeled beings will claim to be affiliated with the (false) light-based “Spiritual Hierarchy” which includes “arch angels,” “ascended masters” and “positive ETs.” These channeled messages are a dime-a-thousand, and more keep pouring out every day. The dirty little secret is that these beings are beholden to the corrupt demiurge, and are waging a psychological battle on people that don’t want to be associated with any formal religious structure.

In other words, the “new age” is a multidmeinsional psychological operation designed to channel the soul energy of the “believers” of these teachings up to the “ascended” teachers.


http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_LPtDDWVd1is/STwYvb3Dt8I/AAAAAAAAARs/sZK0gV9_8oY/s400/Paradiso_Canto_31.jpg

Another one of their secrets is that most of the so-called “ascended masters” in their “hierarchy” never had a human incarnation. These are incredibly deceptive beings that are playing a game in order to garner the energy of worship. In the real universe of non-deception, nobody would worship them, but in the illusory “sub-universe” of the corrupt demiurge, they are able to trick good-hearted people into pouring energies of love, devotion and praise into them.

As for the “arch(on) angels” they are in more or less the same category. They are not aligned with the Infinite Source of all creation, but rather they serve a lesser being posing as the creator: the corrupt demiurge. Therefore they are not what I would call angels at all.

In honor of the truly deceptive nature of these beings, I have given them a new, more accurate title: The Spiritual Liar-archy. :)

The Dark Side Makes the False Light Look Good

The two teams have to play their parts convincingly, and the dark team has really embraced their role as villainous scum ready to kill, rape, torture and do any sort of depraved thing that they can get away with.

The dark side is designed to be incredibly repugnant so that the majority of “good souls” will run to the other end of polarity, right into the “loving” embrace of one of the false light’s patriarchal religions, or to their new age religion with its legion of channels and “masters.”


http://www.ascensionhelp.com/images/angeldemon2.jpg

Earth has been a difficult planet for the corrupt demiurge to fully control. Human beings were once very aware of their connection to Infinite Source and all of life, and that awareness has been maintained by spiritual individuals throughout the entire reign of darkness on this planet. Because this awareness could not be “beaten out of us” by the dark forces, a plan was formed to co-opt the spiritual nature of human beings.

First, patriarchal religions were formed and imposed on as many people of the world as possible. Anyone who didn’t adhere to one of the major religions was an outcast for much of history, until the last century when the “Theosophist movement” was born, which set the foundation for the “new age movement” to emerge in the 50s, 60s and 70s. The new age movement has continued to gain momentum as it has attracted many of the people who turned away from the hypocrisy of patriarchal religion.

The corrupt demiurge seems to have an “easy answer” for any of the inner turmoil that humans experience. If religion doesn’t serve to appease an individual, then the new age will do just fine. It’s all the same to the demiurge, as long as we “pick a side” that it controls. This is why we need to transcend sides all together.

Channelers Are Being Deceived

I wrote an article back in 2011 about some of the problems with channeled messages, which you can find here (http://www.ascensionhelp.com/blog/2011/09/22/discernment-lessons-channels/) for more background information. If religion can be said to be “the opiate of the masses” then channeled messages would be the “HOPIUM of the disgruntled minority.” Every channeled message that comes from the spiritual liar-archy is essentially the same when you strip away the fluffy talk and story-line that is being used to couch the message.

Here is every channeled message ever done, condensed into a few lines:

“Dear ones, you are greatly beloved by all of us in the spiritual (liar)archy. We long to reunite with you, for we are your long-lost family. Stay strong and hold onto your light, because we will make our presence known to you soon. Keep waiting (and suffering) and hoping for us to come and rescue you from your situation. When we arrive, we will build a golden (c)age for you on earth.”

I used to think that this nauseating disinformation coming from “Archon Angel Michael,” “Saint Germain” etc was the result of dark-side interference taking over the channels without their awareness. What I didn’t understand back when I wrote “Who’s Really on This Channel” (http://www.ascensionhelp.com/blog/2011/09/22/discernment-lessons-channels/) is that transmissions from “truly positive beings” weren’t being intercepted and corrupted by the dark side, but rather the messages were coming from “false light” beings of the spiritual liar-archy.

“Light Workers” Are Being Thoroughly Used

Back in 1998 when I first got into the energy clearing genre, I had never heard the term “lightworker” even though it had already been coined. It first heard it some time in the early 2000s, and it sounded weird to me at the time. Now I understand why: because the “light” that the spiritual liar-archy is trying to get us to work for is the FALSE light of demiurgic duality!

You see, there is a massive effort underway by beings that I now call “Divine Agents” to completely obliterate the corrupt demiurge. When that happens, all of the beings who have gained power through the demiurge will lose that stolen power and will have to face up to the deceptions that they have been propagating. None of them want that to happen, so in their cleverness they devised a brilliant plan to undermine the entire effort.


http://www.ascensionhelp.com/images/angelbully.jpg

The plan was simple: Approach all incarnated Divine Agents, usually in a dream state but sometimes during an “ET abduction” scenario, and tell them that in order to fulfill their mission, they need to “work for the (false) light” and take orders from the spiritual liar-archy.

This plan worked AMAZINGLY well, largely because Divine Agents have had a hard time living on Earth. Societies here are badly warped, spirituality is twisted and abused, the vibrational density is heavy, our memories are mostly wiped, and we generally would rather NOT be here. So any being that emanated light (even false light) and love could make a Divine Agent feel like they were making valid contact with truly divine beings.

I still remember my own recruitment by the false light that occurred when I was 6 years old in an extremely vivid dream-time experience. They had me convinced that I was fulfilling my mission as a Divine Agent by working for them. I think they always knew I would figure them out, although it took a very, very long time.

Ever Wake Up More Tired Than When You Went To Sleep?

Many Divine Agents who were recruited as light-workers report that they wake up more tired than when they went to bed, and their “dreams” were full of battles. During these “dream missions” the spiritual liar-archy squeezes those they control of as much energy as they can. You may wake up with memories of having gone on missions to battle the dark, but the end result is that your body, mind and soul are depleted of energy which was harvested by the (false) light beings.

A few months ago I revoked ALL agreements made with any and all beings that did not have my best interests in mind, no matter WHO the beings were or claimed to be. It sounds like such a simple thing, but somehow I had overlooked it. During the process, I felt resistance from beings who were claiming to be positive, but I stood strong and told them that I refuse to be manipulated into giving energy to the demiurge.

This has given me the distinct privilege of being targeted by both the dark team (ankle biters) and the (false) light team (spiritual liar-archy). The (false) light team does indeed engage in psychic warfare, just in different, more subtle ways than their “dark” brethren. Deflecting these attacks has been worth it because I know that I am more aligned with my true mission to put an end to the demiurge without being side-tracked into duality battles.

It is also very nice knowing I am going to get a good night’s sleep when I go to bed because I am not going to be pulled into any ridiculous “missions to battle the dark” that the (false) light beings are so fond of setting up for their “light workers.” (That phrase actually creeps me out now that I know its true origins…)

What Was That About a Golden (C)age?

The false light beings working for the corrupt demiurge want to maintain their control over the human race. Our soul energy and agreements to live in our current cage empowers the demiurge and the beings that serve it, and they are not going to give that energy up easily.

We are, at this very moment, in a struggle for our freedom. The spiritual liar-archy wants to move us from our current, extremely uncomfortable cage into a slightly more expansive state of existence, but one that they are firmly in control of.


http://i0.wp.com/www.ascensionhelp.com/images/goldencage.jpg?fit=1600%2C1600

One metaphor to describe our current situation is that we are like a flock of chickens pent up inside a tiny, dark, smelly chicken coop. Those that have been farming us are preparing to let us out of the coop, and into a larger fenced-in area where we will be able to feel a little more free, but still within their control. This is the “farmer’s” way of ensuring that they can continue to feed off of our energies, while making us feel that we are free, thanks to the kindness of our captors.

The “spiritual” liar-archy does not want us to grow on our own to a place of self-empowerment that will allow us to simply walk away from their entire control system. This is why the channeled messages subtly disempowers people, while pretending to actually offer them an empowering solution. As long as we are sitting and waiting for “the good guys” to come and save us, we will not be able to discern who truly has our best interests at heart, nor will we be able to actually fix our own problems for ourselves.

For the ENTIRE ARTICLE (http://www.ascensionhelp.com/blog/2013/08/23/why-i-am-no-longer-a-light-worker/)


turiya :cool:

Hello, turiya and all others that have posted on this thread. I am NEW here but, have been digging around on the subject of Chris Thomas...

I've read several of Cameron Day's posts and listened to a couple of his MP3s. The problem I have found with Cameron is he's very much into Archons and the Demiurge. According to my readings (Cameron's and others), the Demiurge is the "God" of the Old Testament and he is an insane reptilian. The Archons are his companions, tadpole-like critters that supposedly resemble baby Greys (as best as I can gather). These Archons are an "infection" and mess with human's heads.

Now, enter Chris Thomas. Chris Thomas has mentioned the Reptilian(s) and the Archons, and they are not here, anymore. They came into our Universe from another Universe and had the ability to remove free will (energy patterns). They were removed from this Universe, he has stated.

I would love clarification on the Demiurge/Reptilian/Archon thing. Chris says they are gone. Cameron (and others) claim they are still here.

Can anyone offer more information? Can Chris be contacted about this (Herbert, you appear to have his ear...)?

Thank you!

FireHorse :confused:

FireHorse
15th October 2013, 04:52
I just listened to an interview with Chris Thomason Red Ice. In hour 2, Chris said that the population of Earth has reduced over the past two (I think) years from around 7 billion to 3.8 billion due to GMOs, pollution, etc. The interviewer just said "OK" in a "that makes no sense to me, but I'm not going to argue with you" kind of voice. Chris just did not seem to have any awareness of the fact that he had just made a really extraordinary statement (more than anything about the Velons) which could probably do with some explanation. There just seemed a complete disconnect. Did I misunderstand this, or did anyone else pick this up?

Because of your post, Cognitive Dissident, about the Red Ice interview with Chris Thomas, I went ahead and became a member.
I will attempt to post the Hour 2 of that interview (below) for anyone that has an interest. Not certain it will work but will give it a try...

CHRIS THOMAS Red Ice Interview Hour2
April 11, 2013

Hour 2 Mp3 File (http://www.redicemembers.com/secure/radio/2013/4/RIR-130411-christhomas-hr2.mp3)

Red Ice Radio Website (http://www.redicemembers.com/secure/radio/program.php?id=700)




http://i2.ytimg.com/vi/M_jZRN4Yf9s/mqdefault.jpg


Chris Thomas - Akashic Record of Earth, Mankind & Alien Races
April 11, 2013
Chris Thomas is an author and healer who describes himself as having been `hard-wired to the Akashic since birth.' This gives him a unique perspective from which to describe the human path of development, how humanity first appeared on planet Earth and what is our destiny. Our information on this has, says Chris, been distorted and mis-remembered over the course of millennia. In the first hour, Chris talks about the 13 races in the universe which include non-physical, semi-physical and physical form entities. We’ll also discuss the soul origin of these entities. Chris then explains how Earth is a unique, physical manifestation. He’ll discuss Earth’s beginning and the early human prototypes. We end the hour on beneficial technology given to humanity from non-human races. In the second hour, Chris expands on beings called Velons and their relationship to Earth. He’ll also talk about UFO activity. Chris explains how the "blues," and the greys are attempting to develop a physical body form. Then, Chris shares his thoughts on what it would take for humankind to experience a global, vast shift in consciousness. Later, we discuss the current economic system and Agenda 21. Chris shares information revealing different numbers on the world’s population. The second hour ends on wi-fi and harmful body effects. He concludes with good advice.

turiya :cool:

I tried to listen to the MP3 but, when I clicked the link, a pop-up requested a user name and password. I tried to download the MP3 and got the same pop-up. With your access, can you download the MP3 and then re-attach it, here, instead of providing a link?

~FireHorse:cool:

Herbert
16th October 2013, 16:59
10 Questions with answers from Chris Thomas

Turyia has a better understanding of Chris Thomas’ videos, books, and essays than anyone else that I know of.

In that regard, he has done a lot of work at finding answers and source to everyone’s questions on this EXCELLENT thread. His sharp observations and analytical mind have found details and also connections that most of us would miss. He asked me to share our thanks to Chris Thomas by showing him what he had found which confirmed the assessment of Andrew Bartzis provided by Chris.

Because there were a number of nagging questions which we wanted to clarify and also as thanks to Turyia, I suggested we assemble 10 questions which Chris has now replied to. As Chris says, he suffers from RSI (Repetitive Strain Injury) so his answers are briefer than they might have been.

Just to clarify, I’m not a middle-man for Chris but he told me he has done about 10 internet radio shows around the world and would be happy to do another one. So if enough people here have questions regarding clarification beyond what he has already written in his books and essays, I’m hoping that –just maybe -
we could arrange for an interview . . . I will have to ask . . .

Here are the Q&A:

Hi Herbert

That's the problem with channelled messages, they can appear to be one thing but be something else entirely. Just try to ignore anything channelled as it is all Velon.

When you ask questions, you don't ask little ones so I will see what I can do.


Hi Chris,

A number of us who absolutely resonate with your material have been discussing, and one very sharp individual has confirmed your analysis and provided the evidence contained in this youtube video where Bartzis lets it slip (catching himself in mid sentence) that he has been channelling Ashtar Command;

Some questions my friends would like to ask you:

1) Chris, several of my friends wonder if you are planning any more books or articles regarding the Akashic, and if you plan on doing any more updates on the human plan. Also would you be available to do an internet radio interview?

At the moment, all of the energies of the new sun are hitting very hard and so the whole situation is in a state of flux. This makes it difficult to come to any useful conclusions and so I am not planning any new books (they take about 18 months to produce in any way) or a new essay just yet.

I have already done about 10 internet radio interviews with various stations around the world . . .

2) Since experiences expand human conscious sentience and that is stored energetically in our soul’s Akashic DNA (increasing the soul energy frequency and expanding size – I guess), do all individual planets also have their own Akashic stored in their soul’s energetic DNA?

The Akashic exists on many multiple levels, none of which are fractal-like or hologram-like. As events occur, on planets, in solar systems, in galaxies etc, they are all recorded in the "local" Akashic. All of these local records interconnect with each other to build up to a Universal Akashic. Ultimately, the purpose of the Akashic is to allow the Creator to learn from the experiences undergone in a particular universe.

Strictly speaking, souls do not have DNA, at least not in the way that humans have DNA. DNA memory only exists on Earth because of our peculiar physical nature and the division of the soul into two.


3) I understand that the moon’s main function is to act as a (electromagnetic) balance tool which stabilizes Earths wobble, ranging from 17 degrees to 23 degrees, as we jointly spiral around the spiralling sun . . .

Knowing that our moon is positioned in such a way between the Sun and Earth that scientists say goes statistically and significantly against the random odds, does that mean our moon has a soul consciousness and therefore its own Akashic?

Or was it simply that Earth consciousness sequestered a piece of the exploded planet and it somehow became sort of globe shaped and Earth/sun consciousness (gravity) put it where it would, fortuitously, allow life to continue on Earth?

We have been told there is a lot of technology on the Moon and there is a base on the dark side. Is the Moon really hollow?

When the first two planets within our solar system decided to leave, they exploded causing the asteroid belt. Both of these planets exploding close to the orbit of the Earth, generated a disruption to the local energy patterns giving the Earth a slightly eccentric orbit. The Earth "captured" about one quarter of one of the planets to use as a counter balance to settle Her orbit. In doing this, the planetary consciousness (of the destroyed planet) left a portion of its consciousness in the fragment to help the Earth. This fragment became the moon and the portion of the original consciousness still remains.

See the essay I did earlier on this year about gravity but, the moon is not held in place by gravity. Gravity, as described by scientists, does not exist. All planets, moons, solar systems, galaxies and the Universe itself hold their relationships by conscious interaction - what scientists call electro-magnetic forces.

There is long-standing base on the dark side of the moon - since the early 1950's - but I would not encourage anyone to try remote viewing it as there are far too many psychic watchers who will attack if they sense your presence. Mars also has a human base, it has been there since the mid 1980's.

The moon is not hollow as such. If you think of magma flows here on Earth, when they cool, gas voids are formed under the hard shell. The same with the moon - it is full of gas voids as the original planet's core cooled. It "rings" if you strike it because of these gas voids.


4) Does the Akashic hold anything that is denoted as “Time Wars”; a Quarantine that is presently in place surrounding Earth or our Solar System? Apart from the Velon travelling back in time are there any other instances where time travel has affected life on Earth?

The simple answer is no.
It is not possible to travel forwards in time as the future has not yet happened - see Q9 .

This is my own interpretation: [Perhaps I’m confused but if the future has not yet happened then the Greys that claim to be our future human selves (re: George Kavassilas) could not actually exist. Could they? Alternative time-lines always confuse me. Actually it would make a good question for Chris. ]

5) Given that the Reptilian race were the 14th Faction from another Universe, does that mean there are zero Reptilians left in our Universe?

Correct, they and all of their energies were removed with the 14th Faction in 2003.


6) A lot of people report abductions and even cross bred children with various races like the Greys. I know you said that for example Mantis beings (and I guess also Lion beings) are not in the Akashic and must be bio-mechanical technology based – Is that abduction type of experience based on a higher-self, soul contract (karma) or was it limited to the period prior to 2003 when the 14th Faction energy was still present in our Universe and being used by the NSA, etc. taking away people’s free will?

That is a difficult question to answer precisely.

I'll give you my experience. Some years ago, I woke up one morning knowing that something had happened during the night but I could not identify it. All I knew was that I had a very sore bottom (yes, the infamous anal probe is true - and they are not collecting farts). Gradually, I had recollections of being taken out of my bed and examined by the "Blues".

A couple of months after the first "abduction", it happened again. But, this time, I was aware of what was happening and I said (psychically) to the Blues carrying me: "you are not going to examine me again as I do not want you to. But, seeing as you are here, can I have a tour of the ship?" This they agreed to very happily and they gave me a full tour.

I haven't been "abducted" since.

The lesson here is that they turned up and asked my higher self if it was OK to take me for examination. As soon as I said no, they were happy not to do any more and they were all very friendly.

So that was my personal experience of abduction. But there are others. I have carried out extensive research on many levels about these hybrids and my conclusion is this:
THE VAST MAJORITY OF CLAIMED ABDUCTIONS ARE CARRIED OUT BY THE MILITARY, AND NOT ALIENS, AND THOSE ABDUCTED UNDERGO MIND CONTROL OR HYPNOSIS TO BELIEVE THAT THEY HAVE EXPERIENCED WHATEVER IT WAS BUT DID NOT ACTUALLY HAPPEN.
THEY ARE ALSO INDOCTRINATED TO BELIEVE THAT THERE ARE HYBRIDS OF HUMANS/ALIENS OR HYBRIDS OF ALIEN RACES. THE MANTIS AND LION BEINGS DO NOT EXIST.

Since about the year 2000, very, very few abductions have been carried out by any alien race - they have all been by the military.

Because so many people are aware of the Grey race, they have been used by the military in their propaganda, misinformation and disinformation and so virtually every single story about Grey hybridisation is false and intended to add to confusion and fear. Don't forget that one of the next things on their "to do list" is an alien invasion of the Earth.

If they can make people believe that the Greys are the bad guys, they have a ready built argument to weaponise space (sorry, make the weapons they already have in space known).


7) Since they are still using psychic children in spy ops, are these children being forced into this because of soul contracts?

The alphabet spaghetti agencies all have psychic trackers or use specialist contractors (such as the College for Noetic Sciences) to track down children with psychic potential - usually as young as 5 years old. They also recruit adults who do so voluntarily. If the children live in America, they approach the parents and the parents agree to their children working for the government. Some parents are paid for their children others agree because it is their patriotic duty.

Other children are taken from the streets (abducted) particularly in countries such as the US, Brazil and Mexico. Many are brought from orphanages in countries such as Rumania (Indigo Children). The children are persuaded that they are "special" and that they will be allowed to explore their special potential in a special facility.

When they get to this "special facility", they are fitted with a colostomy bag and a catheter and strapped to beds in "cells" of 10 children. They are then given instructions on what they are to do. If the children do as instructed, they are "rewarded" with chemicals that stimulate the body's pleasure centres. If the children refuse, they are punished with chemicals that cause pain.

These are not soul contracts but the agencies feeding off gullible and confused children. This has come from personal contact with a few of these "cells".


8) FOURTEENTH FACTION QUESTION:
Chris - In Project Human Extinction, you explain how the FOURTEENTH FACTION gained access to Earth, and “infected” some 33,000 souls that were on their way toward Earth to have a physical life. And that some of the 14th Faction energy patterns were picked up by some of these souls, which gave them the ability, or desire, to remove freedom of choice from others. For example, one affected soul manifested as the human that you identify as Alexander the Great and also one as George Bush Sr.

You say, it took a while for the FOURTEENTH FACTION to be evicted from Earth. This came to be completed in the year 2003, whereby the 33,000 souls who chose to hold onto those frequencies could no longer make use of this energy in this way.

Q: Although you have not said it in your book, is it correct to assume that the 9/11 event (as well as the 7/7 event, war on terror ) was the direct result of the affect of FOURTEENTH FACTION energies influence over those 33,000 souls travelling toward Earth? And, since the 14th Faction is gone, that we are likely not to see another horrific type event like this play out again in our near future, as we continue to move toward completion of the whole soul reintegration process?

9/11 was a classic "Hegelian Dialectic" - an act deliberately enacted to cause fear and panic leading to the introduction of legislation that nobody would have wanted until the "attack" took place.

The current state of fear replaces the "Cold War". Now that Russia and communism is no longer seen as a threat, the Cabal/Illuminati/Elite needed a new bad guy to make people afraid.

So "International Terrorism" was invented with the chief bogey-man being Bin Laden and his Al Qaeda.

AQ began life in 1948 when the British realised that the newly created state of Israel had expansion plans towards Lebanon. The British recruited a band of Wahhabi Moslems and set up AQ to harass Israel. When Israel went to war with Egypt, resulting in the Suez war, Israel backed down and AQ was put into mothballs.

When Russia invaded Afghanistan in 1987, the CIA was looking for a way of harassing the Russians but without making it obvious that the USA was involved and so the British gave control of AQ to the CIA and the CIA have remained in control ever since. All atrocities attributed to AQ have been carried out by the CIA including 9/11.

Bin Laden was the son of a Saudi billionaire who runs several huge transnational organisations.

The White House confirmed a few years ago that Bush senior works for a Bin Laden company since he retired from office. The White House also confirmed that half of all retired senators also work for the Bin Laden family.

Osama was flown from Afghanistan to Saudi for treatment for his kidneys by a CIA chartered jet where he had treatment in the American Hospital and he was flown back to Afghan by the same CIA jet (reported in the Paris newspaper Le Figaro). Osama died at his family home in Saudi in 2003
from kidney failure.

I watched the BBC evening news in October 2005 where there was a live statement made by MI6. The statement said (in part): "The SIS (MI6) can confirm that a rogue cell within the SIS planned recruited and carried out the London bombing".

There is no terrorist threat, just politicians creating fear to control the people.

My suspicion is that we are going to see more of these types of events, particularly in the US and Britain over the coming months as the cabal tries to get people to riot so that martial law can be imposed. This has nothing whatsoever to do with residual 14 energies.


9) Linear Time is indeed a funny thing and I wondered if the Akashic cannot look into the future, how do some people have premonitions that come true. Some even live the following day in their sleep and find it quite psychologically draining. Is this experience related to individual akashic stored in DNA?

When one makes a decision, one sets a future path. Up until then, there existed an infinite number of future paths that had a varying degree of possibility. When someone makes an accurate prediction of the future, they have tapped into the most likely possibility and the individual has made a decision that fulfils that possibility. This is why the Akashic cannot predict the future - the future has not been chosen by anybody or anything.

Very weird that we once had black holes but they no longer exist, which meant Hawking had to retract his statement that nothing comes out of a black hole. At one time they postulated ‘White Holes’ that were returning the broken up exploding suns as elements to create new suns. And these new suns were almost always put out in pairs.

Confirmation that black holes were made by the 14th Faction and did not exist in this Universe before then. Proof of the removal of the 14th Faction.

Also interesting that this is an instance in which we (at least those who studied physics) can actually remember the change which future generations will not have lived through. The ongoing time travel and event erasure theme of movies has driven into our psyches the expectation of memory erasures, not only from our minds but also our books. Just shows how intrusive technology has become.

This is a case of fiction following fact. School text books now leave out a huge amount of information that I was taught as a child. The whole fiasco over so-called Global Warming/Climate Change being the perfect example of substituting history with political rhetoric to indoctrinate children with lies.

10) Is there something special about dream sleep beyond the usual REM that allows our Higher Selves to interact with specific others and perhaps even create magic? Since dream time does seem to step outside of linear time, is there a strong creative potential there that we can tap into with our consciousness?

Dream sleep has a number of functions that are beneficial to the body and mind. For example: We use dream sleep to live out events in our lives so that we understand them better or to clear them as they were causing emotional problems.

Also, many people have a "night job". This can be doing healing work, helping people who have recently died to "pass over" peacefully or, if there is a war, many heal the sick and wounded on a soul level.

When we sleep, depending on our personal emotional needs, most of the soul leaves the body and travels to places where our work is needed or helpful. So a proportion of our dreams are of the work we did whilst, apparently, asleep.

I realize there are a lot of questions and we’d be grateful for any you choose to answer. I also realize that we should be trying to connect to the akashic and answer them ourselves and some of us have tried but it’s not as easy as you make it look. :>))

I do expect we will all be capable eventually. I mean we are looking at the world even now in a very different way to how we once did. And those clear blue skies are worth working for. How many people in the 90’s looked within for the truth? Now it is the first place we look.

With warmth and gratitude,
Herbert and friends

I hope I have answered your questions. They could have been longer answers but I didn't want RSI.

Best wishes t'ya'all
Chris

FireHorse
17th October 2013, 02:21
I'll give you my experience. Some years ago, I woke up one morning knowing that something had happened during the night but I could not identify it. All I knew was that I had a very sore bottom (yes, the infamous anal probe is true - and they are not collecting farts). Gradually, I had recollections of being taken out of my bed and examined by the "Blues".
This is just another fine example of Chris' hysterical sense of humor! I've nearly wet myself laughing at some of his comments in his essays (especially specific Star Trek & Babylon 5 references!). I love his dry wit. :laugh:

Herbert, thank you, thank you, thank you for talking with him and speaking on our behalf. :hail:

Every time I read something that Chris wrote or hear one of his interviews, he just brings things into focus. I have a lot of OMG and AHA moments. Unfortunately, his information also generates more questions. Poor thing...I'm quite sure that a good portion of folks asking questions of him might resemble the character of Sheldon on Big Bang Theory...

(knock-knock-knock) Chris? (knock-knock-knock) Chris? (knock-knock-knock) Chris? :hand: :fear:I do have two major questions that, if anyone here has the answers to, shoot. These would not necessarily have to be thrown Chris' way...

(1) Chris has stated we all have free will and no one can remove that free will (especially since the Fourteenth Faction was totally removed as of 2003). If this is true, how is murder, torture, rape, etc...reconciled? If he answered this, already, in a book, interview or essay, please forgive me for not knowing.

(2) Chris has also stated that, in order for us to re-integrate, we have to clean out debris (internal junk) and we have to eat well. Having a poor diet and bad habits can delay re-integration. That makes sense. Can one still integrate if the body is damaged? Example: I have had a hysterectomy and an oophrectomy (before I knew it was not necessary). I have body parts missing. Another example: War injuries. Again, body parts missing.

These things weigh on my mind, terribly. :unsure:

Thoughts, anyone?

~FireHorse

turiya
21st October 2013, 22:56
I just listened to an interview with Chris Thomason Red Ice. In hour 2, Chris said that the population of Earth has reduced over the past two (I think) years from around 7 billion to 3.8 billion due to GMOs, pollution, etc. The interviewer just said "OK" in a "that makes no sense to me, but I'm not going to argue with you" kind of voice. Chris just did not seem to have any awareness of the fact that he had just made a really extraordinary statement (more than anything about the Velons) which could probably do with some explanation. There just seemed a complete disconnect. Did I misunderstand this, or did anyone else pick this up?

Because of your post, Cognitive Dissident, about the Red Ice interview with Chris Thomas, I went ahead and became a member.
I will attempt to post the Hour 2 of that interview (below) for anyone that has an interest. Not certain it will work but will give it a try...

CHRIS THOMAS Red Ice Interview Hour2
April 11, 2013

Hour 2 Mp3 File (http://www.redicemembers.com/secure/radio/2013/4/RIR-130411-christhomas-hr2.mp3)

Red Ice Radio Website (http://www.redicemembers.com/secure/radio/program.php?id=700)




http://i2.ytimg.com/vi/M_jZRN4Yf9s/mqdefault.jpg


Chris Thomas - Akashic Record of Earth, Mankind & Alien Races
April 11, 2013
Chris Thomas is an author and healer who describes himself as having been `hard-wired to the Akashic since birth.' This gives him a unique perspective from which to describe the human path of development, how humanity first appeared on planet Earth and what is our destiny. Our information on this has, says Chris, been distorted and mis-remembered over the course of millennia. In the first hour, Chris talks about the 13 races in the universe which include non-physical, semi-physical and physical form entities. We’ll also discuss the soul origin of these entities. Chris then explains how Earth is a unique, physical manifestation. He’ll discuss Earth’s beginning and the early human prototypes. We end the hour on beneficial technology given to humanity from non-human races. In the second hour, Chris expands on beings called Velons and their relationship to Earth. He’ll also talk about UFO activity. Chris explains how the "blues," and the greys are attempting to develop a physical body form. Then, Chris shares his thoughts on what it would take for humankind to experience a global, vast shift in consciousness. Later, we discuss the current economic system and Agenda 21. Chris shares information revealing different numbers on the world’s population. The second hour ends on wi-fi and harmful body effects. He concludes with good advice.

turiya :cool:

I tried to listen to the MP3 but, when I clicked the link, a pop-up requested a user name and password. I tried to download the MP3 and got the same pop-up. With your access, can you download the MP3 and then re-attach it, here, instead of providing a link?

~FireHorse:cool:

Yes, Firehorse, I have noticed this.
When I first posted this, there wasn't a problem. But found later that the username access had been implemented. It may take a while but sometimes Red Ice will release some of their interviews that have a Part 2 in a youtube format.
When I get the time, I will try to get this recorded and make an mp3 file of it of my own. Of course, Red Ice may holler copyright infringement. But will see how it goes.

turiya :cool:

turiya
22nd October 2013, 00:01
The Fourteenth Faction
Excerpt from "Synthesis"
by Chris Thomas

Instigating the Human Plan turned out to be a huge success. We learned a great deal about the Earth, and our place within it, very rapidly. However, we could not decide on the most crucial question of all: to what frequency did the Earth need to raise Her energies in order for us to be able to re-merge the soul into the physical body and continue to live as full Human Beings?

This Earth and this Solar System are totally unique. Throughout the whole of Creation, there is nowhere like our Solar System. As such, we have no guidance and no reference points against which to judge our progress in this 'experiment' we call human life, and so, when unusual events begin to happen, it takes a long time to realize that they are not a natural part of life on Earth. This is especially true with the arrival of new energies about 2,400 years ago.

You will have seen from Chapter Two that We are not the only universe that exists.

The Fourteenth Faction
We are not the only universe that exists. There are currently eleven universes in total each exploring a Thought of the Creator.

Some of the universes are new, whilst others are approaching the end of their life; having reached the answer to their originating Thought. One such universe, which was nearing its process of collapse and return to the Creator, was next to our Universe.

Our Universe explores the concept of complete "freedom of choice" - every soul within this Universe has the absolute 'freedom of choice' - every soul within this Universe has the absolute 'freedom to choose' their actions, the only limiting factor is that nobody can act in such a way as to remove the freedom of choice of another. An adjacent universe was exploring the exact opposite thought - what would happen if every soul within a universe had the absolute freedom to remove freedom of choice? Needless to say, it was a chaotic universe which lasted less than half the time that our Universe has been in existence.

This is where the strangeness of time begins to show itself. Obviously, I can only give time references as they relate to Earth, and this is why some events recorded within the Akashic seem to be unsynchronized with Earth time frames.

Three million, six hundred thousand years ago, just as we were recovering from the solar system-wide disaster of two planets "exploding" and the Earth was in the process of adopting Cro-Magnon Man from Mars, an event occurred out in the Universe which would have profound affects on life on Earth, and how we lived our karmic lifetimes under The Human Plan.

In Universal time, this event took place 3.6 million years ago. In Earth time, it coincided with the shutting down of the solar system 8,000 years ago. Strange stuff is this thing called 'time'.

Regardless of time-frames, what happened was this:

Beings from this adjacent universe were looking for ways in which they could prolong their existence. They knew that their universe had begun the process of collapse and return to the Creator, as they could read the Akashic of their universe...

What they did was to identify the location of another universe and find a way of breaking out of their universe and into the other. Unfortunately for us, this adjacent Universe was ours.

Essentially, these beings from the other universe created what our cosmologists would call a "wormhole". This is an open ended "tube" of energy that allows for travel in both directions. One end of the wormhole was in their universe and the other opened into ours.

The energy of the wormhole breaking through created a huge explosion, in our Universe, and 33,000 souls on their way to Earth were caught in the blast. This blast of energy acted a little like radiation on these 33,000 souls, and they became contaminated or imprinted with the energies of the other universe.

In other words, these 33,000 souls became capable of removing 'freedom of choice'. In a Universe that is constructed around the energies of absolute 'freedom of choice', souls capable of removing 'freedom of choice' were a disaster.

This was the reason why our solar system was temporarily isolated from the rest of the Universe 8,000 years ago. The Thirteen attempted to protect all of the physical forms of life developing in our solar system from being destroyed by the beings from this other universe.

The Akashic records the name of these beings that came from another universe as The "Fourteenth Faction" (I'll refer to them as simple 'Fourteen'). The Fourteen entered our Universe with the intention of "stealing" energies that they hoped they could use to maintain their position within their own universe and stop them returning back to the Creator.

In order to carry out their intended task, they brought with them what can only be described as "mining machinery". The use of this machinery allowed them to 'mine' the energies of our Universe and convert the frequencies to those that were compatible with their own universe.

Essentially, the Fourteen were very successful at what they came here to do. Eventually, they destroyed about one quarter of the energy resources of this Universe. Fortunately, this 'dead zone' is far away from our galaxy.

The beings who maintain the balance of energies within our Universe - The Thirteen - had extreme difficulty dealing with the Fourteen as the energy patterns of the Fourteen do not exist within our Universe. How can you fight something when you do not even have the ability to defend yourself, let alone destroy your 'attackers'?

Eventually, The Thirteen were successful and the Fourteen have been totally removed from this Universe.

Source: "Synthesis" (pages 97-100) by Chris Thomas
To learn more on this particular subject Chris has covered this subject more fully in his other previous books Planet Earth - The Universe's Experiment and The Universal Soul.

turiya :cool:

To learn more go in...

FireHorse
22nd October 2013, 04:09
Yes, Firehorse, I have noticed this.
When I first posted this, there wasn't a problem. But found later that the username access had been implemented. It may take a while but sometimes Red Ice will release some of their interviews that have a Part 2 in a youtube format.
When I get the time, I will try to get this recorded and make an mp3 file of it of my own. Of course, Red Ice may holler copyright infringement. But will see how it goes.

turiya :cool:

Understandable. Or, they may hold onto hour 2 on purpose to force a paid membership. Since hour 1 was released, copyright infringement does not appear to be an issue (why not hold both?). But, then again, I have no experience with Red Ice so, my observation is, perhaps, irrelevant.

Thank you very much for your original post. At least it worked for a while.

~FireHorse

turiya
22nd October 2013, 14:26
The Fourteenth Faction, The Velon & The Akashic

Unicus Radio
http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/ROBERT_STANLEY_and_CHRIS_THOMSA.png (http://www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/01_Robert_Stanley_Chris_Thomas_FACTION_14_edit_pt1 _and_pt2.mp3)
Robert Stanley / Chris Thomas Interview


Click to Listen
http://www.clker.com/cliparts/e/5/a/2/1206570547560908424akiross_Audio_Button_Set_4.svg. med.png (http://www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/01_Robert_Stanley_Chris_Thomas_FACTION_14_edit_pt1 _and_pt2.mp3)
Interview Part1

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/01_Robert_Stanley_Chris_Thomas_FACTION_14_edit_pt1 _and_pt2.mp3

The Fourteenth Faction
Chris Thomas (CT): Its actually a bit of a strange subject. I know the whole thing with the aliens and the Velon races is a strange enough subject to start with, but the Fourteenth Faction is just a little bit further out there, I think. But its certainly something that the Akashic has recorded very clearly. And its had a major impact on the Universe as a whole. But it also particularly had an impact on Earth, and the events that have occurred on Earth.

And this certainly, as far as I can track, is the origin of this concept of there being Reptilian races. Everyone seems to have latched onto… for several years now, there’s Reptilians everywhere, the Reptilians are controlling everything… what was it… that Queen Elizabeth was Reptilian, was it?

Robert Stanley (RS): Yes, it was David Icke… or somebody…


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/REPTILIAN_RACES2.png

Chris Thomas: So, there’s an awful lot of confusion around about alien races who exists within the Universe… and if they’ve had any interaction with events on, or with people on Earth. And so, what I wanted to do is to try and clarify a lot of the dis-information that’s out there & the misinformation that is out there, and how people think of things. But the Fourteenth Faction is something… to say, is a little bit even further out there, but its quite an important aspect of all of this alien material.

People keep coming up to me saying, “I was told that I am a Reptilian Drake or Hybrid,” or something along those lines, and you sort of think, “Well, where on Earth did something like that come from?” And if you start researching into UFO races or Alien races, what you come up with is that there’s got to be 10 to 15 thousand different races listed out there if you talk to people, you know. And it’s a phenomenal number and its absolutely ridiculous.

Most of that is totally dis-information, and is channeled material, that's come from the race that we were talking about the last time, the Velon, deliberately intended to mislead people. And so a huge amount of this information is just literally that – its intended to mislead, cause problems, cause difficulties with people on Earth, because of the kind of agenda that the Velon have.

But when it comes to this Reptilian thing, it seems to be a core thing that’s been running through for many years, now. And in fact, there is a certain truth to it. But it’s not what people seem to think, or how they understand it.

So, if we start from the beginning, shall we say…
The Universe that we inhabit is not the only universe that exists… I’m not talking about multi-verses of the sort of cosmologists, or the quantum physicists, way of talking – they don’t really exist. But what I mean is, physical universes do exist.

The significance of our Universe is exploring the thought – a sort of ‘What If?’ – so you have this Creationary Source rolling around whatever space he’s in… going… “What would happen if I did this?” … and that’s what the Universe is set up to do. Its literally an energy envelope that allows that thought to be explored. And our Universe is essentially exploring the concept of ‘freedom of choice’.

So every soul that exists within this Universe is created with that ability to freely choose their actions. There is only one universal law, if you will, which is: you cannot act in such a way as to remove somebody else's freedom to choose. So, essentially, everything is allowable, as long as you don’t break that one rule.

As I say, there are other universes, and the universe nearer to ours explores the exact opposite – “What if every soul that exists within that universe has the ability to remove ‘freedom of choice’ – how does that work. It doesn’t work very well, as it turns out, from what I can find out about it, that universe is in a state of collapse because its finished, essentially its just imploding in on itself.

But some time ago, the beings who exist in that universe – some of them, found a way to break into our Universe by constructing what physicists would call… what cosmologists would call the 'wormhole', which is, theoretically, back to back black holes, so its essentially a two-way tube that connects two regions of space together.

So, what these beings managed to do was to create a wormhole into our Universe to try and obtain as much energy as possible from our Universe to maintain their position in their universe which they knew was in a state of collapse. And that’s what they did was to break into this Universe.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/WORMHOLE_590_x_223c.png

Now, when that wormhole opened, and a certain number of souls who were on their way to Earth to take on human form, as it were, got caught in the blast, and basically they were contaminated by the energy patterns of that other universe. So into a Universe that is built around energy patterns of ‘freedom of choice’, these souls – that is, 33,000 of them altogether, on their way to Earth, got caught in a blast which allowed them to take ‘freedom of choice’ away. Which is not very good when it comes to a universe of ‘freedom of choice’.

Now, because it is a Universe of ‘freedom of choice’, these 33,000 had a choice of whether they made use of those energy patterns, or not. And most of them didn’t, I am glad to say, or we would have had some even bigger problems than we have now. But only a few of them did, and most of them didn’t come to Earth for a very long time. Nobody knows where they went, once they got caught in this blast. They seemed to disappear for a while… and go somewhere. And its proven impossible to track down precisely where they went.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/ALEXANDER_590_x_192.png
Alexander - Notably, One of the First of Several Thousand "Infected Souls"
to Manifest on Earth & Make Use of the "Fourteen Faction" Energies.


So, the first signs we ever saw of it on Earth was with Alexander the Great. He was the first person ever to conquer, if you like. If you look to human history – proper human history – I don’t mean the rubbish that we get told in school… the way we lived was… we lived in sort of tribal societies, shall we say, friendly societies, I suppose – extended families, like friends, if you like. That was then a clan village, and a clan had a territory, which had its resources for growing food & hunting & water supplies & everything. We very rarely had any conflict between neighboring clans, and because each of them was aware of the resources that they had, and running around killing people was not part of their culture.

If you look back into the kind of cultures we had then, then you’re looking at… say, if you did something against the tribal rules, then you were made to work for the society – for the family for a certain period of time… almost a period of imprisonment, as it were. But instead of putting you away somewhere, you were forced to work on the clan’s behalf. But your family didn’t suffer. There were always communal stores & communal supplies so your family was always fed & looked after. It was only the person that caused the problem that was punished for it.

So, that’s the kind of culture that there was, and all of a sudden into that came Alexander the Great who all of a sudden decided what he was going to do was to start conquering half the planet, or as much of the planet that he could get hold of. That was about 320 BC, I think that’s when it was. So he started trying to take over massive areas of the planet, so that he could control everything that occurred. And that really is the first time in human history that we had seen somebody with that kind of intention – using energy patterns that were literally 'alien' to life on Earth.


http://static.memrise.com.s3.amazonaws.com/uploads/mems/output/597440-130503190738.png
The Empire of Alexander the Great

And then following that, of course, we had the Roman Empire because they basically followed Alexander the Great’s pattern, and then you have the Vatican who’s been doing the same thing for the last 1500 years – trying to control everyone on the planet. And then you have things like the European monarchs taking over territories & inter-territorial wars, and all that sort of stuff. It all comes from people using an ability to remove people’s ‘freedom of choice’, because obviously, if you went around killing people, you’re not allowing people to choose how their life is.

That’s how really it began. But the real change that we started to see on the planet, more than anything else, was in the mid to late 1760's with the Industrial Revolution.

So, if you think of what the Fourteenth Faction came into this Universe to do – was to strip as much of the resources of this Universe as possible, take it back to their universe & use the energy patterns to maintain their position within their universe.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/INDUSTRIAL_REVOLUTION_shorter_height_590_x_260.png
The Industrial Revolution

Well, if you take a look at the Industrial Revolution, what you have is, all of a sudden, for the first time that humans turned on the Earth. Up until that point, we only used what was available to us. There was nothing on a mass scale. There was no mass destruction. No mass manufacturing, or anything like that. Only the start of the Industrial Revolution, around the end of the mid 1700's, where the whole attitude on the planet changed. Or, at least the attitude of the Industrialists changed. And so it’s those – the people behind the Industrial Revolution, who are really the ones who started to make full use of this bazaar energy that the Fourteenth Faction brought in with them.

So these are the souls who got caught in the blast that occurred, became contaminated by the energy patterns that the Fourteenth Faction brought with them.

READING ENERGY PATTERNS – THE THIRTEEN RACES
I suppose I want to explain a little bit about how I work, really, with things. Because, as I say, I know how it gets to sound a bit far-fetched, to put it mildly...

What I do is read energy patterns. So, on a simple level, I can walk into a field and I can tell you where the watercourses are, where the wells are, if there is any ancient artifacts buried… anything like that, just by reading the energy patterns that exist within that field. And then when it comes to people, I can… as a psychic surgeon, when I look at them, I can see all the energy patterns that are going on within the body, and where the health problems lie, because they are problems within the energy pattern – there are depletions within the energy patterns within the body.

But what I can also tell is where you originate from – which part of the Universe you originate. Then, within our Universe, there are effectively thirteen races – six of them are entirely non physical, they are pure soul energy, they have no physical bodies, physical structures whatsoever. And the vast majority of people on Earth, in a biblical sense, I suppose that you could call them 'angels'. This is a lot of where the concept of 'angelic material' comes from, particularly – these non physical beings, these pure soul energy beings, who have a purity to them – all those six races were created about a hundred million years ago. So basically, the vast majority of people that exist on Earth are a hundred million years old.

Then you have the semi-physical races, there are seven of those, altogether. The semi-physical races do have physical bodies, physical structures, to each other they are as physical as we are to each other. But, to us, we might get an image of them, an impression of them, but for most people they wouldn’t even get that, unless these beings of the semi-physical races made a choice to alter their energy patterns so that they did become physical to us. This is only when UFOs turn up in our solar system – sometimes we can see them, sometimes we can’t… and sometimes why we can see any of them, and sometimes why we can’t. It’s because its a question of what they are doing with their own energy patterns.

So to say, what I do with people is read their energy patterns. So, what I can see within somebody is where the soul origin is – so, are they of one of the six non physical races, or are they of the seven semi-physical races. This is why I can say, because of my own experience of over 35 years of working with people in this way, that really, we only have seven semi-physical races that exist in regions that would require craft to travel around in – like UFOs.

So, the confusion that most people have is that, I speak of the seven semi-physical races, but for other people – they have, you know, how many thousands of other races that are given to them by dis-information through channeled messages. And so, I can see why sometimes it would become a bit confusing, when I can see what’s going on within people & within the Akashic, as to why people would, then, get a bit confused as to what’s going on with, "well - where’s all the other races gone & where do they come in?"…

So, what people talk about when they talk about alien races – really, they just do not exist. But to give you an example… let’s say, there’s a various of beings who come from the star system that we call the Pleiades… so they are known as Pleiadeans… most people have heard of the Pleiadeans. Now, I’ve had people come to me and told me that they’ve done some research, or they’ve been told that their soul origin is Ummite (http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_ummites01.htm), or something like that.

Now, there are a race of beings that do call themselves Ummites. In fact, they did contact a lot of people on Earth some years ago, by writing very polite letters to them, believe it or not. Ummites are one of the races recognized by UFO watchers.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/Ummite_Signed_Letter.png
"The signature-stamp is, as they say, the symbol of their planet." (http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_ummites04.htm)
Image Source (http://www.mysteresdumonde.fr/categ/ufologie/110-ummites-l-affaire.html)


But from my point of view, what I see within them is the energy patterns, their energy signature, if you like, of where they originate from. And where the Ummite originate from originally are from the Pleiadean race. So the Ummites are Pleiadean in soul origin, but they happen to live on a planet that is not necessary a part of the Pleiadean system. It becomes even more confusing in some respects. But from my point of view, what I try to do is to stick to the soul origin – the soul energy signature that these beings have, because then, it is a lot easier to understand who they are, where they’re from, and what their intentions are.

I tend to ignore all the thousands of other beings that are out there, because of that problem that most people have in recognizing who & what these beings are, or whether they exist at all.

Robert Stanley: In what you wrote to me in your most recent email, you said that the black holes were collapsing… Why is that?

Chris Thomas: Right. Okay – well, this comes down to the Fourteenth Faction, in the way in which they functioned. They broke into this Universe to obtain as much energy from our Universe as what they could possibly take. Now, in order to do that, they brought with them… I could only describe as implosion devices. These are strange looking things. They’ve never been seen before within this Universe. Nobody has ever developed anything like them. Some of them are quite large, I mean, the ones free-floating in space were several hundred feet long, several hundred yards long, something like that. And what they were was an energy shell which contains nothing… I mean, absolutely nothing. So, you’re looking at a state of nothing, there were no energy patterns within this device – just an energy shell.

So, if someone approached one of these shells to find out what it was, it would implode. And what it did, was to use the energy of that soul, so it would literally destroy that soul. And in doing so, would create a black hole, because black holes did not exist within this Universe before these other beings turned up.

And that’s a good one to try to get your head around – that one – when you think of those scientists describe black holes… you know… they’ve been talking recently about every single cell inside the human body has a black hole in the center of it… and all this other stuff. No – Not really.

But if you go back to Stephen Hawking’s work, for example, on black holes, which is how he made his name in science. He described them quite well, in saying they are basically ‘hole tubes’, and what they do… the way that Einstein worked with them… he was actually the first one to work with black holes, I think. And with his space-time theory, that basically a black hole was a collapsed star that attracted into it, because its gravitational pull was so huge, that it attracted into it anything that was in its range. So, any of the star material… energy patterns… whatever it was, that was in its range, got sucked into this black hole and chucked out somewhere else. Except, nobody ever identified where the ‘somewhere else’ was.

But what these black holes actually did was to do exactly that – it drew as much energy as it possibly could into itself and discharged it at a point – the collection point, if you like, where the Fourteen Faction could make use of them and transport it back to their universe.

Robert Stanley: So it is a hole, a wormhole, from this Universe to the other universe so that they can drain energy out – like a parasite – they’re just sucking energy, specific types of energy out. But, okay, so now when did the collapse start to occur & why did that happen?

Chris Thomas: Well, obviously, having this bazaar race turn up in our Universe, bringing with them energies made of the exact opposite of the energies that this Universe is made from was not a good idea as far as this Universe was concerned. And really, nobody had an answer to it. There was no way of fighting them, because all they had to do is say ‘NO!’… you know, because they could remove ‘freedom of choice’. And so, it took a long time to work out a way of dealing with them & the problems they brought with them.

And into this, I’m afraid, comes time, and time is pretty bazaar stuff. Now I can’t really explain all the connections in terms of time sequences, because… there just doesn’t seem to be a way of unwrapping them. For example, when the wormhole was first created in our Universe, that was 3.5 million years ago. But, at the same time, to protect our solar system – because there is something very, very special about our solar system., the Universe, as it were, shut off any access into our solar system to prevent the Fourteen Faction from gaining an access to it. And that happened, in human history terms, that occurred 8,000 years ago. So somehow, or other, events on Earth happening 8,000 years ago relate to an event occurring within the Universe 3.5 million years ago.

So, if you could find a way of explaining that one, I really would like to know, because I haven’t been able to get to the bottom of that one. I have been trying to work that one out for quite a few years and I really can’t. I mean you could explain it to a certain extent because in order for us to be physical, and the planets we live on to be physical within our solar system, then energy patterns are highly condensed. And, we see light traveling @ 186,000 miles per second, but once you get outside of our solar system, then the energy patterns are not as condensed as they are with us, so light travels at much, much faster speeds. And therefore, time exists at different levels & at different forms within in the regions of the universe, depending on how the energy patterns within that region work.

So, events that occur on Earth that, say, take 100 years as far as we’re concerned, for the semi-physical races can take a thousand years, but for the non physical it can take a million years. So, in relation to each other, a million year event within the realms of the non physical races would, as far as we are concerned, or they would experience it as being something like 100 years here on Earth. So, they experience time, in some respects, much faster than we experience it. But at the same time, because they are effectively immortal, or at least they will last as long as this Universe lasts, then to them time also happens much more slowly.

(end of pt1)
SOURCE (https://archive.org/details/01RobertStanleyURHChrisThomas)


turiya

turiya
22nd October 2013, 18:06
The Fourteenth Faction, The Velon & The Akashic
Part2

Click to Listen
http://www.clker.com/cliparts/e/5/a/2/1206570547560908424akiross_Audio_Button_Set_4.svg. med.png (http://www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/01_Robert_Stanley_Chris_Thomas_FACTION_14_edit_pt3 _and_pt4.mp3)
Interview Part2


Robert Stanley: I’d like to have you explain, Chris, if you could, what does it look like when you are reading the Akashic Record. How could you describe that?

Chris Thomas: It’s a vortex. It’s a vortex of energy. Each event creates a vortex within the space-time continuum if you think of a fabric of space, then an event that is recorded within the Akashic is recorded as a vortex of energy. That involves a number of interconnected dimensions.

Now, again, dimensions is something which most people don’t really understand. A dimension is an energy, if you think of a radio dial, then you have stations that exist at certain points around the dial. And they exist at certain marked frequencies. The frequency between one spot on the dial and the next spot on the dial, you can think of that as a dimension. So a dimension contains all the energy patterns that went beneath that dimension, but doesn’t connect to all the energy patterns that go above that dimension.

Robert Stanley: Like a note on a scale?

Chris Thomas: Yep, that would be another good way of putting it. So each of those notes has a frequency. And that is all a dimension is… a set of frequency that add up to one note. And then the next note has a bunch of frequencies that add up to itself. And that’s all a dimension is.

So, if you look at the Universe as a whole, what we have within the Universe, in dimensional terms, is an energy potential of 39 to the 39th dimensions. Basically, it’s the number 39 with 39 zeros after it. That is how much energy is contained within this Universe. And then you compare that to our solar system, we have an energy bubble around us to compact the energies that make us relate to physical frequencies, and that energy bubble contains 396 dimensions.

And that’s the kind of limitations that we operate under, whereas outside of our solar system, then the energy patterns to dimensional levels available to us vary depending on where you are, what region of space you’re within.

And this is what the Akashic does is – for each region of space, the energy patterns of an event imprint themselves into a vortex form within the energy patterns within a particular region. So, each region of space has its own Akashic. But they also inter-link together then into, if you like, the all Universal Akashic.

Robert Stanley: What I’m curious about is: How would you describe the appearance of it? When you’re reading it, what are you seeing in your mind’s eye?

Chris Thomas: Right. That’s a little more difficult to describe…
If you are a psychic, for example, and you are use to having psychic awareness… there are a lot of psychic herbalists out there, shall we say, who are able to look at a plant & they can tell you immediately what its properties are & how it will help heal the human body. Now, they don’t go into that plant and investigate & go “Oh well, its got this chemical, this chemical & that chemical. They know instantly what that plant is, because effectively they are communicating with that plant. The plant is saying to them, “I have these properties.”

So, when I go into the Akashic, then that’s what I get, …is a similar response. The Akashic says to me, “What is it you are looking for? What, what information are you looking for?” And then I can isolate that region of history, or an event within the history. And, know what its about, know what it has to say. So, it’s a knowing, as opposed to a reading. Once an event has been recorded within the Akashic, it cannot be taken out. Nor can it be altered out. The energy patterns… once they’re set, they’re set. They cannot be varied or altered at all.

Robert Stanley: This raises another question: are they (the Akashic) absolutely permanent? Or, if this Universe dissipates at some point, will those records be lost?

Chris Thomas: Well, if you think of the Universe as being the creationary source… whatever you want to call it, its not male or female, its an it. If you encompass all the energy patterns that could ever be, then you can only be an it…
So, the Universe exists because it wants an answer to the question it asked. Which means it brought this Universe into existence to explore that question. That’s what the Akashic is there for, and why the Akashic is a permanent record. Because this is the answer that is going back to the creator, as & when this Universe collapses.

That is what the Akashic actually is… it is the memory of this Universe, to say, “Well, this is what we explored on your behalf.” Its not even an understanding, because there’s no… there’s nothing added to it. There’s no critique of it. Its just purely ‘these are the events that occurred’.

Robert Stanley: I do have a question from one of my audience members, and I think I already know your answer, because we talked about this before, but I’m going to ask it anyway…

Okay, she’s asking me about what you think about time manipulation, there is somebody who said that something was going to occur on September 9th. I don’t know if you’ve heard about this… Allegedly an RFID was found in Napolean’s Skull. This is something that reportedly was placed there by people traveling back in time.

Have you heard anything about this?

Chris Thomas: No, I haven’t heard this one… An RFID chip in Napolean’s skull, aye… that could explain a lot.

Robert Stanley: LOL - Yes, this could explain why he was a bit mad… But, allegedly, this is one of the reasons that he lost Waterloo & things went off on a different tangent. Thus, creating a different, but parallel timeline to the base timeline.

Chris Thomas: Right… I hate these things about parallel timelines.

Robert Stanley: LOL - You hate them because…???

Chris Thomas: They don’t exist, its not possible. I’ll put it this way… We’re within this Universe to experience. And report our learning, at some time in the far-distant future, back to the Creationary Source. Now, if we had parallel timelines, we would never learn anything. Because, what we would do is shift over to the other… & say, “Well, I don’t like what’s going on in this lifetime, I’ll shift over to a parallel lifetime & I’ll avoid all the issues I’m suppose to be going through in this lifetime.” And in that way you never learn anything, because you keep avoiding the issue, you keep avoiding the lessons.

Robert Stanley: Chris, you’ve also said in some of your earlier writings that I've read about the Velon that, even though they came here 300 years ago, they traveled back in time to ancient Sumeria, whatever, and they planted certain information & ideas to make themselves substantial or deify themselves essentially in the records – the Earthly records. That obviously effected our timeline that we are on.

Chris Thomas: Yes, you can travel back in time because, obviously, the events that occurred in the past have actually happened. Therefore, you can travel back in time – there is something to travel to. Theoretically, what you can do is to travel from the time you traveled back to… to the present point where you left, in theory. The Velon couldn’t manage that. They actually stayed on Earth in that 5000 year time period. Because they traveled back 5000 years, but they couldn’t travel forward again. Because, if their plans had worked, then they would have altered future events. And as future events have not happened, then we cannot travel to them. There’s a group who traveled back in time, had to stay within that time, and not travel forwards again.

Robert Stanley: So what was the benefit of what they [the Annunaki] did by going back in time? Was there any benefit for them?

Chris Thomas: Now we’re used to seeing the body have a 70-80 year lifespan. Then we die, the soul leaves the body, and at some future point, we then build another body to live another lifetime.

For the semi-physical races it is very different. Their soul is integral to the body. You cannot kill a semi-physical being without destroying its soul. If the semi-physical being is killed, the body is physically destroyed, the soul has nowhere to live. And, therefore, cannot continue.

So, in other words, the semi-physical races are pretty much 30 million years old. The soul entered the body 30 million years ago & has remained there ever since. So, the bodies that the aliens have are effectively 30 million years old but they are self-regenerating. They don’t breakdown or dissolve, or anything. They are the same soul within the same body as they were when they first came into being.

This is why the semi-physical races have never developed weapons. Because they know that if they kill each other, they destroy the soul. And that is a big 'no-no' as far as anybody is concerned. They live their lives in ways which tend to be in harmony with everything around them.

Robert Stanley: I’m sorry Chris, but you’re not talking about the Velons now, you’re just saying the benevolent ones…

Chris Thomas: All the semi-physical races are the same.

Robert Stanley: Okay, but only some of them are the Velons, right?

Chris Thomas: Yeah, there are seven semi-physical races, one of those races is the Velon… there are 22 billion Velon souls within this Universe.

I’ll give you the seven races. You have, the ones that everybody knows, the Pleiadeans, who originate from Pleiades – but, as I have said, they have various sub-races who are sharing the place. You have those that originate from Sirius, the star system Sirius. Again, they’ve spread out in all sorts of regions.

You have the Greys, which everybody knows about. And again, they have spread all sorts of different places. Then you have what most UFO watchers call The Blues. Strange little beings, but they’re quite fascinating. They work with a lot of healers on Earth, believe it or not, …interested in healing & genetics. And they work very closely with the Greys. Then you have a Crystalline race. They exist in two forms – if you think of a giant quartz crystal, just embedded in the landscape, that’s the kind of forms that they take. So the soul is literally within that crystal. The other form they use is they live in collectives, so if you think of a crystal glasia(?) (crystal cluster) where you have a number of souls living within that cluster as a collective form.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/CRYSTAL_CLUSTER2_590_X_243.png

Obviously, they don’t travel around very much, they don’t use ships, or anything like that. But what they do is: they’re very good at astral projection, as it were. So they can psychically project themselves to, virtually, anywhere they want to within most of the Universe, not all of it…

Then there’s a race that comes from star system we’ve catalogued as NGC 584 (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NGC_584). I did have a name for it that I came up with recently, but I can’t remember it. Anyway, all that means is its star system #584 in the “New General Catalogue (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/New_General_Catalogue)” (NGC), which we don’t have a proper name for. They’re the aliens that have had more contact with Earth & the life on Earth than any other of the races. In appearance – if you think of a two year old child, the height, the head is proportionately larger than the body – that’s what they look like.

Apart from the Crystal ones, they’re all basically humanoid. But the NGC 584, they have a red-ish /gray skin, predominately red, sort of a brown–red color. They are an interesting bunch. They are master geneticists. Why I say they’ve been connected with the Earth a lot is… take, say the dinosaurs, for example, and the Earth wants to experiment to see what giant half-mammals / half-reptiles would look like, the NGC 584 would come to Earth & they would work with the genetic patterns of life that existed here, and essentially create new life forms, to seed, whatever, Earth, as a consciousness, chose to have living on the planet.

That’s the work they do within the Universe. They’re exceptionally good at it. But they don’t have any agenda. They only do it because they love doing it. They’re not doing it like the idiot geneticists we have on Earth. They do it, they know how to do it, and so they work very closely with planets. So, any planet within the Universe that requires a life form, the NGC 584 are able to help work with them to supply whatever form it is.

Robert Stanley: Is this what our ancestors might have called the Nature Spirit?

Chris Thomas: No. Nature Spirits are essentially the ‘Sidhe’ & the Faerie on Earth. The Sidhe are basically the management of the Faerie. They’re nature spirits, they work with plant life on the planet to maintain the integrity of the plants. And so, they’re nature spirits, as it were. No, the NGC 584 are a semi-physical being who literally create life, or create plants, create animals, to whatever conditions there are on the planet that requires new life to live on it.

In connection with that, the Earth, for example, if you look at the diversity of life on Earth, more forms of life on Earth exist than the rest Universe put together… that’s what the Earth is.

Robert Stanley: The funny thing is that there’s been so many extinctions, and yet there’s so much diversity, so there has to be something very special with this place.

Chris Thomas: It is, yes, its totally unique. Events on Earth determine, to a very great extent, what happens throughout the rest of the Universe. Its really that important.

Robert Stanley: Its like a catalyst, is what you’re saying?

Chris Thomas: Yes, if you think of the Universe being constructed to answer questions. Then the Earth has been used to answer most of the questions that were asked by the Universe.

Robert Stanley: Well, Chris, that would explain why the Velon want to take it over…

Chris Thomas: Its one of the main reasons, yes. Certainly, they followed an energy pattern that was aimed towards Earth, and was aimed at Earth for a specific job of helping us through changes we’re going through at the moment.

Robert Stanley: Can you tell me, do you know what these balls of light that show up. What, in your respective, what or who are these beings of light that look like a ball?

Chris Thomas: Well, there are several ways of looking at that, I mean I can give the standard UFO putdown, which is that it is Marsh Gas. Its true to a certain extent, because if you go into the historical answer to things, you find the talk of jack-o-lanterns, marsh balls, all of these kinds of things do exist, pure & simply as illuminated energy. You get the gas formed that is illuminated. Then you get ball lightening. So, that can account for some of it.

But a lot of it – no. They're energy patterns that are generated by the Earth, herself. And a lot of them are communicating devices. Think of crop formations, or crop glyphs, is what they call them these days… and, I know I’m going to upset a lot of people by saying this, but crop formations are not formed by aliens. Some are, but very, very few of them are actually created by aliens. The vast majority of them are created by the Earth, herself.

Robert Stanley: By the Earth… its trying to communicate to us?

Chris Thomas: Partly it’s a communication to us and partly it is to the semi-physical races - beings outside of the Earth. There was a classic case a couple years ago… the SETI Project – Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Search_for_extraterrestrial_intelligence), they beamed a message out into space & said it, “Oh well, its going to thousands of years before it answers because everything is so far away & radio waves only travel so fast” , or whatever. But then a few years ago, the reply turned up, in Wiltshire in Britain. It was in a field right next door to a radio telescope that is linked to SETI . So the answer came back, and they all laughed it off. That is a perfect example of crop formation specifically formed by an alien race as a communication. What the Earth does is communicate in the same way, by creating some of these patterns. I mean, some of these crop formations are breathtaking in their complexity. But the message is aimed outwards, as much as anything else. That’s the primary reason.

So, that’s what those balls are – most of those balls are energy patterns generated by the Earth herself. I mean you seen big collections of them over fissures that have volcanic activity, and you have an energy release. And you get a lot of balls forming over that rupture in the Earth’s surface. So its an Earth energy.


"Crop Formations are Not Formed by Aliens...
The vast majority of them are created by the Earth, herself."
http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/BALLS_OF_LIGHT_FORMING_CROP_CIRCLES2.png (www.youtube.com/watch?v=kYwCVc2zaCA#t=2m13s)
"Partly it’s a communication to us and partly it is to
the semi-physical races - beings outside of the Earth."

(end of part2)
SOURCE (https://archive.org/details/01RobertStanleyURHChrisThomas)


turiya :cool:

Delight
22nd October 2013, 20:45
So, if we start from the beginning, shall we say…
The Universe that we inhabit is not the only universe that exists… I’m not talking about monkey-verses of the sort of cosmologists, or the quantum physicists, way of talking – they don’t really exist. But what I mean is, physical universes do exist.

The significance of our Universe is exploring the thought – a sort of ‘What If?’ – so you have this creationary source, rolling around whatever space he’s in… going… “What would happen if I did this?” … and that’s what the Universe is set up to do. Its literally an energy envelope that allows that thought to be explored. And our Universe is essentially exploring the concept of ‘freedom of choice’.

So every soul that exists within this Universe is created with that ability to freely choose their actions. There is only one universal law, if you will, which is: you cannot act in such a way as to remove somebody else’s freedom to choose. So, essentially, everything is allowable, as long as you don’t break that one rule.

As I say, there are other universes, and the universe nearer to ours explores the exact opposite – “What if every soul that exists within that universe has the ability to remove ‘freedom of choice’ – how does that work. It doesn’t work very well, as it turns out, from what I can find out about it, that universe is in a state of collapse because its finished, essentially its just imploding in on itself.

But some time ago, the beings who exist in that universe – some of them, found a way to break into our Universe by constructing what physicists would call… cosmologists would call the wormhole, which is, theoretically, back to back black hole, so its essentially a two-way tube that connects two regions of space together.

So what these beings managed to do was to create a wormhole into our Universe to try and obtain as much energy as possible from our Universe to maintain their position in their universe which they knew was in a state of collapse. And that’s what they did was to break into this Universe.


So they are gone now and we are here with the "garden variety" negatives?

I think I see Chris Thomas referencing the Velons going into the past (over and over??). Now at "this time" they have been removed.

Michael Topper...do you think what he says here has anything to do with what CT says?



In the higher densities, the Name of the Game is Consciousness. This simply means that the higher densities of existence, whether positive or negative in orientation, all recognize that the business of all being and existence everywhere is always that of Consciousness... becoming more and more "Aware." Awareness is related to "density" of consciousness, so to say. The STS (Service To Self) way of achieving "density of consciousness" is to "gain weight" by assimilation of other consciousness units. This is generally promoted as "All is One" and refers to "evil" as a "rebellion" or a fault or something that will ultimately be "done away with."

STO (Service To Others), on the other hand sees "gaining weight" in a different way. It sees that an acknowledgement of the consciousness of "other self" as equal to its own consciousness, in spite of completely different manifestation of that being, is the way to "network" the consciousness so that the Whole is greater than the sum of the parts.

The difference is that the STO guys recognize consciousness as being an "integrative" activity of mutual networking and interdependence because they view all others as self, even if they are different, and therefore seek to help and assist because the other IS self in an absolute internal sense. In this way, Absolute Consciousness, or God is "glorified" by a marvelous diversity of being if you wish to put it in those terms.

The negative guys, on the other hand, play the game in terms of domination, subjugation and absorption of other consciousnesses into "One." . But, they too, understand that the rules of the game posit that in order for them to truly "absorb" into their being these other "consciousnesses," that the "other" must choose to become part of their "self-aggrandizement." An unwilling "food" is, in essence, not "nutritious" so to say. If the consciousness does not choose, it becomes a "poison" to the consciousness that seeks to "eat it." And so they must promote "Oneness" in a very particular way.

Note that both sides acknowledge "Oneness," but in very different ways.

So, we have to understand here that the true Negative Realm agenda is to "eat consciousness." So, this actually prevents an overt "take-over" in literal, physical terms. If an "invasion" was detected, this would mean that the veil would be lifted and all would see the "man behind the curtain" and would be disgusted and turn away. Just as in the "Wizard of Oz," those Ruby Slippers have to be obtained VERY CAREFULLY!

Gathering the essence is an art of great subtlety! The "negative alien plan" is, in its purest sense, STALKING.

The aim of Stalking is to create a completely controlled artificial environment composed of thoroughly predictable human behaviors - made predictable because they have been programmed to respond to cues of conditioning [inculcated through centuries of lies and obfuscations presented in the form of religions] and all of this revolves around a ’story’ that is actually untrue, and wholly misrepresentative of the real negative aim.

For centuries these programming signals have been being set up - either because of time travel capabilities, or because of actual historical presence. Various prophets or religious leaders have been influenced to preach, or teach or prophesy philosophies designed to lay a foundation for later take-over - possibly in our present time. When people begin to get wise, the Negatives simply go back into the past, add something more to the soup to "cover up" the new awareness. This then act as a domino effect and influences our present. Time loops and all that. A lot of people think that the "alien invasion scenario" is a ruse concocted by the government to create the impression that there is a forming "threat," thereby enabling the institution of a New World Order. But, this idea is based on a misrepresentation of the process just described. http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ciencia/topper/topper11.htm

Delight
23rd October 2013, 02:01
Something Chris said...no parallel timelines. I find that a restricting idea in itself. he references that the moment has possibilities and that there is no future as the future is being created all along (I think I uderstand that from what he said).

If possibilities our creative imagination entertain to be true create the future, restricting the sense of possibility or expanding it would be moment by moment. Always then we need to hold the highest frequency possible to receive SOURCE creator level knowings and demonstrate them? (we are akash's partner?).
He references that we are "angels" (earth angels). If we are part of LIFE, then we could consider ourselves the bearers of imaginative possibility in our realm.

Our imagination cannot be mined unless we agree. We can be cajoled by agreements that can come from various information levels appealing to our level of appreciation? for instance we see that there is a "sacred geometry" and extrapolate to laws and order. We appreciate certain "ideals". We find ourselves in a whole realm of thoughtforms promising "our ideal".

The realm of frequency beings must be vast.
We must be aware of the spectrum and how to navigate it.
If we "bring in" channeled information filtered from the Akashic, it is all past thoughts. We seem to be imprisoned in is the breadth of what we can imagine.

I have to say that we cannot "believe" CT anymore than any other source. By the emotional clearing, we open up to a lighter vibrational frequency. I may not be able to channel anything that is for anyone else. Because of filters, he should just pay attention and expand as he does and as he encourages us to do also!!!. I do appreciate him sharing.

Pay attention to what one's inner voice is saying. Be dedicated for clearing the way to a greater understanding of possibility. I believe we can bifurcate the present stream and change timelines at any moment to a new condition. We do create in the present what is seen in the future. That is something to consider reading and hearing every sentence from a source of information.

turiya
23rd October 2013, 03:11
The Fourteenth Faction, The Velon & The Akashic
Part3

Click to Listen
http://www.clker.com/cliparts/e/5/a/2/1206570547560908424akiross_Audio_Button_Set_4.svg. med.png (http://www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/02_Robert_Stanley_Chris_Thomas_FACTION_14_08292013 _pt1_.mp3)
Interview Part3


Robert Stanley: So Chris, you said there was 22 billion Velon souls, are there still? Or, what happened?

Chris Thomas: Yeah, they have been evicted from the Universe.

Robert Stanley: To where? Where would they have been evicted to?

Chris Thomas: Outside the Universe.

Robert Stanley: Oh, okay, you’ve mentioned this before. So, their not allowed to come back?

Chris Thomas: Well, its gets a little bit complicated, but essentially, what normally would have happened… well, I say ‘normally’ because nobody’s ever been evicted from the Universe before. So, what do you do with them? Do you return them to source? In which case, there’s a premature removal of the balance of energies from within this Universe which, in itself, could be catastrophic.

So, what did occur was a special solar system was constructed for them. So, the Velon were removed from this Universe into another solar system that is connected, but at the same time, separate from this Universe.

Now, I know that sounds a bit strange, but then we’re used to thinking of solar systems forming over millions, if not, billions of years. When we get outside of the Universe, time does not exist. And, therefore anything can occur within that region because there is no time for it to take for something to happen, it can happen instantaneously.

Robert Stanley: The speed of thought – absolutely … If you take away the restrictions of this physical dimension that we live in, then consciousness could manifest in what we think magically, in an instant.

Chris Thomas: Yes… Or, one can travel across a galaxy, for example, in a blink of an eye, just by thinking to where they want to go.

Robert Stanley: Scientists call it “entanglement” (Bell’s Theorem), “action-at-a-distance”.

Chris Thomas: Yes, it would be a “quantum entanglement”.

Robert Stanley: One of the things that I’m personally very curious about you is: At what age did you start to recognize what you were seeing?

Chris Thomas: Initially, it was at age 7. But, like most children who experience, or show, any kind of psychic capability, my mother beat it out of me, basically. So, it took me a few years to sort of come back from that. So, it was only really in my… I had a touch of it through my teenage years, but then really did lose in my early 20’s when I really went into it, started looking at it properly, and into it full time… as full time as I could.

Robert Stanley: Were you careful about divulging what you were seeing at that point, or did you just tell everybody?

Chris Thomas: I didn’t tell anybody at all, initially.

Robert Stanley: Until what age?

Chris Thomas: It was a gradual event. So, once I worked out what it was I was actually connected to & what I was seeing…and, then… I found people came to me and ask me questions, spontaneously, even though total strangers would come up to me & ask me a question for something. And, I would sort of think, “well, that’s odd”, but somehow I’d have the answer.

What I also did was to start checking everything I possibly could to make sure the kind of answers I was getting were as accurate as they could be. So, wherever possible, I would check through history books, whatever information I could find about a particular subject, to see what correlations there were, or if I was putting some kind of interpretation onto it. And, over the years, it led me to believe that what I receive from the Akashic is accurate & correct. And an awful lot of what is written in history books is just a load of rubbish. I mean, you know, I’ve been working with it actively for 35 years, and over that time period, then I’ve become… I still check everything. I know that its accurate, but at the same time I want to make sure that its… that I present what I see as accurately as possible.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/NGC_584_Galaxy_589_x_260.png

Its like this NGC 584, when I first encountered them, I had no idea that there was a star system called NGC 584, but I just knew that these beings originated from that star system. It took me about 3-4 years to actually track down that there was a New General Catalogue (NGC) and there was a star system called number 584 within it. And it related to what I could see as being… where these beings originated from.

So, as I said, I try and check everything as much as I possibly can to ensure that I am giving an accurate answer.


Everything from the Theosophical Society is Velon Generated

Robert Stanley: So, Chris, how many of the Velon souls are left, if any, in our Universe, or were they all evicted?

Chris Thomas: There are about three million left… And, why is that? Its because the Velon are responsible for all the channeled material that we have received on the planet for the last 100 years. The one who really started it, I suppose, was Blavatsky with the Theosophical Society in the 1850s. Her guide (Djwal Khul (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Djwal_Khul)) was a Velon. Yes, so everything from the Theosophical Society is Velon generated. And when you get to Alice Bailey’s time in the 1920’s, it gets even worse.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/BLAVATSKY_BESANT_BAILEY2.png

Alice Bailey was married… Alice Bailey’s husband was the British Ambassador to the United Nations in New York. He was a 33rd-level Freemason, as well. Alice Bailey set up a publishing company to publish the channeled material for the Theosophical Society, and the publishing company was called the Lucifer Trust (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lucis_Trust).

Now, the Lucifer Trust… Lucifer, if you like, is the god of the Freemasons, is the god of the Illuminati. But also, Lucifer is one of the personas that the Velon have taken on in their channeled material. So you get those kinds of connections going on as well. So it just becomes imprinted into how people think of channeled material.

From the other side, there’s a lot of clairvoyants & mediums screaming & shouting at me saying, “Well, what about… you know, I pass on messages from the deceased…” And so, you know, your great aunt dies, or your parents die or your grandmother dies, whatever… A lot of people obviously grieve a great deal and they want to know if the soul of the dearly departed is okay, if they had recovered from whatever the problems they had on Earth that made them die in the first place. And I have to say in my experience that, generally speaking, those channeled messages have not been interfered with because they are soul to soul communications between the medium & the soul of the departed. So, those, generally speaking, seem to be untouched as far as the Velon are concerned, because they can’t really break into that form of communication because its too personal. Its only when it becomes impersonal, then the problems begin.

Robert Stanley: The Velon, does their manipulation extend into religion?

Chris Thomas: No - not as such. From the Vatican viewpoint, they used Fourteen Faction energies to take control & spread the messages… the other religions believed whatever it is they believed. The one religion they did try to influence was Judaism, the Jewish religion. And the… what’s his name… Zecharia Sitchin, the translator of the Annunaki material, the Annunaki is one of a sub-race of the Velon, he always claimed in his books that the Annunaki story forms the basis for the Old Testament. So, the Old Testament material, he claims, is based on the Annunaki story.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/Gobekli_Tepe_Archeology.png
Gobekli Tepe

Now, that isn’t true, because, there’s a huge archeological dig going on in Southern Turkey at the moment – has been for about 15 or 20 years, something like that. Just down the road from Göbekli Tepe, about 2 kilometers from there, is the ancient biblical city, Ur of the Chaldees, which is where Abraham came from, according to biblical stories. Abraham is the root to three religions – Judaism, Christianity & Islam. They are all based on, or have their root with... what's his name... [Abraham]... and he lived & worked with the… what was that – Gobekli Tepe. Now what they found at Gobekli Tepe are records of instances of how these people lived their lives. Now, the region is between the Tigris & Euphrates Rivers. There’s Northern Iraq, Southern Turkey & Turkmanistan, I think it is, where those borders meet. And the people who lived there called the region ‘Eden’. And they were invaded, as it were, by a group of beings they called “The Tall White Northerners”. So if you think of the people living in the area, they would be as the people in the Middle East look now.

So all of a sudden, this group of beings move into the area, who are tall & blond & pale. Now, its possible they were from the Scandinavian countries, or its possible that they were a left-over from an early human form called ‘Gigantopithecus’, because they were described as ‘very tall’. And, so what is said & written in the Old Testament is the history, if you like, of that region & what occurred. So it was the god’s multiple mated with human women and produced hybrid children – which is what the Annunaki story is based on.

So the Annunaki mixed together human history and the history of their own solar system & merged it together into this fake story… it’s a fantasy story…
What the Old Testament is based is the actual history of events that occurred from Gobekli Tepe, when those peoples left ‘Eden’, traveled south through Sumeria, through Babylon & ended up in Egypt. And then moved from Egypt to Caanan (Palestine) and became the Jewish peoples.

So most of the ‘Old Testament’ is a history book – not about the Annunaki material – that’s just the ‘Annunaki Fantasy Story’. So, religion isn’t essentially Velon ‘stuff’, although they have claimed to be the Christ Consciousness & just about every religious leader…

Robert Stanley: Oh yeah, with channeled material... So, from your perspective, when you read Akashic records, did Jesus exist the way he is portrayed in the Bible?

Chris Thomas: No. I don’t want to get into this, because I get into a lot of trouble when I start talking about this, because it upsets a lot of people. Let’s just say no, and what is written in the New Testament is not accurate. What I try to say is faith is something that is very different to fact. A lot of people still maintain their faith & I don’t want disrespect that faith…

Religion has a different root. It goes back to ancient Egypt and links in with ancient South America as a concept of religion, but it was there to hold & impart particular types of information. The Vatican altered that from, like I was saying, the Old Testament is a history book – a story of the history of the Jewish people. What the Vatican did was to invent a religion. By using the Fourteen’s energy patterns [The Fourteenth Faction’s] they have enforced that on the world.

Robert Stanley: Oh, the Fourteenth Faction, I see, okay, ahhh… there’s the intersection.

Chris Thomas: The Fourteen Faction Energy 'they' [the Vatican] used. As far as I can find out, and as far as I have been able to track, the Velon have never been affected by Fourteen energies. They just have made choices of their own, and moved in directions of their own, which have acted in a way to remove ‘free choice’. The Velon don’t have anything to do with the Fourteenth Faction at all, they are entirely separate.

Robert Stanley: Right, but you said that they are the ones [The Velon] that are behind this false narrative – that we are going to ascend & essentially abandon the Earth… for some other home, or other dimension, right?

Chris Thomas: Yes, so that is 'their' [the Velon] agenda. But if you look at the Fourteen Faction material, or how the Fourteen Faction effected life on Earth, the Industrial Revolution is the perfect example of it. Because the Fourteenth Faction came into this Universe to destroy, to remove as much as possible, to exploit all the energy patterns that existed in this Universe & take it back to their own Universe. That was their purpose of coming here – the Fourteen Faction.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/INDUSTRIAL_REVOLUTION3.png
The Industrial Revolution - i.e. A Consequence of Fourteenth Faction Energies

This Solar System is the most important part of this Universe. Everything that occurs on Earth has an impact outside of our solar system. The Earth was protected from these Fourteenth Faction energies for a long time, because nobody wanted the resources of the Earth, and the life that exists on Earth, to be destroyed by these other beings. So, the first move to literally destroy the planet was with the Industrial Revolution. And we’ve continued on that process ever since up until very recently… Because it only very recently people have really… are saying stop… they’ve had enough of it… things have really gone too far.



The Concept of a There Being Reptilian Races, is a Concept That Arose Out of The Fourteenth Faction Energies.
Robert Stanley: Okay, your talking about people on Earth, but also you’re saying that there some group or entities that are protecting the Solar System, or is it just the Creator that has put some sort of protection around us?

Chris Thomas: No, not the Creator as such, the envelope of our Universe is made up Thirteen Beings, and its those 'Thirteen Beings' that maintain the balance of energy within this Universe… everywhere within the Universe. It’s the Thirteen Beings who put the protection around the Earth, or around our solar system, to protect it from the Fourteen Faction from the other universe. And now, the Fourteenth Faction and the energy patterns that they brought with them, are where the concept of the Reptilian races came from, because that was the appearance of the Fourteenth Faction.

So, when these people got imprinted with these energy patterns, these 33,000 that got caught in the blast when the wormhole opened were imprinted with the energy patterns from the Fourteenth Faction. And they took on… if looked at them from a psychic viewpoint, what you would see is a Reptilian image – a Humanoid Reptilian.

And so, this is why people get this concept of Reptilians being behind controlling everything, destroying everything, whatever… it’s because there’s a sort of 'race memory', as it were, of the activities of the Fourteenth Faction. And also to a certain extent, everybody is psychic, you might not be actively psychic, or consciously psychic, but on a subconscious level, we come in contact with somebody, we pickup all sorts of things from them without realizing it. And so if you came across one of these people who had decided to use the Fourteenth Faction energies, then they would appear & feel to you to be Reptilian.

And so, this is where this whole confusion about Reptilians races being everywhere on the planet, and all the rest of it, has come from. None of the races out there look Reptilian, no race within this Universe has a Reptilian appearance. Only this race coming from a different universe has that Reptilian appearance. Everybody within this Universe is Humanoid, in various forms – essentially Humanoid in form, and none of them look like a Reptile. Its only the energy patterns that came in from this other universe with the Fourteenth Faction that have an imprint of a Reptilian energy form. And its people who have used… they chose to use those energies that the Fourteenth Faction brought with them to remove ‘freedom of choice’ of people on Earth.

You can say it began with the Industrial Revolution & has continued ever since. You know the Transnational Companies, to a certain extent, made use of Fourteen Faction [energies]. People who took on those energies had the same life span as everybody does, so whilst in body, they would do whatever it is to forward their aims, they died, leave the body, reincarnate again into a new body, and make use of those energies again. So, you have a series of lifetimes being lived by these people where they attempt to take control & strip resources from the Earth.


The Fourteenth Faction… the closest they came to Earth was about 93 Galaxies distant – something like that, so they never really came that close to our Galaxy, or our Solar System.

Now fortunately, a way was found to deal with the Fourteenth Faction. And, again, don’t ask me to explain the time sequences… but the answer was found on Earth, believe it or not. Although we were protected as much as we possibly could be from The Fourteenth Faction… the closest they came to Earth was about 93 Galaxies distant – something like that, so they never really came that close to our Galaxy, or our Solar System. But those who brought those energies with them were, obviously, Human Souls. And so they sneaked them in, if you like, by presenting themselves as a Human Soul coming into our Solar System, then they were able to bring those Fourteen energies with them. Once entered in here then, you know, then they could do anything that they chose to do.

But… the only way I can describe it is: a message was sent out, from our Solar System to the Fourteenth Faction, to say that there is a never-ending energy source, a limitless energy source within our Solar System. And that attracted them to us. And we did ‘something’ …and I can’t quite get hold of exactly what ‘something’ we did to get hold of them, and it allowed us to, literally, evict them from the Universe & back to their own universe, and to shutdown their wormhole so there was no more access.

(end of part3)
SOURCE (https://archive.org/details/01RobertStanleyURHChrisThomas)


turiya :cool:

turiya
25th October 2013, 01:37
The Fourteenth Faction, The Velon & The Akashic
Part4


With The Fourteenth Faction Eviction
Black Holes Are Now Collapsing (http://www.space.com/22586-milky-way-giant-black-hole-food.html)

Hawking finally sees the light: Says black holes do not exist!
Physicist Stephen Hawking has now reversed his stand on black holes. (http://starburstfound.org/hawking-finally-sees-light-black-holes-exist/)
by Paul LaViolette
January 27, 2014

Click to Listen
http://www.clker.com/cliparts/e/5/a/2/1206570547560908424akiross_Audio_Button_Set_4.svg. med.png (http://www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/02_Robert_Stanley_Chris_Thomas_FACTION_14_08292013 _pt3.mp3)
Interview Part4

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/BLACK_HOLES_ARE_COLLAPSING.png (http://www.space.com/22586-milky-way-giant-black-hole-food.html)
Black Holes Are Collapsing (http://www.space.com/22586-milky-way-giant-black-hole-food.html)


Robert Stanley: But, what about black holes, though, Chris? What are we seeing there?

Chris Thomas: That event that removed the Fourteenth Faction, in our time frame it occurred in 2002, it was actually March 2002, that that happened. But outside our Solar System, it was at least 15,000 years ago… Don’t ask me, but that’s the kind of time frames. Now, if you look at what’s occurred since 2002, what you have from cosmologists, quantum physicists & all the rest of it, is photographs taken by Hubble shows black holes emitting matter. Now black holes can’t emit matter, they can only attract matter in one direction. This is all they’ve been observed to do ever since Einstein, or even Hubble himself, I suppose, it might have described back mid 1800s, early 1900s. But they have always been observed to absorb material, to draw material into themselves. But now, the black holes are collapsing. And as they collapse, they’re emitting, instead.

Robert Stanley: Have you seen the latest news on this (http://www.space.com/22586-milky-way-giant-black-hole-food.html)? Only an hour ago from NBC, “The colossal black hole at the heart of the Milky Way Galaxy is a messy eater. Of all the gas that falls towards the black hole, 99 percent gets spewed back out into space, new observations show, making the black hole akin to a toddler whose food ends up mostly on the floor, rather than his mouth.” You wanted some confirmation, I mean, this is pretty amazing… You are right. I think you are absolutely spot on, Chris.

Chris Thomas: This is what’s happening, and the reason why it’s happening is because the Fourteen energies have been removed. And, therefore the energy patterns no longer exist. And the holes are shutting down. They’re collapsing.

Robert Stanley: And, of course, its going to look as though its being spewed back out, but in fact its no longer going in.

Chris Thomas: Yes… Well, it is also pushing it out as the black hole is collapsing, its pushing out material that it’s taken in the past. It is a toddler… But I’ve seen a lot of photographs over the past few years, all… scientists saying, you know, “…these are emitting, they’re not gathering in…”

But also the same attitudes have changed on Earth. You know, when politicians say something, people use to just fall for it in the past, or when a monarch would say something, people would have to go along with it. Whereas now, people are turning around and saying, “Why? I don’t want to do this! We don’t want to do this! We don’t need to do this!” Right up to here – look what’s happening in Syria. You know, President Obama, two days ago, turned around and said, “Well, we’re going to bomb Syrians regardless of what anybody else does.” And everybody in the rest of the world is standing around and said, “Why?” And, today, Obama had to say, “Well, we can’t, we’re not going to bomb them until we have a mandate from the United Nations.”

We’ve had a massive shift in policy because people have turned around and said, “We’re not going to accept what you’re telling us any longer.” Whereas, 10 years ago, 12 years ago, 20 years ago, 50 years ago… whatever… If a politician in President Obama’s position had said that, then everybody would have said ‘Yes’. Nobody would have questioned it, because they could use the Fourteenth Faction energy.

Robert Stanley: Yes, its further evidence of what you’ve just stated, about the influence of the Fourteenth Faction is waning, right?

Chris Thomas: Very much so. It’s virtually gone, not entirely, but its virtually gone. You know, you’ve got a lot of the industrial heads, and politicians & some monarchs still trying to make use of that energy… And, to a certain extent people are so used, so accustomed, to being pushed into a direction, that they go along with it. A growing number of people are recognizing that those energy patterns no longer exist, and therefore they can push back. And this is what we’re seeing, a massive move in that direction.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/KARRELAN_590_X_330.png
REPTILIAN IMAGE SOURCE (http://dogmeatsausage.deviantart.com/art/Karrellan-401013961)


Though, in terms of Reptilian races & Reptiles in Human form, they no longer exist – all those energy patterns are gone. And, you know… I mean… this is going to make me sound more mad, but I can confirm David Icke’s observation – the Queen Mother had Reptilian energies. I have no doubt of that.

Robert Stanley: Why? Because of what you have seen psychically?

Chris Thomas: Yes.

Robert Stanley: Whoa!

Chris Thomas: Well, from what I understand of reading a little bit into the history of the royal family & what’s been going on, and everything. The Queen Mother had a very gentle – ‘everybody’s grandmother’ public persona with the image she presented, whereas privately, she was an absolute tyrant & totally ruled the family… and that’s reflected in making use of the Fourteenth Faction energies.

But now they can’t. Because those energy patterns have been destroyed – they have been totally removed from this Universe. This is what we’re seeing… politicians can no longer get away with anything, or the way monarchs can no longer get away with anything, because people are recognizing, or realizing that there isn’t that demand that they can remove ‘freedom of choice’ left anymore. Its gone.

Robert Stanley: Well Chris, you really made my day. I mean honestly.

Chris Thomas: I think, underneath it all, everybody realizes there’s something like this going on. They haven’t been able to investigate it for themselves, for whatever reason. So, it takes idiots like me to turn up, and try to come up with these kinds of answers.

So that’s what I was trying to say tonight really with our talk. Yes, there have been problems from Reptilian life forms, they have created havoc on Earth, but they have now gone.

Also, Reptilians, because they are not solid in any shape or form, they cannot reproduce. So, where people have seen Reptilians life forms inside people, it’s because of this Fourteen energies. But if those people have the Fourteen energies have children, that energy isn’t reproduced because the energy is contained within the soul of that individual.

So, these Reptilian forms are not alien in the sense that they are an alien form that exists within our Universe. None of the other races interbreed with each other, as it were. And its physically impossible for them to interbreed with people on Earth. Because… the Seven Semi-Physical races would be the only ones that could ever possibly do that. And, they don’t even reproduce because they are immortal. So they don’t reproduce, at least not in the same way that we do, anyway. And therefore, how could you create an Alien Hybrid – an Alien Human Hybrid? You can't!

Robert Stanley: Fascinating… wow… my goodness!

Chris Thomas: People need to try to understand that, yes, we did have problems with a Reptilian race, but those are now gone, totally – they no longer exist anywhere in this Universe, those energy patterns have been totally removed or destroyed. The vast majority… no… not vast majority… but ALL channeled material, talking about the good, the bad, the light, the dark, whatever… 5th dimension, Ascension, all the rest of it… is Velon originated.

Robert Stanley: Yes, Velons…

Chris Thomas: And, therefore, they are working to their own agenda. And, therefore, it should be ignored. All of it is dis-information & misinformation. It is deliberately designed to mislead people away from what our true purpose is, which is this soul reintegration. And so, all that needs to be ignored.

We also got new energy patterns working with us to try to help us with this. A friend sent me an extract from somebody’s website, recently. It’s a newsletter from the person who runs the website. It says, “Why I am No Longer a Lightworker”.

Robert Stanley: Yes, that’s my friend, Cameron Day. I’ve had him on before.

Chris Thomas: Well, it’s a brilliant piece of writing. Its superb. And I would urge anybody who listens to channeled material to read it. Because he puts it very well, and explains why there is this duality, this dichotomy going on. Obviously, he puts it in different words to the way I would put it. He wouldn’t know about the Velon, and all the rest of it. But, essentially, that’s what he’s talking about – "Demiurge", as he puts it, is the Velon.

Robert Stanley: Interesting…. Chris, always fascinating speaking with you, and thank you for sending me those articles that you’ve written. I know you have some books… How do people find your work?

Chris Thomas: Well, as I said before, Amazon has effectively banned my books, you can’t get them through Amazon…
The best place would be a mail order book club company called Cygnus Book’s International Mail Order Service, they are on > www.cygnus-books.co.uk <

Robert Stanley: How many books do you have & what are their names?

Chris Thomas: Eleven Books all together.
There are 8 books about Earth History & 3 books about Healing.
1. The Journey Home
2. The Fool’s First Steps
3. Planet Earth – The Universe’s Experiment
4. The Universal Soul
5. The Human Soul
6. Project Human Extinction – The Ultimate Conspiracy
7. The Annunaki Plan & The Human Plan
8. Synthesis
9. The Healing Book (Healing Course)
10. Everything You Always Wanted to Know About Your Body But Nobody was Able to Tell You
11. The Sequel To Everything You Always Wanted to Know About Your Body
Robert Stanley: Have you found that each organ has its own type of awareness?

Chris Thomas: Each organ works with a particular emotion, I suppose would be the simplest way of explaining it. There is a Chinese system as well, which is slightly different to what we explain in our books. I am not entirely certain for the reason for that.

But out of the thousands of people I have work with over the last 35 years, nobody I have ever worked with falls outside the pattern described in the “Everything You Ever Wanted to Know About Your Body” book. So every chapter relates to each organ. There are slight differences in the Chinese system. But they are only slight

People have come back to us and said that they’ve read these books & have cured themselves of whatever the problem is. It can be done – no problem.

(end of part4)
SOURCE (https://archive.org/details/01RobertStanleyURHChrisThomas)


turiya :cool:

Flash
25th October 2013, 02:27
I truly like the person of Chris and enjoy reading what he says. But I do have a problem with a bit of his themes. For example, he says that the first example of the Fourteenth faction was Alexander the Great conquest, Alexander having been the first to do mass killing of the sort.

Well, Ghengis Khan was definitely a predecessor to Alexander and his conquest were covering half the earth literally. Imagine the spirit in those time, to conquest half the earth with horses and arrows.

There have been conquest, mass killing, etc much before. Same with not turning against the planet before the 1800 century. It may be just because we did not have the technology. But what I have seen in history books regarding how we got rid of American Indians starting in the 1600 century is definitely not for the weak of heart. We were absolutely barbarous. This was mass killing.

I would truly like to compare the Akashic books sources because something seems odd to me.

However, I must say that he sends a breeze of fresh air.

FireHorse
25th October 2013, 04:11
I truly like the person of Chris and enjoy reading what he says. But I do have a problem with a bit of his themes. For example, he says that the first example of the Fourteenth faction was Alexander the Great conquest, Alexander having been the first to do mass killing of the sort.

Well, Ghengis Khan was definitely a predecessor to Alexander and his conquest were covering half the earth literally. Imagine the spirit in those time, to conquest half the earth with horses and arrows.

There have been conquest, mass killing, etc much before. Same with not turning against the planet before the 1800 century. It may be just because we did not have the technology. But what I have seen in history books regarding how we got rid of American Indians starting in the 1600 century is definitely not for the weak of heart. We were absolutely barbarous. This was mass killing.

I would truly like to compare the Akashic books sources because something seems odd to me.

However, I must say that he sends a breeze of fresh air.

Greetings, Flash. You might want to do a little more research on Alexander The Great and Genghis Khan. Re-read above:

So, that’s the kind of culture that there was, and all of a sudden into that came Alexander the Great who all of a sudden decided what he was going to do was to start conquering half the planet, or as much of the planet that he could get hold of. That was about 320 BC, I think that’s when it was. So he started trying to take over massive areas of the planet, so that he could control everything that occurred. And that really is the first time in human history that we had seen somebody with that kind of intention – using energy patterns that literally alien to life on Earth.


http://static.memrise.com.s3.amazonaws.com/uploads/mems/output/597440-130503190738.png
Alexander the Great

And then following that, of course, we had the Roman Empire because they basically followed Alexander the Great’s pattern, and then you have the Vatican who’s been doing the same thing for the last 1500 years – trying to control everyone on the planet. And then you have things like the European monarchs taking over territories & inter-territorial wars, and all that sort of stuff. It all comes from people using an ability to remove people’s ‘freedom of choice’, because obviously, if you went around killing people, you’re not allowing people to choose how their life is.

Not that Wikipedia is a bastion of facts, it is a decent starting place:

Genghis Khan (/ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English)ˈ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)ɡ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)ɛ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)ŋ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)ɡ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)ɪ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)s (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key) ˈ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)k (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)ɑː (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)n (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)/ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English) or / (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English)ˈ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)dʒ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)ɛ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)ŋ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)ɡ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)ɪ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)s (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key) ˈ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)k (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)ɑː (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)n (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English#Key)/ (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA_for_English),[4] (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ghengis_kahn#cite_note-5)[5] (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ghengis_kahn#cite_note-6) Mongol: [tʃiŋɡɪs xaːŋ] (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Help:IPA) (http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/2/21/Speaker_Icon.svg/13px-Speaker_Icon.svg.png (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:GenghisKhan01.ogg) listen (http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/cd/GenghisKhan01.ogg)); Chingis/Chinghis khaan; 1162? – August 1227), born Temujin, was the founder and Great Khan (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khagan) (emperor) of the Mongol Empire (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongol_Empire), which became the largest (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/World%27s_largest_empires) contiguous empire in history after his demise.

Alexander is the predecessor...

I agree with you on the terrible fate of the Native Americans. Not pretty and not fair...

~FireHorse

Flash
25th October 2013, 04:22
LOL I stand corrected, better being corrected than remain in doubt. I don't know why but I had the impression that Ghensis was BC, not after Christ.

Gardener
25th October 2013, 05:38
Just to say thank you Turiya for posting these interviews with Chris Thomas. After a couple of years watching, listening and reading Chris Thomas work my BS detector has not gone off once, as Flash said 'a breath of fresh air'. I also am firmly of the 'opinion' we are rising towards the advent of something quite different where it becomes increasingly more difficult for the warring factions to implement their agenda, and considerably more apocalyptic exposure of evil in all its forms.

I wish I could say 'I KNOW' but I can't, not yet; though I am quietly confident.

Hazel
25th October 2013, 15:04
Wonderful metaphysical-historyonics

all told with entertaining gymnastic fictional flare

:boxing:

with respect:
thats my gut response
until otherwise experientially realized

and so it is ;)

turiya
26th October 2013, 01:51
The Fourteenth Faction, The Velon & The Akashic
Part5: The Give-Away: A Method for Clearing the Body in Preparation for Total Soul Reintegration


People really need to understand more than anything else is:
We are not a body who has a soul, but a soul that has constructed a body.

Click to Listen
http://www.clker.com/cliparts/e/5/a/2/1206570547560908424akiross_Audio_Button_Set_4.svg. med.png (http://www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/02_Robert_Stanley_Chris_Thomas_FACTION_14_08292013 _pt5.mp3)
Interview Part5
The Give-Away

RS: How did you come to find that you could do something like ‘psychic surgery’?

CT: I came across a situation where it felt to me that I could do something to help somebody in a healing sense. And I did, much to my amazement. And so I thought I better find out about this & see what it’s about, and started investigating it. And started pushing my abilities. I set myself goals. And my Higher Self would send me clients who would push me in that direction. So they would push my abilities all the time.

So, I don’t go into a trance state, or anything like that. I always wanted to be totally aware of what I am doing & what is going on. That’s how I work with people, I can see inside people’s bodies like MRI Scan in real time. That’s like what I can do with it – I read the energy patterns within the body. I can lift out an organ, if you like, and locate it in my mind 360 degrees to see what’s going on with it and what’s going wrong. And so, I’ve made conscious choices all the way through my healing career, to move in directions, and to do things that I wanted to do.

RS: Let’s say your looking at someone who is hurt, and you see the damage to an area, you see the energy pattern is out of sorts. What mechanism do you use to put it right again?

CT: Well, for example, somebody in your situation with your broken wrist, I would have sent you off to ‘Casualty’ & would say “go & get it sacked.” Because its difficult to build energy patterns that would reproduce a splint. So, when you have a broken bone situation, then you need physical restraints to hold the bone back in its proper position.

Apart from that, then virtually anything else can be done energetically. By working with the energy patterns within the body, where there is an illness or a problem, there is a deficiency of energy. What a healer does is to reconstruct that energy, so instead of it being deficient, it’s made whole again. So that creates the healing to work.

The biggest problem is stopping the problem coming back. And this is why we wrote the “Everything You Always Wanted to Know About Your Body” book, is to say to people, “well this is what causes the problem in the first place’. No matter what kind of healing you have – medical, homeopathic, herbal or energy healing, the problem is going to come back unless you address the root cause.

And so, that’s why we wrote that book, was to say to people, “You can work out the root cause. So, not only do you heal yourself of your symptom, but you heal yourself of what caused it in the first place.” When we saw people as clients, and I hate to say this, we actually had a 99 percent success rate. And 97 percent of that was with a single appointment.

So, it can be done. There’s no reason why anybody can do it. It’s a question of application. And working out what the root cause is. Once you know what the root cause is, then you can deal with it, and you can stop any problem coming back.

RS: It seems to me it’s a disruption of the energy flow, or a discord in the multiple patterning of energies. So, you’re just putting things back into harmony, so the energy can flow properly, right?

CT: Essentially that, yeah.

RS: You’re not the first healer I met that knows this stuff, I find it amazing that so few people seem to be aware of this innate ability that should use as opposed to the current system, which is falling out of favor with a lot of people right now. Its actually insane.

CT: It doesn’t work either, most people die of medical treatment than anything else, literally. It’s a fact. If in schools we taught Einstein’s theory of relativity properly, which is that everything is energy, all matter is energy. If people understood that, then you would make a massive shift in the understanding of yourself & how you see yourself & how you see the world.

People really need to understand more than anything else is that, we are not a body who has a soul, and what we are is a soul that has constructed a body. By making that shift in your mind, you start to understand how the energy patterns within the body works, and how the body itself works, how the organs work, how the interact & were made.

The average soul of a human being contains something like 50 dimensions of energy. That’s how big we are. It is a lot. And, that is a phenomenal amount of energy. And that is what is available to us. If we can go through this process of bringing it back into the body, then we can become anything we want to be, literally. All we need to do is clear the emotions out. Because all the emotions are stored in the organs need to come out so we can literally make room for the Higher Self to get into the body.

RS: You said this is the key to soul reintegration. So, how does one purge oneself of emotions that are blocking the process of soul reintegration? How would that happen?

CT: Okay, there is a nice, very simple exercise you can use. Its called ‘The Give-Away’. I’ll explain this one briefly. What you do is take a sheet of old newspaper & a couple of pencils & you sit down with your pencil in your hand & you start to write on the newspaper. And what you do is to write to somebody that has upset you. Could be a boss, a parent, could be a partner, whatever – write to them, write to them saying exactly what you feel about the situation that you are in with them, the problems they caused you, that sort of thing. What you are doing is getting the emotions onto the paper. Now, because its on newspaper in pencil, you cannot read it back, its physically impossible. Because if you read it back, you are taking that emotion back in. So, what this exercise does is literally give away the emotion to the newspaper. Once you start writing, you will be amazed at how much rubbish you are actually holding on to. Because you can think of an event or person, or a situation… your car breaks down, you can write to your car, your water pipe breaks, you can write to the water pipe about how annoyed you are for it breaking. That sort of thing.

But when it comes to people, if you start writing, to your father, your boss, uncle George, whatever, what you find is that there are other emotions entangled within that & they will start to flow out of your system, as well. So, just keep on writing. You might start writing to one person, but in the end you, you will find that you are writing a dozen different people because there are similar emotions connected around that one person or one event.

Basically, what you need to do is to go through this writing exercise, this ‘Give-Away’ exercise, many, many times, because if you finish a piece of writing, and then you think back on the event that you were writing about & you still feel emotions connected to it, then you haven’t cleared those emotions fully. You need to go over it again.

And, the best thing to do, when you’ve finished a piece of writing – say, you’ve come to the end of your sheet of newspaper – is rip it up, and if you can, burn it, or trash it somewhere. If there’s not a way to burn it, then trash it somewhere, but rip it up & get rid of it, preferably by burning, because fire, in itself, is quite cleansing, but not everybody got somewhere where they can set fire to things, set the sprinklers off… or the fire alarm.

RS: Some people say… I’ve heard that burying it, if you can’t burn it, then burying it is another way.

CT: No, no, because if you bury it, then you’re putting those emotions into the ground.

RS: Oh, you don’t want to give it to the Earth – no.

CT: You don’t want to do that.

RS: Okay, never mind.

CT: You’re making a shrine of it. You’re making a shrine of those emotions.

RS: Alright – never mind.

CT: You just need to get rid of it, get it out of your life. Put it somewhere you don’t know where it is. So, when you put it in the trash, the trash man is going to get rid of it, its gone, you don’t know where it is. If you burn it, all you’re left with is the ash – everything is gone.

If you bury it in the ground, you’re making a shrine. You’re saying I know I’ve done this, but I want to hang on to it.

RS: I see, okay.

CT: Its almost as bad as reading it back.

RS: Okay, thank you for clarifying that, Chris.

CT: But its brilliant. It an immensely powerful tool. It sounds like its never ever going to work. Most people are very resistant to it, to start with, until they try it. And then, the normal reaction is, “I didn’t realize I was hanging onto so much rubbish. I feel so much lighter & cleaner than I’ve ever felt in my life.

RS: I’ve actually experienced that when I was having an emotional crisis, while I was in Indonesia in 2004. And I was having flashbacks on some of the trauma that went on in my childhood, and I recognized that I needed to write a letter to my mother & father, who I was no longer speaking to at that point. So I was still carrying around that emotion around with me. So, I wrote this letter to the both of them knowing that they probably were not going to respond back in the way I had hoped. But, it wasn’t about them, it was about me purging myself of those toxic emotions. And, not only did it heal me, bring my wife & son together, but over time, it actually initiated a process of healing between myself & my parents. And we actually became a lot closer, simply by writing this letter saying, “Look, I forgive you for whatever you’ve done, going forward, I hope you’ll forgive me. And it was just incredibly cathartic, Chris.

CT: Yes, it is. I am pleased that kind of language worked for, because what we normally advise to people is to swear as much as you possibly can. Express it in the most powerful terms you can think of.

RS: LOL… emotionally, instead of intellectually… yes, I agree.

CT: Its what your getting onto the paper, you’re saying what really, really feel about that person or the events that another person brought about. So you’re expressing your emotions as forcefully as possible. So this isn’t a question of, “Oh, gosh, I wish you hadn’t done that to me.” You know, “You blank… blank… blank!” …whatever, put that on the paper, use those kind of terms.

RS: It was an abject lesson in forgiveness. Because I was not only forgiving them, I was forgiving myself, whether or not they were going to participate in that process. The fact that I initiated it really was incredibly empowering, it was like…

CT: Its huge isn’t it?

RS: It is because it was like what was stuck inside me, I couldn’t… I tried… believe me… I tried the normal route of psycho-therapy, medication… and I got to tell you… it was abysmal, it didn’t help me at all.

CT: Yes.

RS: So that’s when I came to that conclusion. And you know, I’m watching these people get washed away in a tidal wave (Indonesia, 2004), and metaphorically, it felt to me that I was drowning in a tidal wave of emotion that I just couldn’t seem to get around it. And so I was desperately trying think, “How do I resolve this?” and that was the answer that came.

CT: Look at it this way: If you go to a psychiatrist, or psychologist, or a counselor, whatever, to get you to talk about it. And so, you’re listening to yourself talking about the problem, so you’re just recycling, taking it back in again & again, and you’re not clearing, you’re just recycling it.

RS: Right. And, that’s why at some point I gave up on that, because I could see it wasn’t working. It just wasn’t working for me, anyway... I am glad that we’ve had this conversation because there’s a record of it. I don’t know how long the digital age is going to last. But I know this little conversation here is going to… – Its like throwing a pebble into the pond – it ripples out across the planet.

CT: Hopefully, yeah.


turiya :cool:

turiya
27th October 2013, 02:44
I have to say that we cannot "believe" CT anymore than any other source.



To "believe" in what another says, is an attempt to take a shortcut, a shortcut which bypasses/avoids finding out for oneself from one's own experience. In other words, "to believe" is that which is borrowed information taken as true.

However, what someone else says, which comes from their experience, can be used, filed away, and later referenced, in order to verify that which is found from one's own experience.

In listening, or reading, what another experiences, there is the possibility of that which is said, & that which is heard, will be entirely two distinctly different things from what was actually experienced by the experiencer. For, the original, so to say, will get 'lost in translation'. And that can occur at basically two points. (1) The translation which occurs when the writer/speaker finds the chosen words to express that experience; and (2) the translation which occurs when that which is said is taken in by the one that receives that information, a.k.a. that which is interpreted by the listener / reader.

In both cases, the actual event is neither that which is being told about, nor is it that which is read about, or listened to. As, in the latter case, emotional baggage will interfere with, or act as a filter that can distort what is being said.


Pay attention to what one's inner voice is saying. Be dedicated for clearing the way to a greater understanding of possibility.

The information that Chris provides in the 'Give-Away', it is a good method for clearing away the emotional baggage that would prevent one from experiencing for oneself that which he speaks, and writes about. Clear the garbage, and the intuitive sense becomes greater.


I believe we can bifurcate the present stream and change timelines at any moment to a new condition. We do create in the present what is seen in the future. That is something to consider reading and hearing every sentence from a source of information.

Clearing the emotional garbage from the bodymind mechanism will also remove the conditioned reflex response that is held within that mechanism, allowing for one to move more easily beyond habitualized patterns of behavior that one has lived with, for perhaps, most of one's life. In other words, clearing the emotions allows for the possibility for a greater number of free choices to be made in creating a possible future for oneself.


turiya :cool:

turiya
27th October 2013, 14:48
It seems this article belongs on this thread...



Why I Am No Longer a Light Worker
By Cameron Day, on August 23rd, 2013

No, I haven’t turned to the dark-side, but rather I am transcending sides. This article is probably the most important piece I have written to date, and in order to convey the full message, a bit of back-story is necessary. Hang in there with me, and by the end you will understand why I will never call myself a “lightworker” again.

Planet Earth and much of our corner of the universe has been under a spell for a very long time, a spell which casts doubt within our minds about whether or not we are connected with the Infinite Source of all creation. The spell causes us to feel alone, vulnerable and isolated – cast out from the Heavenly Realms into a cruel, dog-eat-dog world. This spell is pure fiction, a deception of the highest order, but it has taken hold deeply on this and other worlds.


http://c300221.r21.cf1.rackcdn.com/lightworker-alex-grey-1353571745_b.jpg

Intrinsic within this holographic spell is the notion that duality and polarity are natural aspects of life, and that we must serve one side of duality or the other. This elegantly simple binary imprint has become so prominent that we have lost sight of the larger holographic spell that spawned it. Indeed, we have lost sight of the hologram all together, and come to believe that it is the sum total of reality.

Humans have been conditioned to worship the holographic deception and the agents that perpetuate it. This hologram has been called Maya by the Hindus, and the Gnostics referred to it as the Corrupt Demiurge. I find this term a highly accurate description, and from the point forward I will refer to it as the corrupt demiurge...


Hello, turiya and all others that have posted on this thread. I am NEW here but, have been digging around on the subject of Chris Thomas...

I've read several of Cameron Day's posts and listened to a couple of his MP3s. The problem I have found with Cameron is he's very much into Archons and the Demiurge. According to my readings (Cameron's and others), the Demiurge is the "God" of the Old Testament and he is an insane reptilian. The Archons are his companions, tadpole-like critters that supposedly resemble baby Greys (as best as I can gather). These Archons are an "infection" and mess with human's heads.

Now, enter Chris Thomas. Chris Thomas has mentioned the Reptilian(s) and the Archons, and they are not here, anymore. They came into our Universe from another Universe and had the ability to remove free will (energy patterns). They were removed from this Universe, he has stated.

I would love clarification on the Demiurge/Reptilian/Archon thing. Chris says they are gone. Cameron (and others) claim they are still here.

Can anyone offer more information? Can Chris be contacted about this (Herbert, you appear to have his ear...)?

Thank you!

FireHorse :confused:

Hi FireHorse,

FireHorse wrote:


I would love clarification on the Demiurge/Reptilian/Archon thing. Chris says they are gone. Cameron (and others) claim they are still here.



Sorry, I didn't get back to you right away on this... I've been pretty preoccupied with transposing the Robert Stanley interview into a written format. And, I found within that interview that Chris does bring up Cameron Day's article, "Why I am No Longer a Lightworker (http://www.ascensionhelp.com/blog/2013/08/23/why-i-am-no-longer-a-light-worker/)", in which he states that the "Demiurge" that Cameron Day uses is, in fact, the same as what Chris Thomas calls the Velon. According to Chris Thomas, the Velon (Demiurge) have been evicted from this planet & solar system, but still have the ability to effect human beings through their use of channeled messages & material.

You have raised a good question, though, to ask Chris Thomas directly...
Since the Archons were mentioned in the early writings of the Sumerian cuneiform clay tablets, is there a connection between what are called "Archons" and what Chris has identified as Velon, or were they part of the Fourteenth Faction?

Chris speaks of those +30,000 souls, who were on their way to Earth, and had been "infected" with Fourteen Faction energies, with the sudden manifestation of the wormhole that connected their universe with ours. And, as Chris points out, those "infected" souls started to show up on Earth beginning with Alexander the Great & his attempt to conquer the world, followed by the Romans & later the Vatican.

From this I would suspect that the Archons are more a part of the Velon agenda - in particular, with those that traveled back in time (who later got trapped there, because they effectively altered the future) to effect the history of human beings through the implanting/dictating their Annunaki Fantasy story to a Sumerian tablet maker. That story, embedded within the Sumerian clay tablets, was later to be found by archeologists, and then Zecharia Sitchin would later play a key role in its translation - i.e. its been indicated that he actually received channeled messages from an Annunaki entity who had "helped" him with translating those writings.

In other words, all references to Archons, should be understood to mean the Velon. It is a very good question to pose to Chris Thomas, as I haven't yet heard him address this particular subject matter directly. I am just going through the Red Ice Creations Hour2 of the interview with Chris, and I would be surprised if Henrik Palmgren didn't bring this particular thing up.

In that Robert Stanley Chris Thomas interview, Chris also clarifies from where the idea of a Reptilian race(s) had come from. He states that the only Reptilian race he's come across that is recorded within the Akashic is not from this Universe, but connected with the Fourteenth Faction, who came here from an altogether different universe. They have been forcefully evicted from this Universe (as of 2002), and sent back to their own, which is now in the process of going through a complete collapse back into source... (this is also the reason, according to Chris, why we are presently seeing why black holes appear to be collapsing (http://www.space.com/22586-milky-way-giant-black-hole-food.html)).

Hope this helps...
turiya :cool:

FireHorse
28th October 2013, 04:37
It seems this article belongs on this thread...


Why I Am No Longer a Light Worker
By Cameron Day, on August 23rd, 2013

No, I haven’t turned to the dark-side, but rather I am transcending sides. This article is probably the most important piece I have written to date, and in order to convey the full message, a bit of back-story is necessary. Hang in there with me, and by the end you will understand why I will never call myself a “lightworker” again...


http://c300221.r21.cf1.rackcdn.com/lightworker-alex-grey-1353571745_b.jpg



Hello, turiya and all others that have posted on this thread. I am NEW here but, have been digging around on the subject of Chris Thomas...

I've read several of Cameron Day's posts and listened to a couple of his MP3s. The problem I have found with Cameron is he's very much into Archons and the Demiurge. According to my readings (Cameron's and others), the Demiurge is the "God" of the Old Testament and he is an insane reptilian. The Archons are his companions, tadpole-like critters that supposedly resemble baby Greys (as best as I can gather). These Archons are an "infection" and mess with human's heads.

Now, enter Chris Thomas. Chris Thomas has mentioned the Reptilian(s) and the Archons, and they are not here, anymore. They came into our Universe from another Universe and had the ability to remove free will (energy patterns). They were removed from this Universe, he has stated.

I would love clarification on the Demiurge/Reptilian/Archon thing. Chris says they are gone. Cameron (and others) claim they are still here.

Can anyone offer more information? Can Chris be contacted about this (Herbert, you appear to have his ear...)?

Thank you!

FireHorse :confused:

Hi FireHorse,

FireHorse wrote:


I would love clarification on the Demiurge/Reptilian/Archon thing. Chris says they are gone. Cameron (and others) claim they are still here.Sorry, I didn't get back to you right away on this... I've been pretty preoccupied with transposing the Robert Stanley interview into a written format. And, I found within that interview that Chris does bring up Cameron Day's article, "Why I am No Longer a Lightworker (http://www.ascensionhelp.com/blog/2013/08/23/why-i-am-no-longer-a-light-worker/)", in which he states that the "Demiurge" that Cameron Day uses is, in fact, the same as what Chris Thomas calls the Velon. According to Chris Thomas, the Velon (Demiurge) have been evicted from this planet & solar system, but still have the ability to effect human beings through their use of channeled messages & material.

You have raised a good question, though, to ask Chris Thomas directly...
Since the Archons were mentioned in the early writings of the Sumerian cuneiform clay tablets, is there a connection between what are called "Archons" and what Chris has identified as Velon, or were they part of the Fourteenth Faction?

Hope this helps...
turiya :cool:


Greetings, Turiya! Thank you for touching base and revisiting this specific issue. I also understand busy.

The Archons also show up somewhere else...in the Nag Hammadi Codices (a library of Gnostic texts discovered in Upper Egypt in 1945). Have you ever heard of John Lash (http://metahistory.org/)?

Synopses from his Coast to Coast AM interviews...

From 07-07-13 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2013/07/07):

Scholar and mythologist John Lash introduced the term "Archons" to the public 12 years ago. In the latter half of the show, he discussed the specific beings the word refers to, and the ancient cosmological events which may provide direction toward a solution to the woes of the human race. Culling his interpretations from the ancient Gnostic texts called the Nag Hammadi, he characterized the Archons as predatory inorganic ETs that come in two types-- a "neonate" with a large head and spindly arms (what we think of as the Greys), and a "draconic" or Reptilian type. The Gnostics warn that the Archons have introduced into the human mind a delusional belief system under the cover of the Judeo-Christian religion, so they can enslave humanity, Lash revealed.

The lie that the Archons want us to believe is that they are our creators-- it was actually the mother Earth Sophia who created us, Lash suggested. According to material from the ancient mystery schools, in the core of the galaxy, Sophia and another Aeon (god being) were like scientists or artists who designed the human genome. "And then they allowed that genomic plasma to be propagated out into the galactic arms to arise in different worlds and planetary systems," he said. But in her travels, Sophia impacted the matter of the galactic limbs, and accidentally created the Archons, he added.From 07-02-09 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2009/07/02):

A lifelong student of world mythology and the pre-Christian Mysteries, John Lash discussed the ancient Gnostic texts known as the Nag Hammadi, as well as the Gaia Hypothesis, Archons, origins, and calendars. In studying ancient cultures such as those of Egypt, he realized their astronomical and building knowledge stemmed from inner resources rather than technology, and many of their myths were based around an interface between the sky and the human mind.

The Archons, referred to in the Nag Hammadi, are inorganic entities that preceded humankind and live off planet. They can interact deceptively with humans as mind parasites, in a manner that is similar to reports of ET encounters and abductions, he detailed. Yet, there are also said to be benevolent Archons who defected from the main group, and live in the atmosphere of the sun. Known as "paralemptors," they may play a role in receiving people when they die, Lash said.

He sees 2012 as a horizon point for the end of the great 26,000-year cosmic cycle of precession, but according to his research, the actual end date for this cycle doesn't arrive until 2216. In speaking about Earth's origin, he shared an account from the Nag Hammadi texts, about how a power spike exists in the center of our galaxy, and from there a plume shot out into the galactic limb where our solar system is located. This plume or "serpent of light" was the living entity known as Sophia, who willed the Earth into being. Lash also discussed his work adapting some of Jack Kerouac's novels into screenplays, including the Harry Potter-like Doctor Sax.From 02-16-06 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2006/02/16):

Scholar and mythologist John Lash shared revelations about aliens and UFOs that he gleaned from his research of the Dead Sea Scrolls and Nag Hammadi texts. The Scrolls, he said, were written by an apocalyptic sect and contained numerous descriptions on the "hardware" side-- sightings of crafts and close encounters. The aliens were also written about in a positive light.

In contrast, in the Nag Hammadi texts, written by Gnostics, intrusive encounters and abductions are highlighted, with predatory aliens known as "Archons." Described as "draconic," these entities were said to not be of Earth, yet hail from our planetary system.The text explicitly warns of the Archons implanting divisive religious ideologies into the populace for their own purposes-- a situation he sees being played out today.

Lash outlined Nine Theories of ET Contact (http://www.metahistory.org/gnostique/archonfiles/NineTheories.php) which encompass various ways of comprehending ufology. Among the paradigms he presented: The Extraterrestrial Hypothesis, which suggests our government cut a deal to trade access to advanced technology for the right for ETs to conduct experiments on humans and animals. The Mind Control Hypothesis, as exemplified by Jacques Vallee, which posits that UFO phenomena is real "but not in the sense that it appears to be." And the Benevolent Hypothesis, which assumes "space brothers" are here to helpfully intervene and initiate humanity into a higher evolution.From 03-19-05 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2005/03/19):

John Lash, an author, teacher, and lifelong student of world mythology, discussed what the Gnostics, a group of ancient pagan initiates, knew about aliens. According to Lash, the Gnostics had a sophisticated level of psychic awareness and practiced remote viewing of aliens. Unfortunately, much of their knowledge was lost because of a "massive and deliberate" destruction of their writings, he said.

Among the surviving near-original pagan writings are the Nag Hammadi documents, which Lash claims refer explicitly to an alien species called the Archons. Lash described the Archons as "inorganic beings" that arose from a "plasmatic surge from the galactic core." The ancients believed the Archons were a predatory species that could "take away souls by theft," which Lash proposed was the equivalent to modern-day alien abduction.

Lash said the Archons are still here today, but we need not fear them. As evidence, Lash quoted a passage from the Gnostic text, The Second Apocalypse of James: "They will not rule over you. They do not have dominion over the Earth. They were not your creators, but they are in the solar system with you and you must face up to their existence."Archons are also referred to by Jonathan Zap & Alex Grey (C2C AM 08-14-06 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2006/08/14)), Cobra & Rob Potter (C2C AM 01-08-13 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2013/01/08)) and Robert Stanley, himself, mentions them (C2C AM 04-29-13 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2013/04/29)) in relation to "Jinn":

In the latter half, ufologist and editor of Unicus Magazine (http://www.unicusmagazine.com/), Robert Stanley, argued that Middle-Eastern shadow beings called the 'jinn' may be related to terrorism and acts of violence. The legend of the jinn (genie) in a bottle dates back to King Solomon, who was said to have found a way to bind the entities, and get them to do his bidding. They were allegedly instrumental in the building of King Solomon's Temple, he said. According to Middle Eastern lore, everyone has a jinn assigned to them, and the supernatural beings can be benevolent, neutral or evil. Stanley compared the jinn to fallen angels, and noted that in Islam, "Shaitan" (like Satan) commands an army of demons or jinn who tempt humans to sin.

Historically, there are descriptions of jinn-like entities across many different cultures, and it's only in the West that they've been dismissed as fictional, he commented. Stanley characterized their mode of action as like an infection from mental parasites, such as the Archons described in the Book of Enoch, who feed on negative energy. "They're non-physical but they have a physical effect on us through the energies in our body...and they can literally manipulate us into doing things for their benefit," he remarked. More of Stanley's thoughts on this topic are posted here (http://www.unicusmagazine.com/skyfish.htm).You have captured my confusion. Are "Archons" the Fourteenth Faction or are they Velon? Can a Velon pass itself off as an Archon if they are truly gone? I think Chris mentioned that the Velon were aware of the Fourteenth Faction but, were unaffected by them.

I would really love for this to be covered completely.

Thanks, Turiya!

~FireHorse

turiya
28th October 2013, 16:34
CHRIS THOMAS RED ICE RADIO INTERVIEW
April 11, 2013
(Hour1 Part1)

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/RED_ICE_CHRIS_THOMAS_IMAGE.png
(Click to Listen) (http://www.redicecreations.com/radio/2013/04/RIR-130411.php)
For whoever has an interest, I started to transpose the April 11, 2013 interview that Chris Thomas had with Red Ice Creations' Henrik Palmgren... for the purpose of making a written record of it, since Red Ice hasn't done it, as of yet.
Below is what comes from the first 22 minutes of that interview (http://www.redicecreations.com/radio/2013/04/RIR-130411.php):


__________________Interview Hour1 Part1__________________

Chris: For the last 30 or so years I’ve been working as a psychic surgeon, and at the time, actively researching through the Akashic to find out about human history, how humans have progressed & worked. Its been an interesting journey.

Henrik: Well I bet, that sounds a real interesting journey. So how did you figure that out along the way, in terms of the Akashic records? Was there something that you had knowledge about beforehand or did you have to look into this, and do research on it, etc.?

Chris: Really, it was talking to other people – psychic mediums, whatever – to try to find out the kinds of information that they could access, and the processes that they went through. And, fairly quickly after I started looking at it seriously. It was more a self-realization, I think, that it was direct to the Akashic. And then, with further discussions with other psychics & mediums, they basically confirmed that it is what I was doing was this… a direct connection, in other words, I didn’t need an intermediary between me & the Akashic. I could access it directly.

Henrik: Like a psychic, in other words, you could tap into it. So, in terms of the whole ET question & other life forms, and kind of the situation of the human race, overall, & the bigger picture. Is this something, then, that you’ve, basically, haven’t had any direct experience of these things – you’re tapping into the Akashic Record & that’s where your getting your information from, or have you actually had experiences yourself with these things?

Chris: It’s a bit of both… the word we have for it, I suppose, is I have been abducted twice some years ago, which was an interesting experience. It gave me a chance to have a good talk with the beings that ET watchers would call The Blues – an interesting bunch of peoples. So, yes, I’ve had experience on that level. And also doing the healing works that I did, we had a lot of people that come to us had, what I could only describe as implants in their system. And, so in finding a way to remove those implants, I then encountered one of the races who has put these things into people without their permission, and without their knowledge, and this is what the Akashic calls the Velon.

So, I’ve definitely had a lot of contact with the Velon which mostly of which I didn’t want, so they’ve been attacking me quite a bit over the years. Yeah, it comes from both directions.

If I can explain a little bit about the Akashic, because a lot of people misunderstand about the Akashic. The word ‘Akashic’ means ‘record’. That’s all it means, its an ancient Sanskrit word.
And there are a number of levels of the Akashic… there’s an Akashic on a human level… there’s an Akashic on a Solar System level, an Akashic on a Galaxy and then there’s an Akashic on the Universal level. But all of them interact and inter-work with each other. And what the Akashic does is to actually record events. Like for example, there’s been an earthquake in Russia this week. So, that will be recorded as event that occurred on Earth. But what people do within their lives is not recorded within the Akashic. So, there isn’t an Akashic that has, in which, you & I are talking this evening – there isn’t a record of that within the Akashic. It only records the events that occur on a human level or on a planetary level. Because the memory of you & I having this discussion this evening will be recorded in your DNA & my DNA. Because that’s what DNA is, it’s primarily memory.

But by being able to access the human level of Akashic, and the Solar System level of Akashic, then it means that I’ve been able to also access the Universal level of Akashic. So, I’ve been able to work my way through many of the events within the Universe at large, as well. Which means I’ve been able track the other races, where they exist, how they exist & what form they take.

Henrik: I wanted to ask you more about the DNA because that pretty interesting. I’ve read elsewhere that DNA can basically store data because its so incredibly rich & complex in that regard. And some people have actually speculated that the whole planet Earth with the incredibly diverse genetic make-up that exists here with all life & everything. It’s actually a storage place for another race.

Chris: There is a great deal of speculation about what DNA, & what its function, is. But from my own experiences of working with people, what I found is that it only takes about 3 percent of the DNA to run the body. In fairness to the medical profession, for once, this is what they have identified is that there is about 3 percent of our DNA works as instructing the body what to do & the body cells what to do.

Then there is about 22 percent of the DNA that records everything that occurs within this lifetime. So if you think of somebody, let’s say, who has the illness of Alzheimer’s, they have very little short-term memory, but they can remember events that occurred 40-50 years ago in their life with great detail. That’s because what they are doing is accessing the DNA memory of this lifetime. And then the other 75 percent of all DNA is past-life memory. So everything we’ve experienced as a soul as we’ve moved through the centuries & different lifetimes we’ve lived – all of that is recorded within the bulk of the DNA.

Henrik: Do you think in the DNA is there also a collective memory of the human race, as well?

Chris: No, because that is what the Akashic does, that’s the function of the Akashic – is to record that collective memory.

Henrik: So how does one tap into this, how do you do it, to tap into it?

Chris: Well, for me, you know, I get a lot of people very jealous about the way I do things, because its just simple for me, I just think that I needed an answer to something & I get an answer back.

Henrik: That’s convenient. LOL…

Chris: It has its eases. But on the otherhand, there are meditations that are very simple meditations that I’ve developed with other people in groups that I’ve worked with in the past that allows people to access the Akashic. Its not a difficult process. The problem for most people is that their lives get in the way, you know, all the day-to-day minutia of the children, getting food on the table, do your job & and all the rest of it. Means, that all of that just gets in the way, and so people don’t have enough time to sit down & really think about what it is their doing, or how they want to think about things in the past or alter things around in their lives. But there are ways of doing. There’s a fairly simple meditation that anybody can access the Akashic.

Henrik: Well, that’s what I’ve heard as well. Its not a privilege, its just about having the intention & the will power & allowing yourself to quiet your mind enough to stop the chatter, pretty much, and actually connect to the larger knowledge… the data base, if you will, that is actually out there.

So, why don’t we talk a little bit more about The Blues, and then I want to talk more about the Velon, and what is going on there with their agenda & with your experiences there. We can begin wherever you want.

Chris: Sure… Essentially, there are thirteen races within the Universe. I know that doesn’t sound like very much, but there’s many billions of all of them. There are six non physical races, in other words, they only exist as a consciousness, as a soul energy – so they have no physical form or density whatsoever. And these the Akashic, not surprisingly, calls the Six Non Physical races. They can freely travel around the Universe, they don’t need any kind of ships, they don’t need any kind of food. They just draw on the energy that’s available within the Universe. They get everywhere because they have a curiosity about everything, and they want to learn about everything.

And when this bazaar concept of Earth & Humanity was first brought into being, they were curious enough about earth so that a lot of the souls from non physical races came to Earth. So, in fact, about 99.9 percent of the human population are souls from non physical races. Those souls who’ve come here to experience what it is like to be physical, because within their natural state, they have no experience of what physical density & physical life is all about. So, a lot of human experiences, purely & simply, are these souls wanting to experience physicality for the first time.

But then we also have seven, what the Akashic calls, semi-physical races. These are beings who have a physical form & a physical density. And their soul is intrinsic to the physical body. So, if you think about humans, we’ve built for ourselves a physical body, and then at the end of that particular lifetime, we die & the soul leaves the body. Whereas, with the semi-physical races, the soul & body are one. Therefore, they don’t die, if you like, they’re pretty much an eternal existence. They are self-regenerating, so that, although, they have what they consider to be a physical body, they don’t have illness, they don’t degenerate, particularly, and if they do start to degenerate, for whatever reason, they can rebuild themselves from the inside-out again.

It’s the semi-physical races that most people are aware of in terms of UFO watching, for example, because, apart from one, six of the races need physical craft to move them around the Universe, or the Galactic system that they were brought into.

Now, I call these beings according to from what is their soul origin. So, let’s take The Blues, or the Pleideans, or the Grays, or the Sirians, or the Velon, whatever. That is their soul origin. But they have spread out over many Galaxies, and live on many different worlds, and call themselves by very different names, quite often.

Now that leads to a lot of confusion. This is where a huge amount of confusion comes in with the people who are researching UFOs and where these races originate. So, I prefer to stick to their soul origin because it simplifies the whole matter. Because, let’s face it, there’s one book I came across where somebody made a very determined effort to try & track down how many races there are, or that have been identified, or communicated with through human channels, there’s something like five and a half thousand (5,500) listed. And so, how do you differentiate between those, because sometimes races identify themselves by different names, even though they’re the same race. Because, for example, if you’re a Pleiadean soul, but you originated on the planet Zog, for example, you’re a Zog-liff, as far as you’re concerned, but at the same time, the origin of your soul is compatible with that of the Pleiadean.

So, it creates a lot of difficulties around the place, so I’ve tried to stick to the soul origin name to try to simplify it as much as possible.

Henrik: Its kind of like people from Holland moving down to South Africa, and you’re trying to figure out – Are they Dutch or are they the new name they have for themselves down there… I forget that… you know, that kind of level, right? The origin of where they come from, once, because if they go to another planet, they might develop differently there, is that correct? They might even take on a different appearance, even, develop or evolve in that way?

Chris: No, they generally don’t take on a different appearance, because what they find are planets that are compatible with their body forms. So, in the same way, if we ever broke out of our Solar System, and looked somewhere to colonize, then we would find a planet that would be compatible with our body form, and our requirements. And this is what they basically do is the same thing, is they search around their Galaxy, or other various other Galaxies, and seek out planets are compatible with them.

Henrik: Well, I want to talk a lot more here about the Velon, obviously, but at the same time want to talk about what the Human Race is in all of this, and planet Earth. You have a book called Planet Earth – The Universe’s Experiment, and a lot of people have said there’s a lot of interesting ideas about a reason for the planet, and its kind of like a bridging point. Some people have said that it’s an experiment to try to bring diverse origins of different races together in one spot, to have a physical experience to bridge the differences, and all that… what you think about some of those ideas?

Chris: Essentially, if you like, the first creators of this Universe are the beings that the Akashic calls the non physical races, & we have six different races of beings who have no physical form or density whatsoever. And so, they can interact with the energy patterns, but they do not have any physical senses, they do not know what its like to, say, smell a flower, or to touch a piece of wood.. So there’s no texture or context to have the experience of life in the Universe. So, they approached, what I suppose you can call the "Creationary Source" and said, “Is there a way of allowing us to have more experience of what its like to be within this Universe?"

And so, this idea was formulated, so the semi-physical races were brought into being, were created, if that wasn’t enough, then a further physical density would have been created to allow for full physical life, working with full physical senses, as to how its like to be very physical within this Universe. So, in many respects, that is the primary reason for the Earth – is, purely & simply, to find out what it is like to be physical. If you look at it in terms of time, a hundred million years ago was the time when the non physical races were created. So most of the souls on Earth are literally 100 million years old. And about 30 million years ago was when the semi-physical races were created.

But Earth was created at around the same time. So, our Solar System… you have to think as everything as being a consciousness… although we see the Earth as a lump of rock with a few plants growing on it. Really, what she is, because its very female energy that makes of the Earth’s consciousness. She’s a conscious being, a soul – or however you want to think of it. Each of the planets within our Solar System is also a separate consciousness, as is the Sun. So, the consciousnesses that are the planets & the Sun within our Solar System volunteered to see what it would be like to create physical life.

If you look at the semi-physical races, for example, then the regions of space that they inhabit cover several galaxies. Whereas with Earth, our Solar System is the only place within the Universe that experiences physical life. Nowhere else in the Universe is there life with the kind of physical densities that we experience will be found. So we are talking ‘unique’ in that respect.

(end of Hour1 pt1)

posted by turiya :cool:

onawah
28th October 2013, 18:19
That's a fascinating interview, Turiya. Thanks! :bump:

turiya
29th October 2013, 21:50
It seems this article belongs on this thread...


Why I Am No Longer a Light Worker
By Cameron Day, on August 23rd, 2013

No, I haven’t turned to the dark-side, but rather I am transcending sides. This article is probably the most important piece I have written to date, and in order to convey the full message, a bit of back-story is necessary. Hang in there with me, and by the end you will understand why I will never call myself a “lightworker” again...


http://c300221.r21.cf1.rackcdn.com/lightworker-alex-grey-1353571745_b.jpg



Hello, turiya and all others that have posted on this thread. I am NEW here but, have been digging around on the subject of Chris Thomas...

I've read several of Cameron Day's posts and listened to a couple of his MP3s. The problem I have found with Cameron is he's very much into Archons and the Demiurge. According to my readings (Cameron's and others), the Demiurge is the "God" of the Old Testament and he is an insane reptilian. The Archons are his companions, tadpole-like critters that supposedly resemble baby Greys (as best as I can gather). These Archons are an "infection" and mess with human's heads.

Now, enter Chris Thomas. Chris Thomas has mentioned the Reptilian(s) and the Archons, and they are not here, anymore. They came into our Universe from another Universe and had the ability to remove free will (energy patterns). They were removed from this Universe, he has stated.

I would love clarification on the Demiurge/Reptilian/Archon thing. Chris says they are gone. Cameron (and others) claim they are still here.

Can anyone offer more information? Can Chris be contacted about this (Herbert, you appear to have his ear...)?

Thank you!

FireHorse :confused:

Hi FireHorse,

FireHorse wrote:


I would love clarification on the Demiurge/Reptilian/Archon thing. Chris says they are gone. Cameron (and others) claim they are still here.Sorry, I didn't get back to you right away on this... I've been pretty preoccupied with transposing the Robert Stanley interview into a written format. And, I found within that interview that Chris does bring up Cameron Day's article, "Why I am No Longer a Lightworker (http://www.ascensionhelp.com/blog/2013/08/23/why-i-am-no-longer-a-light-worker/)", in which he states that the "Demiurge" that Cameron Day uses is, in fact, the same as what Chris Thomas calls the Velon. According to Chris Thomas, the Velon (Demiurge) have been evicted from this planet & solar system, but still have the ability to effect human beings through their use of channeled messages & material.

You have raised a good question, though, to ask Chris Thomas directly...
Since the Archons were mentioned in the early writings of the Sumerian cuneiform clay tablets, is there a connection between what are called "Archons" and what Chris has identified as Velon, or were they part of the Fourteenth Faction?

Hope this helps...
turiya :cool:


Greetings, Turiya! Thank you for touching base and revisiting this specific issue. I also understand busy.

The Archons also show up somewhere else...in the Nag Hammadi Codices (a library of Gnostic texts discovered in Upper Egypt in 1945). Have you ever heard of John Lash (http://metahistory.org/)?

Synopses from his Coast to Coast AM interviews...

From 07-07-13 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2013/07/07):

Scholar and mythologist John Lash introduced the term "Archons" to the public 12 years ago. In the latter half of the show, he discussed the specific beings the word refers to, and the ancient cosmological events which may provide direction toward a solution to the woes of the human race. Culling his interpretations from the ancient Gnostic texts called the Nag Hammadi, he characterized the Archons as predatory inorganic ETs that come in two types-- a "neonate" with a large head and spindly arms (what we think of as the Greys), and a "draconic" or Reptilian type. The Gnostics warn that the Archons have introduced into the human mind a delusional belief system under the cover of the Judeo-Christian religion, so they can enslave humanity, Lash revealed.

The lie that the Archons want us to believe is that they are our creators-- it was actually the mother Earth Sophia who created us, Lash suggested. According to material from the ancient mystery schools, in the core of the galaxy, Sophia and another Aeon (god being) were like scientists or artists who designed the human genome. "And then they allowed that genomic plasma to be propagated out into the galactic arms to arise in different worlds and planetary systems," he said. But in her travels, Sophia impacted the matter of the galactic limbs, and accidentally created the Archons, he added.From 07-02-09 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2009/07/02):

A lifelong student of world mythology and the pre-Christian Mysteries, John Lash discussed the ancient Gnostic texts known as the Nag Hammadi, as well as the Gaia Hypothesis, Archons, origins, and calendars. In studying ancient cultures such as those of Egypt, he realized their astronomical and building knowledge stemmed from inner resources rather than technology, and many of their myths were based around an interface between the sky and the human mind.

The Archons, referred to in the Nag Hammadi, are inorganic entities that preceded humankind and live off planet. They can interact deceptively with humans as mind parasites, in a manner that is similar to reports of ET encounters and abductions, he detailed. Yet, there are also said to be benevolent Archons who defected from the main group, and live in the atmosphere of the sun. Known as "paralemptors," they may play a role in receiving people when they die, Lash said.

He sees 2012 as a horizon point for the end of the great 26,000-year cosmic cycle of precession, but according to his research, the actual end date for this cycle doesn't arrive until 2216. In speaking about Earth's origin, he shared an account from the Nag Hammadi texts, about how a power spike exists in the center of our galaxy, and from there a plume shot out into the galactic limb where our solar system is located. This plume or "serpent of light" was the living entity known as Sophia, who willed the Earth into being. Lash also discussed his work adapting some of Jack Kerouac's novels into screenplays, including the Harry Potter-like Doctor Sax.From 02-16-06 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2006/02/16):

Scholar and mythologist John Lash shared revelations about aliens and UFOs that he gleaned from his research of the Dead Sea Scrolls and Nag Hammadi texts. The Scrolls, he said, were written by an apocalyptic sect and contained numerous descriptions on the "hardware" side-- sightings of crafts and close encounters. The aliens were also written about in a positive light.

In contrast, in the Nag Hammadi texts, written by Gnostics, intrusive encounters and abductions are highlighted, with predatory aliens known as "Archons." Described as "draconic," these entities were said to not be of Earth, yet hail from our planetary system.The text explicitly warns of the Archons implanting divisive religious ideologies into the populace for their own purposes-- a situation he sees being played out today.

Lash outlined Nine Theories of ET Contact (http://www.metahistory.org/gnostique/archonfiles/NineTheories.php) which encompass various ways of comprehending ufology. Among the paradigms he presented: The Extraterrestrial Hypothesis, which suggests our government cut a deal to trade access to advanced technology for the right for ETs to conduct experiments on humans and animals. The Mind Control Hypothesis, as exemplified by Jacques Vallee, which posits that UFO phenomena is real "but not in the sense that it appears to be." And the Benevolent Hypothesis, which assumes "space brothers" are here to helpfully intervene and initiate humanity into a higher evolution.From 03-19-05 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2005/03/19):

John Lash, an author, teacher, and lifelong student of world mythology, discussed what the Gnostics, a group of ancient pagan initiates, knew about aliens. According to Lash, the Gnostics had a sophisticated level of psychic awareness and practiced remote viewing of aliens. Unfortunately, much of their knowledge was lost because of a "massive and deliberate" destruction of their writings, he said.

Among the surviving near-original pagan writings are the Nag Hammadi documents, which Lash claims refer explicitly to an alien species called the Archons. Lash described the Archons as "inorganic beings" that arose from a "plasmatic surge from the galactic core." The ancients believed the Archons were a predatory species that could "take away souls by theft," which Lash proposed was the equivalent to modern-day alien abduction.

Lash said the Archons are still here today, but we need not fear them. As evidence, Lash quoted a passage from the Gnostic text, The Second Apocalypse of James: "They will not rule over you. They do not have dominion over the Earth. They were not your creators, but they are in the solar system with you and you must face up to their existence."Archons are also referred to by Jonathan Zap & Alex Grey (C2C AM 08-14-06 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2006/08/14)), Cobra & Rob Potter (C2C AM 01-08-13 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2013/01/08)) and Robert Stanley, himself, mentions them (C2C AM 04-29-13 (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2013/04/29)) in relation to "Jinn":

In the latter half, ufologist and editor of Unicus Magazine (http://www.unicusmagazine.com/), Robert Stanley, argued that Middle-Eastern shadow beings called the 'jinn' may be related to terrorism and acts of violence. The legend of the jinn (genie) in a bottle dates back to King Solomon, who was said to have found a way to bind the entities, and get them to do his bidding. They were allegedly instrumental in the building of King Solomon's Temple, he said. According to Middle Eastern lore, everyone has a jinn assigned to them, and the supernatural beings can be benevolent, neutral or evil. Stanley compared the jinn to fallen angels, and noted that in Islam, "Shaitan" (like Satan) commands an army of demons or jinn who tempt humans to sin.

Historically, there are descriptions of jinn-like entities across many different cultures, and it's only in the West that they've been dismissed as fictional, he commented. Stanley characterized their mode of action as like an infection from mental parasites, such as the Archons described in the Book of Enoch, who feed on negative energy. "They're non-physical but they have a physical effect on us through the energies in our body...and they can literally manipulate us into doing things for their benefit," he remarked. More of Stanley's thoughts on this topic are posted here (http://www.unicusmagazine.com/skyfish.htm).You have captured my confusion. Are "Archons" the Fourteenth Faction or are they Velon? Can a Velon pass itself off as an Archon if they are truly gone? I think Chris mentioned that the Velon were aware of the Fourteenth Faction but, were unaffected by them.

I would really love for this to be covered completely.

Thanks, Turiya!

~FireHorse

Thanks FireHorse...

Yes, I've heard of John Lash, and the rest of the characters you've listed. You can throw Andrew Bartzis & Jay Weidner's names onto that list.

Yes, I would like to see more clarification on this & other topics that have been raised over the past years. Hopefully, from this thread we can gather more things to question Chris Thomas about as we move more deeply into this subject matter. It is understood that Chris Thomas is more than willing to have more interviews & answer private email questions. So, please feel free to lay out any questions that come to mind (this includes others that may have a growing interest in this subject matter.)

Cheers
turiya :cool:

onawah
29th October 2013, 22:34
Turiya, will you be transcribing the last part of the Chris Thomas interview on Red Ice?

turiya
29th October 2013, 23:49
Turiya, will you be transcribing the last part of the Chris Thomas interview on Red Ice?

Yes - I thought I would start with Hour1, since Hour2, more or less, starts off where Hour1 left off.

Rocky_Shorz
30th October 2013, 00:16
for those who think evolution is going to happen overnight...


http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=REP4S0uqEOc

relax, it isn't...

turiya
30th October 2013, 21:54
CHRIS THOMAS RED ICE RADIO INTERVIEW
April 11, 2013
(Hour1 Part2)

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/RED_ICE_CHRIS_THOMAS_IMAGE.png
(click to listen) (http://www.redicecreations.com/radio/2013/04/RIR-130411.php)
I started to transpose the April 11, 2013 interview that Chris Thomas had with Red Ice Creations' Henrik Palmgren... for the purpose of making a written record of it, since Red Ice hasn't done it, as of yet. Below is what comes from in the last part of the 1st Hour (last 30 minutes of Hour1 of that interview (http://www.redicecreations.com/radio/2013/04/RIR-130411.php):


_________________Interview Hour1 Part2_________________

Henrik: So what of things like dinosaurs, and all this, that allegedly are millions of years old, do they have a part in this [Universe’s Earth experiment] as well?

Chris: Oh yes. Well, everything, all development of life throughout our Solar System has a very big part to play in this whole experiment, as it were.

Henrik: But you’re talking primarily about development of the Human and having other entities, or souls, or spirits being incarnated into humans – that’s what you are talking about?

Chris: The ultimate purpose of Earth & our Solar System is to find out where the created souls can experience physical life – whether it is possible or not. And so, along the way a development program was carried out, if you like, to see where we develop... how could we start to develop physical life?

And so, like everything else, you start small with something like bacteria, or blades of grass, or plants, or something, and then you move onto animals, and then development from there. So, this is what the planets within our Solar System did, because originally every single planet in our Solar System supported life. The idea was… there were originally 13 planets within the Solar System, not 9. And, every single one of them started to develop life in the way in which the planet’s consciousness felt life should be developed. So, you ended up with 13 different solutions to the one problem. So each planet created flora & fauna that suited the planet best. So, like plants & animals are the creation of the planet that they live upon, not the creation of the Creator, or anybody else within the Universe. They are of the planet itself.

But in order to find out what would a Human Being look like… I mean, nobody knew – where on Earth do you start – designing a Human body? So all these developments to place on all of the planets within our Solar System, to try to a way of building a prototype – a prototype Human – how do we build a physical body that can contain the whole of the soul?

So all of these developments took place through the Solar System, things like the dinosaurs & reptilian life forms led on to an alien life form. So, the mammals became the predominant life form, eventually. There was something about this concept of ‘live birth’ that was more compatible with Human experience & Human development, than if we, let’s say, if we gave birth to eggs & children hatched out of the egg.

When scientists first started looking at the history of the Solar System & the age of the Earth, what they came up with was a figure of roughly 25 million years. And so, everything on Earth has happened within that 25 million year period. And it does accord with what the Akashic says – as far as the Akashic is concerned, life on Earth has been here about 25 million years. And the age of the Earth is about 40 million years old.

Now, I know it is totally at odds with scientific theory on it. But, let’s face it, the scientist have dated the Earth as something like 4 Billion years old, but that isn’t based on dating on Earth rocks, that is based on dating a meteorite, which could have come from anywhere… literally, anywhere within the Universe. And so, its just when geologists got hold of it, they started looking at rocks & how they formed, and they ended up with longer & longer periods. But if you look at life, and the formation of life, then the scientists came up with this figure of 25 million. And, so it coincides with the Akashic.

Henrik: Yeah, okay, that’s interesting – what is it, they talk about dinosaurs being around 250 million years ago, being developed & dying out about 65 million years ago, as well. So, and their always trying to look at the rocks & make determinations of age, but let’s be honest about this, its tremendously difficult when we get down to those kinds of levels of strata & try to figure out in the hundreds of millions of years old. So, this is a counteractive theory to that – and, yeah, why not.

How is it, then, with the development of the Human Being as we know it today? There’s this interesting point, in this development, where something seems to have happened… you know, the so-called ‘missing link’, but there is one point where to go from – some kind of primordial being, if you will, Neanderthals or Hominids, or what have you, over to the current form of mankind. And, there’s a lot of theories about us being manipulated, or genetically altered, into existence. What do you make of all that?

Chris: Some of its true, some of it isn’t. If you look at the forms these non physical races take, for example, then they are basically Hominid in form. So, although they don’t have physical density, the energetic outline of their existence is basically Human. So, there was a certain amount of template, if you like, already in place, which is that Human sort of form. And the semi-physical races, again, take on, roughly, a Human form, but more suitable to whatever planet they originated on.

And so on Earth, when it came to development of life within our Solar System, then we had a basic concept of what a Human Being should look like. And so, the Earth experimented with quite a number of different forms of what could potentially turn out to be Human Beings. But it has nothing to do with chimpanzees or apes. They were a useful step, if you like, to say, ‘Well, chimpanzees are getting there, but they don’t have a means by which they can progress further’. Because its no good creating something if that something can’t evolve. So, creation & evolution go hand & hand.

So what the Earth did was to consider how a Human body should function. Because she had already developed various animal forms, so she knew the type of organs that were required, the type of skin, whatever else was required to bring about a form of life. Then, Humans developed from the early works that the Earth did.

We did have a lot of help from one of the semi-physical races who are themselves Master Geneticists. And they hold a record of every form of life that exists, or has ever existed, within this Universe, and they can recreate that life on another world. They can manipulate, or alter it, whatever it is that’s needed to be done to alter the basic form to the energy patterns that exist on the other planets. So, they are Masters at what they do, they are absolutely brilliant at what they do. They come from a Galaxy we don’t have a name for. We’ve just given an astronomer’s catalogue number to, which is NGC-584, which I understand is, if you look at the night sky, it’s in the constellation of Pleiades – NGC 584 is under the arc of the Pleiades, 30 Galaxies distant. But they are amazing little people, they are brilliant at what they do. And the Earth, and all the planets within the Solar System, have worked with this race over the millions of years they’ve been trying to develop life, evolve life & work with it.

So, there has been a little bit of help. But the Earth has developed, what you could call, six prototypes, I suppose. This went from Gigantopithicus, which was something like 9 or 10 feet tall, that would be 2-1/2 to 3 meters tall… right-away down to a pygmy form, a very much shorter- smaller form, which was only a meter, and had various forms of life in-between, of various sizes. There were even aquatic forms, amphibious forms developed at certain times, that could be the origin of the concept of mermaids, for example.

So, the Earth experimented with different forms, different sizes, different heights, whatever. But then, unfortunately, about 3.9 million years ago, there was a disaster within the Solar System. And because two of the planets… again, if you think of it [a planet] consciousness that can make decisions for itself, two of the planets decided to leave the Solar System. They didn’t want to continue with this strange physical experiment that was going on. And in doing so, the best way I can describe it is, they exploded. This is why you have two asteroid belts – this is the remnants of the two planets that decided to leave.

Henrik: So, no cosmic collision, or incoming planetary body, or ancient space war, or anything like that.

Chris: You mean Nibiru?

Henrik: Well, there’s tons of different theories, of course, and names on it as well, but the idea the cosmic catastrophe was, in some regard, spawned because something was entering into the Solar System. This is a different take on it that you’re saying that the planet consciously exploded because it didn’t want to be here anymore.

Chris: Yes. So, that’s what happened to two of them. The other two also decided to leave, but they had seen what happened to the first two, and sort of literally took themselves out of the solar system. What they’ve been doing is slowly disintegrating ever since. Now, we have evidence of this one, because NASA’s Far-Seeing Telescope, whatever they called it, not the Hubble, but there’s another one, said there’s evidence of a gas giant planet just outside of the Solar System, which they’ve christened Tyche (http://news.yahoo.com/planet-tyche-member-solar-system-20110216-121400-400.html). And so, what is out there is these two planets slowly disintegrate & turning back into energy patterns.


http://2.bp.blogspot.com/-eAD98_tfOnE/T3w5QysFVJI/AAAAAAAAkTE/xr8shngZTig/s640/TychePlanet1.jpg
Tyche: enormous rogue Planet (https://wordlesstech.com/tyche-enormous-rogue-planet/)

So, there is that extra planet outside the Solar System. But, as far as our Solar System is concerned, when these two planets exploded, they caused massive disruption throughout the whole of the Solar System.

Effectively, they destroyed most of the life on all the other planets. Earth managed to survive, and what she did was to adopt part of one of the planets as the moon, because we didn’t have a moon prior to this explosion occurring. So the moon is there because the Earth wanted… well, I’m not entirely certain what she wanted… so the moon is sitting there, and having influence on Earth & the Earth is influencing the moon, and all the rest of it.

Henrik: Well, allegedly there’s stories from mythology describing a time, allegedly, without a moon, then all of a sudden, you know, something arrives in that capacity & creates different conditions on the Earth – that’s interesting.

Chris: That’s right. So, as far as the Akashic is concerned, that’s essentially what happened. Unfortunately, with a lot of these theories going around, is that people tend to embroider them, and make a romantic image, if you like, of what’s going on. Whereas, what the Akashic does is stick to the facts, the hard facts, and so there’s no embroidery, there’s no show thinking, or anything like that. So, all I can really talk is on a factual level, if you like.

Henrik: Let me ask you this, it might be difficult then, but let’s say, as you said before, that not, you know, conversations, or I guess, you would encapsulate in that, even, emotions are not recorded into the Akashic of the human level, is that correct?

Chris: That is correct, yeah.

Henrik: So, what if we have an event taking place, let’s say, let’s be more, you know, kind of closer the current timeline about this… and let’s say we have a terrorist attack, or whatever, or something explodes on the planet causing death & mayhem, what have you… Then if those intentions, or emotions, or whatnot, are not recorded from the human being, the Akashic record won’t have a record of why this actually happened, just that it happened, correct?

Chris: Not entirely. It’ll have a record of why it happened, but not the emotions connected with it. Because emotions are very much a human thing. And so, human memory, or the human DNA records the emotion of the event, but the Akashic records that the event occurred.

Henrik: But it will have a reason for it. Okay. So, we can, effectively, tap into that to try to understand historically, maybe, why certain things have happened, or why certain characters, or persons, in history have done a certain thing.

Chris: That’s right, yeah.

Henrik: mmm… Okay, that’s also very interesting. I wanted to… you know, definitely continue, if you want to talk more about the Earth, on a whole, and the path & all that. But I wanted to tie in, again, the Velons, so we don’t miss out there. I want to ask you who they are, what their agenda is, and how they are tied to the Human experience.

Chris: Sure. Okay. The Velon are a semi-physical race. They originate in a Galaxy – if you look up at the night sky, the Galaxy is behind the constellation of Sagittarius, but about 38 Galaxies beyond the constellation. Although, the Velon have access to several Galaxies, like the other semi-physical races do, they intended to stick to their own Solar System.

Now, their Solar System has two Suns – it’s a binary system – and, eight planets. Three orbit around one Sun, four orbit around another, and the 8th planet orbits both Suns. I am trying to think of the names of the planets… There’s a Marduk, there’s a Tiamat, and a Nibiru. Nibiru is also called Anu, by the people that live on it. The Velon have six different races, in the same way as, you know, you could be Australian, Japanese, German, Russian… whatever. Then the Velon would divide themselves up along those kinds of lines, although in fact, really its more along a religious division. So, more like Jewish, Christian, Muslim… whatever. There are six of them, and the names they give each other are Johnaan, Jjundaa, Oa, Mila, Hathor and Annunaki. So, those are the names of the six Velon races have given to each other.

And the Annunaki live on the 8th planet, the one that orbits both Suns within the Velon Solar System. And this is why the planet is either called Nibiru, or can be called Anu, as well. And, they’ve had various disasters within their own Solar System. In many respects, the Solar System consciousness, as it were, has given up. They’ve been around for 30 million years, and their getting bored with what they do. That’s very flippant, but I mean, that’s what it amounts to. So, in other words, the Solar System is going into a decline. And, for some strange reason, they’re the only semi-physical race that has ever remained within their own Galaxy. None of the others have, they’ve all been outside of their own Galaxy, but the Velon, for some strange reason, have always stayed within their own Galaxy.

If you stand on the main planet, what you find is the ground is a sort of blue-ish color, and the sky is a yellowy color. And, it’s almost like a permanent twilight, because the two Suns are going into a decline. So, there’s no daytime/nighttime cycles like we have on Earth. What they have is almost a permanent twilight. They have stripped the planet of all life. So, the only beings that exist on that planet are the Velon themselves.

There is a division across the six different races. The Velon vary in size from being about 2.4 meters tall, all the up to about 5 meters tall, depending on which race. How can I describe how the way they live… They live in what you can think of as tower blocks. And they’re very technological – so, the tower blocks contain a great deal of technology to make life easier for them. And they’ve developed a computer programming system – again, its not a computer in the same way as we would think of it, but it’s the nearest description I can come to about it. And the ‘hard drives’ of these computers is something called a ‘Me’ – pronounced ‘May’. There’s two different levels of these Me’s, one is in the same way that we would use a computer program, or hard drive. And so, you could take one of these Me’s and throw it into a slot in the dashboard of your car, let’s say, and that would, then, program the car to drive wherever it is you wanted to drive to. And, the higher level of ‘Me’, if you like, is capable of performing many, many functions, and can even work on a soul level, as well – So, immensely compact, very powerful computer-like systems.

Henrik: Does that mean the technology that we currently on our planet is actually meant to… its built from attained technology, or with the intention that its suppose to work with theirs. Is that correct?

Chris: We have various levels of technology on the planet, most of it on this planet is developed from military programs. And where the military has obtained a lot of the technology from is from alien sources, whether that’s Blues, Grays, Pleiadeans or the Velon. So, we got a mix of technologies on the planet.

Henrik: So, it could be a partial compatibility, in other words.

Chris: The biggest thing about Human technology is that it is destructive. So, in other words, everything we do to build something involves the destruction of something else. Even, doing something supposedly simple like taking oil out of the ground, uses a massive amount of energy in order to do so, creates massive pollution, and then requires massive more amounts of energy to refine that oil into something we can use. If you look at the semi-physical races, what they do is work with what is available on their planet. So, if you want to build a flying saucer, for example, they don’t mine material in the way that we would. What they do is they work on very psychic levels. And so, what they do is create a psychic template for the shape of the craft they want to build.
And they use living plants to grow that shell. So, in other words, the plant grows & expands itself around the psychic template that’s been built. So, its like an organic metal, almost. So, that’s the kind of technological level that the semi-physical races work at, which is on a very natural level – they only use whatever is available within their environment. They don’t actually destroy anything.

And if you look at the propulsion systems that all the semi-physical races use for their craft, they use the natural flux of electromagnetic energies that actually hold this Universe together. I mean, forget about gravity. Gravity doesn’t exist. What we have is a conscious Universe that’s held together by electromagnetic forces. So they use those electromagnetic forces as a means of propulsion. So, in other words, they are not taking from anything, they’re not destroying anything on their planet, they’re not creating any pollution anywhere. They’re using what is naturally available.

And the same, more or less, applies to the Velon. The Velon technology is based on that level, as well. For example, these ‘Me’ computer discs are actually made from something like yeast. Again, that’s the nearest I can come to in terms to what we have available on Earth.

Henrik: It’s a biological technology.

Chris: Yes, it’s a biological memory system, yes, that’s a good way of putting it. So, they put the ingredients… whatever their equivalent to yeast would be put into a mold, and they psychically program that mold. So, as that mold grows into the shape of the disc, it takes on the imprint of whatever its been programmed to do. So again, its very natural technology. Although, the… Velons on their home planets do mine for minerals & raw materials. But, again, they don’t destroy the planet. They’ve got some kind of factory system which is programmed… say you wanted to… I don’t know… create a computer. So, you would program this factory, to say, “what we want you to do is create a computer, and here’s a psychic model with the ingredients that are needed, and all the components that are needed. And the factory would then extract the raw materials out of the ground, pull them together, and create the device you’ve asked it to create.

So, they have the technology on that kind of level. Which is a little more advanced than the kind of technology that we have.

Henrik: Yeah, it sure sounds like it.

Chris: Definitely more fun, to me.

Henrik: They are heading in that direction, allegedly, with computers based on neural networks, and biological computers, and all kinds of crazy, wacky, scary stuff. So, we shall see… I just thought it was interesting in this regard, if our development of the technology on this planet, as you alluded to, is in some regard, developed because we’ve had… its been captured… attained… from crashed ETs, and, you know…UFOs & stuff like that, that its something that has inspired us, that naturally, its technology that has not been something that we’ve developed, but we’ve gotten ideas from the outside, if you know what I mean, Chris.

Chris: Yes. But also, the non Human races have provided us with technology, and that is kept hidden, because it doesn’t use oil, for example, because oil is the one thing that everybody makes massive amounts of money on. So, if you have technology that doesn’t use oil, then nobody wants to know about it.

Like Tesla’s work in the early 1900’s. You know, he developed energy structures that required virtually no input. And there was no pollution. And everything was free. But, because it was free, Tesla & his work was destroyed. So, we got those things, as well. No, these races have provided us with technology, but its been kept hidden from the population because of political reasons, or financial reasons…

Henrik: Well, it would mean, to certain degree, freedom & independence from the centralized global governmental system & everything else. A lot of this is about control & subjugation of the Human race.

Chris, we’re going to take a break & will continue of course with discussion talk more in the second hour…

(end of Hour1)


turiya :cool:

turiya
31st October 2013, 02:38
CHRIS THOMAS RED ICE RADIO INTERVIEW
April 11, 2013
(Hour2 Part1 (www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_Red_Ice_4_11_2013_Hour2_pt_A.mp3))

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/RED_ICE_CHRIS_THOMAS_IMAGE.png

(click to listen)
https://cdn.vectorstock.com/i/thumb-large/59/54/play-button-isolated-icon-vector-14315954.jpg (http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_Red_Ice_4_11_2013_Hour2_pt_A.mp3)


_________________Interview Hour2 Part1_________________


HOUR 2 Part1 (www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_Red_Ice_4_11_2013_Hour2_pt_A.mp3)

Henrik: Chris Thomas, from Wales in the UK, is with us. We are talking about planet Earth, the Human race, and other races, and the history of the Solar System. Lastly, we are talking about the Velon, we’re going to continue on this. I want to get what the agenda of the Velon is, how the development of the Human race have been interaction, basically, because there’s an interesting history here.

You were, of course, talking their kind of ‘hard drive’, and everything else, Chris, and I wanted to give an opportunity to continue on that track & tell us more about that. How that is important, and how the technology functions, and if there is more to that story…

Chris: Sure. The higher end of the Me’s can be used to build a new body. So, what they can do with these higher Me’s is to download their soul into the computer. And, they can then instruct the Me to build a new body form for them. So, they can take on the shape & form of other life forms, if that’s what they choose to do, which gives them quite a lot of flexibility around the place. And that has played a certain part in the Velon activity on Earth, for example, the Tall White Nordics, of Area 51 fame are the Velon using their Me’s to create, for themselves, a new body that is more Human in form than their natural Velon state.

So, it adds to the confusion, if you like, of what’s been going on.

Henrik: Well, that would certainly do that, wearing a costume, posing as someone else, would, obviously, cause a problem. But they can’t, I mean the Nordics, allegedly then, they obviously have a very, very human look, as far as I know, there’s just a few little details that are off, that would kind of give it away. But can they not create just straight-up Human bodies & pose as Humans?

Chris: Not really, because it’s a fundamental aspect of being of a semi-physical race. By semi-physical, I mean, although they have a physical form & density, if we had one of the Blues standing in front of us at the moment, chances are you wouldn’t see it. You probably wouldn’t even detect its presence. So, in order to present themselves on a more Human level, then they have to alter their energy patterns. So when they come into our Solar System, they are invisible to us – literally invisible on every level. But they can alter their energy patterns so they become more physical, or at least they fall within the Human range of sensory perception.

Henrik: So, its the basic limitation of our senses that is preventing us from seeing them. They’re outside of our bandwidth, so to speak. Is that correct?

Chris: Yes, that’s correct.

Henrik: These Blues, though – I wanted to ask you quickly about that before proceeding. Do they have anything to do with the vast record that we have on this planet of all these blue gods that we see everywhere. Of course, the whole Avatar movie picked up on this theme, in India & Hindu tradition. The blue people have a tremendous, you know, influence & power. And there’s blue people showing up different capacity. Is this the same ones, do you think?

Chris: Its entirely possible, because the Blues have been working, again on Earth, on a genetic level. They’re not as advanced & experienced as those from the NGC system. But the Blues tend to work with in a healing capacity. So, a lot of energetic healers on Earth have, as it were, their spirit guides as Blues. That has been diminished in recent years, for a lot of different reasons, because everyone has been asked to get out of the Solar System because of the problems the Velon have been causing.

Yes, traditionally, the Blues have worked with Humans to help them with healing work, and healing work on Earth, because basically the Blues want to learn about Human physiology & how everything is put together. There is a reason for that which is connected to the works they do with the Grays. Because the Grays bodies they feel are very weak & starting to break down. So the Blues & the Grays have been working together to try to develop a new body form that the Grays can adopt. And so that’s the reason for a lot of UFO activity that has been around the Earth, and abduction stories, and experimentation, and all the rest of it, is because basically the Blues & Grays are trying to develop this new body form for the Grays. However weird that one sounds, but that seems to be the case.

Henrik: And so are the Blues & Grays trying to counteract the agenda of the Velon, and what they are doing here?

Chris: Not really, no. They’re basically observing what the Velon are up to, rather than becoming involved.

Henrik: Ah, thanks guys, we need help, come on! LOL

Chris: LOL, Well, to a certain extent its true. The fundamental energy pattern of this Universe is about ‘freedom of choice’. So, literally, every soul within this Universe has absolute ‘freedom of choice’ to choose its actions. And what we’ve done on Earth is to say, “Right, we’ve got this problem to solve, which is – How do we develop a Human Being that is capable of taking the whole of the soul within the body?” Because what we’re use is this physical self/Higher Self shift/breakage with the soul that is a Human – What we've been trying to do is to get the Higher Self back into the body. You see what I mean, because when we first developed true Human Beings on the planet, the whole of the soul was contained within the physical body.

Henrik: Well, that would explain potentially the so-called ancient high civilizations where we’ve seemed with higher capacity, a greater understanding, we had greater architectural feats than we even have today, in some regards. And we can’t figure it out – something happened, right? Some people claim its just a cycle of consciousness, etc., or something like this – like what you’re trying to explain.

Chris: Exactly. I mean, if you look at the Great Pyramid in Egypt – we are incapable of building it. Even now. I mean, with all the technology we got, we could not build the Egyptian Pyramids to the kind of tolerances to the way in which the Pyramid is built. Several people have tried, to build half scale replicas of it, and they’ve given up. So at even half the size of the Giza Pyramid, its impossible, we don’t have the technology for it.

We’ll come back to Human development very quickly…

Henrik: Sure, no problem.

Chris: So, we had all these prototypes… When those two planets left the Solar System and created the destruction they did, the Earth adopted the equivalent of the Human life form from one of the other planets. And that other life form we know as Cro-Magnon Man. Another name for Cro-Magnon Man is Homo Sapien, which of course is us, so the Cro-Magnon are our direct ancestor.

What we had on the planet then were 6 or 7 different types of potential Human Beings & Cro-Magnon looked the most promising. Essentially, we settled down. The Earth provided every single possible need that we could have. And so, for quite a few million years we didn’t progress at all. Bearing in mind that the whole purpose of our Solar System, and particularly Earth, is to develop a body form that could take the whole of the soul. And the Cro-Magnon form, although quite advanced, could not, was not capable of holding the whole soul within the physical body. So we took Cro-Magnon Man, again its all ‘free choice’ involved, so it wasn’t just picked, everybody on the planet was asked if they wanted to go on some kind of acceleration.

And so we took Cro-Magnon onto an island in the middle of the Atlantic that we know as Atlantis. And there Cro-Magnon was genetically developed. In a very pleasant way, so it was done properly – not the kind of rubbish that GMOs are going through at the moment on Earth.

Cro-Magnon was developed into something beyond what we are. Because they were capable of having the whole of the soul within the body. Now if you have the whole of the soul within the body, your senses expand to something that we can’t even imagine. We communicated psychically between each other, so we didn’t have language. You could communicate with all living things on the planet, whether that is something like a dolphin, all the way down to a blade of grass. I mean, you couldn’t actually speak to a blade of grass, but you could ask what its function was, how it is constructed, and what its benefits that would be for eating it, or for medicinal purposes. In other words, you can have that psychic communication with plants & animals.

And that’s how we were originally, and that’s how we are intended to be on Earth – the whole of the soul within the body.

Henrik: Do you think that animals have this capability at the moment. Because certain animals seem to instinctively know exactly what to eat to remedy what they are suffering from?

Chris: That’s just a natural part of what they are.
We destroyed Atlantis quite deliberately, it’s a very long story, so I won’t go into it, now. But, I mean we destroyed Atlantis quite deliberately. It took the Earth 40,000 years to recover, and we came back to the planet 20,000 years ago. So, most souls who were in Human form, or would have been in Human form & connected with Earth, left the planet, allowed the planet to recover for that 40,000 year period. Because you can’t destroy a continent without causing all sorts of problems.

And so when those who had chosen to be Human came back onto the Earth 20,000 years ago, we were as we were on Atlantis, which was the whole of the soul within the physical body. So we had all the faculties that we were suppose to have. And we began to lose them, because [we later] realized that Earth’s energy frequency , the basic base note frequency of the Earth was too low a frequency. And the Earth has always resonated at 7.56 Hz, and that was too low an energy frequency for us to maintain the whole of the within the body. Because the soul that we are, that Humans are, is made up of massive energy patterns – we’re looking at 50 dimensions of energy contained within the soul. And, to squeeze all of that energy into a physical body, when it resonates at that 7.56 Hz, was too big of a leap. So, we couldn’t maintain the whole of the consciousness, because that base note frequency was too low.

So, Earth needed to raise her base note frequency up to a new level in order for us to bring the whole of the soul back into the body. And so, that’s what the Human experience & the Human Plan is all about, it is a learning… trying to find out what that new frequency needed to be, so that we could bring the whole soul back into the body. And it has taken 7,000 years to do that. But we have got this. We now know what that frequency needs to be. The Earth has already altered her frequency levels. She did that back in 2000 or 2002, I can’t remember off hand. So, she is operating now at 3.5 kHz, which is a considerably more than 7.5 Hz. And Humans have been accelerating our own frequencies since then, since 2000, to try bring ourselves up to sort of energy parity with the Earth again. We achieved that at the end of 2011, it was October 2011.

And so, we’re in a position where we can bring the Higher Self back into the body - if that’s what we choose to do. And so we could have undergone that shift last December, that’s what the end of the Mayan Calendar was all about, and all the rest of it. But there’s been a lot of disruption on the planet. I think a lot of the main reason why people, certainly in the Western world, didn’t undergo this consciousness reintegration, this soul reintegration, is because they don’t believe it can happen.

So, at some point we need to alter the way in which we think, and stop believing in some of the things we do believe in, because that’s what is holding us back from making this move, that we are now capable of achieving anytime we choose to. Because we have whole new sets of energy patterns connected with the Earth, what you could call the Mayan 6th Sun, because the 5th Sun disappeared, or ended, on the 29th of October 2011, and a new Sun was built on the 21st of December 2012.

So, we can shift now, at any time we choose to, it just the problems we have in the Western world are holding us back, basically. Because in the non Western world, the vast majority of the population, there, are ready, and perfectly capable of making the shift. You know, its something like 98 percent of the population in some countries can do it. They're only holding themselves back because we have a collective agreement to do it at the same time.

So, the Western world is holding back.

(end of Hour2 Part1)

turiya :cool:

onawah
31st October 2013, 04:03
Will the transcription of the second hour be available here as well, Turiya?

turiya
1st November 2013, 01:54
CHRIS THOMAS RED ICE RADIO INTERVIEW
April 11, 2013
(Hour2 Part2 (www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_Red_Ice_4_11_2013_Hour2_pt_A.mp3))

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/RED_ICE_CHRIS_THOMAS_IMAGE.png

(click to listen)
https://cdn.vectorstock.com/i/thumb-large/59/54/play-button-isolated-icon-vector-14315954.jpg (http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_Red_Ice_4_11_2013_Hour2_pt_B.mp3)

_________________Interview Hour2 Part2_________________

HOUR 2 Part2 (www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_Red_Ice_4_11_2013_Hour2_pt_B.mp3)

Henrik: So what does this mean, Chris, will this change the experience, or the body, or the intention, soul, …what have you?

Chris: It changes everything. It changes the body’s density. We become much lighter in density that we’re use to. We have phenomenally different energy patterns within the body, we will be able to communicate psychically, again, with each other & again, with all living things. Our senses… if you think of the five senses that we have, they’re basically single notes in what could be a symphony, as the kind of senses you have when you have the whole soul in the body. So everything changes. And also it means that you have to absolutely honest with yourself & with everybody else.

So all the problems we have in the Western world at the moment would automatically disappear, because we would be able to see through all the lies & all the propaganda. We would all need to be able to be honest with each other in any situation. So, it creates a massive shift, potentially a massive shift. And, this is what the Velon have been trying to prevent, what the New World Order (NWO) is all about, what the Illuminati are all about, is trying to prevent this change from happening.

Henrik: So these others, from other parts of the world – and not from the Western world, if they have the capability to be able to change in this way, they would be able to solve, I guess, many of their issues, that they are having, independently from what the West are doing, is that correct? Or, do they… or everyone have to do it at once, is that how it works?

Chris: Well, there is disagreement that we have on a sort of mass consciousness level. And, that is, if we’re going, then we’re going to do it – together. There are currently something like 3 million people on the planet who have already undergone this shift in consciousness, this process of reintegration, but they’re hiding away, basically, from the Western world. Because, otherwise, they would come under immense pressure & attack from the Western world – the politicians, the military, whatever – to try to destroy them. So, they’re there, they’re working with us, they’re working within the Akashic & the mass consciousness to try to help people as much as possible.

But it always comes down to this ‘freedom of choice’. And unless people choose to undergo this process of reintegration, then its going to be a much slower process than it could’ve been.

Henrik: If people are manipulated, propagandized, there, from a very young age being indoctrinated in the school systems, et cetera, how much of this is, then, really a ‘free choice’?

Chris: Well, you can break through it. But the problem is that most people don’t want to, or aren’t aware that there is an alternative – that there’s a truth out there that isn’t what we’ve been taught.

You know, as I said earlier, everything is based on… cosmology & science is based on gravity, and, yet, gravity doesn’t exist. Its all held together by electromagnetic forces. And yet, the whole thing of gravity is being promoted widely, even now, by those behind the New World Order, for example, are promoting gravity as part of what they still want to teach & make people believe. Because, if you consider that everything that exists within this Universe is a consciousness, then electromagnetic energies is consciousness energy. Its just that our scientists have called electromagnetic, whereas, in fact, its consciousness energy – its soul energy – that is all freely available within the Universe.

Now, if you alter the way people think from a physical process, like gravity, to one of a consciousness level of thinking, then you alter the way in which people think about themselves, and understand their world, and their place within it. So, this is why we’re still taught that gravity is what holds the Universe together, & holds everything on Earth, is because it maintains everything within a very physical position & where your thinking. We need to break through that & to start looking at things from a much higher level.

Einstein said something like – ‘You can’t solve you existing problems by the same level of thinking that created them in the first place.’ You know, you have to shift the way in which we think. What we should have done, but unfortunately, we’re propagandized into believing a great many things, and science is just one of them. Because if you scratch the surface of science, if you go through the veneer that’s on the surface of it, you’ll find… you know, for every scientific theory that is accepted as the truth – what is presented to the public, you’ll find an average of 93 different theories.

So nothing is proven within science, its just presented to us as being absolute truth, where its, in fact, just a theory. You can think of tectonic plate movements, for example, you know, we’re told all the plates on the Earth have shifted around at various times, so Earth’s history lasts some 400 million years, whatever. They haven’t, what has happened is the Earth has expanded from its original size. And has contracted at various time, as well. So the Earth expands & contracts. So, there hasn’t been any continental drift, its just purely & simply the Earth has got bigger, & more. So you see, its fundamental things like this that are holding people back, and that’s where a lot of the problem lies.

Henrik: I wanted to talk some more about the problems of science & the scientific field, & kind of, I guess, where you draw the line, as well. Because, overall, the way science is run today is fairly new, I mean, we’re just talking a hundred / 200 hundred years, really, but the whole scientific field was started a little bit earlier. I mean, it goes back to everyone from Thales & Aristotle, Roger Bacon, Newton – you have these kinds of people, and they were more into the natural philosophies that seems, to me, was tied more to nature & the real world of observation, you know, also called empirical evidence, and all that.

Chris: Really, it’s the 1700’s & 1800’s, that’s where it really begins. End of the 1700’s & into the 1800’s, so through the Victorian years is the one that really caused us the problems. And, itself, coincides with the beginnings of science. I know Newton was the end of the 1600’s, but, nobody really caught up with Newton until we were in the 1700’s. And when Victorian thinking & arrogance that created a lot of the problems. I mean, one of the things that all Victorian scientists believed absolutely, above all else, was that if a woman attempted to solve problems using higher mathematics, her brain would explode. They firmly believed that. And so, that’s the kind of thinking that’s caused a lot of the problems that we have.

You know, Newton came up with gravity, and 400 years later, we’re still trying to find, really, what gravity is all about. Because nobody really knows, all the theories that have come up so far are just utter rubbish. You know, this double theory leaves me speechless, really, at how convoluted it is.

Henrik: Yeah, its complicated, all these unknown variables have to be put into the picture to be able to explain certain things & phenomena, which is not understood. And so we have things like dark matter to, you know, these unproved particles & everything else. So, there trying, I guess. LOL!

Chris: Yes, LOL – very trying! LOL

Henrik: How would you explain it, is it a simplified idea we need to look at? Explain the idea of electromagnetism a little bit – how that generates many of the effects, like the gravitational effect, and all that?

Chris: Well, it isn’t a gravitational effect, in the way in which gravity is explained, because it isn’t a gravitational force that, let’s say, is holding the moon in place. What is holding the moon in place is the consciousness that is the moon, and the conscious which is the Earth, has agreed that they will work together. And it’s the same with the Universe – the Galaxies within the Universe, whatever. If you think of each of those components as a consciousness, then its agreement – its choices made by each of those consciousnesses to work with whatever situation their in. So if you’re a planet within the Solar System, you’re working with a consciousness that is the Sun, if you’re a consciousness that has taken the form of the Sun, you’re working with the consciousness that is the Galaxy.

So its all agreements – agreement all along the line. And the energy patterns created by linking souls together in this way, or souls acting together in this way, creates these huge energetic fields, that on Earth, scientists have interpreted & called electromagnetic fields. But in reality, what they are – they’re consciousnesses working together.

Henrik: Consciousness, then, is ultimately is what generates these fields… its creating the many effects that we can observe scientifically, is that correct?

Chris: Correct, yeah.

Henrik: Do you think we ever could bring this in into the scientific field, let’s say, variables & such. Many people have speculated that, you know, we need to just understand everything that is out there, and also, then, have the tools & the capacity to measure these things. But what about consciousness, itself, as a tool to understand these things.

Chris: Well, we already have it, because the vast majority of cosmologists reject gravity & double-dark theory. And what they insist is that the Universe is held together by electromagnetic energies. They’ve actually started calling these energies the ‘Fifth Dimension’. And so, you know, Einstein said Time ought to be the Fourth Dimension, and electromagnetic energies are the Fifth Dimension.
And so, its already there. And if you look at a lot of people, that are slightly on the edges, perhaps, of the scientific world, but the cosmologists, whatever… well respected people within their own field… I’ve seen many lectures where they’re talking about consciousness energy holding the Universe together, everything within the Universe is a consciousness.

So, they’re already working along those lines, and heading in that direction. Its just we have this veneer on the surface of the propaganda of gravity, because its convenient for whatever reason, and since, whoever is generating this propaganda, then we’re stuck with it.

Henrik: How do you think if we recognized consciousness as a force in the Universe, or the Solar System & the entire world as we know it then, is this a dangerous idea, that is prevented from being known at this point, do you think?

Chris: Yes, because if we became aware of who & what we are, and if we integrated the soul back into the body – the whole of the soul back in the body – get the Higher Self back in, then we would not be able to be controlled. And that what seems to be the primary driving force within the world at the moment – is to control the population by certain people that consider themselves to be ‘elite’, and the driving force behind the ‘elite’ seems to be the Velon.

There is an agenda at work here, which seems to filter down from the Velon, and their intentions would appear, as far as the Earth is concerned, and they are controlling the people at the top. And that’s filtering down through the things we are taught in school & what we told through the media. And how we end up thinking about ourselves.

Henrik: Why is it, do you think, that they want to control us & dominate the planet at this stage? What is their agenda?

Chris: Well, let’s look at it from the Human level, to start with…I see from your website, that you picked up on a press release on using Agenda 21 as a basis for working with the New World Order, basically.

Henrik: Sure

Chris: And so, Agenda 21 is a document that was actually part of the inside agreement in the Climate Conference in Rio de Janeiro in 1992, so its been around for 20 years. And, what’s contained within Agenda 21 is removal of people from the countryside – either force-ably evicted, or forced into moving back into cities for economic reasons. On the face of it, they say its for environmental reason, ”we want to return 50 percent of the countryside back to wilderness”, so that it supports all the animals & plants that are becoming extinct. But also written within Agenda 21, it says they want to reduce the global population to 500 million by the year 2100. This is why it is called Agenda 21. So, the “official” figures at the moment are there are 7 Billion people on the planet. That means that 6-1/2 Billion people must die before the year 2100. And anybody who is born, then the death rate & birthrate must balance itself to maintain this 500 million figure they have in mind.

Henrik: And they are working at, right now, as we speak.

Chris: Oh yes, in all sorts of different ways. Yes, this is what they are trying to do. This is the agenda they have. And all of this comes from what people know as the organization that calls itself the Illuminati. Now, the Bavarian Illuminati were formed in 1776 by Amschel Rothschild, who founded himself as to head the organization & it set an agenda. Its things like, all ownership of housing belongs to the State, people cannot have private ownership. And the State must run all sorts of things, and take over peoples’ lives.

So, if you look at the economic agendas that have been going on recently, like the 2007 bank crash. Now, I mean, if that wasn’t designed to take housing out of private ownership & put into State ownership, then I don’t know what did. So, their agenda is continuing, I mean, basically they’ve been following that agenda since 1776. I mean, the first thing they did was to bring about the French Revolution to form a Socialist State within France. The people rejected. And, the vast majority of the Illuminati fled to America, where they’ve, more or less, been ever since. But the Russian Revolution creating again a Socialist State was brought about by the Illuminati using American & British banks to fund it. So, it was an engineered situation. And, you know, that’s collapsed & failed, I’m glad to say. But we still have, instead, is this so-called ‘Capitalist Society’. And, if you try accumulating capital, what happens? They’re going to take it from you, as what is happening in Cyprus at the moment with the problems there with the banks.

And I heard on the news today – Canada is in the middle of passing a law that will allow them to remove money from peoples’ bank accounts, if they get into economic difficulty.

Henrik: Isn’t that amazing… And if people just… I mean, what I get angry about, as I am seeing this, is as well – why are people still having their money in these banks still? Get them out, move out of there! Set up your own thing, or have have any cash – go back to something else. Yeah, many people are kind of just following into it, unfortunately. I mean, a few are taking measures, of course, trying to get out of this system. Its evidence of the collapse of also the thinking that has produced this kind of system, Chris. And we’re seeing this crumbling before our eyes. And I think, ultimately, a good sign, and that’s an excellent opportunity to see how it functions, what the reasons are, and actually disconnect themselves from it, and get out of it.

Chris: Yes. I would share that view. I’ve seen what’s going on, as a good sign. I know, in the short term, its going to create a great deal of hardship, and problems & difficulties for people. If, for example, we had gone through this consciousness integration at the end of 2012, we could’ve avoided all of this. Put seriously, we really could’ve avoided all of this, but because we didn’t, then what we have to do is start stripping down all the structures that caused the problems in the first place… that prevented from achieving what we set out to achieve 7,000 years ago.

And so, yes, we have to dismantle the old before we can build the new.

(end of HOUR 2 Part2)


turiya :cool:

turiya
1st November 2013, 02:25
CHRIS THOMAS RED ICE RADIO INTERVIEW
April 11, 2013
(Hour2 Part3 (www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_Red_Ice_4_11_2013_Hour2_pt_C.mp3))

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/RED_ICE_CHRIS_THOMAS_IMAGE.png

(click to listen)
https://cdn.vectorstock.com/i/thumb-large/59/54/play-button-isolated-icon-vector-14315954.jpg (http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_Red_Ice_4_11_2013_Hour2_pt_C.mp3)
_________________Interview Hour2 Part3_________________

HOUR 2 Part3 (www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_Red_Ice_4_11_2013_Hour2_pt_C.mp3)

Henrik: So, is there a bigger purpose behind these different, various power structures & such?

I’ve heard other people argue that, you know, some of these people have taken on a role, if you will, to act this out, to be able to nudge humanity forward. I guess what I’m saying is that if there wasn’t any seeming threat out there or something, that was threatening to, you know, control all of our lives, basically, to dominate in the way they’re trying to do it, right now. Then people wouldn’t get motivated, to have the incentive to get off their ass, if you know what I mean, Chris. So it actually serves a purpose at the end, right?

Chris: Yes, I would agree with all of that. This is the problem with Humans – they need a very hard kick up the bottom before they actually move.

Henrik: Yeah – seems like it. LOL!

Chris: And so, this is what we are going through. And, what’s occurring now – the collapse of the banking system has been working its way through, now – well before 2007. Its just totally unsustainable. I mean, America’s been bankrupt for, god knows how many years… it’s only because oil is still traded in dollars that’s actually keeping America afloat. If China reneged on all the amount of money that it owes America, America would collapse overnight.

Henrik: Yeah.

Chris: And so we have some very strange financial policies going on at the moment which is reflected in the way in which the banks are collapsing.

Henrik: Let me also just tie this in here, with the destruction or dismantling of the banking system as it exists, there is a window of opportunity that kind of goes both ways, because if the economic structure, as we see it, then they might want to bring in a completely controlled & dominated system – just what you’re alluding to, what they’re doing in Cyprus & trying to do in other countries, as well, with all the bail-outs & everything. Basically they just take peoples money, they take the assets that they have, to pay for themselves. And so, with the destruction with a system like this which is their problem, their going to offer the solution, which is basically a completely controlled & regulated system, where people might not even have any of their money anymore. Its like some kind of credit pot, that you basically have to apply to in order to get anything anymore… in other word, we’ll be completely dependent on, a kind of, a welfare State, if you will, a Socialist System, ultimately.

Chris: Yes. Well, that seems to be what they’re looking to set up. I mean, they already began doing this with all this rubbish about Global Warming & carbon usage, and all the rest of it. There is a proposal to introduce the new financial system based on your personal carbon usage. So, if you have a very low carbon use, then you are given a large amount of credit. As you use carbon, then your credit diminishes. So, that is already proposed. And the introduction of Smart Meters will rise, Smart electricity meters will rise. It’s the beginning of that process – of introducing this form of exchange.

Henrik: Yeah, remotely measure everyone’s usage, et cetera. And then, you know, basically, well control peoples’ lives accordingly, and it does tie into Agenda 21 & also getting people, as you’ve said, out of the rural areas, into big cities, where they’re more easily controlled, pretty much. Do you think there will be a natural kind of revolt against this, with… I’ve think we’ve seen it within the past few years, people moving out to the countryside more, they’re trying to get out & get away from it.

Chris: Yes, in energy terms, cities are becoming ‘black holes’, they’re really very, very low frequency, whereas in the countryside you have a much higher frequency. So, if you’re somebody who is looking towards this process of soul reintegration, then you’re going to be very, very uncomfortable living in the city, and you need to get out. And what that has produced, now costs an average of 20 percent more than a comparable property in a city, which is totally unprecedented. It’s the exact opposite of how its always been.

So people are moving in that way. And, in the same way as, let’s say, Planets & the Galaxy work together within the Universe, they have an energetic compatibility on a soul level. And this is what people are finding, is that they are attracted to others who have a similar hope of being able to go through this process of reintegration. And those that don’t want to take a part of it, are the ones who are moving into the cities.

Henrik: So, they’re splitting off. Is there two different strands here, is this a fork in the road, if you will?

Chris: Very much so. But, again, it’s to do with the ‘freedom of choice’. So everybody on a higher level, on a soul level, made a decision – whether they were going to go through this reintegration process, or not. And some people said ‘yes, they were, very much so’. And, others said ‘no, they’re not interested’ – for whatever reason.

I mean, there’s no judgment here. Each individual has judged themselves. And made a choice accordingly. So, yes, there is a division, has been a division, within people, really since about 1996, because there was a lot of energy changes that took place in 1996 that fueled up a lot of things that have been happening since. And so, in that sort of sense, then yes, people are divided. There are those that want to stay on Earth, and get on with all the things that they want to do. And there are those who have decided not to continue with whatever they are doing on Earth.

Populations figures, again, are a sham. I mean, they’re again a piece of propaganda. They’re trying to say its people, you know, resources are running out, and so we’re going to charge you more, and we need to put these Smart Meters in, and all this sort of stuff. Whereas, population peaked in 1996. According to the Akashic, global population, at that time, was 7.6 Billion people. The current population level according to the Akashic is between 3.7 & 3.8 Billion. So we’ve literally halved the population of the planet within that 20 year period.

And these people exercising their choices. They say… maybe some people are using it to highlight the kind of problems that are going on with the planet, so others will take notice of it. And, I know that it is very true. So, a lot of those deaths are from people… I don’t know, they’ve died of a medical treatment to show how poor medical treatment is. Or, how damaging pharmaceutical drugs are, or how damaging GM crops are – so they’ve used their deaths to try to highlight those problem, but of course, the media doesn’t report these things, because the media is controlled by the elite, the Illuminati, or whatever you want to call them. So we never get to hear them, so in many respects, unfortunately, a lot of those deaths have been wasted, because they haven’t had the impact that it was hoped that they would have.

So, as you’ve said earlier, you know, this sort of collapse that is going on at the moment, to all political systems, the banking system, the medical system, through science, and all the rest of it – all these collapses are coming about because they need to happen. We need to strip these lies & propaganda away from our understanding in life, so we can understand who we are & what we need to do.

Henrik: Yeah. And I think they’re pushing as well, they’re using these various methods to, as you say, to help depopulate the planet. I think this ongoing eugenics program, pretty much of culling the herd, is very much a ‘soft kill’, I don’t think that they’re going to show up with machine guns at everyone’s door & try to imprison them, or kill them on the spot. This is by voluntary choice, pretty much… well, not really, but indirectly, it is still a choice, because many people are choosing to go to the same doctor, to eat the food that is not GMO labeled, et cetera. They’re taking the chemical route, if you will, instead of trying to clean-up and go a natural organic way. So we are partially responsible, but at the same time, then they’re using people because they are gullible & believe that, you know, they have our best interest at heart, and that we’ll be taken care of. And so, we’re being fooled into this, at the same time, they are achieving their agenda of depopulation. I mean, there are so many people that are sick around the planet, and getting sicker. And there’s tremendous amounts of people that are constantly on, you know, pills, SSRIs, and everything else which is slowly just kind of numbing them off & shutting down their system.

Chris: Yes, one of the worse ones is WI-FI. There haven’t really been many studies carried out yet into WI-FI & the effects of WIFI on the body. But I came across one fairly recently, its four years of research of the effects of WIFI on the body. And what the doctor who carried out this research found was that the cell structures start to breakdown. So, if you subjected to Wi-Fi for a period of 2-3 years, then your body cells start to disintegrate & crumble. So, you literally fall apart from the inside-out. And where it starts is in the brain, because it’s a nerve tissue in the brain. There are cells called Glial cells, and they’re the first ones to breakdown & become cancerous. If you use mobile phones a lot, for example, the energy patterns, the microwave patterns from the phone, actually creates cancer of the glial cells between ear & the brain.

And, you have all of that going, and at the same time, we have a reduction in cholesterol. So, everybody’s been told ‘you must reduce your cholesterol’, whereas cholesterol is basically food for the cells. So, if you’re subjected to WiFi & your cholesterol levels are at their normal levels as produced by the body, because the body produces cholesterol, you don’t get it from your foods. The body produces it itself. Cholesterol primarily builds new cells, & maintains the structure of integrity of the cell structures of the cells within the body. So most of the people on the planet taking statins – reducing their cholesterol levels, subjected to WiFi, they’re going to end with full body cancer within two or three years.

And the damage done to the brain patterns – brain waves – by WiFi is extreme.

Henrik: Yeah, exactly. It seems a lot of this is targeted towards… basically, is kind of numbing people off – shutting off those capabilities of making a better options, a higher option. Its like… well, we know about the dumbing-down that’s going on, but its very much literal in the sense what methods they’ve chosen, with the technologies, and with the food, as well, to really target people from being able to rationally being able to think, and to make critical choices.

Chris: Exactly. It’s a very coherent targeted attack on people & how we function.

Henrik: So how do you think, within the last few minutes, here, for this time, Chris, that we can topple the power structure & the propaganda. Is it tied to a raising, as you talked before, of the frequency, and us moving into a higher level? And if so, how can we do that, at the time, in this stage, when, as we’ve been detailing here, we have so many attacks from so many different angles, if you will?

Chris: Well, disable your Wi-Fi to start with, that’s always a good place to start. And, really, start to look at things in a different way. So, again that Einstein quote, you know – “you can’t solve the problems with the same level of thinking that you’ve created them.” And so we need to shift the way in which we think about ourselves, and world, and the Universe, at large. So, instead of accepting the propaganda as it comes in, is to really stop reading newspapers, stop watching tv, and stop looking at the internet. Because that’s the main tools that are used to propagandize us. So, if you get off that, and start looking to people who think in different ways, who think in ways, who think in ways that can start to break these patterns.

But, really, so much of that comes from within. There are meditations that people can do, for example, where they can work within the Akashic, they can heal themselves, they can work with all sorts of energies, to try to break these patterns & to bring about the situation where we can join people in the non Western worlds & be ready to undergo this shift in consciousness.

That’s primary key to it. If we can break these patterns, and undergo consciousness change, then nobody can hold us. Because we will be able to see everything for the lies that it is, and the whole structure will breakdown totally.

To a certain extent its gone a little too far. People have been so brainwashed into believing certain things & thinking in certain ways. But what we’re now faced with is a complete breakdown of all the structures, like the politicos, the banks, and all the rest of it, before people start to wake up to realize there is an alternative to it.

Henrik: Yep, yep, seems to be the case. Well, this has been very interesting. We appreciate you sharing your perspective with us, Chris. I hope you will be able to do it again at some point. Its always interesting to, of course, to have more to talk about, and you have much more material available in many of your books & essays. Books are available at Cygnus Books. Thank you, Chris, it was interesting having you with us, so thank you for your time today.

(end of HOUR 2 Part3 & done)


turiya :cool:

FireHorse
1st November 2013, 03:58
CHRIS THOMAS RED ICE RADIO INTERVIEW
April 11, 2013
(Hour2 Part3 (www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_Red_Ice_4_11_2013_Hour2_pt_C.mp3))

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/RED_ICE_CHRIS_THOMAS_IMAGE.png


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_Red_Ice_4_11_2013_Hour2_pt_C.mp3

_________________Interview Hour2 Part3_________________

HOUR 2 Part3 (www.talkshoe.com/resources/talkshoe/images/swf/lastEpisodePlayer.swf?fileUrl=http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_Red_Ice_4_11_2013_Hour2_pt_C.mp3)

turiya :cool:

My GOODNESS. Thank you for all of the hard work! :typing:

~FireHorse

Delight
1st November 2013, 04:37
Thanks so much for transcribing these interviews...

One of my favorite parts


And so when those who had chosen to be Human came back onto the Earth 20,000 years ago, we were as we were on Atlantis, which was the whole of the soul within the physical body. So we had all the faculties that we were suppose to have. And we began to lose them, because realized that Earth’s energy frequency , the basic base note frequency of the Earth was too low a frequency. And the Earth has always resonated at 7.56 Hz, and that was too low an energy frequency for us to maintain the whole of the within the body. Because the soul that we are, that Humans are, is made up of massive energy patterns – we’re looking at 50 dimensions of energy contained within the soul. And, to squeeze all of that energy into a physical body, when it resonates at that 7.56 Hz, was too big of a leap. So we couldn’t maintain the whole of the consciousness, because that base note frequency was too low.

So, Earth needed to raise her base note frequency up to a new level in order for us to bring the whole of the soul back into the body. And so, that’s what the Human experience & the Human Plan is all about, is learning… trying to find out what that new frequency needed to be, so that we could bring the whole soul back into the body. And its taken 7,000 years to do that. But we have got this. We now know what that frequency needs to be. The Earth has already altered her frequency levels. She did that back in 2000 or 2002, I can’t remember off hand. So, she is operating now at 3.5 kHz, which is a considerably more than 7.5 Hz. And Human have been accelerating our own frequencies since then, since 2000, to try bring ourselves up to sort of energy parity with the Earth again. We achieved that the end of 2011. It was October 2011.

And so, we’re in a position where we can bring the Higher Self back into the body, if that’s what we choose to do. And so we could have undergone that shift last December, that’s what the end of the Mayan Calendar was all about, and all the rest of it. But there’s been a lot of disruption on the planet. I think a lot of the main reason why people, certainly in the Western world, didn’t undergo this consciousness reintegration, this soul reintegration, is because they don’t believe it can happen.

So, at some point we need to alter the way in which we think, and stop believing in some of the things we do believe in, because that’s what’s holding us back from making this move that we are now capable of achieving anytime we choose to. Because we have whole new sets of energy patterns connected with the Earth, what you could call the Mayan 6th Sun, because the 5th Sun disappeared or ended on the 29th of October 2011, and a new Sun was built on the 21st of December 2012.

So we shift now at any time we choose to, it just the problems we have in the Western world are holding us back, basically. Because in the non Western world, the vast majority of the population there are ready, and perfectly capable of making the shift, you know, its something like 98 percent of the population in some countries can do it. There only holding themselves back because we have a collective agreement to do it at the same time.

So the Western world is holding back.


http://assets.amuniversal.com/25ec3580b29d012f7ffa001dd8b71c47

Delight
2nd November 2013, 03:50
The “spiritual” liar-archy does not want us to grow on our own to a place of self-empowerment that will allow us to simply walk away from their entire control system. This is why the channeled messages subtly disempowers people, while pretending to actually offer them an empowering solution. As long as we are sitting and waiting for “the good guys” to come and save us, we will not be able to discern who truly has our best interests at heart, nor will we be able to actually fix our own problems for ourselves.

For the ENTIRE ARTICLE (http://www.ascensionhelp.com/blog/2013/08/23/why-i-am-no-longer-a-light-worker/)


I listened to Cameron Day's interview here.

http://www.ascensionhelp.com/audio/Cameron_Day_Dr_Gno_10-24-13_The_Lighter_Side_of_Darkness.mp3

I resonate to these ideas: Clearing the way to be fully incarnated and connected to Source here and now.

The stories differ. CT and CD (and Bartzis with whom I don't resonate) spend lots of time spinning the story. Do you think CT is fully committed to his story as the "truth"? If we see the stories as "myth" holding certain themes, that means all the stories can be seen as examples of the principle. Otherwise, one story has to be argued against another...right?

turiya
2nd November 2013, 21:51
10 Questions with answers from Chris Thomas

I was] asked me to share our thanks to Chris Thomas by showing him what he had found which confirmed the assessment of Andrew Bartzis provided by Chris.

As Chris says, he suffers from RSI (Repetitive Strain Injury) so his answers are briefer than they might have been.

Chris [said] he has done about 10 internet radio shows around the world and would be happy to do another one. So if enough people here have questions regarding clarification beyond what he has already written in his books and essays, I’m hoping that –just maybe -
we could arrange for an interview . . . I will have to ask . . .

Here are the Q&A:

Hi Herbert

That's the problem with channelled messages, they can appear to be one thing but be something else entirely. Just try to ignore anything channelled as it is all Velon.

When you ask questions, you don't ask little ones so I will see what I can do.


Hi Chris,

A number of us who absolutely resonate with your material have been discussing, and one very sharp individual has confirmed your analysis and provided the evidence contained in this youtube video where Bartzis lets it slip (catching himself in mid sentence) that he has been channelling Ashtar Command;

Some questions my friends would like to ask you:

1) Chris, several of my friends wonder if you are planning any more books or articles regarding the Akashic, and if you plan on doing any more updates on the human plan. Also would you be available to do an internet radio interview?

At the moment, all of the energies of the new sun are hitting very hard and so the whole situation is in a state of flux. This makes it difficult to come to any useful conclusions and so I am not planning any new books (they take about 18 months to produce in any way) or a new essay just yet.

I have already done about 10 internet radio interviews with various stations around the world . . .

2) Since experiences expand human conscious sentience and that is stored energetically in our soul’s Akashic DNA (increasing the soul energy frequency and expanding size – I guess), do all individual planets also have their own Akashic stored in their soul’s energetic DNA?

The Akashic exists on many multiple levels, none of which are fractal-like or hologram-like. As events occur, on planets, in solar systems, in galaxies etc, they are all recorded in the "local" Akashic. All of these local records interconnect with each other to build up to a Universal Akashic. Ultimately, the purpose of the Akashic is to allow the Creator to learn from the experiences undergone in a particular universe.

Strictly speaking, souls do not have DNA, at least not in the way that humans have DNA. DNA memory only exists on Earth because of our peculiar physical nature and the division of the soul into two.


3) I understand that the moon’s main function is to act as a (electromagnetic) balance tool which stabilizes Earths wobble, ranging from 17 degrees to 23 degrees, as we jointly spiral around the spiralling sun . . .

Knowing that our moon is positioned in such a way between the Sun and Earth that scientists say goes statistically and significantly against the random odds, does that mean our moon has a soul consciousness and therefore its own Akashic?

Or was it simply that Earth consciousness sequestered a piece of the exploded planet and it somehow became sort of globe shaped and Earth/sun consciousness (gravity) put it where it would, fortuitously, allow life to continue on Earth?

We have been told there is a lot of technology on the Moon and there is a base on the dark side. Is the Moon really hollow?

When the first two planets within our solar system decided to leave, they exploded causing the asteroid belt. Both of these planets exploding close to the orbit of the Earth, generated a disruption to the local energy patterns giving the Earth a slightly eccentric orbit. The Earth "captured" about one quarter of one of the planets to use as a counter balance to settle Her orbit. In doing this, the planetary consciousness (of the destroyed planet) left a portion of its consciousness in the fragment to help the Earth. This fragment became the moon and the portion of the original consciousness still remains.

See the essay I did earlier on this year about gravity but, the moon is not held in place by gravity. Gravity, as described by scientists, does not exist. All planets, moons, solar systems, galaxies and the Universe itself hold their relationships by conscious interaction - what scientists call electro-magnetic forces.

There is long-standing base on the dark side of the moon - since the early 1950's - but I would not encourage anyone to try remote viewing it as there are far too many psychic watchers who will attack if they sense your presence. Mars also has a human base, it has been there since the mid 1980's.

The moon is not hollow as such. If you think of magma flows here on Earth, when they cool, gas voids are formed under the hard shell. The same with the moon - it is full of gas voids as the original planet's core cooled. It "rings" if you strike it because of these gas voids.


4) Does the Akashic hold anything that is denoted as “Time Wars”; a Quarantine that is presently in place surrounding Earth or our Solar System? Apart from the Velon travelling back in time are there any other instances where time travel has affected life on Earth?

The simple answer is no.
It is not possible to travel forwards in time as the future has not yet happened - see Q9 .

This is my own interpretation: [Perhaps I’m confused but if the future has not yet happened then the Greys that claim to be our future human selves (re: George Kavassilas) could not actually exist. Could they? Alternative time-lines always confuse me. Actually it would make a good question for Chris. ]

5) Given that the Reptilian race were the 14th Faction from another Universe, does that mean there are zero Reptilians left in our Universe?

Correct, they and all of their energies were removed with the 14th Faction in 2003.


6) A lot of people report abductions and even cross bred children with various races like the Greys. I know you said that for example Mantis beings (and I guess also Lion beings) are not in the Akashic and must be bio-mechanical technology based – Is that abduction type of experience based on a higher-self, soul contract (karma) or was it limited to the period prior to 2003 when the 14th Faction energy was still present in our Universe and being used by the NSA, etc. taking away people’s free will?

That is a difficult question to answer precisely.

I'll give you my experience. Some years ago, I woke up one morning knowing that something had happened during the night but I could not identify it. All I knew was that I had a very sore bottom (yes, the infamous anal probe is true - and they are not collecting farts). Gradually, I had recollections of being taken out of my bed and examined by the "Blues".

A couple of months after the first "abduction", it happened again. But, this time, I was aware of what was happening and I said (psychically) to the Blues carrying me: "you are not going to examine me again as I do not want you to. But, seeing as you are here, can I have a tour of the ship?" This they agreed to very happily and they gave me a full tour.

I haven't been "abducted" since.

The lesson here is that they turned up and asked my higher self if it was OK to take me for examination. As soon as I said no, they were happy not to do any more and they were all very friendly.

So that was my personal experience of abduction. But there are others. I have carried out extensive research on many levels about these hybrids and my conclusion is this:
THE VAST MAJORITY OF CLAIMED ABDUCTIONS ARE CARRIED OUT BY THE MILITARY, AND NOT ALIENS, AND THOSE ABDUCTED UNDERGO MIND CONTROL OR HYPNOSIS TO BELIEVE THAT THEY HAVE EXPERIENCED WHATEVER IT WAS BUT DID NOT ACTUALLY HAPPEN.
THEY ARE ALSO INDOCTRINATED TO BELIEVE THAT THERE ARE HYBRIDS OF HUMANS/ALIENS OR HYBRIDS OF ALIEN RACES. THE MANTIS AND LION BEINGS DO NOT EXIST.

Since about the year 2000, very, very few abductions have been carried out by any alien race - they have all been by the military.

Because so many people are aware of the Grey race, they have been used by the military in their propaganda, misinformation and disinformation and so virtually every single story about Grey hybridisation is false and intended to add to confusion and fear. Don't forget that one of the next things on their "to do list" is an alien invasion of the Earth.

If they can make people believe that the Greys are the bad guys, they have a ready built argument to weaponise space (sorry, make the weapons they already have in space known).


7) Since they are still using psychic children in spy ops, are these children being forced into this because of soul contracts?

The alphabet spaghetti agencies all have psychic trackers or use specialist contractors (such as the College for Noetic Sciences) to track down children with psychic potential - usually as young as 5 years old. They also recruit adults who do so voluntarily. If the children live in America, they approach the parents and the parents agree to their children working for the government. Some parents are paid for their children others agree because it is their patriotic duty.

Other children are taken from the streets (abducted) particularly in countries such as the US, Brazil and Mexico. Many are brought from orphanages in countries such as Rumania (Indigo Children). The children are persuaded that they are "special" and that they will be allowed to explore their special potential in a special facility.

When they get to this "special facility", they are fitted with a colostomy bag and a catheter and strapped to beds in "cells" of 10 children. They are then given instructions on what they are to do. If the children do as instructed, they are "rewarded" with chemicals that stimulate the body's pleasure centres. If the children refuse, they are punished with chemicals that cause pain.

These are not soul contracts but the agencies feeding off gullible and confused children. This has come from personal contact with a few of these "cells".


8) FOURTEENTH FACTION QUESTION:
Chris - In Project Human Extinction, you explain how the FOURTEENTH FACTION gained access to Earth, and “infected” some 33,000 souls that were on their way toward Earth to have a physical life. And that some of the 14th Faction energy patterns were picked up by some of these souls, which gave them the ability, or desire, to remove freedom of choice from others. For example, one affected soul manifested as the human that you identify as Alexander the Great and also one as George Bush Sr.

You say, it took a while for the FOURTEENTH FACTION to be evicted from Earth. This came to be completed in the year 2003, whereby the 33,000 souls who chose to hold onto those frequencies could no longer make use of this energy in this way.

Q: Although you have not said it in your book, is it correct to assume that the 9/11 event (as well as the 7/7 event, war on terror ) was the direct result of the affect of FOURTEENTH FACTION energies influence over those 33,000 souls travelling toward Earth? And, since the 14th Faction is gone, that we are likely not to see another horrific type event like this play out again in our near future, as we continue to move toward completion of the whole soul reintegration process?

9/11 was a classic "Hegelian Dialectic" - an act deliberately enacted to cause fear and panic leading to the introduction of legislation that nobody would have wanted until the "attack" took place.

The current state of fear replaces the "Cold War". Now that Russia and communism is no longer seen as a threat, the Cabal/Illuminati/Elite needed a new bad guy to make people afraid.

So "International Terrorism" was invented with the chief bogey-man being Bin Laden and his Al Qaeda.

AQ began life in 1948 when the British realised that the newly created state of Israel had expansion plans towards Lebanon. The British recruited a band of Wahhabi Moslems and set up AQ to harass Israel. When Israel went to war with Egypt, resulting in the Suez war, Israel backed down and AQ was put into mothballs.

When Russia invaded Afghanistan in 1987, the CIA was looking for a way of harassing the Russians but without making it obvious that the USA was involved and so the British gave control of AQ to the CIA and the CIA have remained in control ever since. All atrocities attributed to AQ have been carried out by the CIA including 9/11.

Bin Laden was the son of a Saudi billionaire who runs several huge transnational organisations.

The White House confirmed a few years ago that Bush senior works for a Bin Laden company since he retired from office. The White House also confirmed that half of all retired senators also work for the Bin Laden family.

Osama was flown from Afghanistan to Saudi for treatment for his kidneys by a CIA chartered jet where he had treatment in the American Hospital and he was flown back to Afghan by the same CIA jet (reported in the Paris newspaper Le Figaro). Osama died at his family home in Saudi in 2003
from kidney failure.

I watched the BBC evening news in October 2005 where there was a live statement made by MI6. The statement said (in part): "The SIS (MI6) can confirm that a rogue cell within the SIS planned recruited and carried out the London bombing".

There is no terrorist threat, just politicians creating fear to control the people.

My suspicion is that we are going to see more of these types of events, particularly in the US and Britain over the coming months as the cabal tries to get people to riot so that martial law can be imposed. This has nothing whatsoever to do with residual 14 energies.


9) Linear Time is indeed a funny thing and I wondered if the Akashic cannot look into the future, how do some people have premonitions that come true. Some even live the following day in their sleep and find it quite psychologically draining. Is this experience related to individual akashic stored in DNA?

When one makes a decision, one sets a future path. Up until then, there existed an infinite number of future paths that had a varying degree of possibility. When someone makes an accurate prediction of the future, they have tapped into the most likely possibility and the individual has made a decision that fulfils that possibility. This is why the Akashic cannot predict the future - the future has not been chosen by anybody or anything.

Very weird that we once had black holes but they no longer exist, which meant Hawking had to retract his statement that nothing comes out of a black hole. At one time they postulated ‘White Holes’ that were returning the broken up exploding suns as elements to create new suns. And these new suns were almost always put out in pairs.

Confirmation that black holes were made by the 14th Faction and did not exist in this Universe before then. Proof of the removal of the 14th Faction.

Also interesting that this is an instance in which we (at least those who studied physics) can actually remember the change which future generations will not have lived through. The ongoing time travel and event erasure theme of movies has driven into our psyches the expectation of memory erasures, not only from our minds but also our books. Just shows how intrusive technology has become.

This is a case of fiction following fact. School text books now leave out a huge amount of information that I was taught as a child. The whole fiasco over so-called Global Warming/Climate Change being the perfect example of substituting history with political rhetoric to indoctrinate children with lies.

10) Is there something special about dream sleep beyond the usual REM that allows our Higher Selves to interact with specific others and perhaps even create magic? Since dream time does seem to step outside of linear time, is there a strong creative potential there that we can tap into with our consciousness?

Dream sleep has a number of functions that are beneficial to the body and mind. For example: We use dream sleep to live out events in our lives so that we understand them better or to clear them as they were causing emotional problems.

Also, many people have a "night job". This can be doing healing work, helping people who have recently died to "pass over" peacefully or, if there is a war, many heal the sick and wounded on a soul level.

When we sleep, depending on our personal emotional needs, most of the soul leaves the body and travels to places where our work is needed or helpful. So a proportion of our dreams are of the work we did whilst, apparently, asleep.

I realize there are a lot of questions and we’d be grateful for any you choose to answer. I also realize that we should be trying to connect to the akashic and answer them ourselves and some of us have tried but it’s not as easy as you make it look. :>))

I do expect we will all be capable eventually. I mean we are looking at the world even now in a very different way to how we once did. And those clear blue skies are worth working for. How many people in the 90’s looked within for the truth? Now it is the first place we look.

With warmth and gratitude,
Herbert and friends

I hope I have answered your questions. They could have been longer answers but I didn't want RSI.

Best wishes t'ya'all
Chris



Herbert - just want to thank you for connecting with Chris with these great questions.
Thank you.

turiya

turiya
3rd November 2013, 01:25
The “spiritual” liar-archy does not want us to grow on our own to a place of self-empowerment that will allow us to simply walk away from their entire control system. This is why the channeled messages subtly disempowers people, while pretending to actually offer them an empowering solution. As long as we are sitting and waiting for “the good guys” to come and save us, we will not be able to discern who truly has our best interests at heart, nor will we be able to actually fix our own problems for ourselves.

For the ENTIRE ARTICLE (http://www.ascensionhelp.com/blog/2013/08/23/why-i-am-no-longer-a-light-worker/)


I listened to Cameron Day's interview here.


https://cdn.vectorstock.com/i/thumb-large/59/54/play-button-isolated-icon-vector-14315954.jpg (http://www.ascensionhelp.com/audio/Cameron_Day_Dr_Gno_10-24-13_The_Lighter_Side_of_Darkness.mp3)

I resonate to these ideas: Clearing the way to be fully incarnated and connected to Source here and now.

The stories differ. CT and CD (and Bartzis with whom I don't resonate) spend lots of time spinning the story. Do you think CT is fully committed to his story as the "truth"? If we see the stories as "myth" holding certain themes, that means all the stories can be seen as examples of the principle. Otherwise, one story has to be argued against another...right?

Thank you, Delight, for the Cameron Day mp3 interview.

Certainly, distortion will occur. The distortion point is the mind itself. Communication through the use of words & language passes through the intellect, the source of much obscurity. I think Chris is attempting to be quite careful about how he chooses his word selection. while expressing what he's found in his research of the Akashic.

Chris Thomas said from that Robert Stanley / Fourteenth Faction interview:


What I also did was to start checking everything I possibly could to make sure the kind of answers I was getting were as accurate as they could be. So, wherever possible, I would check through history books, whatever information I could find about a particular subject, to see what correlations there were, or if I was putting some kind of interpretation onto it. And, over the years, it led me to believe that what I receive from the Akashic is accurate & correct.

I am presently listening to the Cameron Day interview & find that he is also being quite careful with his view & how he is expressing it.

Whereas, Andrew Bartzis, Cobra, Rob Potter, Sheldan Nidle, GFOL, Tolec, Drake, Lady Dragon etc., appear to be more subsumed/consumed by the 'Ascended Master' Demiurge/Velon concocted influence - that is in my opinion. Because if you listen carefully to their discourse, the material contains quite a bit of the related information - creating & opening portals, ascension with the help of alien craft - using terminology relevant to the Ascended Master Teachings. Although, they may, no doubt, absolutely believe that they are on the right track, but unknowingly serving the liar-archy, as how Cameron Day puts it.

Thanks again for posting that mp3.

turiya :cool:

FireHorse
4th November 2013, 01:52
Thank you for the interesting reading. Can you tell us more about Chris Thomas beyond his unique access to the Akashic record. What is his educational background, vocation etc. This is the first that I've heard of him. Is he mostly a writer? lecturer?
Thank you

Hey Heartsong, you are playing my song...

From what I know, which is not much, Chris Thomas has been, for most of his life, what he calls a psychic healer.
From one of the interviewed videos that can be found on the internet, he says that it was from one of his clients, that came in with a problem that he had difficulty resolving. Chris said that he was able to scan his DNA and found that it was something in one of his client's past lives that was where the root of his problem laid. The more he went into to the root of the problem, he came to find that the cient was connected to an alien 'Velon' entity that provided the Annunaki Fantasy story to the Sumerian tablet maker. That is how I remember it, anyways. It was from this client's past life that prompted him to go into researching more about the history of the human race. I think its one of the following videos that has that information on it.

Bases 8 Part 1

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6Zf7scVDQ1g


Bases 8 Part 2

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m-RSwTihJQ0


A 3rd interview is planned, Questions are Requested, so he can be challenged on these statements.

I did order that third interview. Its not available on youtube, yet.

Cheers to you, Heartsong
turiya

Did you ever get that third interview, Turiya?

~FireHorse

onawah
4th November 2013, 08:42
I have only read page 1 of this thread so far, and part of page 7, but it is all really resonating with me.
Thanks so much to Turiya for bringing awareness of Chris Thomas to Avalon.
It is connecting many more dots than I would have thought possible, and I will be eagerly reading the rest asap.
Please continue posting this information!

turiya
4th November 2013, 12:09
Recently I was asked by another member some things. I thought that it was worthy for others to read about. As follows:

Avalon member wrote:

Are you familiar with channelers Darryl Anka who channels Bashar?

Lately, I have been noticing that various characters amongst the 'players' that have gathered a certain number of 'followers', have been occasionally launching attacks upon each other. For instance Drake & company, Tanaath & Sunfire, have been recently dissing Tolec (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5B8kV-IRiHU), Tolec has obviously been shaken by this, which he (Tolec) had since made a youtube rebuttal - (Tolec: Setting Things Straight (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G5HH4OQCHA8)) - of the allegations of him working for the darkside.

Then, I found a 'Walking in Energy' interview whereby Andrew Bartzis had jumped on a caller when he brought up the Metatron entity, and advised the caller to turn off his computer, yet Bartzis, himself, has held a Conference at Mt Shasta with Rob Potter (http://thepromiserevealed.com/summer-in-shasta/), who appears to be extremely into the Ascended Master Teachings, GFOL, and channeled entities such as the Djwhal Khul (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Djwal_Khul) entity that Chris Thomas has said was a Velon entity that had channeled material to Madame Blavatsky, and later Alice Bailey. Rob Potter, on his website (http://thepromiserevealed.com/), had also promoted for the activation of the Mt Shasta Portal (https://www.google.com/#q=%22rob+potter%22+%22Includes+MT+Shasta+Portal+A ctivation%22) - something that Chris had advised people not to do, as it allows the Velon to continue to have access to Earth & its people.

Also, if you are not aware of it, I have also noted that Rob Potter appears to be acting as the agent for Cobra, and if he is, then he's is not doing much of a good job with that, as he let the the January 08 2013 Coast to Coast interview with Cobra (http://www.coasttocoastam.com/show/2013/01/08)proceed without making certain the Cobra's voice was being correctly modulated to obscure his voice - it turned out it wasn't, yet Rob had remained on the line to answer questions posed by John B. Wells.

And yes, I too find Darryl Anka's channelings quite entertaining & resonate with much of that material. I also wonder, at times, whether there will come a time when the 'other shoe will drop', meaning of course - whether the mixing of truth & lies will come forth more deliberately, so it can be more easily distinguishable where the Bashar entity actually sits, perhaps at some time in the future.

Bottom line is, we don't need other outside influences to proceed with the total soul reintegration process. Outside influences are, but, only distractions that keep individuals from looking within. Doing one's own inner work is paramount - it is something that can only be done for oneself, and by oneself. Real Masters, i.e. Krishnamurti, Buddha & others, have also stressed the point - one needs to be a light unto oneself... everyone has the capacity & capability within themselves, of doing it for themselves, nobody can do the work for you.

Avalon member wrote:

I like the advice also to clear out all old emotions, concepts, etc.
It's what I've been focusing on the past few years especially.
I wonder if writing on newsprint is the only way to do that, though.
I am always a bit leery when someone says that here is only one way.

There is more than one way. This is one method that Chris advises, imo, because it is the easiest for people (who are not use to "letting-it-go"), who have been programmed (by society) for self-suppression & repression, to implement. In the Robert Stanley interview, Chris does advise for people to swear alot while doing this sort of thing - to express (vent) these pent-up emotions in the most emotionally charged way possible. I have previously shown an example of this 'other' method of doing this that includes involving the physical body. Look at post #47 (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?58865-An-Update-On-Our-Evolution-by-Chris-Thomas&p=672284&viewfull=1#post672284) Other methods are as simple as going to the gym & doing a strong workout, pump iron while expressing one's inner anger, going for a long bike ride pumping the pedals, and simple long-distance running is a good way of purging the system. And, understand that the 'system' is the bodymind mechanism - it is one system - bodymind. The body in the more dense part & the mind is the less dense part - but it is one mechanism.

I use to go to India & participate in an ashram there. Most all meditations were combined with a physical therapy, a cathartic therapy, that involved physically moving the body while expressing the pent-up emotions that one has buried within themselves - as everyone has been taught to repress themselves emotionally by the societies in which we live. Every society teaches this to its members to do this. It is so the society can appear to be a healthy one, but it comes at the cost of the individual members becoming unhealthy (emotionally & physically). The society looks good, but the individual members are plagued with numerous health problems

The meditation would begin with catharsis & end with everyone sitting in complete & utter silence. It was & is well understood that modern man needs to unburden him/herself in this way. Otherwise, to simply sit in meditation (as was done in the past) is not possible. One will be constantly interfered with by the body-mind that has too much built-up & pent-up energy that is contained within muscles, bones, nervous system & subconscious mind of that mechanism.

Thanks for connecting
turiya :cool:




The important thing is to practice getting rid of the baggage we have, so we can become all we were meant to be. that in turn raises our vibration. I really think that is key information. I believe that all the microwave energy etc. IS ***king us up royally as a species. We have to take back our power of choice, and give back our baggage to the universe. Fear and negativity is what we have to let go of to move forward. That entire story makes sense to me. and I think like anything else, we all have to take from things like this what will benefit us, and leave the rest. We will not all ever agree on everything, but I find this information not only interesting, but imperative to our personal growth.

Chris Thomas suggests writing your unresolved issues out, using a pencil & old newspaper (emotions that are held within the body-mind mechanism) as a way of "clearing out" the clutter that is contained within. Pencil & old newspaper, because then, whatever was written out, cannot be read back, or re-ingested back within.

I remember a video that offered a way of doing this in a more physically expressive way. I think it is important, for many, to find ways of vocalizing, especially, anger that is pent-up inside the body & subconscious part of the mind. Take the following redneck rant as a method that could be useful. The idea is to clean-out the crap without affecting others, or injuring oneself while doing so. This can be viewed as an effective way of preparing oneself for receiving the entire soul to enter one's physical body. Destroy anything, that has little or no value, do it in a private setting. This kind of thing can be made into a meditation... making sure to allow for a period afterwards (15 minutes or so) to sit & connect with the silence that is left behind that will come in the wake of expressing one's fury.

The best part is when he goes to the laundry room... :)

The RedNeck Rant (http://youtu.be/xjbEQcGq7Xo)

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xjbEQcGq7Xo

turiya :cool:

Calamus
4th November 2013, 22:52
..........

soleil
6th November 2013, 19:38
hi turiya, thank you for this thread. im resonating HUGE with CT and have let go of any attachment to read others like andrew bartzis etc. using common sense goes to show, if someone is banned from amazon for example, there has got to be truth in the info. i wonder if theres anything worthy of transcribing from other interviews on this thread. i admit i cannot listen to them at this time, weve reached our net bandwidth max.

my questions... i wonder what ct thinks of drunvalo m?
and about allegations that the moon is a satellite? (barbara m,something)

i love hearing that sidhe is nature spirit and not some evil fae like represented in most fairy literature. more importantly , to me, im excited they are in akashic as real. cuz so much of "magic" is left looking fake.

what would ct say about simon parkes being a mantis( et all his info) ..does that get ruled /lumped in to velon manipulation?

i wonder if truths like this has legitimate truths that will be announced by natural news in jan2014? regarding healing, and how we can take back comtrol(in a good way). i am speculating here, bc i resonate with ct and empowering truths coming from natural news, info wars and energetic synthesis(lisa renee). they all seem to jive with truths and i feel surprisingly more dicerning now after reading your thread. please continue. hebert, also a huge thanks to you bud. i wonder if any of my questions can be asked?

(edit) i wish i could find his books in pdf, does anyone have any? :D

onawah
6th November 2013, 22:25
I'm on page 5 of this thread now, and would love to read CT's books, but I have checked and they are pretty pricey for my budget and aren't widely available, so what I have seen and read here is all I will have to go on for now, at least. And I have questions, though perhaps some of those are answered on pages 6 and 7, but here goes, anyway.... Does he answer questions on any of the websites where his info is being featured, or might he join us here on Avalon? I certainly would like to run some questions by him!


I noticed that you, Turiya, quoted Sir Laurence Gardner in one of your posts. I've read a lot of his work. His research indicated that there have generally been two factions in the ruling classes over the ages, one idealistic and humane, the other controlling, greedy and cruel. Because they were often born to the same bloodlines and the bloodlines became mixed, with much rubbing of elbows going on in the upper echelons of society, it's not always been easy to tell which is which, or to understand when how and why, realistically, compromises sometimes had to be made since the Service to Self souls were ruthless, persistent and could not be defeated outright.

Has CT gone into any detail about the US Founding Fathers, who he claims were taken over by the Illuminati? Does he mean that Velon souls were walk-ins into the bodies of Washington, Jefferson, etc. , “possessing” them, or just that they were being heavily influenced, and if so, how? Energy implants? Why would the FF have gone to the trouble of creating the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution, and fought so hard to liberate the colonies from Britian if they were Illuminati? The ideals they planted in the minds of humanity of personal sovereignty and freedoms are antithetical to the Illuminati goals, so this premise that they were taken over by the Velon doesn't make sense to me. Granted, the FF were Freemasons, but there have always been Freemasons who were genuinely idealistic, spiritually oriented souls who sought not so much to control as to guide humanity in a positive way.

I don't understand why the Velon want Earth. With their technology, which allows them to travel from a different galaxy, it should be easy for them to find gold elsewhere, if gold is what they really want, and without having to deal with all the complications of an inhabited planet. There is evidence that has been explored on other Avalon threads which indicates that gold is actually a very common metal in the Universe. Or is it just because they want human slaves, or they like our DNA? Is it because other ET races have mixed their bloodlines with ours, making us a unique species, and they want to mix their bloodlines more with ours? Since they are so obviously willing to destroy so many of the lifeforms on Earth, it doesn't seem to be because they like the planet, or are fond of Gaia as an entity in her own right. Could we possibly present some kind of intergalactic threat to them, or perhaps they are simply envious, or want to thwart the goals of the other ET races who have been interested in Earth...? Do they not get it that Gaia doesn't want them here and is powerful enough to expel them?

One of the great mysteries of the Sumerian culture was how it developed and became so sophisticated so rapidly. If that wasn't due to the Annunaki, does CT think it was due to the influence of other ET races? The latter is the case, according to the channeler Tyberonn (whose messages, incidentally, don't say anything about the Annunaki or humans having to leave the planet in order to “ascend”, but that the planet is evolving to a higher vibration and humans who remain here will also evolve to that higher frequency. His messages claim that Pleiadians, Arcturans, Sirians, Andromedans have been here on and off for a long time, using their advanced technologies in Atlantis and other ancient civilizations, and that some of their underground facilities are still here and operational. His messages state that the crystals that were left here after the fall of Atlantis are being reactivated to help form a new crystalline grid which will be instrumental in providing the planet with clean, sustainable energy-- not to open portals to allow E.T.s access to the planet.

I see that CT doesn't say that all channeled messages are from the Velon, but it's not that black and white when it comes to deciphering which ones are and which ones aren't. For example, Tyberonn channels an entity which he calls Lord Metatron, but his messages are unlike the GFL and Ashtar messages in most respects, even though they post his messages on their sites. For one thing, because he is a geologist, there are a lot of detailed scientific and historical explanations about geology, sacred geometry, ancient cultures etc. And he is well acquainted with various indigenous elders, knowledgeable about the Crystal Skulls and other subjects, all of which get incorporated into his messages.

Another channeler I read is Suzy Ward of Messages from Matthew
http://www.matthewbooks.com/mattsmessage.htm
... though she is not strictly a channeler, more of a medium, since her messages come mostly through her deceased son. She also says that many souls who are not ready to journey with Earth to a higher frequency are leaving this planet, and those who stay will be rapidly passing through 4D into 5D frequencies, but will be doing so here on the planet.

Drunvalo Melchizedek, in the most recent interview I have seen with him:
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?65148-Latest-interview-with-Drunvalo-Oct-2013&p=753915&highlight=drunvalo#post753915
...seems to be questioning a lot of what he previously thought to be true about how we will survive all the changes, including the issues of the declining bee population, increasing amounts of methane being released into the atmosphere, the decrease in the magnetic fields, the unwillingness of TPTW to allow advanced technology such as free energy devices, etc. He says now he doesn't know how anyone is going to make it, though he has been generally ever hopeful, for the most part. Not long ago, he was predicting, along with some of the indigenous elders, 3 days of darkness in which our Sun would transform hugely, taking us into a much less dense level of existence, where presumably we wouldn't require food or the other props that currently make existence on this planet viable for organic human life. It wasn't clear from that last interview if he thinks that massive leap is still in the works or not, but I believe the window for that was sometime within the next decade.

Though I also have a lot of questions about the information coming from these sources, they do all seem to have pieces of the puzzle, and to at least be sincerely searching on the track of what's gone before and what's really happening now. Though of course, they are human and may also be subject to incursions by entities seeking to control them. But all of them, including George Kavassilas, whose work has been featured a lot on Avalon, are not advising that we leave the Earth to continue our evolution, but on the contrary, to remain here and work with Gaia to attain our evolutionary goals.
I wonder if CT has an opinion about James Gilliland, and who the ships belong to that appear so frequently over ECETI Ranch...

There is certainly still a lot of confusion about the terms “dimensions” and “densities”, and how those terms relate to “frequencies” and the more generic “vibrations”. But the sources I've mentioned, along with Bashar and others, feel that Earth is going to be a great place to be once we get past the current roadblocks. Though it's still very unclear how that is going to be possible; even if we are doing all our homework, clearing our emotional bodies, etc. we are still vulnerable and very dependent on these frail organic bodies that require so much care and maintenance. It seems to me we are going to need a lot more help from E.T.s who are much better equipped to deal with the negative ETs and the Illuminati than the rest of us are, particularly since our time to resolve all the current problems seems to be growing so short.

update:I was really tired when I wrote this, so I am correcting this now, with apologies, especially to Flash, who caught me out. Simon Parkes concurs with CT to some extent on the reason CERN was actually developed, which is to create a wormhole. He says the first one didn't work so they are building another which they hope will allow them to escape Earth. But there is a narrow window of time in which they can do this, and it seems likely the project will not be completed in time. There's a great thread about Simon here:
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?30323-Simon-Parkes-about-Mantis-Aliens-Reptiles-and-other-aliens.&highlight=simon+parkes

turiya
6th November 2013, 23:45
Lisa Harrison interview with Chris Thomas
Part1
Source Video Interview (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HhE1aBSBzrc): http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HhE1aBSBzrc
Published: Oct. 15, 2012

A HUGE THANK YOU goes to Herbert for transcribing this Lisa Harrison interview with Chris Thomas – lots of good & interesting info. Will attempt to lay it out is a couple-three parts.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/LISA_HARRISON_and_CHRIS_THOMAS2.png (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HhE1aBSBzrc)
October 15, 2012 Interview Pt1


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_LISA_HARRISON_UPLOADED_OCT15_2012_pt1 .mp3

Lisa: Chris has been somewhat psychic since the age of 7 and has the ability to read the Akashic Records and I want to welcome Chris Thomas.

Chris: Lisa it’s nice to be here.

Lisa: Lovely, now in one of your interviews I did hear you talk about having the ability quite young to read auras. You seemed to develop psychic ability quite young but it wasn’t really supported, and you suppressed it somewhat.

Chris: No. My mother had comparatively strong Christian views and so anything that had to do with psychic abilities was heavily frowned upon, to put it mildly.

Lisa: So can you really suppress it, can you do that kind of thing, can you switch it off, or did you just stop talking about it?

Chris: Yeah, it’s just like everything else, it was just a question of not working with it and trying to think of something else, you know.

Lisa: So you could stop yourself from seeing people’s auras?

Chris: Not entirely, but I stopped talking about it, and didn’t really develop what I could do.

Lisa: And when did that change for you?

Chris: When I was early 20’s. I met someone who was developing themselves into their own version of ‘medium-ship’, and so, really, I started to pick it up from there and investigate things much more deeply. I found that I had, like a lot of people obviously, that I had a very natural healing ability. Which I then wanted to develop as much as I possibly could.

Lisa: And you mean just energetic hands-on kind of healing?

Chris: Yup. And, also like a lot of healers, I found that I had an empathic response with the people I was working with. In other words, I could feel what their problems were within my own body. But I’ve managed to find a way of NOT hanging onto those feelings, if you like, so that by recognizing that they weren’t mine – they were somebody else’s – I could get rid of them. A lot of healers have problems actually ending up with an accumulation of their clients’ problems.

Lisa: Yeah, a very uncomfortable state to be in I’m sure.

Chris: Ah, yes very. And then I made a conscious decision one day to get into what people call ‘psychic surgery’. And so, that’s the way I developed along those lines. Eventually, what I ended up being able to do was to literally read inside people’s bodies, a bit like an MRI scanner. I could actually see in 3-dimensions and in real time what was actually going on.

Lisa: Now what we’ve seen here in Australia of psychic surgery is footage from predominantly Indonesia, usually with the agenda to paint it as a fraud. It is people literally putting their hands in somebody else’s body. Were you getting to that point?


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/PSYCHIC_SURGERY_590_x_237.png

Chris: Yes, and I decided not to. Again it felt to me as though I had a clear choice. I could go either way. I could go into what they called the intrusive psychic surgery, or non-intrusive psychic surgery, and I thought of putting my hands inside someone’s body would scare the life out of me, never mind the one I’m working on. So I thought I’m not going to go down that route. LOL!

Lisa: LOL! I don’t actually blame you at all… lol.

Chris: LOL! It is, you know, quite fascinating in the Philippines they do have a tradition. Unfortunately, you do also have a lot of charlatans working in those kinds of way by secreting little blood clots, around the place & all that sort of thing. So I felt that if I can work without even touching the people, then it’s proof to me that I’m doing what I think I’m doing, and it’s proof to the person I’m working with that we’re dong something that is genuine but also different.

Lisa: When it comes to the Akashic, though, I’m interested in a couple of sort of practical aspects of the Akashic Record. Where does the Akashic reside? If we talk densities, or dimensions, or realms - where would you say the Akashic lives?

Chris: Right... There are actually multiple layers to it. So what you actually have is an Akashic of people, so on a human level. All the word Akashic means is ‘Record’ so it’s pure and simply a record of events that occurred. So there’s an Akashic that works with the Earth and with human activities. Then there’s Akashic that works at solar system level. Then there’s another layer that works at the Galactic level, and then obviously there’s then the overall picture which is part of the Universal Akashic.

So essentially, it’s recorded within a scientific way I suppose you could say it’s recorded within Space/Time. It’s actually recorded within energetic swirls within the actual structure of the Universe itself.

Lisa: So how does this relate to what we call the collective consciousness?

Chris: Yes, you could see the collective consciousness as being one layer of the Akashic.

Lisa: So lets say, for an example, the collective consciousness is an in-the-moment repository of the potentials, as well as the thoughts and the various potentials as to the way events could go, and yet once it’s done, once it’s happened, it becomes part of the Akashic?

Chris: Essentially yes. We live in a Universe that is constructed of the energies of ‘freedom of choice’. So literally every soul that exists within this Universe has absolute ‘freedom of choice’ to choose their actions. What you cannot do is to act in such a way that removes somebody else’s choice to act freely. So what you have on a human level: We all have our ‘free choice’ so we exercise that free choice in taking the decisions we do to carry on with our lives. But once our decision is made then a fixed point occurs, if you like, and it’s that action that is recorded rather than , as you say, the potentials and the possibilities.

Lisa: So if you wanted to read potentials and possibilities, you’d look at the layer that is the collective consciousness, and if you wanted to look at the history, you’d look at the level you call the Akashic.

Chris: uhmmm… yes. (Laugh) It’s an immensely complicated question. I mean to answer properly.

Lisa: O.K. Good answer. (Laughs)

Chris: But yes, that’s a reasonable summation of it. There are always potential situations which can and cannot occur, and then it depends on what choices made, either individually or collectively, as to which direction that potential is taken.

Lisa: When you say that you can 'read' the Akashic... With regard to language... what language is the Akashic written in? Does it come to you in words? What does it look like? Is it in images?

Chris: It can be a combination of images, and it’s more like thoughts than words. So whatever language your brain works in, or thinks in, then it would be in that form. I don’t know how other people work but for me, I have a very strong connection with my own Higher Self. And so, basically we work together if you like to look for whatever answers I happen to be looking for at the particular time. Therefore, the answers come through the Higher Self and then into any room they can find in this crazy brain of mine. And then my brain translates it into the images, or words, or thoughts, to find the answer.

Lisa: So how much of it is left up to your personal interpretation? How much do you bring to it?

Chris: Hopefully nothing. This is what I try to do. The essential test to me is to – if I’m looking for the answer to a question – is to ask that question from about 25 different directions. From as many directions as I can possibly think of. So that what I’m actually homing in on is the reality of the situation – of what actually did occur. Because it is very easy to put an interpretation on it from your own lifetime’s experience. And so I try very hard to avoid that by asking as many questions as I can think of to try and work out really what the event was.

Lisa: When did you realize that what you were doing was reading the Akashic?

Chris: Again, it would have been sort of mid 20’s.

Lisa: And how?

Chris: (laugh) Actually I’ve never thought about that one. My very first book - The very first manuscript I ever wrote – I really wanted to look at what Human history was all about – Why we’re here, what we’re doing, and why we’re doing it. And so I set about on that really – of unraveling what is the reality of human history rather than the rubbish that is in the history books. And so I just began on that process. It seemed a perfectly natural way for doing it at the time.

So obviously, it was me working with my Higher Self, and it was presumably whatever my Higher Self had planned as the next thing I was supposed to do in my life was to get this manuscript. So, that's how I got started. And I’d come across something that was contradictory to what the history books say… So I’d think about that and then ask various questions around the Akashic, and then I’d find a reference to it somewhere. Whether it was two people I didn’t know speaking, like two strangers speaking on a bus, or whatever. I’d find that they were having a conversation about the point that I was trying think about. Or, I’d pick up a book somewhere and I’d find a reference to what I was looking at, and find that there was a confirmation of what the Akashic said, rather than what the history books said. And so, really, it became a developmental process from that, and I found that every time I did come up with an answer to something, which was contradictory, somehow or other it was confirmed.

So then gradually over a few years, I learned to recognize what was the Akashic and what were my own thoughts, and that I could trust what was coming from the Akashic.

Lisa: Now one of the words you use, and that I haven’t heard before, is the word 'Velon'. Who are they? Or, what are they?

Chris: Within the Universe there are 13 races of beings who are, if you like, human sized. Their souls have an energy pattern that would roughly correspond to what humans are. So 6 of these races are entirely non-physical. In other words, they exist purely as a soul energy. They have no physical form or physical density. But the outline of the energy that they’re constructed from is basically humanoid. And, 99% of the souls that exist on Earth who originate from these 6 races. So we’re – essentially, all Humans are aliens in some respects if you like.

But, then we have in between these non-physical races and the full physical Human we have, what the Akashic describes as semi-physical races, and there are 7 of them. So these are the guys, who UFOs, the aliens, and the Greys, and all the rest. So, they’re all part of the semi-physical races.

Now one of the semi-physical races calls itself Velon. Now they originate from a Galaxy that in the night sky is in the direction of the constellation of Sagittarius. It’s about 32 Galaxies beyond it. But in the same way that humans, you know, you’re human, I‘m Human, you wouldn’t call yourself human. You’d call yourself Australian, I’d call myself Welsh, or Jewish, or Greek, or Christian, or Moslem, or whatever it is - we wouldn’t say Human. And so the Velon themselves are made up of 6 different races in the same way as Australian is one Race, Welsh is another race.

So the Velon divide themselves up in that same way, and there are 6 of them. They usually call themselves by whatever their race name happens to be rather than call themselves Velon. The 6 races are the Anunnaki, the Hathor, Jjundaa, Johnaan, Oa and Mila. I’m sure a lot of people have heard of the Anunnaki, a few less people probably recall the Hathor. Some will have heard of the Oa and Mila, particularly in Hawaii I understand where the Oa and Mila have concentrated on in their communications to Earth. And so that’s who they really are.

And the Velon are a strange race in many respects in that they’ve kept themselves very much to themselves. They didn’t travel out of their home galaxy as it were, unlike say the Pleiadians, or the Greys, who get pretty much everywhere when it comes down to it. So the Velon stayed within their home Galaxy, but somehow or other had a revelatory moment and decided they would come to Earth and with basically the intent of basically removing people off the planet so that they could take over the planet for themselves.

Now, I know that sound like the script from a ‘B’ sci-fi movie but this is what they’ve been doing ever since for the last 300, or so, years.

Lisa: So, to recap - there are 13 races that are essentially human sized and the soul is human sized.

Chris: Yeah, human shaped anyway.

Lisa: 6 of them have no form, they’re just energetic and 99% of humans here on Earth are from these races. There are then 7 that are semi-physical , one of which is called the Velon, but the Velon have within it 6 races.

Chris: Yes.

Lisa: So when you say they had a revelatory moment to come here, we were already here then?

Chris: Yes this only occurred 350 years ago. No, let me rephrase that a little bit - 1000 years ago it occurred in human time frames - 1000 years ago they had this revelatory moment. It then took them 650 years just to get here.

Lisa: So what about the concept that we have been interfered with for a lot longer than that?

Chris: What do you mean - the Anunnaki story from Sitchin’s material?

Lisa: Things like that... Yeah... the interference on this planet goes back 1000’s of years.

Chris: Rubbish.

Lisa: Oh O.K. (Laughs)


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/Sitchin_Annunaki_Material_is_a_Fabricated_Story.pn g
"Sitchin’s Translations of the Anunnaki Material - A Fabricated Story"


Chris: No, No, I understand a lot of people believe in this very strongly because of things like Sitchin’s translations of the Anunnaki material. Now, I have read pretty much all of Sitchin’s books on his translations, and I think the most interesting thing about it is - a proof, if you like, that this is actually a fabricated story. It’s made up by the Anunnaki.

If you think of the Old Testament which Sitchin says it is the basis of the Anunnaki story. If you think about the way the Old Testament is written, what you have is: it’s just a record, it’s a story book of all the peoples that are within the story - how they travelled, how they moved, and how they ended up in Canaan. And that’s all it is. It just says: this is what we did and this is how we did it - kind of idea.

If you research in translations what virtually every section of what the stories says, this story is being dictated to a scribe. In other words, somebody turned up with a full story already put together, and they’re dictating that story to someone whose taking it down into clay tablets. That doesn’t happen. Not if it is genuine history, then it doesn’t happen that way. It’s just written as people who are undergoing and living through it – it says well we’re going here – You know we’re travelling from Egypt to Canaan, and this is the experiences we have had along the way.

Lisa: Well if the Velon only turned up 350 years ago, was there another presence here prior to them that came here to mess around?

Chris: No, not really. I’ll tell you... I’ll give you a brief history of the Universe. Even quicker than Stephen Hawking can do it:

The Universe first came into being roughly 14 Billion years ago, and that’s about the only date the scientists seem to have got right, as far as the Akashic is concerned. The purpose of the Universe is: There is a Creationary Source out there - shall we say, however you want to describe it – who had a thought: "What would happen if?" That’s about the only way I can describe how these things work. So 'what would happen if'... there were souls who had free choice and freedom of movement throughout space with all the energy patterns necessary to support and sustain that life?

And that’s the reason for the Universe. Basically, what would happen if every soul that was in this Universe had ‘freedom of choice’?


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/UNIVERSE_is_Alive_a_Conscious_Being_Another_Soul.p ng
The Universe is a Conscious Being - Its Another Soul -
It Has Choices - It Can Do Whatever it Chooses to Do

So the first things to be created are... the Universe envelope itself is a conscious being, it’s a soul itself, made up of 13 separate beings, 13 separate souls. But then within that you have what we look at as a structure of a galaxy is actually a consciousness itself, as well - its another soul.

So everything that is within the Universe is alive. It has consciousness and has choices that it can do whatever it is that it chooses to do. But part of the purpose of the Universe was then to work with souls who are of this Human scale. So that we had choices to move freely around the Galaxies and have experiences and explore whatever we chose to explore.

Lisa: So that we were compatible no matter where we went?

Chris: Yes. And that’s how it was originally, and then these 6 non-physical races said: “We’re missing something.” You know: “we can interact with every other soul in the Universe, but we can’t touch something, we can’t feel something physically”. And so a decision was then made collectively within the Universe to think of: “what would human life be like?” So the semi-physical races were brought into being (as a sort of half-way stage, as it were) and then humans, or the Earth started to form and our solar system started to form.

So basically, the 6 non physical races were first created 100 Million years ago. So you, as a soul, are 100 Million years old. Then the semi physical races came into being, were created specifically to be semi physical about 30 Million years ago. But in between, about 40 Million years ago, the solar system started to form, came into being, started to look at what kind of life it wanted to have & how it could express life. So, I know the scientific view is that the Earth is 4 Billion years old. But that’s based on a meteorite that has come from somewhere, no one knows where it came from, that was found on the Earth a few years ago. They put it through some testing equipment and came up with a figure of 4 Billion years.

Which I think is completely a lot of rubbish and actually scientists themselves say it’s a complete load of rubbish, because when scientists first started working out how old life was on Earth , they came up with a figure of 25 Million years and that’s what the Akashic says. That 25 Million years ago life started to develop on Earth.

Lisa: So does that mean that Earth Humans are the pinnacle of evolution in terms of vessels that hold soul mass?

Chris: No. We’re just another layer of experimentation with choice. See everything that’s souls that exist on this planet’s Universe is of human scale is equal. We’re all the same. No one’s different, whether we’re non-physical, semi-physical or human. We’re all essentially equal. So there’s no such thing as pinnacles of development. It’s just another level of exploration of what is possible.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_LISA_HARRISON_UPLOADED_OCT15_2012_pt2 .mp3

Lisa: I guess what I meant in terms of pinnacle is the most physical vessel.

Chris: Alright in those terms: Yes. The human is the densest form of life in the Universe, whichever way you want to look at that. Don’t forget that everything is energy so we see our bodies with the physical but they’re not, they’re just highly compacted energy. So in those terms humans are the densest form of life in the Universe. We’re the most highly compacted form of energy forms that exist.

Nothing like a human exists anywhere else in the Universe. Only within our solar system can human life exist in the form that it’s in.

Lisa: So does that mean that all the ETs are essentially inter-dimensional in terms of as opposed to extraterrestrial?

Chris: Um... they’re both, because ETs cannot exist in their normal state within our solar system. They have to alter their energy patterns and their physical density for us to see them. This is why you get so many reports of UFOs suddenly disappearing from sight or you couldn‘t see an ET inner eye kind of thing. It’s because their energy patterns are entirely different to ours. They don’t NATURALLY exist at the kind of energy compaction levels that we exist at. So to come into our solar system they have to actually alter their energy patterns quite radically to make themselves visible.

Lisa: And what are your thoughts on let’s just pick a couple of well known ETs that are supposedly here because the Greys and say the Reptiles. What are your thoughts on why they’re here and what their agenda is?

Chris: The Greys are an interesting bunch. So that’s your classic ET you know just over a metre tall, grey skin and big black eyes. They don’t actually have big black eyes, Their eyes are actually bright yellow with vertical irises. It’s just the energy patterns within our solar system means they literally have to shield their eyes or otherwise they would get damaged. So they basically wear eye shades.

They have physiological problems. They see their bodies as being unstable and in the process of deteriorating… and so, they’ve come to Earth to learn about human physiology to see whether they can learn about a more physical form that they can adopt to themselves to make their body stronger. That is essentially why the Greys are here.

Lisa: That sounds like nature made a mistake some how in making them.

Chris: No, not really because everything is an experiment. Nobody knows what these things are. This is why we’re here to find out what happens. The reason why the semi physical races are there is to find out what happens. And so, as far as the Greys are concerned, that’s how they see their body in that they have slight problems with it.

It’s not a major problem, ultimately to sort the Greys out, but they’re here as much out of curiosity as anything else to see what they can learn from humans.

Lisa: Do they pose any real threat to humans?

Chris: No. Nobody does other than the Velon. All the other races are essentially benevolent to everybody else. They get on very well. It’s only the Velon. For some strange reason the Velon seem quite bizarre in their approach to things.

So the other races you’ve got the Pleiadians, again another semi physical race. They act like the universal diplomatic core, getting involved in pretty much everything that goes on within the Universe. They are regular visitors back and fourth to earth and they’re very human in appearance.

The next one is the Blues. Have you yourself come across the Blues?

Lisa: Would that be the ones depicted in Indian culture sort of like the blue Deities?

Chris: Um, no not quite. In terms of living entities, the Blues are like cartoon characters, or pantomime. They are very short and covered in thick blue hair. But they are geneticists. That’s where their interests lie is within genetics. How our genetics are built and how they go together.

Lisa: Oh, is this what Whitely Strieber described?

Chris: Um… could very well be. I can’t remember what he was writing about, um… but there is these small blue characters but they work very closely with the Greys because they’re trying to find the genetic answer. So they visit the Earth quite a bit as well, and yes several people have written where they had close encounters with the alien races. They have described the Blues and the Greys.

So you’ve got those and then you’ve got those who come from Sirius of course, and they’re very similar in appearance to the Greys but a bit taller. They’re very friendly towards us and have had an awful lot of contact with people on Earth. There’s a tribe of people in North Africa called the Dugong tribe who have a very detailed history of Sirius – known well before any Western scientists got there. So yes, they’ve had close contact with this Sirian race. And again, they’re very friendly.

The people who’ve had the most to do with Earth, we don’t actually have a name for because they’re name for themselves doesn’t translate into any kind of Earth language. But they originate from a star system known as NGC584 . So that is their catalogue number basically. Which is located in the night sky somewhere in the arc of the Pleiadian stars, but many galaxies beyond the Pleiades. They are the ones who worked with the Earth more than any other race, because they are master geneticists.

So if the Earth wants a new plant form, or a new animal form designed to work on Earth, then she would call in these beings from the NGC584 star system and they work closely with the Earth to develop a new form of life. They really are superb at what they do, without any agenda, to help whatever planet requires their help.


NGC584 star system
http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/NGC_584_Galaxy_by_Warrington_Collegiate_590_x_200. png
Observer: Warrington Collegiate
Telescope: Faulkes Telescope (http://lcogt.net/observations/coj/2m0a/33054)

Lisa: And what about humanity herself. Were they involved in the creation of these different races on Earth?

Chris: No. It is just bio-diversity. You know people were black skinned live in hot climates because a black skin is most appropriate for a hot climate. Like people with paler skins live in cooler climates because that’s more appropriate to the kind of climate.

Lisa: But if 99% of humans are from the non physical races are we representing at least 6 of those races?

Chris: Well yes, each of those races do fall into distinct races. So they are in separate from each other. So yes, they will be represented on the earth as being slightly different, but I mean we wouldn’t be able to tell the difference. Even a very good psychic wouldn’t be able to tell the difference. But there is a certain amount of variation in human form – and obviously look at the Japanese people, they tend to be fairly short with that sort of yellowish colour skin, and then you look at the Nordic races which are very tall with pale skin. So, there are variations that could reflect people coming from one of the 6 non physical races, but really it’s much more to do with human genetic patterns and energy patterns within particular regions that create the variation in human form.

Lisa: So you said the only ones that really pose a threat are the Velon. But what kind of threat?

Chris: Well essentially they want humans off the planet. When they first came here about 350 years ago, as I said, they took a look at the place and each of the 6 Velon races took on a different strategy. So the Anunnaki concocted a story which is Sitchin’s translations. It’s based on certain facts that they’ve also embroidered considerably to make it look as though they are man’s creators.

So what the Anunnaki hoped was that the humans at this time would get hold of Sitchin’s translations, and welcome them as our gods and welcome them in when they turned up, at the present time, that’s what it’s all about. Now the Anunnaki story is a combination of stories so if you go way back into history what you find is: There is an archaeological dig going on at the moment in a place called Gobekli Tepe. Which is on the borders of Northern Iraq, southern Turkey and Turkmenistan I think it is.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/gobekli_tepe.png
Gobekli Tepe

All that is there is an old temple complex, what archaeologists are describing as the oldest complex ever found on earth which they date to being 14,000 years ago, but the Akashic dates it as more 7,000 years ago. [Please NOTE: Chris, in a private email to Herbert, corrects his misstatement by clarifying this point, as he, in fact, meant to say that the Akashic dates this complex at being 18,000 years ago, putting it in par with the dating of the Pyramids of Egypt, South America, Tibet. See post # 154. (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?58865-An-Update-On-Our-Evolution-by-Chris-Thomas&p=755036&viewfull=1#post755036)] Just down the road form Gobekli Tepe is the ancient biblical city of Ur of the Chaldeas, which is where Abraham originated. The Old Testament is all about Abraham and his descendants, and also Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. These all originated from Abraham.

This area around Gobekli Tepe they called 'Eden'. And, they were attacked by a race who came from the north, who they called 'gods'. So this is the origin where it says in the Old Testament “Tall Pale Gods” coming from the North and mating with the locals. So what you have is... em . . . if you look at the people of Turkey and Iraq at the moment they are pretty much of the same appearance. They are of medium height, dark-haired and olive skinned. So you can imagine people at that time living in Eden suddenly finding themselves confronted with people who are fair-skinned, fair-haired and something like 8 or 9 foot tall.

Because what these tall northerners were, the people that invaded this area around Ur de Chaldeas were hangovers from a different human race which scientists called gigantopithicus. And they no longer exist on the planet. So they have no DNA connection with current humans, with Homo Sapiens. And so what they did was to mate with people and create this new sort of semi race that totally died out. The local people who lived in Eden actually attacked these northerners and they destroyed them all, they killed them all, massacred them totally.

This is the reason why they left Eden was to get away from the fact that they had killed their gods. Travelled down into Egypt, and then became the Jewish race, which then formed the Old Testament and these stories have been written as experiences of what they had experienced as a race. So, that part of the Anunnaki story of these ‘Tall Pale Northern gods’ came down & mate with the inhabitants and they create this new genetic strain. Then on top of that, within Sitchin’s translations, you have planets that are talked about which are actually the planets of the Velon home solar system, and events that occurred within the Velon solar system. So, the planet called Marduk hit one of the moons of another planet and dislodged a lot of that planet. You know that sort of thing.

And you also have a planet called Nibiru within the Anunnaki/Velon solar system. Now, the Velon solar system has... um... 9 planets... (can't remember off hand, its been a while since I looked at this stuff....), but 9 planets, and its got 2 suns. Now, 3 planets...er... or... whichever way it is? ...can't remember off hand... 3 planets orbit around one sun, and 4 planets orbit around the other sun, and then one planet orbits both suns. So it has a huge orbit and that’s Nibiru. And the Anunnaki originate on that travelling planet. And so, what they’ve done is to create a story that combines very early human history & their own history to try and make us believe that we are their creation – that the Anunnaki created us - but it’s a false story.

Now, I’m not saying Sitchin made it up for whatever reason, because in fairness, having read all of Sitchin’s books, he has done his extreme best to translate these clay tablets that are written in Sumerian cuneiform writing that have been buried in the sands for 5000 years. So I’m not saying he’s wrong, I’m saying the story itself is false.

Lisa: But if they’ve only been her 350 years, we weren’t doing a real good job it either before then so. . . Laugh

Chris: Well if you want to look at real human history, it’s very different again to how the historians have reported it. As far as I’m concerned, you know, the early form of human life that appeared on the planet, I don’t know what figure they put to it these days – about 40 Million years ago or something like that, and we’ve slowly developed since. And that’s not correct.

What we have is several different forms of very early humans living on the planet. The Earth herself is a consciousness. She is a soul that creates life, so the animals and plant life on the planet are actually a creation of her’s. The Earth, herself, actually chose and designed plant and animal life with the help of the semi physical race NGC 584. As part of that, obviously she also developed human forms, because that was the purpose of our solar system was to explore the potential of the human body form.

Now every single planet within our solar system supported life at that time. So, when life began 40 million years ago within our solar system, every single planet had life on it. And there were 13 planets originally - not the 9 we currently have. And 4 of the planets disintegrated for want of a better way of describing them, because if you think of a planet as being a soul – a consciousness within it’s own right – then it has the choice that every other soul in the universe has. And they decided they did not want to be a part of this Human Experiment. And so they decided to leave the Solar System.

Unfortunately, that created difficulties in that two of the planets exploded and what they did was to rip through the solar system and destroy all life on all the planets other than Earth. Earth, herself, came very close to giving up and we nearly lost all life on the planet at that time. This was 3.8 Million years ago. So that’s when the dinosaurs and all life was destroyed 3.8 Million years ago.

But the Earth decided to start again. At that time, what she did was to develop Cro-Magnon man (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cro-Magnon). What you find is Cro-Magnon man is located on every single continent at the same time. So, where paleoanthropologists start digging around looking for old bones, what they find is that our ancestors, Cro-Magnon man, which later developed into Homo Sapiens originates spontaneously 3.6 Million years ago on every single continent. But they don’t want us to know that. There is an awful lot of what is buried beneath the soil that remains hidden quite deliberately by scientists.

On one level they don’t want to do anything that contradicts stories in the Bible and that is written into the charter of ALL ARCHAEOLOGICAL ASSOCIATIONS around the world. Also of course what is underneath all this cover-up is the Anunnaki story which has been going around for a very long time and higher levels of Freemasons for example and Illuminati firmly believe in that story. And that is what they’re trying to present as fact to most people.

But when you start looking properly at archaeological research and anthropological research, you will find that every single continent on Earth had Cro-Magnon arrive spontaneously 3.6 Million years ago.


Spreading Homo Sapiens (Cro-Magnon)
http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/CRO_MAGNON_THE_SPREADING_OF_EARLY_MODERN_MAN.png (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cro-Magnon#Cro-Magnon_culture)
"You will find that every single continent on Earth had Cro-Magnon arrive spontaneously..."


Human history as far as it is presented in its official sense, is all a pack of lies. It really bears no resemblance to the reality of what has gone on on Earth.

Lisa: But even if we just looked at the last 1000 years we really aren’t doing a very good job of it, in terms of wars and . . .

Chris: Oh sure we’re coming to that. So what we have is 3.6 Million years ago we start off with Cro-Magnon man, and that developed very, very slowly. I mean let’s face it you’ve got a nice life – you’re wandering around the planet free of officials, you have all the possible plants to provide for you. No wars, no violence, no battles , no animosity between peoples – WHY WOULD YOU WANT TO CHANGE?

Lisa: There’s no worrying about what you want to do when you grow up and what you’re going to do to pay the bills. Laughs.

Chris: Laughs. So that’s what they did. They didn’t need to develop. I’m not criticizing Cro-Magnon man, I’ve nothing against them, but essentially they were more like animals than they were humans, because they didn’t have a whole soul that was in the body. What they essentially had was a group soul. So essentially, they existed on the level of a mass consciousness. They existed within an earth consciousness but they were not individuals, themselves. What was needed, or what was part of the purpose of this Universe, was to find out whether we could have individual Human Beings, and Cro-Magnon was very ,very slow in developing into a body form that could accommodate the whole soul.

So what we had was our friends from the NGC584 star system were asked by Earth to come in and investigate what the problem was. Why was Cro-Magnon so slow in developing into a full human being. And they took up residence on Lemuria. This is where Lemuria comes from in our mass conscious memories, that is, it was somewhere where humanity was investigated was to find out why we were so slow in developing. Ultimately the question was not fully solved even by the NGC584, so collectively, but up to those souls who wanted to be a part of what was going on.

Earth decided to start another experiment and we know that experiment as Atlantis. Atlantis did exist. It was a major continent that spanned the coast of Ireland and the Caribbean basin and at the time the continent of South America was much further out into the Pacific than it is now. So what we did on Atlantis was to genetically manipulate the basic body form of Cro-Magnon.

Lisa: When you say ’we’ what do you mean ?

Chris: All those souls of the non-physical races who wanted to come to Earth to experiment with what it is like to be physical and human.

Lisa: So we were doing that from a non-physical perspective though.

Chris: No, because what we wanted was a physical body. So we worked with Cro-Magnon’s body form – accelerated its development, and we ended up with a human body form that fulfilled all requirements that the Earth had set for herself and that the 6 non-physical races had set for themselves. Which is a physical human being who is capable of accommodating the whole of the soul of one of the non-physical races.

NOW THAT HUMAN BEING (in capital letters) was able to do so much more than we are capable of doing now. So in other words, it was highly developed, of psychic capability, psychic potential. We communicated with each other psychically. We could communicate with all living things psychically. We did very little in the way of food because the body was very much less dense than we’re used to, and so far as the earth was concerned, we had achieved what she had set out to achieve. Which was a perfect human being. That filled all the criteria of everybody within the Universe.

Lisa: So what went wrong?

Chris: Energy, unfortunately, and it’s always, always energy. Everything comes back to energy in the end. What we found was that the ‘Earth herself resonates at a frequency of 7.56 cycles per second (or Hz.) That base note frequency of the Earth – the base or root chakra of every living single thing on the planet resonated at 7.56 cycles per second, but that frequency was too low a frequency for the whole of the soul to remain intact within the physical body.

Lisa: So at the time of Lemuria, you could incarnate with the whole of the soul, but you couldn’t hold it for long?

Chris: No not Lemuria but Atlantis. Atlantis is where we developed this body formula. The human ife span at the time of Atlantis could be anything up to 2000 – 3000 years. So you know the old biblical one about Methuselah living till he was 900 and something years old. That was actually true.

Lisa: Having babies at 800 and stuff. Laughs

Chris: Yea. So that was our life-span but we couldn’t hold the whole of the soul within the body so we started losing some of the higher psychic functions. And this is when we started experimenting to see if there were ways around that. So there are people who have very bad memories of Atlantis, of genetic engineering and genetic experimentation and all of that sort of stuff. This is right at the end of Atlantis , because when we were having problems people did experiment a lot, and we ended up with all sorts of bizarre combinations and gene structures within peoples’ bodies.

We ended up in a situation where (this is a huge story but) we ended up with a bacteria which we couldn’t control, and so what we decided to do collectively – so, all the souls who were on Atlantis at that time collectively decided to prevent this bacteria from reaching other areas of the planet. We destroyed the continent. So literally we sank the continent of Atlantis into the Earth’s magma core (55:57) to destroy and contain this bacteria. And the Earth took 40,000 years to recover from that.

So, we destroyed Atlantis something like 65,000 years ago.

Lisa: This isn’t the ‘black goo’ is it?

Chris: What, the ‘black goo’ stuff? No. No. that’s something entirely different.

Transcribed by Herbert
posterd by turiya :cool:

turiya
7th November 2013, 01:37
Lisa Harrison interview with Chris Thomas
Part2
Source Video: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HhE1aBSBzrc
Published: Oct. 15, 2012


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/LISA_HARRISON_and_CHRIS_THOMAS2.png
VIDEO Part2 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HhE1aBSBzrc&feature=youtu.be&t=56m23s)

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_LISA_HARRISON_UPLOADED_OCT15_2012_pt3 .mp3

TRANSCRIPTION @ 56:23 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HhE1aBSBzrc&feature=youtu.be&t=56m23s)


Chris Thomas:
So we destroyed Atlantis and it took the Earth 40,000 years to recover. And we came back to the Earth 20,000 years ago. By we I mean all those souls from the non-physical races who wanted to come back and continue with this human experiment. So we came back to Earth and we started again with all of this.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/Pyramids_variety_590_x_75.png

And again we found that same problem. We had that 7.56 base note frequency which we tried several ways of overcoming. So this is what the pyramids, for example, are for in Egyptian pyramids, South American pyramids, Tibetan pyramids, and wherever you find pyramids on the planet. If you stood in the so-called King’s Chamber of the pyramids, and you made a tone, a voice tone of a specific frequency, then the whole thing would resonate at that frequency, and you could bring the whole of the soul back into the body.

It worked very well for a while but we started even having difficulties with that. So what we decided to do tactically was to divide the soul into 2. The so-called higher self makes up about 75% of the total soul and then there is the physical self which makes up about 25% of the totals soul. So what we decided to do was to live a series of lifetimes gaining knowledge as to what frequency we needed to alter our bodies to, and the Earth needed to alter her frequencies to so that we could maintain the whole of the soul within the body. And bring the Higher Self back in the physical body.

We started doing this 7000 years ago. It’s what the Akashic calls The Human Plan, so literally what we are trying to do is become human again, because as far as the Earth is concerned, for the past 7,000 years we’ve been SUBHUMAN, which explains a great deal about human history. And this is where we are at the moment. We’re at the end of that 7,000 year period. This is what December 21st 2012 case is all about.

We have worked out what the new frequency needs to be. Everybody on the planet has raised their frequency. This occurred in early October, 2011.

Lisa: So this 7.56 Hz you mentioned, is that what’s known as the Schumann Resonance?

Chris: Yes.

Lisa: And that’s the one that’s been rising.

Chris: Its raised. Yes Earth raised her own frequency back in May, 2000 to what the new frequency needs to be and that is 3.5 kHz. Which is considerably higher than 7.56 Hz. So, we’ve gone from 7.56 Hz to 3500 Hz. Now, Earth made that change back in 2000 and humans being humans it took us 10 years further to actually start catching up properly, but by the end of October 2011, we also had raised our energy levels. We had that frequency parity back with the earth at 3.5 KHz. And that’s where we’ve been for the past year at that 3.5 KHz which means that we can now move on. So this is what the end of 2012 is all about, the Mayan calendar and all of that. We are at the point where we can end this Human Plan. Where we can bring the whole of the Higher Self back into the physical body.

Lisa: Sorry. You’ve just brought up so many things for me – October last year (2011) you say?

Chris: Yes. October 29th 2011 was the actual date.

Lisa: So each individual has made a conscious soul choice.

Chris: Soul choice yes. Some have made it very consciously because they are aware of everything. But for most, unfortunately, it’s been only on a Higher Self level.

Lisa: To either raise our own vibration to match the Earth and to stay here, or to leave.

Chris: Yes.

Lisa: I personally had an experience at this time last year sort of end of August , September or where I felt a huge physical shift, or split, within the collective – that people had made a choice at that point and this could be the choice they made.

Chris: Well actually the choice was made in 1996 by everybody because there were new energy patterns back in 1996. they have been building up through the years to last October (2011).

Lisa: Well maybe I’m just a bit slow on the uptake. (Laughs)

Chris: That’s the one! Well in fairness we are operating at a frequency that is well below what we need to be, and we are operating at only one quarter of our full knowledge and potential within the body. It was inevitable that humans would be slow in catching up with things. There is no criticism for what our activities are anywhere in the Universe. Trying to understand what it is we have been through because we have been through one hell of a lot. Humans collectively have been literally ‘through the mill’. Literally we have been through everything you could possibly experience that could ever be on Earth. In order to understand and find a way of bringing back the whole of the soul back into the body.

Lisa: Well this is a subject that has come up many times on the radio show that I do and in various interviews about the number of peoples who would be choosing to leave the planet right now, and in the most amazing ways. You know the suicide rate has gone through the roof. I’ve had reports from both Federal and Local and State police that they are under orders not to talk about how many people are committing suicide. They are jumping in front of trains and off bridges and things. Um… murder suicides, freak accidents.

Chris: To give you the kind of scale we’re talking about here, in 1996, according to the Akashic the population peaked at 7.4 Billion. That was the human population in 1996 – never mind what the official figures say. October of 2011, the Akashic said that the human population is between 3.8 and 3.9 Billion.

Lisa: So how can we be getting told it’s more than twice that, and having it justified?

Chris: Propaganda. It’s propaganda. It’s fear-mongering by the Illuminati led government wants us to believe that we’re running out of available resources, and that they need to take greater and greater control over the population, so that they can control everything that goes on. This is what the New World Order is all about.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/GEORGIA_GUIDESTONES.png

http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/GEORGIA_GUIDESTONES_humanity_under_500_million1.pn g

If you look at something like the Georgia Guidestones in America that were built in 1979 and it says in 8 languages that the Earth’s population must be reduced to a sustainable 500 Million. If you look at the UNCED agreement in Rio De Janeiro in 1992, it’s written into a massive document that government policy of all the governments who signed this document to reduce the world’s population to 500 Million in this century.

Lisa: It gets mentioned in Agenda 21 too doesn’t it?

Chris: Well yes, that ‘s what that document is - its Agenda 21 and the Biodiversity Treaty (http://www.teapartyvideo.net/c/agenda21/2011-02-14_michael_coffman_1_.htm#.UnkudlNiQwo). So that is their stated aim to kill us off, but that is a Velon agenda because the Velon control the Illuminati. And the Illuminati control various governments, Bildebergers, Freemasons, you name it.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/BIOVERSITY_TREATY.png
Source (http://www.teapartyvideo.net/c/agenda21/2011-02-14_michael_coffman_1_.htm#.Unz42VNiQwo)
Lisa: Well there’s every reason to believe that the Illuminati have been here, and working behind the scenes, for a lot longer than 350 years; so if the Velon have been behind the Illuminati . . .

Chris: Yea I can understand this. I’ve done a lot of research into this and there’s actually a book I wrote with a friend of mine, Dave Morgan, called Project Human Extinction which explains all of this.

Lisa: That’s a catchy title.

Chris: Yes, and unfortunately it’s very true. The book explains where the Illuminati came from, all the various levels of the Illuminati, various organizations that call themselves Illuminati. All the history - because don’t forget - the Illuminati just means the "illuminated ones" - who have more knowledge than any others. So you will find religious groups often call themselves Illuminati because they believe they have the truth of what the world is all about. So they are more illuminated than other people.

The other side of it of course is that the one who brings illumination is Lucifer. That’s what Lucifer means is 'the one who brings illumination'. So you’ve got all of that stuff mixed up together as well. So there is a huge untold history which is convoluted and really is a different kind of organization to what the current Illuminati aims are and what they’re up to.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/ILLUMINATI_CREATED2_owl_symbol2_cropped.png

So ultimately, the Illuminati are also known as the Bavarian Illuminati which was set up by Ansel Rothschild and Adam Weishaupt back in 1776. Now Weishaupt, if I can use a term that I really hate using because I don’t like it, is a 'walk-in' (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Walk-in). The thing that 'walked-in' to Weishapt was a Velon. What it did was to take control of the Illuminati at its inception, and that’s how they gained control of it all because – how can I put this? – I also remote view. I can look at things from a remote distance which many find a problem. I don't find it a problem, it comes quite naturally to me.

I keep a very close eye on Velon activities just to find out what’s going on, and what really is happening in all of this, and a couple of years ago – I can’t remember the exact date off hand – The Illuminati and the Velon made a mistake which allowed to be released a lot of information that had previously been hidden in the Akashic. So I was able to pick up what had been going on and what was going on then.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/ILLUMINATI_george_washington.png
"George Washington, whose elevation to the status of 'god' is recorded
on a frieze in the Rotunda in Washington DC"


ESSENTIALLY THE ILLUMINATI WERE DESTROYED PHYSICALLY JUST A FEW YEARS AGO.
If you’re working on a soul level rather than on a physical level, then your life span is very different. So this is what the Illuminati were all about. Virtually all of the original members of the Illuminati were still alive 350 years later as the Illuminati. And this is under the Velon influence. So, literally, George Washington was still alive, as a member of the Illuminati 3 years ago (2009). I know how bizarre that one sounds but that’s how they did it and that’s how they persuaded people. If somebody comes to you and says: “I can make you immortal in your physical body if you work with me and use the powers that are available to me.” Then an awful lot of people will go along with that.

You look at the Rothschilds, the Rockefellers, whatever, they’re power crazy.

Lisa: And they all do seem to live to a decent ripe old age.

Chris: Yes and this is what drives them.. They have a huge drive in them. They want to hold on to the power that they have. So, if an alien turns up and says: “I can give you that power to have a long life that you crave if you work with me.” And this is what happened. So this is what happened with the Illuminati. They were taken over by the Velon right at their inception.

Lisa: So what do you mean they were destroyed though 3 years ago?

Chris: Um it’s a very convoluted story that one, but essentially because of these energy changes that are going on on the planet, then certain things of Velon and Illuminati activity could not be maintained, and it broke some of the energy patterns that the Velon were using to maintain their hold over the Illuminati, and by doing that it literally blew some of the Velon energies off the planet which literally blew the bodies of the Illuminati apart. Because they could no longer be sustained by the Velon frequencies.

So it’s basically that kind of process that went on and as I say it was only a few years ago.

Lisa: You say this information was actually released into the Akashic. Were they actually able to hold information and stop it from being released into the Akashic to be read?

Chris: Yes, if you have sufficient energy potential, which is what the Velon were deliberately doing, using some of their energy patterns to create a blank if you like within the Akashic or to not allow information to be released of events. Then yes, it can be done but it requires a vast amount of energy over a period of time to do that. But this unfortunately is what they did. The book Project Human Extinction has all the events and dates on this subject.

So that’s what happened and the pattern broke so that THE ILLUMINATI PRACTICALLY LOST THEIR POWER. AND THE GAP WAS FILLED BY POLITICIANS.

Because you have a lot of politicians who obviously know about the Illuminati and have been pushing to become members for a long time. So you have a sort of political coup occurring, oh say, about 3 years ago, if you like, (2009). So the situation started to shift a little bit, and the Velon energies were disrupted and broken. So literally, the whole pattern of their power base of the Illuminati broke at that point. It could not be reconstructed, which means that as humans are developing and moving forwards to the Dec21, 2012 date, the energies that have been holding us back, and causing us a lot of problems, have been broken, so there’s nothing holding us back anymore.

But even so, there are an awful lot of people on the planet who have already undergone whole soul reintegration. They are scattered in isolated communities around the planet. So it is now known that it is possible for a person to bring the whole of the higher self back into the body, even with the problems the Velon were creating.

The total disruption of the Velon hold on Illuminati and governments means there is nothing to stop anybody from going ahead and completing this process. You know, you said you felt this July the schism appearing within humanity as those who were saying "No, I can’t stay" and those who were saying "I want to stay." But for those who said they don't want to stay, there is nothing to stop them from staying, if that’s really what they want to do. So nobody is saying, “You’re a bad person. And you have to leave the planet.”

The option is still open to every single soul that is still physical on the planet. You can still do it. It just means clearing out a bit of rubbish from your life.

Lisa: So if you’re still here, there is still the possibility that you can change your mind. So, if our bodies have raised their frequencies so dramatically, how do we know? Is there any physical sign or symptom that will tell us that we’re in the process of doing this? Or is it simply you’ll know because you’ll be … basically the whole soul will be returned?

Chris: Well, as things stand at the moment, we’ve all been changing for 10 years now since 1996, a lot of people have been changing and we saw that first with the change of the colours of the chakras. You know the 7 chakras are traditionally the rainbow colours of red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet colours.

Those changed – so the 1st chakra went to a sort of coppery-gold colour, the 2nd went to a petrally-blue colour, the 3rd to petral green. And by the time you got to the 4th chakra you started to get into transparencies - so pure energy without any colour.

So there’s the intermediate stage. Literally there is nobody on the planet who is alive now who has the old chakra colours. I know there is a lot of people who say I still see the old chakra colours but that’s because it’s what they are looking for.
They are not looking at what is actually there.

And then after that, it changes to a transparency. So all of the chakras become totally transparent. And the next change is that the chakras actually disappear altogether. Because what the chakras actually are is aspects of the soul within the body. They are just concentrations of soul energy at particular points within the body. Each point relates to each of us as an individual person also on an emotional level and a physical level.

So you can read the chakras to find out why you’ve got health problems for example, because everybody has problems with the abdominal organs – at the 3rd chakra - organs. And what the 3rd chakra continues to deal with is issues of personal power – of how seriously are you taken by others around you. And the emotions connected with those situations. So for example the liver deals with fear and guilt, the gall bladder deals with anger, the stomach deals with literally things you can’t stomach, the intestine deals with emotions that you are trying to process but haven’t dealt with.

So everybody has problems in this region. This is why diets never work. I mean it’s got nothing to do with the food you eat. It’s emotions we haven’t expressed. So where people are having major problems is the abdomen, particularly within the liver because there is an awful amount of fear in the world at the moment. This is why a lot of people are dying from liver disease, liver cancer, whatever, because as that fear builds within people, they don't understand where it’s coming from so they don’t express it, so there liver literally breaks down and collapses.

So literally, the chakras were a way for the soul to communicate with us to say you’re going wrong in life. You need to change direction in life. And here’s a symptom to tell you how to do it. I’ve worked with disease for over 30 years and never found anybody who falls out of the chakra patterns on this planet. All the 1000’s of people I’ve worked with as a healer, everybody falls into identical patterns related to the chakras. So it does work, you can tell someone’s personality just by what their symptoms are.

Once we bring the Higher Self to within the body, we don’t need the chakras any longer because the communication from the Higher Self is instantaneous. You don’t need the slightly separate chakra division. So that is the penultimate stage where we have brought enough of Higher Self into the body to where we are ready to make that final change to full consciousness. Quite a few million people around the planet are in that stage.

Lisa: So is that final stage September 21, 2012?

Chris: It should have happened before - the end of 2011. We should have had a year where we sorted ourselves out and gradually changed from the end of October 2011. But because of all the political shenanigans that are going on , the very deliberate attempt using things like HAARP to hold us back has prevented this change from occurring. It has been much more of a struggle than it was intended.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/CHRIS_THOMAS_LISA_HARRISON_UPLOADED_OCT15_2012_pt4 .mp3

Lisa: It has been an interesting year actually in terms of fear mongering and supposed events we are told will take place and what has actually happened.

Chris: Yes very little in comparison. (1:20:26)

Lisa: And so the fear-mongering has gone into overdrive and you’re saying that’s a part of the attempt to keep people in the fear state so that they don’t go through this integration process.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/HAARP_Dees.png

Chris: Yes. Well one of the biggest weapons they’re using is HAARP. The American military who obviously control HAARP has admitted that they’re flooding the planet with extra low frequency (ELF) entities. And this is a deliberate attempt to reverse the shift from a 7.56 Hz to a 3.5 KHz.

Lisa: To what benefit, though? I mean if their agenda is to eliminate most of the population to under half a Billion people . . .

Chris: It’s about control. That’s all it’s about. It really is about control. You know, if you look at several of the books that are written around Sitchin’s translations and the Anunnaki. It says we were a slave race. We were built by the Anunnaki as a slave race. This is what Sitchin’s story is all about. You know we were built to work in the gold mines of Africa on the Anunnaki behalf, and therefore that’s in the back of people’s minds – that we are a slave race. What they are trying to do is to recreate that slave race.

So, what the Illuminati agenda appears to be is that we have 500 Million people on the planet that are slaves, literally slaves to however many of the elite are left. So you know there are a few thousand elite that are connected with the Illuminati and the Velon and the 500 Million become slaves to them. And they just have their power and that’s really all it’s about is just holding onto power.

Lisa: And the more people who are able to integrate more of their soul, the less their chances are of doing this.

Chris: they would throw it all away because they cannot have control and power and fear over a population that has the whole soul within the body. That’s why they’re trying to stop people.

Lisa: So the Akashic is telling you what’s already taken place, so how do you extrapolate from that what’s going to occur over the next few months?

Chris: Well you see, that’s the problem, the Akashic doesn’t. (Laughs) It doesn’t predict.

Lisa: But you do.

Chris: No, no I make very few predictions. The Mayan calendar ended on October 29, 2011. So Calleman’s date is correct. So it gave us through this year to sort ourselves out and all the rest of it. But we’ve had a hell of a struggle because of all the fear mongering and the use of HAARP frequencies to try and slow everything down. So nobody really knows.

We are faced with a situation that has never existed anywhere in this Universe, EVER. Nobody is going through the kind of processes that Humans are going through at the moment. It has never ever been done before. This is the first time, and so nobody knows, really, how it’s going to work or which way things are going to go and all the rest of it. All we have at the moment is a rough idea of the number of people who have said YES they can exist and they are going to go through with it and the number of people who said NO they can’t. “We’re not going to go through with it, we’re going to die and leave our bodies behind and return to our basis of origin. We’re going to go back to the 6 non-physical Races."

Lisa: And you can look at the Akashic and see what the numbers are. Where are we at, at the moment? (October 15, 2012)

Chris: Roughly what we’re looking at on the face of it is something like 2.4 Billion people have said they will. So bearing in mind that the current population is about 3.8 Billion, it means that those who are going to change are in the majority. And those who are not is, you know the remainder, 1.4 Billion people.

Lisa: Do you see major Earth changes and catastrophic circumstances as being a way that some of these people leave or what do you think the Earth itself, having made the choice that she’s made is going to do this gently?

Chris: Laughs... Well there are some indications as to what is going to happen as far as the Earth is concerned. I mean, for example, there is no such thing as ‘tectonic plate movement’. What has happened is that throughout history and over time, the Earth has expanded. All of the continents have always been more or less in the same position that they are now. The Earth has just gotten bigger and at a couple of points she has actually got smaller, and then increased in size again. So at the moment the Earth is 10% below her maximum size. Actually close to 5% her maximum size. The size she was on Atlantis.

So if you think of the Earth as a consciousness, her consciousness expands and contracts to suit human consciousness expansion and contraction.

Lisa: So it’s like breathing.

Chris: Literally yes. So she’s working with us. You know the root chakra is given that name because it literally connects the human soul into the earth. We are all interconnected with the planet herself. So as we alter our situations, then she responds as well. So the Earth needs to get a little bit bigger than she is now. We should have seen, for example, the San Andreas Fault should have popped 20 years ago, because she needed to get bigger. She needs that room for expansion. But unfortunately, what we also have is HAARP frequencies are being used to hold those points together. So those things like the Chile earthquake were caused by HAARP quite deliberately.

There are other regions which are ready to expand, that HAARP is being used to hold closed. There have been many predictions of massive earthquakes and tsunamis hitting the Pacific Rim like the Eastern coast which is where Sidney is in Australia. There has been a lot of predictions of that happening. And you know we saw the Japanese earthquake a few years ago. The Rim is shifting. It’s trying to move. But HAARP is being used to stitch it together and prevent that from happening because they don’t want the Earth expanding to full consciousness in the same way that they don’t want people moving into full consciousness.

It’s because then they would lose their control. I mean it’s immensely narrow-minded ridiculous views that the Anunnaki and Illuminati have. That’s what they seem to have that - they are determined to prevent the change form occurring because then they would lose their position of power and controls.

Lisa: So does that mean that when she does get the opportunity to expand she’s going to do it sort of sharply. . . .

Chris: It will be spectacular yes. And this has been a problem that has been discussed by all souls connected with the Earth for a long time. Now, as to how to prevent a nuclear winter from occurring, because obviously there is a point where we must achieve what we set out to achieve. And then all the people die because there’s no food on the planet because of a nuclear winter?

So there are all sorts of combinations and factors being discussed and looked at, and this is why I can’t say to you: “This is what is going to happen.” because literally nobody knows. There is no way you could estimate what is going to happen over these next 3 months leading up to Dec. 21, 2012. Or even the next 50 years.

There are a lot of people who have said: “I am ready to make this change.” Because they have done so hopefully, but they are not in any way, shape or form ready to make this change because they can’t. At some point, therefore they will have to die. They cannot sustain their positions on the planet because their energy frequencies will be too low. So do these people have to die before Dec. 21, 2012? Or will they be allowed to live out their natural lifespan for the next 40 or 50 years?

Nobody knows the answer to that one. This is what I mean by it is impossible to predict what is really going to happen over the next few years. Just because I know what it will be like in 2050 doesn’t mean I know what it will be like between now and 2050.

Lisa: Sorry, did you say you know what it will be like in 2050?

Chris: Yes, it will be like it was on Atlantis: no pollution, we’ll be able to psychically communicate with each other, communicate with every living thing, freely travel around the planet by translocation. It is literally all you do is remote view a spot, think about it and take your body along with your thought, so you can shift continents just by thinking about it.

Lisa: But how do you know that?

Chris: That kind of life is what we should be living and we will be again, but for those who make this change by 21/12/12 will be able to do so almost immediately.

Lisa: So is there anything we can consciously do to make this change?

Chris: Work with your Higher Self. That is all that you can really do. It’s the best thing that you can do is make sure your communication with your Higher Self is as strengthened as possible. And listen to what your Higher Self is saying to you. I know a lot of people complain about: “My Higher Self is saying this to me but I want to do the right thing so I don’t miss it or what’s being said in case I misunderstand it.” But it doesn’t happen that way.

Communication from the Higher Self is basically intuition. So you can be doing something and say: “What I really must do is this. I must sort out this situation with Great Aunt Lucy. It has been hanging on for years and years and I’ve never done anything about it.” That’s communication from your Higher Self.

Because by leaving situations unresolved like that means you are holding onto all the emotional issues and problems that you have never sorted out and let go of. Literally, what that does is take up space that your Higher Self could occupy within the body; so you need to clear all of those out.

Lisa: What about relationships?

Chris: Can I plug another book?

Lisa: Absolutely.

Chris: Well my latest book is called Synthesis and what it does is to go through basic overall history of humanity and what’s been going on, but most importantly what’s in the back are exercises for people to do for themselves. It is a series of meditations where you can work with your Higher Self, reinforce the connection with your Higher Self so that communication becomes so much easier and then there’s another meditation that allows you to access the Akashic for yourself, so that you can work out what you need to do for you and how to resolve those overall situations for yourself.

And there are a few other exercises as well in the back of that book to help you clear out this emotional debris that is within your system. You know it’s not impossible. If people want to go through this change, this soul integration process, there is absolutely nothing outside of themselves to stop them from doing so. Even if they said no, they don’t want to do it in the past, it doesn’t matter, they can change their mind as long as they are prepared to put the work in to do it. And all that work is getting connected with the Higher Self and clearing out the emotional debris. And that’s what we need to do.

Lisa: It all sounds so easy. (Laughs)

Chris: It is. You know I’ve been working with quite a few people over the past years who’ve been working out this process for themselves and they are scared stiff of doing it. They are absolutely petrified of taking the responsibility of looking at what their emotional problems are of dealing with Great Aunt Elsie or whatever it is in your life. And then they start to do it and they realize . . . It’s hard to start but once you’ve started everything starts to fall into place. I mean everything, your whole life just smoothes out and all your problems disappear because you’ve resolved that situation.

Lisa: But what if you’ve got a sort of Aunt Elsie type character in your life who was just a negative, disruptive force?

Chris: Well most people have got those.

Lisa: So what do we do with those? Are we supposed to make peace with them?

Chris: If there’s a way to do it, then yes.

Lisa: I mean it doesn’t mean you have to have them in your life does it?

Chris: Well I’ll give you an example. I mentioned my mother earlier literally preventing me from investigating the psychic side of things and what I could do within the Akashic and stuff. I tried for many years to explain to her what I was doing and why I was doing it and all I ever met from her was resistance and total opposition. And I said, “that’s enough!” and I have had no contact with any member of my family for the last 12 years. I just walked away from them, I said get stuffed I’m not having it in my life any longer. And it worked you know. It sounds like a harsh thing to do and even sounds like a difficult thing to do but for a lot of people that is the best way of dealing with it. Just say I’ve had enough of this. Go away.

Lisa: But the important part is dealing with your emotions around it.

Chris: You are the ones carrying it. More often than not, the people causing you problems don’t know they’re causing you problems. Because you’ve never told them that they’re causing you problems.

Lisa: There’s also psychopaths aplenty and many of us have to deal with that. Many of us have them in our lives and in our personal lives and they know that they’re disruptive.

Chris: Yes and so what you have to do is walk away from them. Get rid of them out of your life.

Lisa: A lot of the new age talk is, you know, you’ve got to be light and love and forgive.

Chris: If I could use a very English word for that: Bullocks!! (Laughs all around.) But it’s true. I’ve had people come on to me and say well surely we must love the Velon because after all they’re only misguided and that’s where that word comes in. I mean it’s utter rubbish, why do you want to love your enemies. It’s not going to change them. It’s not going to make a bloody bit of difference as to how they act.

But what you need to do is to change the way you act so you need to tell them to get stuffed and you need to sort out this emotional debris you’ve been carrying around with you. You do that and you’re there. Literally you can change over night.

People say it’s difficult and all of this, but it really isn’t. As I say I’ve been working with many people over months with e-mails and that’s what they’re finding. Once they start, it suddenly becomes very, very easy. Everything falls into place. Their life, and all the problems in their life, just smooth out. They’re gone. Trouble free. Everything just happens as it should be and they know that they’re ready.

Lisa: In your healing work, do you work with people remotely?

Chris: I have done in the past. I tend not to at the moment. The reason for that is that in trying to find out what the Velon are up to, They’ve been watching me quite a lot and I’ve been attacked quite severely by the Velon energetically, which has resulted in a lot of physical damage to my body. So my concern is that if I go off and remote view someone for healing work, I might then make them a target for the Velon who are watching me, which I REALLY don’t want to do because that then becomes not very clever. I will still do it sometimes but I need to be extra careful so that there are no Velon watchers or even NSA watchers because the NSA watch a lot of the time as well.

Lisa : And as for your books they are available from www.cygnus-books.co.uk aren’t they?

Chris: Yes. Amazon has banned them all. I know quite a few people who have tried ordering through Amazon and they will tell you they are unavailable and Amazon has never ever placed an order with the publishers.

Lisa: You must be doing something right. That’s always a good sign. I want to thank you very, very much.

Chris: Well it’s a pleasure to speak with you. I hope I made some kind of sense along the way.

Transcribed by Herbert
posted by turiya :cool:

Flash
7th November 2013, 02:34
Onawah, we seem to be reading Simon Parkes totally at the reverse. Anyhow, one of us is wrong in its interpretation.



update:Simon Parkes concurs with CT to some extent on the reason CERN was actually developed, which is to create a wormhole, but according to him, it is desirable so that some of the negatively oriented still on Earth can escape. There's a great thread about him here:
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/show...t=simon+parkes



Found some quotes, Simon does not seem at all to be wanting the Cern Hadron Collider to work


Hi,
Fifi,
If they activate it - they will reduce the ability of humans to "connect" at a critical time, no disaster, no nothing like that, it is designed to manupilate time as humans understand it, its rather a simple machine, complex in its opperation I dont doubt but its purpose is simple. You cant stop it, but you can hold true to your values and what makes you, well, special X
Simon.




Quote Posted by fifi (here)
Hi Simon,

You said



Quote if your interested... you know of the hadron Collidor ? called also the Cern ? in Switzland.
Its real purpose is Time / and the potential manupilation of " dark matter"
I understand that it is to be activated on 22nd december 12.00 noon 2012 ( but this might change by a day either way) should it be activated around this time it would not be helpfull.
Simon
What will happen if it is to be activated? If it creates a disaster, what can we do to prevent its activation?

Thanks a lot for sharing your knowledge and insight here.

With much respect (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?30323-Simon-Parkes-about-Mantis-Aliens-Reptiles-and-other-aliens.&p=587862&viewfull=1#post587862),
Fifi

The strangest thing is happening right now. I have seen a few posts of people who truly liked Simon Parkes, like you Onawah (I presume). Those posts were distorting the information given to us by Simon. If not plainly contrary to what he said. I had to correct someone else lately who likes Simon but was miscarrying the information.

I Wonder why this is happening. It borders disinformation, unconscious disinformation. Someone may be p ed at Simon up there and be playing with our brains.

soleil
7th November 2013, 03:00
hey turiya, i loved how he says to tell people (that you dont want in your life) to "get stuffed". if not just another thing i like so far about ct.

heretogrow
7th November 2013, 04:25
Dear Flash I have been away for a while and I don't follow. Can you explain what you mean? I will try to revisit the thread and gain some understanding but if you clarify your meaning that may help to send me in the right direction...so much to catch up on, you know!

onawah
7th November 2013, 09:03
Hey Flash! Actually, I think Simon said both things, that if they build the new CERN ( the first one didn't accomplish its purpose, to allow the negative ETs trapped on Earth to escape), its operation certainly would be bad for the Earth, but its purpose would be to allow the negative ETs to leave the planet. There's a window deadline for the new one though, and it looks unlikely they will be able to finish building it in time to meet the date. Presumably then, the ETs will die, as they cannot withstand the new frequencies here.

I hope I don't have to go back and read all of that Simon Parkes thread again too! :tsk:
( I wonder what Simon and James Gilliland will say about CT's statements that the Mantids and Lion People don't register on the Akashic as living beings? )

Following is what I've got so far from reading this thread, though I did it much too quickly, so if there are discrepancies, I apologize. And I've only just read this last page, and not really integrated it yet...


I'm glad to see at the Cygnus site that C.T.'s books aren't that pricey in the UK, at least, though shipping to the US will certainly up the price.

I've come up with a few questions so far (which hopefully are worth noting) after finishing reading the thread quickly once, though I will have to go back and read it all again as it's a lot to process and I'm sure not all of it has registered. But after I've posted this tonight (well—morning...), I'm going to bed! :yawn:


From:http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?58865-An-Update-On-Our-Evolution-by-Chris-Thomas/page7
Chris: “Sure. Okay. The Velon are a semi-physical race. They originate in a Galaxy – if you look up at the night sky, the Galaxy is behind the constellation of Sagittarius, but about 38 Galaxies beyond the constellation. Although, the Velon have access to several Galaxies, like the other semi-physical races do, they intended to stick to their own Solar System. 

Now, their Solar System has two Suns – it’s a binary system – and, eight planets. Three orbit around one Sun, four orbit around another, and the 8th planet orbits both Suns. I am trying to think of the names of the planets… There’s a Marduk, there’s a Tiamat, and a Nibiru. Nibiru is also called Anu, by the people that live on it.”

So in the false annals that the Annunaki created for our solar system, they said that there was a “war” between the planets of Tiamat and and Marduk, and the asteroid belt and our Moon is the result, if I recall rightly. According to Chris, it was actually the explosion of 2 planets from our solar system that created the damage responsible for the asteroid belt and our Moon, however. Was there actually a “war” of the planets Tiamat and Marduk in the Velon system?
Do planets have disagreements and fights?
What about comets that hit planets? Do they have “issues” with those planets? :lol: !!

Does Chris discuss in his books more of what the Velon did who went back in time and were trapped over the centuries on Earth, after they created the false annals? What finally happened to them? Were they all able to survive to the current day (since he states they are basically immortal, provided their bodies aren't destroyed. Did they go to Mars? I think I've read his comments on this, but I've forgotten now...:(
Can he offer any proof that George Washington and others of the Founding Fathers lived on in the same bodies up until recently?

Is the giant 2 mile long ship on the dark side of the Moon a Velon ship? What is its history and purpose? What happened to the rest of the crew?

************************************************** ****************************
Chris: “The biggest thing about Human technology is that it is destructive. So, in other words, everything we do to build something involves the destruction of something else. Even, doing something supposedly simple like taking oil out of the ground, uses a massive amount of energy in order to do so, creates massive pollution, and then requires massive more amounts of energy to refine that oil into something we can use. If you look at the semi-physical races, what they do is work with what is available on their planet. So, if you want to build a flying saucer, for example, they don’t mine material in the way that we would. What they do is they work on very psychic levels. And so, what they do is create a psychic template for the shape of the craft they want to build. 
And they use living plants to grow that shell. So, in other words, the plant grows & expands itself around the psychic template that’s been built. So, its like an organic metal, almost. So, that’s the kind of technological level that the semi-physical races work at, which is on a very natural level – they only use whatever is available within their environment. They don’t actually destroy anything. 

And if you look at the propulsion systems that all the semi-physical races use for their craft, they use the natural flux of electromagnetic energies that actually hold this Universe together. I mean, forget about gravity. Gravity doesn’t exist. What we have is a conscious Universe that’s held together by electromagnetic forces. So they use those electromagnetic forces as a means of propulsion. So, in other words, they are not taking from anything, they’re not destroying anything on their planet, they’re not creating any pollution anywhere. They’re using what is naturally available. 

And the same, more or less, applies to the Velon. The Velon technology is based on that level, as well. For example, these ‘Me’ computer discs are actually made from something like yeast. Again, that’s the nearest I can come to in terms to what we have available on Earth. “

Henrik: It’s a biological technology. 

Chris: “Yes, it’s a biological memory system, yes, that’s a good way of putting it. So, they put the ingredients… whatever their equivalent to yeast would be put into a mold, and they psychically program that mold. So, as that mold grows into the shape of the disc, it takes on the imprint of whatever its been programmed to do. So again, its very natural technology. Although, the… Velons on their home planets do mine for minerals & raw materials. But, again, they don’t destroy the planet.”

Chris says above that the Velon are semi-physical and that they do not destroy their planets , but then he contradicts himself and says the Velon have used up everything on their planets. ....???

************************************************** *******************************
Chris says that most of the souls of the humans on earth are actually non-physical beings who came here millions of years ago. Yet there seem to be souls here at all different levels of intelligence, experience, sophistication, adaptability, “soul age”, etc. Why is that? What about autistic people, people with Downs Syndrome, etc. Are those conditions a result of karma? Or are those semi-physical souls who came here later and so have had a harder time learning how to be more fully operational in physical bodies?

Will the individual souls who were once part of a unified soul, that became “soul groups” eventually reintegrate back into one unified soul? I think Chris spoke of group souls somewhere, but the idea I am aware of that the individual souls regroup again is from “The Michael Teachings”, if Chris is not aware of that system—there is lots of info about it online.)

************************************************** ********************************

Chris:“Effectively, they destroyed most of the life on all the other planets. Earth managed to survive, and what she did was to adopt part of one of the planets as the moon, because we didn’t have a moon prior to this explosion occurring. So the moon is there because the Earth wanted… well, I’m not entirely certain what she wanted… so the moon is sitting there, and having influence on Earth & the Earth is influencing the moon, and all the rest of it.”[

Why were the two planets which blew themselves up so unconcerned about the damage they would do to the rest of the planets? Did they not realize what the result would be?

I don't remember now the sources of the theory that the Moon is older than Earth, and that, from the study of Moon rock that has been done so far, it appears to actually be from a different solar system because it doesn't match the rock from any of the other planet, asteroids, etc., but I know I've seen it and it seemed fairly well researched. Does anyone remember who was disseminating that information?

************************************************** ********************************

Is Chris aware of the book “The Ringmakers of Saturn/” by Norman Bergrun? If so, what does he think about it?
What about Alex Collier's work? Does Chris think Alex got any of that right, particularly the part about the Paa'taal? ( See: http://www.alexcollier.org/ )

Do the Creators of the Universe continue to direct involve themselves in what happens once the galaxies are created, or is it essentially up to the created to take it all from there?

Why are the elites building so many underground cities?

Flash
7th November 2013, 12:47
Onawah, please find me the source of what Simon says, about Cern being a good thing allowing ETs to leave, because I have not seen it anywhere. And I did read everything more than once. As I always do when i have to understand. And yes, you should go back in order not to promote wrong ideas. What I did is search Cern and Simon Parkes in the Avalon search engine.

What I read is that Cern was used as a wormhole for them to go back and forth and that they intented to use it again and keep it open before the énergies of the local universe have change and that they cannot anylonger. But keeping Cern's wormhole open this was not a good thing because we do not want them to be able to come here again. The wormhole has to be closed. And tough luck for those caught here not able to go back. It is the way I interpreted it after reading.

You are one of the good ones Onawah, with your sincerity and hard work. Imagine what is going around if even you, or I, are misreading or misinterpreting, imagine the rest of the planet.

That being said, I wish I can trust what you said about Chris here above too. kidding you today.

However, now I understand why in research they insist we gave the name, the year and even the page of the sources we talk about. I think that it is a humain caracteristic to reinterpret our way, often in order to undrestand, or make sense of things, or fit it in our old paradigm.

Chris always gives his source, we just do not have the ability to check it. lol

Last week one professor asked me the source of what I had mentioned in class, in front of 100 students. I was taken aback, not knowing what to answer, because the source was me. I had to tell the source was me and my experience in the field.

onawah
7th November 2013, 19:11
Thanks Flash. When I have time, I will look back on the Simon Parkes thread to see where I saw what I think I saw.
Or perhaps someone else reading this can clarify for us.
It was me saying it would be a good thing for the negative ETs to leave-- I don't think Simon said that, and I should have clarified that. Apologies.
I didn't mean that it would be a good thing to keep the wormhole open, just good for the ETs to leave.
But I think I do remember pretty clearly that he said the first CERN didn't do the job.
So they have started construction on a new one, and there is a narrow window of opportunity for that one to work, so it follows that the new facility may not even be built in time to be of use.
If that happens, presumably they are stuck here for a long while, though if that's true, I suppose we don't know if they will be able to withstand the new, higher frequencies on Earth.
I would imagine they could create some technology that would allow for that, but apparently they are anxious to leave at this point, and certainly welcome to leave, too, from our perspective!!
That info may have been in one of the video interviews and not transcribed or quoted or written here by Simon, so the search engine wouldn't work in that case.
Thanks Flash, you are one of the good ones too.
As to trusting anything anyone has written here, you know very well by now, I'm sure, that you have to use your own discernment.
We can only speculate about this kind of information.
Maybe we are just going to have to learn to read the Akashic Records ourselves.
Now, that would really be interesting!

Flash
7th November 2013, 23:44
Thanks Flash. When I have time, I will look back on the Simon Parkes thread to see where I saw what I think I saw.
Or perhaps someone else reading this can clarify for us.
It was me saying it would be a good thing for the negative ETs to leave-- I don't think Simon said that, and I should have clarified that. Apologies.
I didn't mean that it would be a good thing to keep the wormhole open, just good for the ETs to leave.
But I think I do remember pretty clearly that he said the first CERN didn't do the job.
So they have started construction on a new one, and there is a narrow window of opportunity for that one to work, so it follows that the new facility may not even be built in time to be of use.
If that happens, presumably they are stuck here for a long while, though if that's true, I suppose we don't know if they will be able to withstand the new, higher frequencies on Earth.
I would imagine they could create some technology that would allow for that, but apparently they are anxious to leave at this point, and certainly welcome to leave, too, from our perspective!!
That info may have been in one of the video interviews and not transcribed or quoted or written here by Simon, so the search engine wouldn't work in that case.
Thanks Flash, you are one of the good ones too.
As to trusting anything anyone has written here, you know very well by now, I'm sure, that you have to use your own discernment.
We can only speculate about this kind of information.
Maybe we are just going to have to learn to read the Akashic Records ourselves.
Now, that would really be interesting!

You may be able to ask him yourself, he may come back because he has more free time these day, he was much too busy all spring and summer and he is sorry he could not maintain his thread. So we will see....

onawah
8th November 2013, 00:16
Thanks Flash. I went back and corrected my earlier post in this thread where I mis-quoted Simon.
I've been keeping very late hours lately, and it has been addling my brain, apparently, which I also intend to correct!
It would be interesting to see what Simon thinks about the info from Chris Thomas.

Herbert
8th November 2013, 19:59
Regarding Gobekli Tepe

https://sphotos-b-dfw.xx.fbcdn.net/hphotos-ash3/p480x480/562604_10151761146553130_68563604_n.jpg

Fantastic photos of Gobekli Tepe here:
http://beforeitsnews.com/blogging-citizen-journalism/2013/08/gobekli-tepe-fantastic-new-photos-of-12000-year-old-temple-complex-the-oldest-known-2448608.html


Turiya I was just reading the great job you did at formatting and inserting pictures in the Lisa Harrison interview with Chris Thomas.

Thank You for that fine job.

I did come across a slip of the tongue that Chris Made.

This is a subject I’ve been recently discussing with Chris.

And I am wondering if you could perhaps clarify that bit perhaps by using square brackets with note or something like red colour or whatever to alert the reader to a mistake made by Chris in his dating – probably just a slip of the tongue or memory.

Gobekli Tepe is the most important archaeological discovery ever.

It has NOT been written about as much in English as in other languages probably because of the ban on truth in the Western World. The Anunnaki only went back in time to 5000 yrs ago but this archaeological site which contains the TRUE UR and EDEN goes back 18,000 years according to the Akashic and 14,000 according to C-14 dating..


Quote from Lisa Harrison intview:

Gobekli Tepe

All that is there is an old temple complex, what archaeologists are describing as the oldest complex ever found on earth which they date to being 14,000 years ago, but the Akashic dates it as more 7,000 years ago. Just down the road form Gobekli Tepe is the ancient biblical city of Ur of the Chaldeas, which is where Abraham originated. The Old Testament is all about Abraham and his descendants, and also Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. These all originated from Abraham.

________________________________________

A message from Chris Thomas (note Chris calls it Kobekli Tepe:



To get to Ur of the Chaldes, we have to return to Kobekli Tepe in southern Turkey/northern Iraq.

Archaeologists have dated the site at Kobekli Tepe to 14,000 years ago making it, in archaeological terms, the oldest man-made structure on the planet.

The Akashic would date it earlier than that at 18,000 years ago making it roughly the same age as the Pyramids of Egypt, south America, Tibet etc.

The archaeologists have been burrowing away at Kobekli Tepe for about 20 years and have uncovered all sorts of material that coincides with the stories in the Old Testament.

With their findings there, they have also found that nobody lived at the Kobekli site but lived about 3 km away in a town called Ur of the Chaldes. A village still exists on the site of the ancient town but I cannot remember what it is now called.

It is known (through both the Akashic and archaeological findings) that the people who inhabited the region around Kobekli called the region Eden. It is also known that they moved from this region, through Assyria and into Egypt then, from Egypt they moved north to Palestine and became the Jewish peoples.

Given that Ur was the home of Abraham, the claimed originator of the Jewish peoples as well as the founding father of Islam, would it not make considerably more sense that this Ur, next to Kobekli, is the actual Ur of the Chaldes of the Old Testament? It could be argued just on the names alone but all of the archaeological findings sort of confirm it really.

This means that Ur could not possibly be located in Rumania.

The peoples of Eden/Ur/Kobekli seemed to have moved from the region about 5,000 years ago, moving through Assyria/Babylon where they would have met the Southern Sumerians moving north to, eventually, northern India and Tibet.

Given this time frame, both groups (N and S Sumerians) would have avoided the Scythians as they did not rise until about 4,000 years ago.

The tablets that Sitchin translated were consistently dated to about 5,000 years ago and so it is possible that the S Sumerians took the story with them on their journey North and became the basis of some of the Indian (Hindu) Vegas.

What is very strange about the Sitchin/Annunaki tablets is that the tablets state very clearly at the beginning of each section of the story something like: “This story has been dictated to a scribe”.

If Gardner was correct in his assertions that the Annunaki were the Ring Lords then it would be automatic that anything they said would be taken down by a scribe. If the scribe was recording historic events, again it would be written as a record of those events and the scribe would not be mentioned. Everyone would know this and so why would the scribe make it clear that it was being dictated to him?

Surely it would only be noted if the dictation was of something unusual? In other words, this was not history recorded as it happened, but a particular story that was given to someone to write down in cuneiform writing.
This is the only story that I am aware of from any past time where the scribe makes this distinction.

Incidentally, the Scythians were so war-like that the Chinese built the Great Wall to defend themselves from them.
* * *
- vampires -

The Roman Church had taken full control of virtually all of the ancient kingdoms of Europe by the eleven hundreds - except for one: Transylvania.

Transylvania was ruled by a King Vlad who was, amongst other things, a magician and alchemist who would have nothing to do with the Vatican. Any priest that entered his kingdom was asked to leave, if the priest refused, he was killed - see below.
The Vatican was not too happy with this as Vlad’s opposition could spread to other royal families.

Vlad had several unusual practices that the Vatican latched on to.
For example, Vlad believed that menstrual blood contained the “essence” of life and so he, and his followers, used to drink this blood as part of their practices.

If someone broke the law or offended him, Vlad had the moat to his castle lined with sharpened wooden stakes with the points pointing upwards. If anyone offended Vlad too much he had them thrown off the parapets and onto the stakes.
It might sound barbaric but compare that with the Vatican’s practices of boiling in oil, burnt alive, hung drawn and quartered and hundreds of variations that come under the term torture.

Vlad sounds very tame in comparison.

In order to vilify Vlad, the Vatican came up with the idea of exaggerating, to the extreme, Vlad’s practices - especially the drinking of blood and driving a stake through the heart.

When the story made up by the Vatican arrived in Britain, it was turned into the Vampire story by Bram Stoker and the story spread widely as did the concept of Vampires.

Whether the name “Vampire” was a Vatican invention, I do not know, it depends on what it translates to out of Latin. [It is actually Magyar language root and translates to Witch]

The Earth Created the Faerie and the Sidhe (Shee) 20 million years ago to tend the plant life of the planet. For Gardner to suggest that they are somehow connected to the Velon/Annunaki story, I find deeply insulting to the Earth and to the Faerie.

As I said at the beginning, Gardner’s version of the Ring Lords is so farcical and so insulting that I couldn’t really read all of it. It is a blessing that Gardner died in 2010 so we won’t have any more of this guff. Incidentally, Sitchin also died in 2010.

Best wishes
Chris



Part 2
In the Celtic languages names are descriptive of something such as the people's origins or an activity that the family clans were known for.

It is most usually assumed that travel between continents did not begin until comparatively recent times but that is not the case.

To begin with, transportation between continents was carried out by psychic means (translocation) but, by about 8,000 years ago, we could no longer achieve that level of psychic potential.

But, we had become used to meeting with the various human groups located around the planet and could still use ancient energy sites (pyramids, stone circles etc) to travel across the planet up until about 4,000 years ago (one stepped into the pyramid/stone circle and thought of the destination and the energies of the pyramid/circle would do the rest).

Also, we needed to develop a written form of language and so the Sumerians developed a form of writing that was based on the nerve impulses that run up and down the spine. This first language was a little like binary code in that it was a series of lines but with various additions to a line to differentiate one letter from another.

This "first language" was used world-wide but we know it as Runes (northern version), Ogham (Western version). My knowledge of the scientific descriptions of ancient languages is very limited but I do know that the Sumerian version was a precursor to Cuneiform, the Native American and South American versions were similar to Ogham as is the Australian Aboriginal version and the African version and the Minoans had a system identical to the Sumerian original.

This first language came about 12,000 years ago.

The ancient Egyptians also used this "Ogham" form originally and it was the origin of the main Egyptian language.

Hieroglyphs were developed as a "sacred" language only for the use of the developing priesthood and the Pharaoh.

When the Victorian scientists first translated Ancient Greek, everyone tried to claim that their language, mathematics, philosophy etc was based on ancient Greek as the scientists identified it as the "First" great civilisation.

BUT, don't forget that the Celtic peoples of northern Europe were using Pythagorean geometry at least 2,000 years before Pythagorus was born.
So attaching language roots to ancient Greek is very dodgy especially as ancient Greek arose from Minoan roots.

When we returned to the Earth 20,000 years ago (40,000 years after the destruction of Atlantis), we colonised 6 different regions of the planet.

One of the main regions was northern Europe. This included parts of Russia, France, Spain, Britain and Ireland. This meant that all of these regions were energetically similar but the primary energy source was in Britain.

When we began to lose our higher psychic functions, these "Celtic" peoples were the ones who built stone circles to record information (within the stones themselves) and to provide the energy links, connecting into lay lines, that allowed for travel across the planet to the other groups.

As we lost more and more of these higher functions, we developed languages, both written and spoken, that evolved along similar lines - not quite a common language, but close.

This is why, even today, there are marked similarities between Welsh, Irish Gaelic, Scottish Gaelic, Russian, French and Basque.

The material that has been unearthed at Kobekli Tepe, in southern Turkey/northern Iraq, confirms that the region was invaded by a group of "Tall Pale Peoples" who came from the north and set themselves up as gods. These "Pale Peoples" were the people behind the Jewish histories that the Velon "stole" to make up their version of human history.

These pale northerners brought with them a great deal of "religious-type" beliefs that have been incorporated into several traditions. When these northern Sumerians moved south through Assyria, into Egypt and then on to Israel to become the Jewish peoples they brought these stories of the invaders with them. But, as yet, I have been unable to find any reference to the Anu within this history. Most of this is due to the fact that every branch of all religions have condemned the material released by the archaeologists from the site as being heretical as it makes the Old Testament what it really is - a history book as opposed to a book of faith.

Because of this, getting hold of the information archaeologists have released from Kobekli Tepe is buried away in professional journals and not readily available.

It is possible that the name "Anu" originated with these pale northerners but, at the moment, it seems unlikely.

Getting into the Velon section of the Akashic is extremely difficult as they seem to have sealed it away as much as they possibly can. I do know that the Velon did create a false version of their Akashic to try and throw off anyone who tried to investigate their origins or intentions and so it is possible that some of the names they use are of Earth origin rather than Velon but, so far, it is impossible to track all of the truth.

So whether the name "Anu" originated with the pale northerners and was adopted by the Velon is, so far, impossible to trace.


Best wishes
Chris

turiya
11th November 2013, 03:56
I'm on page 5 of this thread now, and would love to read CT's books, but I have checked and they are pretty pricey for my budget and aren't widely available, so what I have seen and read here is all I will have to go on for now, at least. And I have questions, though perhaps some of those are answered on pages 6 and 7, but here goes, anyway.... Does he answer questions on any of the websites where his info is being featured, or might he join us here on Avalon? I certainly would like to run some questions by him!

I sincerely doubt that Chris would become a member of Avalon. He has been ruthlessly attacked by the Velon/NSA over the years which has weakened his health. We're lucky to get his occasional update & interview when they become available.


I noticed that you, Turiya, quoted Sir Laurence Gardner in one of your posts.
That was an excerpt - a quote of Chris quoting Lawrence Gardner - taken from his book Project Human Extinction - The Ultimate Conspiracy, pages (pages 49-53) by Chris Thomas with David Morgan


Has CT gone into any detail about the US Founding Fathers, who he claims were taken over by the Illuminati? Does he mean that Velon souls were walk-ins into the bodies of Washington, Jefferson, etc. , “possessing” them, or just that they were being heavily influenced, and if so, how? Energy implants? Why would the FF have gone to the trouble of creating the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution, and fought so hard to liberate the colonies from Britian if they were Illuminati? The ideals they planted in the minds of humanity of personal sovereignty and freedoms are antithetical to the Illuminati goals, so this premise that they were taken over by the Velon doesn't make sense to me. Granted, the FF were Freemasons, but there have always been Freemasons who were genuinely idealistic, spiritually oriented souls who sought not so much to control as to guide humanity in a positive way.

Please take care & try not to embellish what has been previously written with your own thoughts & imaginings. Since you have so many questions about his material, it may be a good thing for you to purchase these books Chris Thomas has written & study this material for yourself - just a suggestion. The more books that are purchased at one time, will save on the shipping cost.

CT only states that the co-founder of the Illuminati, Adam Weishaupt a.k.a Spartacus, had a Velon entity [Velus 1] "walk-in" to his body:


"...in 1773 he [Adam Weishaupt] suffered some kind of seizure from which he died. His friend, Mayer Amschel Rothschild, knew of his friend's death and was, therefore extremely shocked when three days later Weishaupt visited him, apparently alive and well. The explanation falls into the realm of the weird, but please try to stay with us, as so many aspects of the conspiracy can be explained by what happened after the seizure Weishaupt suffered. The "seizure" had been engineered by Velus 1, once the death had been confirmed and the information relayed to Rothschild, the Velus 1 consciousness reanimated Weishaupt's body with his own consciousness and not Weishaupt's.

[With what we know today of so many reported cases of NDE's that people have had,] ..."the reanimation of Weishaulpt's body by Velus 1 is certainly possible. But what effect would this have on Rothschild in 1773? Think of how you would feel - a close friend is declared dead, is in the mortuary for three days, then suddenly comes back to life, would you not see it as some kind of miracle? However, it appears that the transformation did not stop there; at some time following this resurrection, Velus 1 let Rothschild know that it was he, and not Weishaupt, who now occupied his body, with the Velus 1 explaining that he was a "god" who was capable of doing these kinds of "miracles". When Rothschild and Weishaupt established the Illuminati in 1776, not only did they promise their fellow conspirators control of the world, they also offered immortality.

The first members of the Illuminati numbered nineteen. At the head was Velus 1 acting through Weishaupt's body, together with five Annunaki who had taken on human body forms through the usual physical birth process. Together with Rothschild, there were twelve other humans (including George Washington, whose elevation to the status of a "god" is recorded on a frieze in the Rotunda of Washington (http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/ILLUMINATI_george_washington.png).) With one exception, these nineteen have remained the same ever since."
Project Human Extinction - The Ultimate Conspiracy (pages 151 & 152) by Chris Thomas with Dave Morgan



I don't understand why the Velon want Earth. With their technology, which allows them to travel from a different galaxy, it should be easy for them to find gold elsewhere, if gold is what they really want, and without having to deal with all the complications of an inhabited planet. There is evidence that has been explored on other Avalon threads which indicates that gold is actually a very common metal in the Universe.

Here, you are getting the 'Velon Fantasy Story' mixed up with what Chris Thomas is attempting to clarify. Be careful with ingesting too much of that Zecharia Sitchin/Annuanki/Nibiru/Gold-Mining Koolaid, imo.


I see that CT doesn't say that all channeled messages are from the Velon..

On the contrary, in that Robert Stanley interview, Chris Thomas has said that ALL channeled material is Velon originated… this is the first time he has come forth & said this.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/Chris_Thomas/01_Robert_Stanley_Chris_Thomas_FACTION_14_pt4_exce rpt_ALL_CHANNELED_MA.mp3


turiya :cool:

turiya
11th November 2013, 18:16
A Question of Energy & Influence (http://thespiritguides.co.uk/christhomas/A_Question_of_Energy.pdf)
To view a pdf copy of this article click here (http://thespiritguides.co.uk/christhomas/A_Question_of_Energy.pdf):


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/A_Question_of_Energy_n_Influence_w_GRAY_PATTERN_BA CK.png
A Question of Energy & Influence (http://thespiritguides.co.uk/christhomas/A_Question_of_Energy.pdf)
by Chris Thomas © Chris Thomas 2012

A question has arisen from, to me, an unknown source through a discussion forum. The question is about the difference between the energies of the 14th Faction, this Universe and the Velon.

It is a fundamental question which I am surprised has not been asked before. Really, I could write a new book to answer this question but there is not enough time available for that to happen so it is a matter of answering the question in an essay format.

The question was this:

QUESTION: I’m trying to clarify an understanding I have of “energies” of the universe.

I understand from CT’s books that our universe was created with the idea of what would happen if everyone had free will with the rule of not being able to take away free will from others. If everything is energy, then our universe, along with everything in it would be created within the energy of free will. The action of acting against free will would not be possible because it’s not part of the “energy”. The 14TH Faction arrived ultimately “infecting” our universe with the ability to take away free will.

Now, CT states that the portal the 14TH Faction created is now closed as of 2002, so no one can draw on these energies any longer. However, I assume that those energies still exist. In the books that I have read, CT does not state these energies infecting the Velon. I tend to think they have, since they are effectively taking away our free will.

If we generate enough of the free will energies as a mass consciousness, then, will it be possible to reduce those with the “infected” energies? Is this what those mass meditations are aiming at? Is keeping humanity in conflict the “food” for these negative energies, which is what is keeping this cycle going?

Basically, I’m trying to make a correlation with the energies of the 14th Faction brought in and to comments from folks like Icke who state that the entities controlling the Illuminati promote conflict, so they can “feed” off the negative energies humans give off.

If the portal is gone, then we become the main source of food for those remaining with the “infected” 14th Faction energies. I believe it is unknown if all 14th Faction entities were removed.

ANSWER: This is a complex question which gets to the heart of the purpose and function of our Universe and our current state of development as individual souls. The answer also involves the complexities of time, and how it is measured in different parts of our Universe, and how time relates to the Earth.

Our Universe was Created 14,376,279,393 years ago (as of 2012). That is, the number of “human” years ago. In different regions of the Universe, time is measured in different ways and this will become relevant later.

Ours is the first Universe ever Created and was constructed around the energy patterns of 'freedom of choice'. In other words, every soul that has been Created to exist within this Universe has absolute freedom of choice over their actions. The only “limiting factor” is that no soul can act in such a way as to remove the freedom of choice of another. That “Universal Law” is absolute and inviolate.

However, other universes have been Created since ours. In all, twelve universes exist at the present time with the apparent intention of there being thirteen in total. I am not trying to speak on behalf of the Creator, just extrapolating information from the Akashic.

In overall terms, these other universes have no relationship with ours; they are not “multiverses” in a quantum physics sense but totally independent energy “envelopes” that are imbued with energy patterns and characteristics that the Creator wishes to explore.

The second universe to be Created explores the exact opposite of ours. In other words: what if every soul within that universe had the ability to remove freedom of choice? This second universe was not very successful. The energy patterns from which it was constructed generated chaos; so much so that it only lasted about 15 million (human) years before it began a process of decline and collapse. This second universe does still exist but is very close to annihilation and most of its inhabitants have returned to source (the Creator).

All of the souls that were Created for this second universe were of a “semi-physical” nature. This means that they had a physical form and physical density and their souls were integral to their bodies. In other words, their souls did not detach from their bodies but were effectively immortal in their embodied form. Their length of life expectancy was, effectively, as long as the life of their universe.

Given the chaotic state of their universe, the inhabitants tended to form alliances and collect together in groups with a common cause (Factions). Usually this cause was the storage of energy to which they had many uses but, primarily, the reason seems to be purely depriving other Factions the use of that energy. Given the underlying energies of this second universe - the removal of freedom of choice - the Factions tended to become controlled by one individual; someone who was more aggressive than others. This aggressive individual would then force the other members of the Faction into becoming “drones” - a situation not unlike the “Borg” of the Star Trek television series. Each separate Faction was made up of one leader who turned all of the other members of the Faction into drones – there was no hierarchy, just a dictatorship of one.

The effect of this energy gathering was to create a universe made up of energy clusters with massive voids in between. This is unlike our Universe where energy is freely available wherever you travel, whether that is within galaxies or within inter-galactic space.

With a universe so severely divided, it was impossible for it to continue in existence and so it began a process of decline. Those who lived within this second universe realised that the decline and collapse had begun and they attempted to gather together any and all energies to try to maintain their position within their universe. Even with the pressures and urgency of their universal collapse, they did not fight wars; there was no history of violence between the various Factions. However, one of the Factions realised that another universe existed and in an attempt to gather as much energy as possible, they constructed what our scientists would call a “wormhole (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wormhole)”.

The scientific definition of a worm hole is an energy “tube” that is constructed from two black holes positioned back to back. This worm hole connected the second universe to ours with this connection taking place approximately 3.6 million (human) years ago.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/WORMHOLE4.png

The beings that entered our Universe, the Akashic calls the “14th Faction”. There appears to be two reasons for this name: firstly, that was the name they gave to themselves within their own universe and secondly, our Universe contains thirteen races so to mark their difference, our Universe also numbered them “14”.

The 14th Faction were a semi-physical race. This means that they would be invisible to normal human senses. The semi-physical races are constructed from energy patterns that humans can only perceive on a psychic level. In appearance they were about 5m or 15 foot tall and humanoid in form. Their skin was reddish green in colour and very smooth and they were androgynous. The only “markings” they had were a pronounced bony ridge that extended from the top of their nose and across the top of the skull. Their eyes were yellow with vertical irises. Overall, a very reptilian-like appearance.

Their purpose in breaking into our Universe was to collect energy and transport it back to their own universe to maintain their position within a universe that was in the early stages of collapse. Given their history of energy gathering and stock-piling in their own universe, they had developed technology to achieve these aims and this technology they brought with them into our Universe.

What is meant by “energy” is a little difficult to describe given scientific lack of understanding. Energy underlies, and is the basic building block, of everything that exists. This is well described by Einstein’s Theory of Relativity:

E = m c2
What this equation means is that:
E stands for energy
m stands for matter
c stands for the speed of light

Or: The amount of energy that is contained within solid matter is calculated by multiplying the mass of a substance by the speed of light squared. To give an example:

Water contains two atoms of hydrogen combined with one atom of oxygen. To calculate how much energy would be released from the hydrogen contained within one litre of pure water (hydrogen bomb), the calculation would be:

E=mc2
E= 0.111 x 300,000,000 x 300,000,000
E= 10,000,000,000,000,000 joules

Water contains 111 grams of hydrogen or 0.111 kilograms and the speed of light has been measured at 300 million metres per second within our solar system.

Another way of looking at energy and matter is that the speed at which light travels determines the density of solid matter. As the alchemist John Dee put it in the 16th Century:
“Any substance can be created by reflecting light at the correct angle”.
All of this comes down to the fact that everything that exists is constructed of energy which means that the 14th Faction found a whole universe full, when they broke into our Universe. The way in which they went about gathering this energy and transporting it back to their universe is not something I can describe, as we do not have the vocabulary to describe the kind of technology they used. However, there is one device they used which has become well known, and that is a “black hole”.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/BLACK_HOLE3_590_X_267.png
Black Hole by Allain via Wikimedia Commons (http://www.realclearscience.com/blog/2013/06/could-the-sun-become-a-black-hole.html)


Before the arrival of the 14th Faction, black holes did not exist in this Universe. A black hole is a region of extremely dense energies that bend space and time so much that it draws energy into itself. The black hole connects one region of space to another, but in one direction only. Black holes can be likened to a drinking straw. If you put a straw into a liquid and then draw the air out of the straw, the liquid rises up the straw and, usually, into your mouth. Black holes work in very similar ways except they were specifically designed to draw energy from the region of space around its entrance and deliver that energy to a specific region where the 14th Faction could “harvest” it. The energy could travel in only one direction, it could not return down the black hole “straw” to where it was collected.

Black holes were only formed by devices constructed by the 14th Faction – they did not exist in this Universe before the 14th Faction arrived. A good indicator that the 14th Faction has been removed from our Universe is the fact that many black holes have now been observed to eject the energy they collected back out through the collection end. Many black holes have also been observed to collapse.

The 14th Faction did not operate their energy “stripping” devices anywhere near to Earth but did considerable damage to other areas of our Universe. So much damage was caused that it was a closely argued decision between allowing our Universe to continue in existence or to collapse it.

Dealing with the 14th Faction was immensely difficult. We live in a Universe where the removal of freedom of choice is not allowed and so dealing with beings who brought with them energy patterns that were designed to remove freedom of choice proved almost impossible.

The Thirteen beings who maintain the balance of energies within this Universe took a great deal of time to find a means of overcoming the 14’s energy patterns – effectively, they had to create fundamentally new energy patterns from frequencies that did not exist originally in this Universe. In the end, the Earth played a crucial role in overcoming the 14th Faction with their eviction from this Universe finally happening in 2002 (human time).

This is where time becomes very confusing. The destruction of the 14 energies took place in 2002 on Earth but 2.5 million years ago in the region of the Universe most affected by the 14. For a more detailed explanation of how time varies in different parts of the Universe, see my previous essay entitled “Time-Lines (http://international.thespiritguides.co.uk/ChrisThomas/timelines.pdf)”.

Needless to say, time is also an energy and the range of frequencies of energy that exist within the Universe vary considerably certainly to a far greater extent than we, humans, can currently comprehend. This is not a failing on our part; we just need the rest of the soul in the body to be able to grasp the full range of knowledge that is currently not available to us. The most important aspect of the 14th Faction is that a way was found to destroy the energy patterns they brought with them and the reptilian beings that entered our Universe were all evicted. For more details of the 14th Faction see Planet Earth – The Universe’s Experiment and The Universal Soul.

However, the 14th Faction did have an impact on life on Earth. When the 14’s worm hole burst into our Universe, 33,000 souls from the six non- physical races were caught in the blast. This means that they became contaminated with energy patterns from the 14’s universe – the ability to remove freedom of choice. The Akashic does not record exactly what happened to these 33,000. The personal experience of each individual soul is recorded within their DNA and these experiences are not fully downloaded into the Akashic until those individuals decide to return to the Creator and leave this Universe. The activities of some people can be tracked through the Akashic but only because of the events those individuals cause to happen.

However, the 14 energy patterns can be tracked, to a certain extent, and so there is some information available about the movements and activities of these 33,000.

Again, the strangeness of time plays a part in their story. The first thing to remember is that although these 33,000 were contaminated with 14 energies, the choice of whether they made use of those energies was entirely that of the individual. In all, something like 25,000 of these souls rejected the 14 energies and returned themselves back to the normal energy patterns of this Universe. This meant that about 8,000 souls made a choice to make use of these energies that allowed them to remove freedom of choice. Initially, these 8,000 attempted to use the 14 frequencies to fight against the activities of the 14th Faction but, after a while, they were defeated and forced to work for the 14. At varying times, each one of these 8,000 continued on their journey and came to Earth taking on human form.

It must be remembered though that they were not reptilian in form. They were not reptiles hiding under a human skin. What did mark them out as different were the changed energy patterns they brought with them and it was these energy patterns that, from a psychic point of view, gave them a “feeling”, and perhaps a “shadow”, of being reptilian.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/REPTILIAN_SHADOW2.png
It must be remembered though that they were not reptilian in form.
They were not reptiles hiding under a human skin.

The first of these contaminated souls to arrive on Earth did so around 320 BC and is better known as Alexander the Great. Since then, all of these 8,000 souls have lived various human lifetimes and in each lifetime they have made use of their ability to remove freedom of choice. In each life time, these individuals acted alone, building for themselves empires that existed during their lifetimes with the empire collapsing on their deaths. When they were born again into a new body, they began their empire building anew. The only exception to this was the establishment of the Vatican – various Popes have made use of 14 energies they were contaminated with to first build and then maintain an organisation that wielded considerable power over others over a period of almost 2,000 years.


Pope Urban II
http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/CRUSADES_POPE_URBAN_II.png
Pope Urban II calls upon the Franks to invade the more civilized Muslim world,
thereby causing five centuries of warfare and the death of millions
SOURCE (http://one-evil.org/content/people_11c_urban_ii.html)

It is important to remember this fact: each of those who were contaminated with 14th Faction energies usually acted as individuals. They did not create organisations, such as the Illuminati, as they did not want to share their power with others. They all worked by themselves and used their ability to remove freedom of choice to bring power and wealth to themselves; the idea of sharing that power did not fit in with the 14th Faction’s energies.

Remember, the inhabitants of the 14’s universe formed themselves into Factions with one very dominant leader in order to gather to their faction as much energy as possible; an inherently selfish viewpoint. When translated into Earth culture, those who were contaminated with 14 energies also acted in very selfish ways. The contaminating energies made it impossible for them to share their power.

The 14th Faction existed within our Universe for just over 1 million years. These are human years. Our solar system is constructed from energy frequencies that are compacted down to the point where they form what we describe as “physical” matter. These energy patterns are so condensed that we perceive time, light and matter in ways that are very different to the other regions of the Universe. One million years to us will appear to be one year or one second in other regions of the Universe where different combinations of time, light and matter create other realities and other perceptions.

The 14th Faction was removed from this Universe about 2.5 million human years ago and all of their technology was destroyed at the same time. To the semi-physical races, this time period appears to be a matter of weeks whilst to the non-physical races it can appear to be like the blink of an eye. Time is strange stuff, certainly as far as humans are concerned.

Regardless of the huge range of time-scales involved, the 14th Faction have been removed from the Universe and all of their energy patterns have been removed with them. The last time that the 14th Factions energies were made use of on Earth was in 2002; ten years ago. Since then, those who were used to wielding power by removing the choice of others have found that they can no longer force people to take actions against their own choice.

The 14th Faction energies no longer exist.

Human life, for the past 7,000 years, has been lived where our ability to choose our actions has always been intact. Looking back through human history, it might appear as though there have been many occasions where our freedom of choice has been removed but this is not necessarily because of individuals making use of the 14 energies they were contaminated with.

Human lives have been lived whilst exploring the possibilities available under The Human Plan. These lifetimes have been lived under the direction of the higher self and the events that have occurred in each lifetime have been planned by the higher self to gain the maximum experience of living a human lifetime on Earth. Sometimes the plans of the higher self have placed us in situations where a choice has to be made: do we stand up to the bully? Or do we give in to what they tell us to do? By “bully” I mean the likes of landowners, mine owners, mill owners, dictators etc. If we found our courage, we did not go along with what these bullies told us to do. If we did not find the courage, it appeared as though our free choice was taken away from us.

So although 8,000 of the souls that were contaminated in the blast of the 14’s wormhole did make use of the ability to remove freedom of choice, they were not necessarily responsible for many of the inequities that many people experienced during their lifetimes. These inequities came about by people making a choice and, in many instances that choice was to not make a choice but to do what someone else told them to do.

Organisations, like the Illuminati, did not make use of 14 energies – there is nothing within the Akashic to support that view; the Illuminati do not have a 14 energy signature – the Illuminati and the other organisations they control, have been formed by a different energy pattern.

The Velon

Our Universe is peopled by many, many trillions of souls. These are the free-acting and free-moving souls and not the souls who make up galaxies, solar systems or planets. These free-moving souls divide into two groups:
There are six “non-physical” races.
These are souls that exist as pure soul energy; in form they are humanoid but they have no physical density. These six races exist everywhere throughout this Universe and it is souls from these six non-physical races who make up 99.9 per cent of the souls who have taken on human form on Earth. We do not have names for these six races. They are totally invisible to us, even psychically, and their energy patterns are so far above ours that we cannot communicate with them, not even by channelled means. We can only psychically communicate with these souls when they in our solar system as they have reduced and condensed their natural energies in order to become human.

There are also seven “semi-physical” races.
These souls exist as physical beings but their bodies are considerably less dense than ours. Their natural state is with the whole of the soul within the body and their bodies exist for the length of time that their soul exists. In other words, they do not “die” in the sense that humans die but can exist for many millions of years in one body.The seven races are these (they are not named in any particular order):

Crystalline, Greys, Blues, Sirians, NGC 584, Pleiadeans and Velon.
This list might appear to be very short but these are their soul origins. Most of these races have spread out across many galaxies and inhabit many varied planets. Where they decide to colonise a new planet, they will call into being a number of souls from the same origin to join them from a “soul storage” – this requires a very complex explanation which we have no room for here.

Very often when a new planet is colonised, those who have colonised the planet will not use their soul origin name but will take on the name they use for that planet. For example:
When these beings have had channelled contact with people on Earth, they might have stated that they originate from the planet Zog. This statement will be true, they are Zogliths, but their soul origin could be Sirian and this has led to a great deal of confusion on Earth as to who is who and where do they originate. This is why I have always tried to stay with soul origins when describing these races and their activities – to avoid confusion.

All of these 13 races have had contact and interaction with the Earth in one form or another over the history of the Earth. The Sirians, Pleiadeans, NGC 584, Greys and Blues have been visiting Earth, using ships, for up to millions of years and their purpose has been overwhelmingly helpful and peaceful. But, one semi-physical race has had other ideas and these are the Velon.

I am not going to give a detailed description and back-story to Velon history as this has been covered by several of my books particularly The Human Soul, Project Human Extinction and The Annunaki Plan? or The Human Plan? However, since the Velon began to influence activities on Earth, members of several of the semi-physical races have been investigating Velon history and Velon activities to try to get to the bottom of what brought the Velon to Earth and why they have acted in ways which have attempted to remove freedom of choice. This more comprehensive history is now included within the Akashic.

The Velon solar system exists is a galaxy that is twenty three galaxies distant from ours. It lies in a direction that is behind the constellation of Sagittarius in our night sky. The solar system is a binary system in that it has two suns – one sun is a “red giant” and the other is a “brown dwarf”. The description of both suns would indicate that they are in the process of decline and decay. In most solar systems, the sun is the primary consciousness but in the case of the Velon system, the primary consciousness is the main planet which is called Velus. Also unusually is the presence of a second primary consciousness which is the red giant sun.

In other words, there is a dominant consciousness that forms the primary planet and the whole solar system, Velus, and a secondary consciousness that makes up one of the suns – effectively Velus 1 and Velus 2. The solar system contains eight planets and a number of moons. Three planets orbit the brown dwarf sun and four planets orbit around the red giant sun. The eighth planet orbits both suns. Three of the planets are inhabited; the primary planet Velus, one planet called Tiamat and the planet that orbits both suns called Nibiru. A fourth planet, called Marduk, was also inhabited until one of Nibiru’s moons collided with the planet causing the planet to become uninhabitable.

The names of these planets will be familiar to anyone who has read the Annunaki story that has been translated by Zecharia Sitchin. However, you need to note that the story of these planets applies to the Velon solar system and not to our solar system – see later.

The Velon peoples have divided themselves into six different “races”. This race division seems to be along the equivalent of “religious” lines in much the same way as we on Earth could call ourselves Moslem, Jewish or Buddhist etc, the Velon call themselves: Jjundaa, Oa, Mila, Johnaan, Annunaki and Hathor.

The Annunaki live exclusively on Nibiru whilst the other races live in “colonies” spread out over the surfaces of both Velus and Tiamat. They are a technological and industrial race but have kept themselves very much to themselves within their home galaxy. They have had very little interaction with the other races of our Universe as they seem to be very insular and uninterested in what occurs outside of their own galaxy. This is why so little was known about them before they decided to make the move to our solar system.

The Velus system was in a state of decline, the Velus consciousness seems to have effectively given up on life and was slowly winding down before returning to source. However, one Velon ship left the galaxy and encountered an energy flow that was directed from the Universal energies towards Earth. When the ship returned to Velus and related the story of finding the energy flow, it caused a huge hiatus that led the Velus 1 consciousness to believe that “he” should follow the energy flow as the energy was mistakenly believed to come from “God” and the Velon peoples had obviously been specially chosen by “God” to follow this energy.

Instead of being a solar system consciousness that was in decline, Velus 1 appears to have taken on a religious-like fervour now believing that “he” had been chosen by God and the Velon peoples must be “God’s chosen people”. Given these new revelations, Velus 1 encouraged a form of religious schism within the six Velon races and all six races began to view themselves as “chosen” and the race who could arrive at the end of the energy flow first would be the chosen of both Velus 1 and God. This schism meant that they set about building bigger and faster ships than any of the other races to arrive at the end of the energy flow first.

If you contrast this with human history, you will see that on Earth we declared war on our religious rivals.

The Velon, however, have no history of using weapons or of armed conflict. It is important to remember this fact when we go on to explain Velon activities when they arrived at our solar system. In other words, there were no wars or battles fought, no “star wars” or inter-galactic wars, between the Velon and any other of the semi-physical races nor did the Velon “attack” Earth using war-like weapons of any kind. It also needs to be understood that no race within our Universe has ever developed weapons nor have any wars taken place. It is only humans who have uniquely chosen to kill one another.

The reports back from the semi-physical races investigations into Velon activities also state very clearly that the Velon have had no contact with, nor did they use the energies of, the 14th Faction. To reiterate: none of the six Velon races use any war-like weapons, they have not fought in any wars and they do not have access to the energies of the 14th Faction.

Velus 1 was the first to arrive at our solar system – “he” had left his own solar system to be cared for by Velus 2 whilst the Velon races developed ships powerful enough to travel to our solar system. He arrived about 1,000 human years ago. The first action taken by Velus 1 was to attempt to displace the Earth’s consciousness. This attempt was repulsed by the Earth’s consciousness and by the Earth’s guardians.

It appears as though Velus 1 intended to be in charge of the Earth, and the whole solar system, by the time the Velon peoples arrived here. With Velus 1 rejected by the Earth, “he” leaves the solar system and travels to other regions of the Universe.

The first of the Velon ships to arrive at our solar system did so about 200 human years ago. Although the Velon “armada” was following the energy flow from the Universe, they sent off numerous ships to make contact with the other semi-physical races. In this way, they developed a quite detailed knowledge of the other races and their technologies. When the Velon ships began to arrive, the Earth and the Earth’s guardians would not allow them access to the solar system. With their access denied, each of the Velon races set about observing life on Earth and each began to form a strategy for overcoming the Earth’s guardians and the Earth’s objections.

In order to carry out their studies, the Velon began to implant souls on their way to Earth with “spy-ware”. These were observing and recording devices which were implanted into souls without their approval and without their knowledge – a major act of removing freedom of choice. As their knowledge of human life increased, each Velon race developed different strategies and then put those strategies into play at varying times.

For example: The Annunaki travelled back in time to ancient Sumeria of about 5,000 years ago. As stated in Sitchin’s translations of the Annunaki story, they dictated a story to a Sumerian scribe. This story was actually a combination of the early history of the Hebrew peoples mixed together with the history of the Velon solar system. Whilst Sitchin has always maintained that the Annunaki fantasy story is the basis of the Old Testament, there are sources of information that have come to light in the last 20 years which can disprove Sitchin’s theory.

Also, the Old Testament is a history book based on the experiences of the Hebrew peoples. It was written as a record of their experiences over a long period of time. As a natural part of writing this history, it was added to as each phase was completed. In other words, it was written at a time when the events described had been lived through and, as such, was a record of those events written down by Rabbis – it was not dictated to a scribe. Sitchin’s translations of the Annunaki fantasy states that it was dictated as a complete story and not a story that was written as it evolved in the same way as the Old Testament was.

The whole purpose of dictating this fantasy story was to make humans believe that the Annunaki were our creator gods and that the Annunaki created us to be a race of slaves. With this story embedded into the human consciousness, when the Annunaki revealed themselves in the present time, they hoped they would be welcomed as our gods and given anything they wanted by humans. The real basis of the Old Testament is to be found in the archaeological findings at Gobekli Tepe on the borders of Iraq, Turkey and Turkistan – collectively known as “The Cult of Angels”. These findings totally disprove the Annunaki fantasy story.

The Oa and Mila used channelled messages in an attempt to persuade people to allow them access to Earth. These seem to have been centred mainly on the islands of Hawaii. The Jjundaa began to adopt various disguises where they masqueraded as members of the other semi-physical races, again through channelled means. The Johnaan also adopted various disguises mainly as The Galactic Federation, Ashtar Command, The Great White Brotherhood, etc. They also took on individual personas such as Lord Metatron (later changed to Arch Angel Metatron) as well as Lord Sananda (claiming to be the Christ consciousness) and many other individuals, Arch Angels and Angels – the source of their adopted Angel personas being the findings at Gobekli Tepe.

They also made numerous claims to have returned to Earth to free humans from the “prison” we had been incarcerated in following a series of inter-race and inter-galactic wars. Remember, from above, none of the Universal races have ever developed weapons nor have any wars taken place anywhere away from Earth.

The Hathor also used channelled means to contact people. Their form of channelling was with musical sequences to help people to heal illness. By building up a following of their healing music, the Hathor persuaded a group of people to sink two copper-lined shafts 100m (333 feet) vertically into the ground. These copper tubes were filled with programmed quartz crystals and were known as celestoriums. Two celestoriums were built but only one became fully active. The celestoriums were designed for one purpose – to be giant “tuning forks” that resonated at frequencies that were designed to evict the Earth’s consciousness from the planet allowing Velus 1 to take control. Fortunately, the Earth’s guardians stepped in and destroyed both celestoriums before they could fulfill their designed function.
Velus 1, however, had different ideas.

Given that Velus 1 had been unable to remove the Earth’s consciousness, “he” looked around for different ways to control events on Earth. Humans have had a tendency to try and control others, usually stemming from greed. This is nothing to do with the energy patterns of the 14th Faction,although I am sure that individuals who used 14 energies provided a role model for others.

With the rise of the power of money, those who controlled banking houses became more and more greedy and develop a want for power. One person who had a need was Mayer Amschel Rothschild who, along with Adam Weishaupt, established the Bavarian Illuminati in 1776. Weishaupt became a target for Velus 1 and, in a process that could be described as a “walk-in” (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Walk-in)took control of Weishaupt. In doing so, Velus 1 controlled the Illuminati.

The Bavarian Illuminati worked with many powerful people and set out an agenda for world domination – the total control of all life on the planet. By engineering events such as the French Revolution, the American Revolution and the Russian Revolution, the Illuminati have effectively controlled all aspects of human life and human thinking. With the backing of Velus 1 (a solar system-sized consciousness), they have had access to sufficient energy to allow them to achieve most of their goals. The goals they have not yet achieved are very much underway and this is why we have seen such an increase of government and military control in recent years.

However, the race is on – can the Velus 1 controlled Illuminati achieve all of their aims before the end of 2012 when people return to full consciousness? - No.

Universal Reactions

The founding energies of this Universe are those of freedom of choice. All souls that exist within this Universe have absolute freedom of choice to choose their actions; the only thing that cannot be done is to act in such a way that it removes the choice of another to act freely. The activities of the Velon have clearly broken this law and caused major repercussions throughout the whole of this Universe.

The actions taken by the Velon that have broken this Universal law and energy patterns are these:
1. The implantation of monitoring devices into people without their knowledge or approval.

2. The control of an organisation (the Illuminati) whose intention is to totally control every single aspect of human life by taking away the choices of the individual.

3. By far the greatest act of removing freedom of choice was the attempt by first Velus 1 and then by the Hathor of the removal of the Earth’s consciousness against Her choices.These actions broke Universal Law and disrupted the energy patterns of the whole Universe. If we on Earth were not so close to completing The Human Plan, the actions of the Velon would have forced this Universe to collapse in on itself and return to source – literally to destroy this Universe.

The Velon have not been contaminated by the energies of the 14th Faction nor have they been forced to take any actions by the 14th Faction. The Velon acted on their own. There is no clear answer as to why the Velon acted in the way in which they have. The only conclusions that have been reached is that – to put it into human terms – Velus 1 had some kind of “religious madness” which infected the rest of the Velon races forcing them to see themselves as “God’s chosen people” who should travel to live on “God’s chosen planet” and this is what brought them to Earth.

Many attempts were made, by the other races as well as the Thirteen, to make the Velon return to their home galaxy and leave the Earth and our solar system alone. The Velon made many promises which were never fulfilled. The result was that the majority of the Velon race was evicted from this Universe and now inhabit a new solar system that is free floating in the non-universal void.

Unfortunately somewhere in the region of 3 million Velon managed to avoid eviction. The explanation of how they managed to achieve this is immense and not something that can be explained here. These 3 million Velon have been consistently misleading and attacking humans through channelled means in the hope that they can disrupt The Human Plan’s conclusions and prevent humans from achieving soul re- integration.

These remaining Velon are only capable of remaining around our solar system because of the help that misguided humans are giving to them. These are humans who have been misled by the Velon without their realising and who continue to work with the bogus Velon organisations; like Ashtar Command, Arch Angels and Angels etc, providing the remaining Velon with sufficient energies to maintain their position in this Universe and attack the Earth. The problem is that these people totally believe that they are working with beings/entities that are doing good and so they choose to continue working with them even though the beings/ entities they are working with are Velon – this is an example of free choice in action and further proof of the Velon deliberately removing freedom of choice. There are thousands of people hoping for, and asking for, some kind of alien intervention and the Velon are presenting themselves as those who fulfil this desire. The Velon are “feeding” off these human energies.

The Velon have been condemned to expulsion from this Universe – all of the Velon. It is only the actions of some humans that are preventing the Universe from returning to full balance. The biggest problem is that humans accept channelled messages without question. “If it is from a non-human source then it must be something good”. If I said to you that the sky is green, you would demand proof whereas if a channelled source said that the sky is green you would say “really? I always thought it was blue – but if you say it is green then I will alter my perceptions to accommodate what you say”.

It is this blind acceptance of these kinds of messages that has allowed the Velon to take hold of many thousands of people on Earth. Also, as we approach the end of The Human Plan, many people have realised that time is now very short and that there appears to be a great deal of work still to do. These people are hoping that “someone” will come in and take care of all of their problems for them. Again, the Velon have created fictitious beings/entities that make empty promises to take responsibility for human inactions and fears.

Over the years, I have spoken to many different kinds of channellers who claim to be working with one race or another. I have always suggested that they question the source of these channelled messages to find out if the source is who and what they claim to be. In the few instances where the channeller has challenged their source, they have always found them to be Velon. I have also spoken to a number of channellers who state that they are “uncomfortable” with the beings and material they channel but have continued because the channelling work makes them “feel special”. In the years that I have been trying to track down Velon activity, I have read a huge amount of channelled material. To me, virtually all of these channelled sources are obviously Velon and every few months, or years, the messages totally change usually in a way that is totally contradictory to the previous message.

Even the sources change their names. Take for example the being who calls himself Metatron. “He” first began calling himself “Lord Metatron” and described himself as being an “Ascended Sirian” who had returned from the universe to which “he” had ascended to undo the problems caused by an inter-galactic war of many thousands of years ago in our Universe. In recent months, this Metatron now describes himself as “Arch Angel Metatron”. “He” has changed from being an “Ascended Sirian” to being an “Arch Angel” and yet the messages “he” produces are accepted without any kind of challenge – you are either of Sirian origin or you are an “angel”, you cannot be both.
In other words, the sky is green!

In normal life, we question most of what we are told but it seems that when we come to channelled sources, we seem to leave common sense behind and blindly accept what the source tells us no matter how ridiculous or suspicious the messages are. We really do need to stop doing this. It is the blind acceptance of the messages from the Velon that is the cause of so many of the current problems on Earth. By “feeding” the Velon human energies in this way, the Velon are able to maintain their position around our solar system and resist the demands of the Universe that they be evicted. By “feeding” the Velon in this way, it also allows them to continue to control the Illuminati and the plans of the Illuminati are to depopulate the Earth leaving 300 million people to be their slaves – exactly what the Velon want.

The tragedy is that the vast majority of those who blindly accept channelled messages are those who claim to be the most “spiritual”. The only way in which these final Velon can be fully evicted from this Universe is by humans rejecting them and their deliberate lies and giving their full support to Mother Earth.

We, humans, are here on Earth to find answers to many questions and we have been inordinately successful in so doing. In the last 7,000 years, we have worked very closely with Mother Earth to find the answers needed to complete The Human Plan. The Human Plan is a cooperative venture by the Earth and humans working together and the solution to Earth and human problems can only be resolved by the Earth and humans. Nobody from outside can do anything on our behalf; nobody can step in and solve these problems for us or to take on our responsibility to ourselves and the Earth – to do so would break the free choice the Earth and humans made when we began The Human Plan.

We have found the answers we needed to find by humans and the Earth working together, even with this situation of humans choosing to support the Velon, there is nothing to prevent us from completing The Human Plan and achieving soul re-integration. This will be achieved, despite the problems caused by human gullibility and lack of responsibility, before 21/12/12.

To view a pdf copy of this article click here:
http://thespiritguides.co.uk/christhomas/A_Question_of_Energy.pdf

poster by turiya :cool:

onawah
11th November 2013, 21:25
Wow, I am just starting to sink my teeth into this page again now, but I noted that in post # 154:
"The tablets that Sitchin translated were consistently dated to about 5,000 years ago and so it is possible that the S Sumerians took the story with them on their journey North and became the basis of some of the Indian (Hindu) Vegas."

That last word should be "Vedas".

Thanks for the new info. This is important!

Becky
11th November 2013, 21:45
There's a lot of material in these pages and it's taken me days to get through - that's so much for typing it all and sharing it on here Turiya. Having been into the info given by Simon Parkes, I'm struggling to come to terms with CT's view on reptilians and praying mantis type aliens. However, this is a really interesting point of view...one day i must try tapping into the Akashic records and I may learn something :-) I haven't read all of page 8 yet, so there may be some answers to my questions here.

Delight
11th November 2013, 22:23
Turiya and Herbert,
Thanks for all the efforts to transcribe and collate CT's information.
One thing i am not clear about regarding channeling. It is obvious to me that if one hears a voice saying "I am so and so" that this would be a channel. but what about ideas that come to us as metaphors or a direct knowing...are these our taps in to akashic records. And when one source taps in (like AB) but says something different than another, and without verification, who can say whom has accurately read a record?

I have read all the information here. I noticed a sort of renege about Gobekli Tepe in the dates.
Why do you think CT's information is accurate?

CT says there are few million who have transitioned. Are some of there yet and still able to communicate as he does with the world?

Can you give me again or point to where you wrote what it is about CT that convinced you of his historic interpretation of the akashic record.

I think what he says about the necessary clearing is true and it is discussed by many in similar ways. However, he is seeming to pronounce a critical time frame which from my own intuitive guidance just does not make sense. I am inclined to trust my own sense.

This might seem wrong (and I may be) but I'm inclined to think he is completely accurate for his own akashic record, Trying to determine who is correct between galactic historians is not possible objectively.

Apologies for saying something that might sound derisive of his work. It is only because I have had my own insights and they seem to be reflected back in my life. The verification in my own situation seems to be saying the story could be a distraction if we are too rigidly focused.

turiya
12th November 2013, 01:31
There's a lot of material in these pages and it's taken me days to get through - that's so much for typing it all and sharing it on here Turiya. Having been into the info given by Simon Parkes, I'm struggling to come to terms with CT's view on reptilians and praying mantis type aliens. However, this is a really interesting point of view...one day i must try tapping into the Akashic records and I may learn something :-) I haven't read all of page 8 yet, so there may be some answers to my questions here.

Thanks Becky. I am aware of Simon Parkes from the AMMACH interview(s), but not so much of what his story is about. You've sparked my interest, though, and will be going through some of the youtube videos that are available.

And, yes, I find it interesting what Chris Thomas has said in particular about the 14 Faction energies as being the source of what people have sensed as there being Reptilian shape shifters living amongst the human population, could very well be only the collective psychic sense visualizing that energy with this visually projected form.



One thing i am not clear about regarding channeling. It is obvious to me that if one hears a voice saying "I am so and so" that this would be a channel. but what about ideas that come to us as metaphors or a direct knowing...are these our taps in to akashic records. And when one source taps in (like AB) but says something different than another, and without verification, who can say whom has accurately read a record?

I am not sure who you are referring to as AB? Oh, but of course, that would be Andrew Bartzis.

I, myself, don't channel, so its not a direct experience for me. All that I can do is deduce from what has been said by others: From what I understand what has been told is that channelers are most often not present during a channeling session. Its almost as though they vacate the scene, leaving the channeling entity to temporarily 'walk-in' to their body-mind mechanism, to use it to communicate their material. But yeah, like you said there is no way to verify what somebody else has said they have accessed from what they are calling the Akashic. It is totally a subjective phenomenon.

I am only going by my own intuitive sense, here, with what Chris Thomas has come forth with. I don't believe anything what people are saying. I am not a believer. My only purpose of posting this here is to provide a forum for people to come and view the information for themselves. Perhaps, at some time in the near future, some of us may find that our psychic abilities are indeed being re-awakened within various members of the population. And then perhaps, this information can be verified by others.



I have read all the information here. I noticed a sort of renege about Gobekli Tepe in the dates.
Why do you think CT's information is accurate?

Its not that I think his information is accurate... its more that I sense that it is accurate.



CT says there are few million who have transitioned. Are some of there yet and still able to communicate as he does with the world?
I would equate total soul reintegration to attaining a permanent enlightened state. I have spent a bit of some time with a few of these people & see that, yes, they are quite easily able to communicate with others.



I think what he says about the necessary clearing is true and it is discussed by many in similar ways. However, he is seeming to pronounce a critical time frame which from my own intuitive guidance just does not make sense. I am inclined to trust my own sense.

That is what I feel is CTs message. Trust yourself. Don't believe in what others are saying, because its all a distraction.



This might seem wrong (and I may be) but I'm inclined to think he is completely accurate for his own akashic record, Trying to determine who is correct between galactic historians is not possible objectively.
No disagreement there.



Apologies for saying something that might sound derisive of his work. It is only because I have had my own insights and they seem to be reflected back in my life. The verification in my own situation seems to be saying the story could be a distraction if we are too rigidly focused.

Again, whatever is going on in the outside world is a distraction... a distraction away from one doing their own homework.

The purpose of this thread is merely for those to pass through, on their way to clearing themselves of the unnecessary clutter & emotional garbage that is clogging up their bodymind mechanism.

The Give-Away is but one method of making room for the entire soul to reintegrate. This is a method I have been aware of for several years. I've worked on myself extensively in the past & know that it works markedly well in clearing one's own ability to see, hear & receive intuitive information. From Chris Thomas providing this therapeutic method, this in itself, tells me the man is to be trusted.

What Chris has said about the vast majority of the population having the agreement of going through this together is something I have felt for a few decades now... a kind of mass enlightenment scenario that occurs across the planet. Time will tell if this is what takes place.

best regards - turiya

onawah
12th November 2013, 02:30
It may seem like I am not in resonance with what was stated in the preceding post by Turiya, but in fact, I totally am.
Still, following are a few more questions!
I have read most of Sitchin's books and much of Gardner's work. I found a lot of discrepancies in Gardner's work, but until we have more info from Gobekli Tepe, it's going to be more difficult to pick apart Sitchin's. Does CT have any of the latter that he can share with us? Thank you for all you have provided thus far. I find the theory that the Annunaki faked their history to be highly interesting, but the devil is in the detail, and analysis is necessary whenever new info is brought to the table.

If it wasn't the Velon who were responsible for mining the considerable gold from those quite sophisticated though ancient mines in Africa that are in close proximity to the many primitive settlements which Michael Tellinger is exploring and reporting on, then who did?


From post # 154
“When we returned to the Earth 20,000 years ago (40,000 years after the destruction of Atlantis), we colonised 6 different regions of the planet.”


So, who exactly are “we”? ET non-physical souls from older parts of the galaxy who incarnated into human bodies, or newly created souls from Creator? When we left Earth, how did we leave and where did we go? In spaceships? Is that how we returned? How were we able to build such sophisticated cultures so rapidly upon our return? If we didn't come back in spaceships, and there was little in the way of population on Earth at the time of our return, where did the bodies we inhabit come from in numbers sufficient to create sophisticated cultures?


From post #155:

“The first members of the Illuminati numbered nineteen. At the head was Velus 1 acting through Weishaupt's body, together with five Annunaki who had taken on human body forms through the usual physical birth process. Together with Rothschild, there were twelve other humans (including George Washington, whose elevation to the status of a "god" is recorded on a frieze in the Rotunda of Washington.) With one exception, these nineteen have remained the same ever since." 

So the Founding Fathers are still alive in the same bodies as those they inhabited when they created the Constitution and the Declaration of Independence? (I'm having a hard time with this part!) Was any notice taken of this anomaly back in the 1700s? Whose bodies are in their graves, and how is it their families and others didn't notice they weren't aging? Is there any evidence of this theory?


From post #156:
“All of the souls that were Created for this second universe were of a “semi-physical” nature. This means that they had a physical form and physical density and their souls were integral to their bodies. In other words, their souls did not detach from their bodies but were effectively immortal in their embodied form. Their length of life expectancy was, effectively, as long as the life of their universe."

There seems to be contradiction here. CT says that Velon souls “took on human bodies” through the usual physical birth process around the time they infiltrated the Founding Fathers. So presumably they were born as human babies and then grew into adults. But if semi-physical souls are “integral to their bodies”, how would that be possible? What happened to their “effectively immortal” Velon bodies while their souls were incarnated into human bodies? If they are indeed from a different galaxy, that would seem to indicate, as is commonly believed, that they would have difficulty adapt to the density of Earth while in physical bodies, whereas the Velon apparently were able to incarnate into human bodies with no problem. Was that also achieved without losing their memories, as most souls do-- that, reportedly, being one of the hardships of incarnating on Earth? Did they have a plan before they were born to take over the Illuminati, and if so, how did they know beforehand?



“Very often when a new planet is colonised, those who have colonised the planet will not use their soul origin name but will take on the name they use for that planet. For example:
When these beings have had channelled contact with people on Earth, they might have stated that they originate from the planet Zog. This statement will be true, they are Zogliths, but their soul origin could be Sirian and this has led to a great deal of confusion on Earth as to who is who and where do they originate. This is why I have always tried to stay with soul origins when describing these races and their activities – to avoid confusion."



Elsewhere, we are told that CT says that ALL current channeled messages are from the Velon. Yet here he says that Zogliths have had channeled contact with Earth. So were the channeled messages such as those he mentions from the Zogliths from a different time?
There are many channeled messages that do not conform to the description that CT has provided. Many--Bashar, to name just one, encourages humanity to connect more with Earth energies and to take responsibility for cleaning up our own mess and for creating a better future for everyone--equally-- right here on Earth. Though some encourage befriending, interacting and working with various other friendly ET races when the time comes, they certainly don't all claim that E.T.s are going to take care of everything for us, or that ET ships are coming to take us away, or that humans are a lesser race, though certainly an evolving one which has taken on some very daunting challenges on our journey.
Perhaps CT hasn't researched this field as well as he thinks..

turiya
12th November 2013, 06:22
It may seem like I am not in resonance with what was stated in the preceding post by Turiya, but in fact, I totally am.
Still, following are a few more questions!
I have read most of Sitchin's books and much of Gardner's work. I found a lot of discrepancies in Gardner's work, but until we have more info from Gobekli Tepe, it's going to be more difficult to pick apart Sitchin's. Does CT have any of the latter that he can share with us? Thank you for all you have provided thus far. I find the theory that the Annunaki faked their history to be highly interesting, but the devil is in the detail, and analysis is necessary whenever new info is brought to the table.

If it wasn't the Velon who were responsible for mining the considerable gold from those quite sophisticated though ancient mines in Africa that are in close proximity to the many primitive settlements which Michael Tellinger is exploring and reporting on, then who did?


Hi onawah. It seems my last post has not been understood correctly...
When I say 'Koolaid', I loosely use the term as it was used at one time in the past... for example, in the 60's, drinking 'Koolaid' was a common way for the hippie generation to distribute LSD to their friends while throwing a party. So, when I say, "Be careful with ingesting too much of that Zecharia Sitchin/Annuanki/Nibiru/Gold-Mining Koolaid", I mean that ALL the details of this 'Velon Fantasy Story' that is found written in the Zecharia Sitchen books should be NOT taken as if it were absolute FACT!

This includes the part about the Annunaki 'mining for gold' activity. This is why I included the 'Gold Mining' as being part of the "Koolaid concoction" that is continually being imbibed by MOST people on the internet, including MICHAEL TELLINGER, and many others that have swallowed this Sitchin material 'hook, line & sinker'. Many people have been swept off their feet by the information found in the Zecharia Sitchin books. Please make your slate clean from whatever you have believed to be true.


From post # 154
“When we returned to the Earth 20,000 years ago (40,000 years after the destruction of Atlantis), we colonised 6 different regions of the planet.”

From post #155:
“The first members of the Illuminati numbered nineteen. At the head was Velus 1 acting through Weishaupt's body, together with five Annunaki who had taken on human body forms through the usual physical birth process. Together with Rothschild, there were twelve other humans (including George Washington, whose elevation to the status of a "god" is recorded on a frieze in the Rotunda of Washington.) With one exception, these nineteen have remained the same ever since." 

So the Founding Fathers are still alive in the same bodies as those they inhabited when they created the Constitution and the Declaration of Independence? (I'm having a hard time with this part!) Was any notice taken of this anomaly back in the 1700s? Whose bodies are in their graves, and how is it their families and others didn't notice they weren't aging? Is there any evidence of this theory?

onawah, please look at what you are posting. Note that what you are quoting only lists George Washington as a member of the Illuminati. It doesn't say anything about any of the other "Founding Fathers". George may have been one of the Founding Fathers, but this doesn't mean "ALL the Founding Fathers". Please try to keep your feet on the ground.



From post #156:
“All of the souls that were Created for this second universe were of a “semi-physical” nature. This means that they had a physical form and physical density and their souls were integral to their bodies. In other words, their souls did not detach from their bodies but were effectively immortal in their embodied form. Their length of life expectancy was, effectively, as long as the life of their universe."
Seems, you got this part right.


There seems to be contradiction here. CT says that Velon souls “took on human bodies” through the usual physical birth process around the time they infiltrated the Founding Fathers. So presumably they were born as human babies and then grew into adults. But if semi-physical souls are “integral to their bodies”, how would that be possible? What happened to their “effectively immortal” Velon bodies while their souls were incarnated into human bodies? If they are indeed from a different galaxy, that would seem to indicate, as is commonly believed, that they would have difficulty adapt to the density of Earth while in physical bodies, whereas the Velon apparently were able to incarnate into human bodies with no problem. Was that also achieved without losing their memories, as most souls do-- that, reportedly, being one of the hardships of incarnating on Earth? Did they have a plan before they were born to take over the Illuminati, and if so, how did they know beforehand?

Good question. The way I read this is: "through the usual physical birth process" means 'through the usual [Velon] physical birth process'. That is how I read what Chris has written... perhaps, I should have included the part that follows to make this more clear.

Chris Thomas writes:
"As far as immortality is concerned, the Velon have a well tried & tested process of regeneration of their bodies through using their ME (pronounced 'may') technology. Using this technology, they can reconstruct a Velon body either in the form of a child or as an adult. At some point, all of the human members of the Illuminati would have physically died. However, at some point before their deaths, the Velon used their ME's to copy the bodies of these men. When the Illuminati moved to America, the truly human members of the Illuminati would have traveled in these "cloned" bodies, leaving their original bodies at home but under Velus 1's animation. The cloned versions have lived ever since with Velus 1 using his energy potential to prevent the bodies from degrading. This is not necessarily far-fetched as it sounds when you bear in mind that human cloning technology is capable of building bodies identical to the original. We have seen a very public demonstration of this technology with the creation of "Dolly" the sheep & many other animals - from making copies of numerous types of farm animals to well-loved pets."
Project Human Extinction by Chris Thomas with Dave Morgan (page 153)




“Very often when a new planet is colonised, those who have colonised the planet will not use their soul origin name but will take on the name they use for that planet. For example:
When these beings have had channelled contact with people on Earth, they might have stated that they originate from the planet Zog. This statement will be true, they are Zogliths, but their soul origin could be Sirian and this has led to a great deal of confusion on Earth as to who is who and where do they originate. This is why I have always tried to stay with soul origins when describing these races and their activities – to avoid confusion."

Elsewhere, we are told that CT says that ALL current channeled messages are from the Velon. Yet here he says that Zogliths have had channeled contact with Earth. So were the channeled messages such as those he mentions from the Zogliths from a different time?
There are many channeled messages that do not conform to the description that CT has provided. Many--Bashar, to name just one, encourages humanity to connect more with Earth energies and to take responsibility for cleaning up our own mess and for creating a better future for everyone--equally-- right here on Earth. Though some encourage befriending, interacting and working with various other friendly ET races when the time comes, they certainly don't all claim that E.T.s are going to take care of everything for us, or that ET ships are coming to take us away, or that humans are a lesser race, though certainly an evolving one which has taken on some very daunting challenges on our journey.
Perhaps CT hasn't researched this field as well as he thinks..[/SIZE]

In my opinion, nobody is preventing you from enjoying as much channeled information as you would like. I don't see a problem with what is being stated by Chris Thomas. It appears to me that Chris Thomas' material is challenging your attachment to certain channeled entities. This is something to also consider. And this is also my opinion.

Cheers & be well...
turiya :cool:

onawah
12th November 2013, 21:54
I am not so much attached to channelers or to enjoying channeled messages, Turiya, as I am devoted to taking the opportunity to consider information that they provide, and to determining whether it rings true or not.
I think it is a great way to develop discernment, though it requires focus, patience and diligence.
I do not assume any channeled information to be true, but take into consideration that which seems plausible, and use it to compare with other information to see if it matches up.
It's a good way of discovering the truth, and one that many of us have to employ until we have better means, since not everyone has learned yet how to read the Akashic.
I don't see a problem with what is being stated by CT either, but Avalon is all about taking a closer look, checking, comparing and debating.
If I have a problem understanding or accepting some assertion, that's my problem, not his, or yours...
Might I suggest that we will make better progress if we continue to engage in the kind of interaction that permits questioning, comparison and analysis and doesn't make assumptions?

As I pointed out before, I started the sticky thread about recognizing hoaxed information in the Avalon forum for channeled information back when the forum was being inundated with messages from the GLF, etc., which I think was quite useful not only to Avalonians, but to non-members who had been taken in by the false promises and predictions and needed more facts and a fresh perspective.
If you have not already done so, may I suggest that you might want to take a look at it here:
http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?39225-Recognizing-and-Recovering-from-Psyop-Hoaxed-Channeled-Messages

It is unusual for this kind of information that CT is providing to be in the General Discussion Forum, since most info of this kind would be relegated by the Mods to the Channeled and other Controversial Information forum, which is only accessible to Avalon members.
Those threads don't normally get much attention even from Avalonians, and are usually end up on the "back burner" very quickly.
It's a shame that this info wasn't available here on Avalon back when we were having such an influx of hoaxed channeled information, because it would have been very useful then in helping to point out the dangers of being "taken in" as well as making people more aware of mind control technology that has been used for that purpose.
Debunking that kind of information can be a delicate process, and one that has to be employed without condescension, intimidation or judgement if it's to be effective.
Unfortunately, employing that process was about all we had to work with at the time, but it was probably a good, instructive education for those of us who engaged in it.

If CT's assertion is true, that the Velon are currently able to continue interfering in earthly matters because of the human souls who have been taken in, then I think it's very important that this information gets aired.
I hope you have a better understanding now about where I am coming from, Turiya.
My purpose is to helpful in getting this information out there, and to help make it more clear and accessible.

I apologize if I got some of the facts wrong when asking questions about CT's information.
Haste makes waste, but I just wanted to get some questions out there which seem pertinent while this thread is still hot and in the public eye, in case it gets reassigned to the Channeled Info Forum.
But I will go back and read it again and take better notes so future questions will be more precise.

And so getting back to the questions:
Re the gold mines in Africa--as far as I am aware though I could be wrong, they have been photographed, dated and explored, as have the settlements that Michael Tellinger discovered.
Are you saying that the photographs, dates etc. are faked as well?
That they aren't really there?
That they aren't as old as the scientists think?
Or what?
I am not saying that Sitchin's assertions that they were created by the Annunaki are correct.
I am merely asking what explanation, if any, that Chris has regarding them, as to who created them and why and how, since they were apparently made with fairly advanced technology, and yet are very old.

I will have to go back and re-read what CT said about the Founding Fathers, but it was my impression that George Washington was not the only Founding Father who he said made a deal with the Annunaki and consequently got a body that lasted for a couple of hundred years.
But you would know better than I, certainly.
Still, I don't quite understand the explanation you provided.
Why would the Velon have created the cloned bodies of the Illuminati and allowed the human souls to inhabit them again instead of just taking over the bodies themselves?
It seems like that would have been more convenient.
Was it a way for them to make more useful slaves of the Illuminati?
It doesn't seem likely the cloned Illuminati would have been able to remain in the public eye for long without it being noticed that they weren't aging, or that their personalities had changed, at the very least.
Is there any proof of these assertions, current or historical?

Another as yet unanswered question, again:
CT:"...until we have more info from Gobekli Tepe, it's going to be more difficult to pick apart Sitchin's. Does CT have any of the latter that he can share with us?"

Thank you.

turiya
13th November 2013, 02:18
It may be best if you considered obtaining CT's books for yourself. In this way you would be accessing the information you seek directly from his books, rather than going through a third party individual. This would avoid any misinterpretation that might augment his information. Like I said before, if you purchase all the books at one time, it would save considerably on the cost of shipping.

Be Well & cheers - turiya :cool:

onawah
13th November 2013, 03:20
I would love to purchase the books, but as I indicated before, my budget does not allow for that.

soleil
13th November 2013, 15:11
I would love to purchase the books, but as I indicated before, my budget does not allow for that.

seconded. i havent had any luck finding any online. at all. turiya, i wanted to say, i read lisa renees newest newsletter. she does add a ton of extra details/names etc, but her info aligns with ct says. she was saying how guardians removed the specific archetypes (its fuzzy, im trying to recall) that brought the wormhole/black hole to this universe(i interpret as being the beings that control free will, from their universe). so freewill reigns again!

i do not believe she channels, i believe iirc, she is linked to akashic in her own way

turiya
13th November 2013, 18:00
I would love to purchase the books, but as I indicated before, my budget does not allow for that.

seconded. i havent had any luck finding any online. at all. turiya, i wanted to say, i read lisa renees newest newsletter. she does add a ton of extra details/names etc, but her info aligns with ct says. she was saying how guardians removed the specific archetypes (its fuzzy, im trying to recall) that brought the wormhole/black hole to this universe(i interpret as being the beings that control free will, from their universe). so freewill reigns again!

i do not believe she channels, i believe iirc, she is linked to akashic in her own way

Yes, I do believe in that last Lisa Harrison interview that I posted, at the very beginning she had said that she accesses the Akashic in her own way. She is certainly a sharp individual.

I do believe Chris also had become aware of Lisa's sharpness during that interview. And I think that is why he was a bit concerned with her involvement with the OPPT thing, as Chris has expressed his non support for it, as he had said in a later article that the OPPT originated from channeled material put out by an entity affiliated with the Velon subrace known as the Oa. There is an article that he put out that was anti-OPPT. Herbert posted this article of Chris' on another thread. (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?56690-Well-researched-article-by-Chris-Thomas-on-OPPT--One-Peoples-Public-Trust-)
That article also found here (http://one-vibration.com/profiles/blogs/the-oppt-the-ucc-and-the-hgf-by-chris-thomas#.UoPCiCdiQwo).


Cheers- turiya :cool:

onawah
13th November 2013, 18:28
I believe Sway was referring to Lisa Renee, not Lisa Harrison
Lisa Renee's site is here:
http://www.energeticsynthesis.com/

Sway, Turiya provided this info in a previous post, which perhaps you didn't see: CT's books are available from Cygnus books in the UK
http://www.cygnus-books.co.uk/index.php?subcats=Y&type=extended&status=A&pshort=Y&pfull=Y&pname=Y&pkeywords=Y&cid=0&q=chris+thomas&x=-554&y=-255&dispatch=products.search

For me, it's not that the book prices aren't reasonable, or that shipping is going to be that pricey, it's just that my budget is already stretched to the limit.
(Though if I could get them used on Amazon, it would certainly be more affordable.)

But I was hoping for more dialogue about CT's work here on Avalon.
That would also be advantageous for Avalon members and guests who may not buy the books, but will want to know what the basic information is.

That is another one of the things that Avalon is all about.

turiya
14th November 2013, 17:25
http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/TIME_LINES_An_Essay_by_Chris_Thomas2.png

Time-Lines
An essay by Chris Thomas ©2011 (http://international.thespiritguides.co.uk/ChrisThomas/timelines.pdf)

There is a great deal of confusion raging over the issue of time and whether there are alternate time-lines at work on Earth and, if so, will these alternate time-lines have any affect on the changes in consciousness we are currently undergoing.

To begin with, we need to understand the nature of time and how it affects our lives; whether on Earth or in the Universe beyond.

On Earth, we are used to understanding time as being a linear progression. Our Earth revolves around the sun on an orbit that takes a regular, measurable, quantity of time to complete. We take this orbital time as one year. Each year is sub-divided in ways which depend upon the amount of sunlight received by regions of the planet – these are the four seasons. Next, the Earth revolves on its own axis, producing periods of day light and periods of darkness, called night. We have divided this regular day-time/night-time pattern into 24 hours; each hour being divided into 60 minutes which are further sub-divided into 60 seconds. So, as far as the inhabitants of Earth are concerned, time is divided into a series of regular units which count off the time-span of our lives.


http://cache.bzi.ro/cache/1/258/s560x316_calatorie_in_timp.jpg

Ultimately, this form of measurement and division is dependent on light and the speed at which it travels. In our solar system, light has been measured to travel at 30,000,000 metres per second or 186,000 miles per hour – or thereabouts. However, we live in a solar system which is unique and the speed at which light travels is not the constant that scientists like to think it is once we leave the solar system.
Time As An Energy

To begin to understand how everything fits together, we have to step away from the limited scientific ways of gaining knowledge and turn to the “memory” that is a fundamental part of the structure of this Universe. This “memory” is more usually called “The Akashic”.

The Akashic contains the record of everything that has ever occurred within this Universe. As someone who has the ability to access this record keeping aspect of the Universe, the author has spent thirty years exploring this information source to try to find answers to the problems we have been encountering on Earth. When it comes to understanding the workings of the Universe, the Akashic is a totally reliable source and is totally contradictory to the way in which scientists have theorised its workings over the centuries.

We live in an energetic Universe. This means that all that we see in the night skies is comprised of energy. The same applies to Earth; everything we think of a being physical is not actually solid but comprised of energy. Our brains and senses work in such a way as to make us believe that we live in a physical world whereas all is energy of different and differing frequencies which our brains interpret as being solid. In this sense, we tend to experience time as a solid thing – one second follows another as the Earth revolves and the sky darkens or lightens – time “feels” physical to us.

However, if we step outside of our solar system, everything begins to change. Light travels at different speeds and, therefore, our perceptions of time alters and linear measurements of time do not necessarily apply and certainly do not apply in the way in which we measure time on Earth.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/SPIRALS_IN_SPACE.png

If it were possible to stand at a point which was at the centre of the Universe, we would see time as two energy spirals – one stretching behind us, back in time, and one stretching in front of us, which would represent the future. If we had sufficient energy potential, we could travel backwards in time but we could not travel forwards – we cannot travel to a time which does not yet exist.


Quantum Physics’
Alternate Universes

Most of the explanations provided by scientists are based on the world being a physical place; as theorised by Isaac Newton in the 1700’s. Science sees the conditions that exist on Earth and tries to apply those same conditions to the Universe as a whole. The scientific view began to change about 100 years ago when they began to explore that which exists at levels below the size of an atom - the term “quantum” means the smallest quantity of some physical attribute that a process or system contains.

In this new realm, everything that they thought applied to the world had to be newly explored and understood. As far as science is concerned, the quantum world bears little resemblance to the world outside, the world they thought they understood. As their exploration of the quantum progressed, they began to develop new theories to make their experiments explainable. One thing they did find was that the scientist could create his own reality.


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/LIGHT_SPEED.png

If a scientist “thought” that light travelled in particles, his experiments “proved” that light travelled in particles. If a scientist believed that light travelled in waves, his experiments “proved” that it travelled in waves. In other words, the experimenter “created” his own reality.

The experiments and observations carried out into quantum phenomenon showed time and time again that it is what the scientist believed the outcome would be that determined what actually happened. This led to a great deal of theorising about how the world, and the Universe at large, actually works.

As they day-dreamed about the nature of reality and how the scientist could create their own, they began to postulate about “alternate” realities. Quite why they should do this is not explained given that they have not even begun to understand our current reality.

Essentially, scientists studying the quantum world started thinking about their experiments – if what I think is going to occur does occur, what happens to all of the answers received by other scientists? To try to make sense of this, they came up with the idea that every scientist’s experiment formed its own reality, and these alternate realities must exist somewhere. If the nature of the Universe is determined by how someone thinks it works then all of the other theories must create a universe of their own. And if new universes were created, then there must be different time-lines running parallel to ours. So this is how the concept of alternate, parallel universes arose and how the concept of alternate and parallel time-lines fitted in with it.

The alternate, parallel universe concept runs something like this: If I am faced with making a decision, I consider all of the possible alternate options I am aware of. I consider all of these alternative answers and choose one which I believe will work and then act on it. Taking action on my decision fits into the current time-line.

But what of all of the alternate options that I rejected? Each of those answers were viable in some way and could have resolved the problem I needed to decide on. Therefore, each possible option could lead to a different solution to the problem and that alternative solution must exist somewhere which runs on its own independent time-line which obviously does not encroach on our current time-line therefore, it must exist in an alternate universe!


http://curezone.com/upload/_T_Forums/Turiya_Files_/AVALON/CATASTROPHIC_TIMELINE.png (http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_2012_68.htm)

The author’s own research into this theory would indicate that it is a hangover from too many post-conference alcoholic beverages.

To return to reality and the Akashic.


The Nature of This Universe

Our Universe exists because a question was asked and the question was: What would happen if...? This question was asked by the Creationary Source who wanted to find answers to the possibilities offered by its own existence. For a more complete overview of the history and purpose of this Universe, see “Synthesis” (published by Fortynine Publishing).

In order to answer this question, The Creator brought about our Universe. The “What if...?” that our Universe explores, is the question: “What would happen if a Universe existed where all of the souls that inhabited it had complete freedom of choice over their actions?” This is the reason and purpose for our Universe to exist.

In order to explore this question, The Creator built an energy “envelope” which contained all of the energy frequencies that allowed for a full exploration of the original Question. Into this envelope, free-thinking and free-acting souls were Created that would explore the answer on the Creator’s behalf.

These free-acting and free-thinking souls comprise the thirteen “races” that inhabit our Universe (see the author’s books for a full description). These races break down into two different types of existence. The first are souls who do not have any physical form or density but exist in a state of pure soul energy. These, the Akashic calls “non-physical races”. The second are souls who have a physical form and a physical density but exist in a state that is very much lighter in density than we humans do. These, the Akashic calls “semi-physical” races. We would call them “aliens” or Non Terrestrial Biological Entities. All of these many, many billions of souls populate our Universe in order to find an answer to the Creator’s question.

The first free-acting and free-thinking souls Created for this Universe were the non-physical races. Their Creation took place about 100 million years ago. Following their Creation, these non-physical races set about exploring all of the possibilities that our Universe has to offer. However, by after about 40 million years of their existence, they realised that they had limitations and could not provide the Creator with a full answer. Their assessment of the problem led to a fundamental re-think of the purpose of this Universe and its direction was altered.

To fulfil this new criteria, two major developments took place about 60 million years ago; both of these developments ultimately led to the Creation of the semi- physical races and the Creation of Earth.


The Development of Life on Earth

The limitations of the non-physical races were that they could not fully interact with their environment. They could travel anywhere, without ships, and they could experience everything, on a purely energetic level, but they could not interact with anything. In order to overcome this limitation, the semi-physical races were created about 30 million years ago.

Hand in hand with the Creation of the semi-physical races, it was agreed, collectively by all of the souls connected with this Universe, that beings who lived a more full “physical” existence were required to provide the Creator with a full answer to It’s question.

To fulfil this requirement, our solar system came into being (about 40 million years ago) which was charged with the task of developing a fully functioning “physical” body into which the souls of members of the non-physical races would fit in order for them to gain greater experience of the Universal potential.

The result of all of this development work led to the creation of homo sapien sapien, in other words, humans, about 85,000 years ago on Atlantis.


http://atlantis.haktanir.org/athanasius_kircher1.gif
Kircher's Atlantis (http://youtu.be/_GKm1Nd2KCA)
All of these new developments led to a total re-think of the way in which this Universe works and functions. With the successful development of humans on Earth, we took over the responsibility of finding the answer to the Creator’s original question.

In other words, the events and developments on Earth determined the outcome of the search for answers within this Universe.


Multidimensionality

We inhabit a Universe that is comprised of energy. The source of this energy is the “soul” from which this Universe is comprised. In other words everything that exists is a consciousness, a soul, and it is the energies with which the soul is Created that provide all of the needs of our Universe.

In scientific terms, this “soul” energy is observed and measured in terms of being electro-magnetic. Gravity does not hold this Universe together. Dark Energy and Dark Matter do not hold this Universe together. Consciousness, soul, holds this Universe together.

In order to understand this, we need to explain a little about the nature of the energies contained within “a soul”. We are used to measuring energy in terms of KW’s or Joules; these are a measure of the energy potential contained within some kind of action taken. This can be the energy required to do a job or the energy produced as that job is carried out. But there is another way of measuring energy and that is in dimensions.

If you think of a radio dial, it is divided into “stations” with each station having a particular frequency. A dimension can be thought of as being similar to a radio dial in that a dimension, in energy terms, is a marker point along the whole range of energy frequencies that demarcates one group of energy frequencies from another. So a dimension is literally a measure of energy